Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 14, 2009

Registration No. 333-160756

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

VS HOLDINGS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   5400   11-3664322

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

2101 91 st Street

North Bergen, New Jersey 07047

Telephone: (201) 868-5959

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

James M. Sander, Esq.

VS Holdings, Inc.

Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

2101 91 st Street

North Bergen, New Jersey 07047

Telephone: (201) 868-5959

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies of all communications, including communications sent to agent for service, should be sent to:

 

Christian O. Nagler, Esq.

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Tel: (212) 446-4800

Fax: (212) 446-4900

 

Marc D. Jaffe, Esq.

Ian D. Schuman, Esq.

Latham & Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue, Suite 1000

New York, NY 10022-4802

Tel: (212) 906-1200

Fax: (212) 751-4864

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public :    As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:   ¨

If this Form is filed to registered additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

¨ Large accelerated filer   ¨ Accelerated filer  

x Non-accelerated filer

(Do not check if smaller

reporting company)

 

¨ Smaller reporting company

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

 

Title of Each Class of Securities to be

Registered

  Amount to be
Registered (1)
  Proposed Maximum
Offering Price Per
Share
  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price (2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee (3)

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share

 

10,460,488

  $16.00   $167,367,808   $9,339.13
 
 
(1) Includes 1,364,411 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of an option to purchase additional shares granted to the underwriters.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.
(3) $8,021.25 was previously paid on July 23, 2009. The difference of $1,317.88 is being submitted herewith.

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and neither we nor the selling stockholders are soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, Dated October 14, 2009

PROSPECTUS

9,096,077 Shares

LOGO

Vitamin Shoppe, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of common stock of Vitamin Shoppe, Inc.

We are offering 7,666,667 shares of our common stock, and the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional 1,429,410 shares. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $14.00 and $16.00. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares being sold by the selling stockholders.

Prior to this offering, no public market existed for our common stock. Our common stock has been approved for listing on The New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ VSI ,” subject to official notice of issuance.

 

     Per Share    Total

Initial public offering price

   $                         $                     

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $                         $                     

Proceeds to the Selling Stockholders, before expenses

   $                         $                     

Proceeds to Vitamin Shoppe, before expenses

   $                         $                     

The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 1,364,411 shares from them at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk factors ” beginning on page 10.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares on or about                     , 2009.

 

 

Joint Book-Running Managers

 

J.P.Morgan   BofA Merrill Lynch   Barclays Capital

Co-Managers

 

Piper Jaffray  

Robert W. Baird & Co.

 

Stifel Nicolaus

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2009


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Prospectus Summary

   1

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data

   8

Risk Factors

   10

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

   17

Use of Proceeds

   18

Dividend Policy

   18

Holders of Common Equity

   18

Capitalization

   19

Dilution

   20

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

   22

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data

   26

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   28

Business

   50

Management

   65

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

   69

Principal and Selling Stockholders

   84

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

   86

Description of Capital Stock

   89

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

   94

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

   96

Underwriting (Conflict of Interest)

   98

Legal Matters

   106

Experts

   106

Where You Can Find Additional Information

   106

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-1

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by us or information to which we have referred you. We have not, the selling stockholders have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, the selling stockholders are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell, or soliciting an offer to buy, these securities in any jurisdiction where such offer, sale or solicitation is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by us is accurate only as of its respective date. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since such date.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights material information regarding the offering contained elsewhere in this prospectus, but may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. As used herein, the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to VS Holdings, Inc., which will be renamed “Vitamin Shoppe, Inc.” after the merger of our parent, VS Parent, Inc., into VS Holdings, Inc. prior to the consummation of this offering. References to “VMS” mean vitamins, minerals, herbs, supplements, sports nutrition and other health and wellness products. You should read this entire prospectus, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and related notes thereto, before deciding whether to invest in our common stock.

Overview

We are a leading specialty retailer and direct marketer of vitamins, minerals, herbs, supplements, sports nutrition and other health and wellness products. For each of the past five years, we have been the second largest in retail sales and the fastest growing national VMS specialty retailer. We market over 700 different nationally recognized brands as well as our proprietary Vitamin Shoppe, BodyTech and MD Select brands. We believe we offer the greatest variety of products among VMS retailers with approximately 8,000 stock keeping units (“SKUs”) offered in our typical store and an additional 12,000 SKUs available through our Internet and other direct sales channels. We target the dedicated, well-informed VMS consumer and differentiate ourselves by providing high quality products at competitive prices in an educational and high-touch customer service environment. We believe our extensive product offerings, together with our well-known brand name and emphasis on product education and customer service, help us bond with our target customer and serve as a foundation for strong customer loyalty.

We sell our products through two business segments: retail and direct. In our retail segment, we have leveraged our successful store economic model by opening a total of 171 new stores from the beginning of fiscal year 2005 through fiscal year 2008. As of September 25, 2009, we operated 434 stores in 37 states and the District of Columbia, located in high-traffic regional retail centers. In our direct segment, we sell our products directly to consumers through our websites, primarily www.vitaminshoppe.com, and our catalog. Our websites and our catalog complement our in-store experience by extending our retail product offerings and by enabling us to access customers outside our retail markets and those who prefer to shop online.

We have grown our net sales from $436.5 million in fiscal year 2005 to $601.5 million in fiscal year 2008, representing a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 11.3%. We have achieved positive comparable store sales for 15 consecutive years (prior to which we did not track comparable store sales) and have grown our retail sales from $362.2 million in 2005 to $522.5 million in 2008, representing a CAGR of 13.0%. We believe our industry performs well through economic cycles, including the current economic recession, and we have generated comparable store sales increases of 6.2% in each of 2007 and 2008, and 4.7% and 7.2% for the six months ended June 27, 2009 and June 28, 2008, respectively.

Industry

According to the Nutrition Business Journal (“NBJ”), sales of nutritional supplements in the United States in 2008 were approximately $25.2 billion, representing a 4.9% CAGR between 2001 and 2008. The NBJ forecasts 4.5% average annual growth for U.S. nutritional supplement sales through 2014. We believe that one of the primary trends driving the industry is consumption by the over-50 demographic, including Baby Boomers

 

 

1


Table of Contents

(those born between 1946 and 1964), who seek to improve their health and wellness and treat and prevent disease and illness. According to the U.S. Census, the total U.S. population of people 50 and older is expected to increase to 115 million people in 2018 from 94 million people in 2008, representing a CAGR of 2.1%, which is more than twice the overall population growth rate.

According to the NBJ, growth in the U.S. nutritional supplement industry is expected to be led by the specialty supplements and sports nutrition product categories. Based on NBJ forecasts, from 2009 to 2014, the U.S. specialty supplements product category is expected to grow approximately 38% faster than the overall industry, and the sports nutrition product category is expected to grow approximately 29% faster than the overall industry. Our sales are concentrated in these fastest-growing categories; the specialty supplements and sports nutrition product categories represented 27.4% and 29.0%, respectively, of our fiscal 2008 net sales.

Competitive Strengths

We believe we are well positioned to capitalize on the favorable VMS industry dynamics as a result of the following competitive strengths:

Most Extensive Product Selection, Including a Strong Assortment of Proprietary Brands.     We believe we have the most complete and authoritative merchandise assortment and market the broadest product selection in the VMS industry, with over 20,000 competitively priced SKUs from a combination of over 700 different nationally recognized brands and our proprietary brands. Our proprietary brand merchandise accounted for approximately 25% of our net sales in fiscal 2008, and provides our customers the opportunity to purchase VMS products at a great value while affording us higher gross margins.

Value-Added Customer Service .     We believe we offer the highest degree of customer service in the VMS retail industry, aided by the deep product knowledge of our experienced store associates. We place a strong emphasis on employee training and customer service and view our sales associates as health and wellness information stewards who educate our customers while assisting them with their product selections.

Highly Refined Real Estate Strategy.     We apply demanding criteria to our retail site selection. We locate our stores exclusively in attractive stand-alone locations or endcap (corner) positions in retail centers. We believe that the location and visibility of our real estate is our single most effective and efficient customer acquisition strategy.

Attractive, Loyal Customer Base.     We have a large and growing base of loyal customers who proactively manage their long-term health and wellness through the use of supplements. Our no-fee Healthy Awards Program promotes brand loyalty among our customers and allows our customers to earn points redeemable for future purchases, approximately 70% of which are redeemed annually.

Multi-Channel Retailer.     We are a multi-channel retailer, distributing products through our retail stores, our websites and our catalog, enabling us to access customers outside our retail markets and those who prefer to shop online. This business model affords us multiple touch points with our customers, which allows us to gather data and communicate with them in person, through our call center and via the web.

Experienced Management Team with Proven Track Record.     We have assembled a management team across a broad range of disciplines with extensive experience in building leading national specialty retailers.

For additional information, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Business—Competitive Strengths.”

 

 

2


Table of Contents

Growth Strategies

We plan to execute several strategies in the future to promote our revenue growth, capture market share and drive operating income growth, including:

Expand Our Store Base.     We believe we have a highly attractive economic model for our new stores. We plan to continue to expand our store base over the next five years, which we believe will complement the maturation of the 171 stores we have opened since January 1, 2005. Based upon our operating experience and research conducted by The Buxton Company, we are confident that the U.S. VMS market can support over 900 Vitamin Shoppe stores operating under our current format.

Grow Our Loyal Customer Base.     We plan to continue to grow our loyal customer base by enhancing our marketing initiatives and leveraging our direct business.

Continue to Improve Store Productivity.     We plan to generate higher sales productivity through refined merchandising and pricing initiatives.

Continue to Invest in Education and Knowledge of Our Employees.      We believe we provide the most comprehensive training program in the VMS industry and that our sales associates’ ability to provide greater, value-added assistance to our customers helps us deliver a differentiated retail experience.

For additional information, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Business—Growth Strategies.”

Risk Factors

An investment in our common stock is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully consider the following, as well as the more detailed discussion of risk factors and other information included in this prospectus:

 

   

unfavorable publicity or consumer perception of our products and any similar products distributed by other companies could cause fluctuations in our operating results and could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, resulting in decreased sales;

 

   

our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health;

 

   

we may incur material product liability claims, which could increase our costs and adversely affect our reputation, sales and operating income;

 

   

we may not be able to obtain insurance coverage in the future at current rates or at all; and

 

   

compliance with new and existing governmental regulations could increase our costs significantly and adversely affect our operating income.

Recent Development

On September 9, 2009, Richard L. Markee was appointed as our Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Markee has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2006, and has been non-executive Chairman since April 2007. Mr. Markee previously served as the President of Babies “R” Us from August 2004 to November 2006, and Vice Chairman of Toys “R” Us from May 2003 to November 2007. Mr. Markee also served as interim Chief Executive Officer of Toys “R” Us and its subsidiaries from July 2005 to February 2006. Mr. Markee served as President of Toys “R” Us U.S. from May 2003 to August 2004.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

The appointment of Mr. Markee was made in connection with the resignation of Thomas A. Tolworthy as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors, which was effective as of September 8, 2009. Mr. Tolworthy’s resignation resulted from discussions with the Company with respect to misrepresentations made by Mr. Tolworthy in connection with his educational history.

Mr. Tolworthy will continue as a Vice President of Corporate Strategy and Business Development and his responsibilities will include assisting us in the areas of real estate, store operations, new product development, new business ventures and other matters as determined by our Chief Executive Officer.

Investment by Irving Place Capital Partners II, L.P.

We were acquired in November 2002 by Irving Place Capital Partners II, L.P. (formerly Bear Stearns Merchant Banking Partners II, L.P.) and its affiliates and other investors. Following this offering and the transactions described below under “Prospectus Summary—Our Corporate Structure,” Irving Place Capital Partners II, L.P. and certain of its affiliates, which we refer to collectively as “IPC,” will own approximately 54.5% of our common stock.

Our Corporate Structure

Our current corporate structure is made up as follows: VS Holdings, Inc., the issuer of the common stock offered hereby, owns all of the common stock of Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. VS Holdings, Inc. has no operations of its own. All of our operating assets are held by Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. and its direct wholly owned subsidiary, VS Direct Inc. VS Holdings, Inc. is a direct wholly owned subsidiary of VS Parent, Inc. Prior to the completion of this offering, VS Parent, Inc. will be merged into VS Holdings, Inc. with VS Holdings, Inc. being the surviving corporation. The merger will result in approximately an 1.8611-for-one split of our common stock. Upon the merger, the warrants and common stock issued by VS Parent, Inc. will become warrants and common stock of VS Holdings, Inc. and the preferred stock of VS Parent, Inc. will be converted into preferred stock of VS Holdings, Inc. VS Holdings, Inc. will then be renamed “Vitamin Shoppe, Inc.” We refer to these transactions as our “corporate reorganization.” Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, approximately 36,762 shares of the Series A Preferred Stock will be redeemed from the proceeds of this offering for approximately $63.6 million, shortly after our receipt of such proceeds, and the remaining 42,106 shares of Series A Preferred Stock will then be converted into 4,859,572 shares of our common stock. Any increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) the number of shares of our Series A Preferred Stock redeemed, which would in turn decrease (increase) the number of shares of our Series A Preferred Stock converted into shares of our common stock to be outstanding after the offering. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock converts into shares of our common stock at a rate equal to the liquidation value of the preferred stock divided by the initial public offering price. Upon consummation of this offering, the warrants will be automatically exercised for 1,055,540 shares of our common stock.

The net assets of VS Parent, Inc. currently consist of all of the equity interests in VS Holdings, Inc. VS Parent, Inc. has approximately $30,000 of liabilities in the form of accrued expenses as of June 27, 2009.

Corporate and Other Information

Our executive offices are located at 2101 91st Street, North Bergen, New Jersey 07047, and our telephone number is (201) 868-5959. Our principal website address is www.vitaminshoppe.com. Information contained on any of our websites does not constitute part of this prospectus.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

The Vitamin Shoppe and BodyTech are some of our registered trademarks. Other brand names or trademarks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, our trademarks and tradenames referred to in this prospectus are without the ® symbol, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensors to these trademarks and tradenames.

Some of the market and industry data and other statistical information used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications including the 2009 Supplement Business Report issue of the NBJ, government publications, reports by market research firms or other published independent sources. Some data are also based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from our review of internal surveys, as well as the independent sources referred to above. The industry forecasts and projections are based on industry surveys and management’s experience in the industry, and we cannot give you any assurance that any of the projected results will be achieved.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

7,666,667 shares.

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

1,429,410 shares, which includes shares the selling stockholders will receive upon the conversion of a portion of our Series A Preferred Stock for shares of our common stock. See “Prospectus Summary—Our Corporate Structure.”

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

27,667,128 shares.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of 7,666,667 shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $107.0 million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to (i) redeem 36,762 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock for $63.6 million; (ii) repurchase approximately $39.9 million in aggregate principal amount of our Second Priority Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes (the “Notes”) and pay approximately $0.4 million of related premiums; and (iii) pay offering related expenses of approximately $3.1 million identified in “Use of Proceeds.” We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.

 

Dividends

We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

Risk Factors

See the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 for a discussion of some of the factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

 

Conflict of Interest

Under Rule 2720 of the NASD Conduct Rules, we are considered an affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. because J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. has an economic interest in approximately 25% of our common stock outstanding as of October 9, 2009. As such, the public offering price per share of our common stock can be no higher than that recommended by a “qualified independent underwriter” meeting certain standards. Barclays Capital Inc. is assuming the responsibilities of acting as the qualified independent underwriter in pricing the offering and conducting due diligence. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Underwriting—Conflict of Interest.”

 

Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol

“VSI.”

 

 

6


Table of Contents

The number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering is based on 14,085,349 shares outstanding as of October 9, 2009, the conversion of 42,106 shares of Series A Preferred Stock into 4,859,572 shares of common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share and the conversion of 567,163 warrants for 1,055,540 shares of our common stock upon consummation of the offering, in each case, giving effect to completion of the merger, including the approximately 1.8611-for-one stock split to be effected pursuant thereto. The number of shares of our Series A Preferred Stock to be converted into our common stock will vary depending on the initial public offering price of our common stock. For example, 34,194 shares of Series A Preferred Stock would be redeemed for cash and the remaining 44,674 shares of Series A Preferred Stock would then convert upon the closing of this offering into 5,524,104 shares of common stock if the initial public offering price is $14.00 per share, and 39,335 shares of Series A Preferred Stock would be redeemed for cash and the remaining 39,533 shares of Series A Preferred Stock would then convert upon the closing of this offering into 4,276,893 shares of common stock if the initial public offering price is $16.00 per share.

Unless the context otherwise requires (such as the presentation of historical financial information), the share information in this prospectus assumes that the merger of VS Parent, Inc. into VS Holdings, Inc., including the 1.8611-for-one stock split to be effected pursuant thereto, has occurred and assumes an offering price of $15.00 per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus and does not give effect to 55,484 shares of our common stock issuable under the Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option Plan of VS Parent, Inc. (the “2006 Plan”) or 1,397,250 shares of our common stock issuable under the Vitamin Shoppe 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2009 Plan”). See “Prospectus Summary—Our Corporate Structure.”

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data

The following table sets forth summary historical and pro forma consolidated financial data for VS Holdings, Inc. as of the dates and for the periods indicated. Our fiscal years end on the last Saturday in December. The statement of operations data for the fifty-two weeks ended December 27, 2008, fifty-two weeks ended December 29, 2007, and the fifty-two weeks ended December 30, 2006, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in this prospectus. The statement of operations data for the six months ended June 27, 2009, and for the six months ended June 28, 2008, and the balance sheet data as of June 27, 2009, have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, which, in our opinion, contain adjustments which are of a normal recurring nature and which we consider necessary to present fairly our financial position and results of operations at such dates and for such periods. Results for the six months ended June 27, 2009, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire fiscal year.

The pro forma as adjusted data set forth below gives effect to both our corporate reorganization and this offering as if they had been consummated on December 30, 2007 with respect to the pro forma data for the year ended December 27, 2008 and the six months ended June 27, 2009, and to the pro forma balance sheet data as if consummated on June 27, 2009. The adjustments include (i) a reduction of interest expense due to the redemption of a portion of our Notes; (ii) a proportionate decrease in deferred financing fee amortization; and (iii) related tax effects. For further information regarding these adjustments, see “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.”

The summary historical and pro forma consolidated financial data below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements,” “Use of Proceeds” and our financial statements and notes thereto included in this prospectus.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

 

      Pro Forma as adjusted     Historical  
      Six Months
Ended

June 27,
2009
    Year Ended
December 27,
2008
    Six Months Ended     Year Ended  
          June 27,
2009
    June 28,
2008
    December 27,
2008
    December 29,
2007
    December 30,
2006
 
     

(data presented in thousands, except for shares and per share data)

 

Statement of Operations Data:

             

Net sales

  $ 343,698      $ 601,540      $ 343,698      $ 307,091      $ 601,540      $ 537,872      $ 486,026   

Cost of goods sold

    230,924        405,659        230,924        206,791        405,659        360,346        326,523   
                                                       

Gross profit

    112,774        195,881        112,774        100,300        195,881        177,526        159,503   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    87,941        160,235        87,929        80,328        160,140        144,833        130,002   
                                                       

Income from operations

    24,833        35,646        24,845        19,972        35,741        32,693        29,501   

Extinguishment of debt and other (1)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (366

Interest income

    (29     (115     (2     (22     (62     (234     (350

Interest expense

    7,956        16,858        9,841        10,789        21,253        22,340        22,161   
                                                       

Interest expense, net

    7,927        16,743        9,839        10,767        21,191        22,106        21,811   
                                                       

Income before provision for income taxes

    16,906        18,903        15,006        9,205        14,550        10,587        8,056   

Provision for income taxes

    7,003        8,055        6,238        3,589        6,341        3,792        3,242   
                                                       

Net income

    9,903        10,848        8,768        5,616        8,209        6,795        4,814   

Preferred stock dividends

                                              4,123   
                                                       

Net income applicable to common stockholders

  $ 9,903      $ 10,848      $ 8,768      $ 5,616      $ 8,209      $ 6,795      $ 691   
                                                       

Pro forma as adjusted weighted average shares outstanding (2)

             

Basic

    26,485,762        26,485,762             

Diluted

    26,923,669        27,095,761             

Pro forma as adjusted net income per share (2)

             

Basic

  $ 0.37      $ 0.41             

Diluted

  $ 0.37      $ 0.40             

Other Operating Data:

             

Average net sales for comparable store

      $ 773      $ 783      $ 1,458      $ 1,437      $ 1,387   

Comparable store sales growth (3)

        4.7     7.2     6.2     6.2     6.6

Average square footage per store

        3.7        3.7        3.7        3.7        3.7   

 

(1)    Extinguishment of debt and other for the fiscal year ended December 30, 2006 of $0.4 million relates to gains recognized on our interest rate swap that we entered into in fiscal 2005, prior to qualification for hedge accounting.

(2)    For a discussion of how this pro forma data was calculated, see “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.”

(3)    A store is included in comparable store sales after 410 days of operation.

 

        

       

       

Balance Sheet Data:

             
    As of June 27, 2009                                
    Actual     Pro Forma
as adjusted(a)
                               

Working capital

  $ 59,861      $ 60,470             

Total assets

    459,099        457,998             

Total debt

    177,753        137,902             

Stockholders’ equity

    179,147        218,179             

 

(a) Reflects the corporate reorganization, including the stock split of approximately 1.8611-for-one, and this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

 

9


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Any investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following information about these risks, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before buying shares of our common stock.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

Unfavorable publicity or consumer perception of our products and any similar products distributed by other companies could cause fluctuations in our operating results and could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, resulting in decreased sales.

We are highly dependent upon consumer perception regarding the safety and quality of our products, as well as similar products distributed by other companies. Consumer perception of products can be significantly influenced by adverse publicity in the form of published scientific research, national media attention or other publicity, whether or not accurate, that associates consumption of our products or any other similar products with illness or other adverse effects, or questions the benefits of our or similar products or that claims that any such products are ineffective. A product may be received favorably, resulting in high sales associated with that product that may not be sustainable as consumer preferences change. Future scientific research or publicity could be unfavorable to our industry or any of our particular products and may not be consistent with earlier favorable research or publicity. Such research or publicity could have a material adverse effect on our ability to generate sales. For example, sales of some of our products, such as those containing ephedra, were initially strong, but decreased as a result of negative publicity and an ultimate ban by the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”). As a result of the above factors, the results of our operations may fluctuate significantly from quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year.

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health.

As of June 27, 2009, after giving effect to our corporate reorganization, this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom, we would have had $133.6 million of outstanding indebtedness. Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:

 

   

make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness;

 

   

increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic, industry and competitive conditions;

 

   

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, research and development efforts and other general corporate purposes;

 

   

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

 

   

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and

 

   

limit our ability to borrow additional funds.

Additionally, despite our current indebtedness levels, the agreements governing our outstanding debt upon consummation of the offering would allow us to incur substantially more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage.

We may incur material product liability claims, which could increase our costs and adversely affect our reputation, sales and operating income.

As a retailer and direct marketer of products designed for human consumption, we are subject to product liability claims if the use of our products is alleged to have resulted in injury or include inadequate instructions for use or inadequate warnings concerning possible side effects and interactions with other substances. Most of our

 

10


Table of Contents

products are vitamins, minerals, herbs and other ingredients that are classified as foods or dietary supplements and are not subject to pre-market regulatory approval in the United States. Our products could contain contaminated substances, and some of our products contain ingredients that do not have long histories of human consumption. Previously unknown adverse reactions resulting from human consumption of these ingredients could occur. While we attempt to manage these risks by obtaining indemnification agreements and insurance, our insurance policies may not be sufficient or available and/or third parties may not satisfy their commitments to us. A product liability claim against us could result in increased costs and could adversely affect our reputation with our customers, which in turn could adversely affect our financial performance. See “Business—Legal Proceedings.”

We may not be able to obtain insurance coverage in the future at current rates or at all.

Our current insurance program is consistent with both our past level of coverage and our risk management policies. While we believe we will be able to obtain product liability insurance in the future, there is no assurance that we will be able to do so and because of increased selectivity by insurance providers we may only be able to obtain such insurance at increased rates and/or with reduced coverage levels which could reduce our income from operations and increase our financial exposure to material litigation.

Compliance with new and existing governmental regulations could increase our costs significantly and adversely affect our operating income.

The processing, formulation, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, advertising and distribution of our products are subject to federal laws and regulation by one or more federal agencies, including the FDA, Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”), the Department of Agriculture (“DOA”) and the Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”). These activities are also regulated by various state, local and international laws and agencies of the states and localities in which our products are sold. Regulations may prevent or delay the introduction, or require the reformulation, of our products, which could result in lost sales and increased costs to us. The FDA may not accept the evidence of safety for any new ingredients that we may want to market, may determine that a particular product or product ingredient presents an unacceptable health risk, may determine that a particular statement of nutritional support on our products, or that we want to use on our products, is an unacceptable drug claim or an unauthorized version of a food “health claim,” or the FDA or the FTC may determine that particular claims are not adequately supported by available scientific evidence. Any such regulatory determination would prevent us from marketing particular products or using certain statements on our products which could adversely affect our sales of those products. The FDA also could require us to remove a particular product from the market. For example, in April 2004, the FDA banned the sale of products containing ephedra. We stopped selling ephedra-based products in June 2003. Sales of products containing ephedra amounted to approximately $10.9 million, or 4% of our net sales, in 2002. Any recall or removal of products we sell could result in additional costs to us and the loss of future sales from any products that we are required to remove from the market. Any such product recalls or removals could also lead to liability and substantial costs and may subject us to substantial monetary penalties. Delayed product introduction, product recalls or similar issues as a result of governmental regulation may arise from time to time, which may have a material adverse effect on our sales and operating results.

In addition, from time to time, Congress, the FDA, the FTC or other federal, state, local or foreign legislative and regulatory authorities may impose additional laws or regulations that apply to us, repeal laws or regulations that we consider favorable to us or impose more stringent interpretations of current laws or regulations. Such developments could require reformulation of certain products to meet new standards, recalls or discontinuance of certain products not able to be reformulated, additional record-keeping requirements, increased documentation of the properties of certain products, additional or different labeling, additional scientific substantiation, adverse event reporting or other new requirements. Any such developments could increase our costs significantly and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, in 2006 Congress enacted the Dietary Supplement and Nonprescription Drug Consumer Protection Act, which creates requirements related to the reporting of serious adverse events. Other legislation

 

11


Table of Contents

has been introduced in Congress to, among other things, impose substantial new regulatory requirements for dietary supplements, including post-market surveillance requirements, FDA market reviews of dietary supplement ingredients, safety testing and records inspection. If enacted, new legislation could raise our costs and negatively impact our business. In addition, in June 2007 the FDA adopted final regulations setting forth the Good Manufacturing Practices (“GMP”) in manufacturing, packing or holding dietary ingredients or dietary supplements which apply to the products we distribute and which are enforced by the FDA through its facilities inspection program. These regulations require dietary supplements to be prepared, packaged, and held in compliance with strict rules, and require quality control provisions similar to the GMP regulations for drugs. We or our third-party manufacturers have incurred and continue to incur additional expenses in complying with the new rules. A failure to comply with these regulations by us or our third party manufacturers may result in fines and civil penalties, suspension of operations and/or increased costs or delays in obtaining raw materials and third-party products.

We rely on contract manufacturers to produce all of the proprietary branded products we sell. Disruptions in our contract manufacturers’ systems, losses of manufacturing certifications or actions by these manufacturers could adversely affect our sales, reputation and customer relationships and/or lead to an increase in our proprietary product cost.

Our contract manufacturers produce 100% of our proprietary branded products. Any significant disruption in those operations for any reason, such as regulatory requirements and loss of certifications, power interruptions, fires, hurricanes, war or threats of terrorism could adversely affect our sales and customer relationships and/or lead to an increase in our proprietary product cost. Additionally, we do not have complete oversight over our third-party contract manufacturers and they may take actions or fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations that may ultimately impact our sales, reputation and/or results of operations.

Increase in the price and shortage of supply of key raw materials could adversely affect our business.

Our products are composed of certain key raw materials. If the prices of these raw materials were to increase significantly, it could result in a significant increase to us in the prices our contract manufacturers and third-party manufacturers charge us for our Vitamin Shoppe and BodyTech branded products and third-party products. Raw material prices may increase in the future and we may not be able to pass on such increases to our customers. A significant increase in the price of raw materials that cannot be passed on to customers could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, if we no longer are able to obtain products from one or more of our suppliers on terms reasonable to us or at all, our revenues could suffer. We purchased approximately 7% of our total merchandise from Nature’s Value during the fiscal year ended December 27, 2008 (“Fiscal 2008”), one of the suppliers of our Vitamin Shoppe and BodyTech branded products. Events such as terrorist attacks or war, or the perceived threat thereof, may also have a significant impact on raw material prices and transportation costs for our products. In addition, the interruption in supply of certain key raw materials essential to the manufacturing of our products, may have an adverse impact on our suppliers ability to provide us with the necessary products needed to maintain our customer relationships and an adequate level of sales.

We rely on a single warehouse and distribution facility to distribute all of the products we sell. Disruptions to our warehouse and distribution facility or an increase in fuel costs could adversely affect our business.

Our warehouse and distribution operations are concentrated in a single location adjacent to our corporate headquarters in New Jersey. Any significant disruption in our distribution center operations for any reason, such as a flood, fire or hurricane, could adversely affect our product distribution and sales. Additionally, increasing fuel costs may adversely affect our results of operations, as the costs of our sales may increase in connection with the transportation of goods from our warehouse and distribution facility to our stores.

 

12


Table of Contents

Our new store base, or any stores opened in the future, may not achieve sales and operating levels consistent with our mature store base on a timely basis or at all. In addition, our growth strategy includes the addition of a significant number of new stores each year. We may not be able to successfully implement this strategy on a timely basis or at all, and our business could be adversely affected if we are unable to successfully negotiate favorable lease terms.

Since the beginning of 2005, we have aggressively pursued new store growth by opening 171 new stores through Fiscal 2008 in existing and new markets. Historically, our new stores have reached sales that are consistent with our mature stores over the course of a four year period. New stores opened since the beginning of 2005, or any new stores to be opened in the future, may not achieve sales and operating levels consistent with our mature store base in this time frame or at all. The failure of our new store base to achieve sales and operating levels consistent with our mature store base on a timely basis will have an adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results. As of September 25, 2009, we leased 434 stores along with our corporate headquarters and distribution facility. The store leases are generally for a term of ten years and we have options to extend most leases for a minimum of five years. Our business, financial condition, and operating results could be adversely affected if we are unable to continue to negotiate profitable lease and renewal terms.

In addition, our growth continues to depend, in part, on our ability to open and operate new stores successfully. The success of this strategy depends upon, among other things, the identification of suitable sites for store locations, the negotiation of acceptable lease terms, the hiring, training and retention of competent sales personnel, and the effective management of inventory to meet the needs of new and existing stores on a timely basis. Our proposed expansion will also place increased demands on our operational, managerial and administrative resources. These increased demands could cause us to operate our business less effectively, which in turn could cause deterioration in the financial performance of our existing stores. Further, our new store openings may result in reduced net sales volumes in the direct channel, as well as in our existing stores in those markets. We expect to fund our expansion through cash flow from operations and, if necessary, by borrowings under the new revolving credit facility, which we entered into on September 25, 2009 (the “2009 revolving credit facility”). If we experience a decline in performance, we may slow or discontinue store openings. If we fail to successfully implement these strategies, our financial condition and operating results may be adversely affected.

If we fail to protect our brand name, competitors may adopt tradenames that dilute the value of our brand name.

We may be unable or unwilling to strictly enforce our trademark in each jurisdiction in which we do business. In addition, because of the differences in foreign trademark laws concerning proprietary rights, our trademarks may not receive the same degree of protection in foreign countries as they do in the United States. Also, we may not always be able to successfully enforce our trademarks against competitors, or against challenges by others. Our failure to successfully protect our trademarks could diminish the value and efficacy of our past and future marketing efforts, and could cause customer confusion and potentially adversely affect our sales and profitability. Moreover, we may be subject to intellectual property litigation and infringement claims, which could cause us to incur significant expenses or prevent us from selling or using some aspect of our products.

Our ability to continue to access credit on the terms previously obtained for the funding of our operations and capital projects may be limited due to the deterioration of the credit markets.

The credit markets and the financial services industry continue to experience a period of significant disruption characterized by the bankruptcy, failure, collapse or sale of various financial institutions, increased volatility in securities prices, severely diminished liquidity and credit availability and a significant level of intervention from the United States and other governments. Continued concerns about the systemic impact of potential long-term or widespread recession, energy costs, geopolitical issues, the availability and cost of credit, the global commercial and residential real estate markets and related mortgage markets and reduced consumer

 

13


Table of Contents

confidence have contributed to increased market volatility and diminished expectations for most developed and emerging economies. As a result of these market conditions, the cost and availability of credit has been and may continue to be adversely affected by illiquid credit markets and wider credit spreads.

Due to current economic conditions, we cannot be certain that funding for our capital and operating needs on a long term basis will be available from our existing financial institutions and the credit markets if needed, and if available, to the extent required, and on acceptable terms. Our 2009 revolving credit facility matures in September 2013, which we feel should cover our foreseeable liquidity needs. However, if we cannot obtain sufficient funding when needed, or on acceptable terms, we may be unable to continue our current rate of growth and store expansion, which may have an adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations.

Risks Relating to the Shares and this Offering

Shares eligible for future sale may cause the market price of our common stock to decline, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales may occur, could adversely affect the price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. Upon completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue 400,000,000 shares of common stock and we will have 27,667,128 shares of common stock outstanding. Of these outstanding shares, the 9,096,077 shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradeable, without restriction, in the public market. The remaining 18,571,051 shares of common stock will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) which will be freely tradeable subject to applicable holding period, volume and other limitations under Rule 144 or Rule 701 of the Securities Act. As of October 12, 2009, there were a total of 2,017,621 options outstanding, of which 1,340,781 were vested and 28,420 were available for grant under the 2006 Plan and 48,658 shares of restricted stock and no options outstanding and 701,342 shares were available for grant under the 2009 Plan. We also had warrants outstanding to purchase 567,163 shares of VS Parent, Inc. common stock. Upon completion of this offering, approximately 18.5 million shares of these restricted securities (after giving effect to the 1.8611-for-one stock split) will be subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters, restricting the sale of such shares for 180 days after the date of this prospectus (subject to extension). These lock-up agreements are subject to a number of exceptions and holders may be released from these agreements without prior notice at the discretion of underwriters. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” Some of our stockholders are entitled, subject to limited exceptions, to demand registration rights with respect to the registration of shares under the Securities Act. By exercising their registration rights, and selling a large number of shares, these holders could cause the price of our common stock to decline. An estimated 17.1 million shares of common stock will be entitled to demand registration rights 180 days after completion of this offering (subject to extension).

The shares you purchase in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock. Assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range on the cover of this prospectus, purchasers of our common stock will incur dilution of $16.07 per share in the net tangible book value of their purchased shares. The shares of our common stock owned by existing stockholders will receive a material increase in the net tangible book value per share. You may experience additional dilution if we issue common stock in the future. As a result of this dilution, you may receive significantly less than the full purchase price you paid for the shares in the event of a liquidation.

A trading market may not develop for our common stock, and you may not be able to sell your stock.

There has not been a public market for our common stock. A liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop. The initial public offering price will be determined in negotiations among representatives of the

 

14


Table of Contents

underwriters and us and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market. In the absence of an active trading market for our common stock, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the initial public offering price or at the time they would like to sell.

Approximately 54.5% of our voting power will be controlled by one principal stockholder whose interests may conflict with those of our other stockholders.

Upon completion of this offering, affiliates of IPC will hold approximately 54.5% of our voting power. As a result of this ownership, IPC will have significant influence in the consideration of all matters requiring the approval of our stockholders and/or our board of directors. This influence may also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our company or discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares, which could prevent stockholders from receiving a premium for their shares.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that IPC and its affiliates are not required to offer corporate opportunities of which they become aware to us and could therefore offer such opportunities instead to other companies including portfolio companies of IPC. In addition, until IPC ceases to beneficially own at least 33  1 / 3 % of our common stock, the prior consent of IPC will be required for certain actions, including, but not limited to, (i) mergers, (ii) certain sales or acquisitions not in the ordinary course of business, (iii) changes in our authorized, or issuance of, capital stock, (iv) adoptions of incentive plans, (v) amendments of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, (vi) the declaration of dividends, and (vii) changes in the number of directors on our board or changes to board committees. These restrictions could prevent us from pursuing transactions or relationships that would otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders. These restrictions could also limit stockholder value by preventing a change of control that you might consider favorable.

Because IPC will own more than 50% of our common stock after this offering, we are considered a “controlled company” for the purposes of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) listing requirements. As such, we are permitted to, and have opted out of, the NYSE corporate governance requirements that our board of directors, our compensation committee and our nominating and corporate governance committee meet the standard of independence established by those corporate governance requirements. As a result, our board of directors and those committees may have more directors who do not meet the NYSE independence standards than they would if those standards were to apply. The independence standards are intended to ensure that directors who meet the independence standard are free of any conflicting interest that could influence their actions as directors.

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock, and as a result, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment is if the price of our common stock appreciates.

Since our acquisition by IPC in 2002, other than the dividend paid to VS Parent, Inc. of approximately $561,000 in 2008, we have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and we do not expect to declare or pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, our senior credit facilities may limit our ability to declare and pay cash dividends on our common stock. For more information, see “Dividend Policy.” As a result, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment in us will be if the market price of our common stock appreciates and you sell your shares at a profit. The market price for our common stock after this offering might never exceed the price that you pay for our common stock in this offering.

Requirements associated with being a public company will increase our costs significantly, as well as divert significant company resources and management attention.

As an independent public company, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related rules and regulations of the SEC, as well as the rules of the NYSE, will require us to implement additional corporate governance

 

15


Table of Contents

practices and adhere to a variety of reporting requirements and complex accounting rules. Compliance with these public company obligations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and place significant additional demands on our finance and accounting staff and on our financial, accounting and information systems.

In particular, as a public company, our management will be required to continue to conduct an annual evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting and include a report of management on our internal control over financial reporting in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for our fiscal year ending December 26, 2009 (“Fiscal 2009”). In addition, we will be required to have our independent registered public accounting firm report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Under current rules, we will be subject to this requirement beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2010. If we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting or, if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide us with an unqualified report as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which could result in a decrease in the value of our common stock.

Certain provisions of our corporate governing documents and Delaware law could discourage, delay, or prevent a merger or acquisition at a premium price.

Certain provisions of our organizational documents and Delaware law could discourage potential acquisition proposals, delay or prevent a change in control of our company, or limit the price that investors may be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. For example, our certificate of incorporation and by-laws will, upon completion of this offering, permit us to issue, without any further vote or action by the stockholders, up to 250,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and, with respect to each series, to fix the number of shares constituting the series and the designation of the series, the voting powers (if any) of the shares of the series, and the preferences and relative, participating, optional, and other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of the shares of the series. See “Description of Capital Stock—Antitakeover Effects of Provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws” and “—Antitakeover Legislation.”

 

16


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains statements that do not directly or exclusively relate to historical facts. As a general matter, forward-looking statements are those focused upon anticipated events or trends and expectations and beliefs relating to matters that are not historical in nature. The words “believe,” “expect,” “plan,” “intend,” “estimate” or “anticipate” and similar expressions, as well as future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “should,” “would,” and “could,” often identify forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are subject to uncertainties and factors relating to our operations and business environment, any of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control. These uncertainties and factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those matters expressed in or implied by such forward-looking statements.

The following uncertainties and factors, among others (including those set forth under “Risk Factors”), could affect future performance and cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in or implied by forward-looking statements:

 

   

unfavorable publicity or consumer perception of our products;

 

   

the impact of our substantial indebtedness on our financial health;

 

   

our continued ability to effectively manage and defend litigation matters pending, or asserted in the future, against us, including product liability claims;

 

   

our ability to obtain insurance coverage at current rates or at all;

 

   

compliance with government regulations;

 

   

our ability to maintain and to enter into key purchasing, supply and outsourcing relationships;

 

   

changes in our raw material costs;

 

   

increases in fuel prices;

 

   

disruptions to our warehouse and distribution facility;

 

   

the ability of our new store base to achieve sales and operating levels consistent with our mature store base;

 

   

pricing of our products;

 

   

the maturation of our stores opened since 2005;

 

   

our ability to protect our brand name;

 

   

our ability to renew our current leases and enter into new leases on terms acceptable to us;

 

   

the successful implementation of other strategic initiatives, including, without limitation, opening new stores and improving the functionality of our websites; and

 

   

our ability to continue to access credit on terms previously obtained for the funding of our operations and capital projects.

 

17


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We expect to receive net proceeds of approximately $107.0 million from the sale by us of 7,666,667 shares of common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the range on the cover of this prospectus) and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts of approximately $8.0 million. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial offering price of $15.00 per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds of this offering by $7.1 million, assuming the sale by us of 7,666,667 shares of our common stock and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.

We intend to use the net proceeds to us of approximately $107 million from this offering for:

 

   

the redemption of 36,762 shares of Series A Preferred Stock for approximately $63.6 million, which we will have outstanding immediately after the corporate reorganization, including accumulated and undeclared dividends, 77.2% of which is held by IPC;

 

   

the repurchase of approximately $39.9 million in aggregate principal amount of our Notes and the payment of approximately $0.4 million of related premiums; and

 

   

the payment of offering related expenses of approximately $3.1 million, which includes a management services agreement fee of approximately $750,000 to be paid to IPC.

Pursuant to the terms of the indenture governing our outstanding Notes, we are obligated to apply 35% of the gross proceeds received by us from this offering to offer to repurchase a portion of our outstanding notes at a price of 101%, an aggregate principal amount of $39.9 million based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the range on the cover of this prospectus). Any increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) the aggregate principal amount of our Notes repurchased and the number of shares of our Series A Preferred Stock redeemed.

As of September 25, 2009, the interest rate on our Notes, which mature in 2012, was 7.94%, and the interest rate on our 2009 revolving credit facility, which matures in 2013, was 2.78%.

Affiliates of certain of the underwriters are holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and therefore may receive a portion of the net proceeds of this offering. See the section entitled “Underwriting.”

DIVIDEND POLICY

Except for a one-time cash dividend in 2008 of approximately $561,000, we have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock since the acquisition of our company by IPC in November 2002. We currently expect to retain future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock is limited by the covenants of our credit facilities and may be further restricted by the terms of any of our future debt or preferred securities.

HOLDERS OF COMMON EQUITY

We have only one authorized class of common equity, which is our common stock. As of October 9, 2009, VS Parent, Inc. was our sole stockholder.

 

18


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The table below sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization on a historical basis, pro forma basis reflecting the merger of VS Parent, Inc. into VS Holdings, Inc. as of June 27, 2009 as well as the redemption of shares in connection with the extinguishment of a note receivable due from an officer, and on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to our corporate reorganization, this offering and use of proceeds therefrom (assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus).

See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and “Use of Proceeds.” For further discussion regarding the capital structure of VS Parent, Inc. and for a discussion of the formation of VS Parent, Inc., see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

The table below should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of June 27, 2009  
     Actual     Pro forma
after giving
effect to the
Merger
    Pro forma
as adjusted(1)(2)
 
    

(dollars in thousands, except par value)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,107      $ 2,107      $ 2,107   
                        

Obligations under capital lease, net of current portion of $1,353

   $ 2,900      $ 2,900        2,900   

Second Priority Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes

     165,000        165,000        125,149   
                        

Total long-term debt (3)

     167,900        167,900        128,049   
                        

Preferred stock: $0.01 par value; 78,868 shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding on June 27, 2009 (250,000,000 shares authorized and no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding upon completion of this offering)

     —          1        —     

Common stock: $0.01 par value; 20,472,100 shares authorized and 14,035,491 shares of common stock issued and outstanding on June 27, 2009 (post-split) (400,000,000 shares authorized and 27,667,128 shares of common stock issued and outstanding upon completion of this offering)

     —          141        277   

Additional paid-in-capital

     160,825        154,852        201,266   

Warrants (4)

     —          5,666        —     

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     (2,034     (2,034     (1,542

Retained earnings

     20,356        20,161        18,178   
                        

Total stockholders’ equity

     179,147        178,787        218,179   
                        

Total capitalization

   $ 347,047      $ 346,687      $ 346,228   
                        

 

(1) Any increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) the aggregate principal amount of our Notes repurchased and the number of shares of our Series A Preferred Stock redeemed and would have no effect on pro forma cash and cash equivalents, assuming the sale by us of 7,666,667 shares of our common stock.
(2) Adjustments reflect the repurchase of approximately $39.9 million in aggregate principal amount of our outstanding Notes, the impact of the payment of a premium on the Notes repurchased, a one-time payment for a management services agreement fee, a write-off of the unamortized portion of the deferred financing fees related to the portion of the Notes repurchased, the redemption of 36,762 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock for $63.6 million, estimated fees associated with the offering, the conversion to common stock of the remaining balance of Series A Preferred Stock and the conversion of our outstanding warrants into common stock.
(3) Total long-term debt excludes debt outstanding under our Revolving Credit Facility of $8.5 million, which is classified as a current liability on our consolidated balance sheet.
(4) Represents 567,163 warrants (pre-split), valued at $10 per warrant, which will convert into 1,055,540 shares of our common stock upon consummation of the offering on a post-split basis.

 

19


Table of Contents

DILUTION

Our net tangible book deficit as of June 27, 2009, was approximately $201.8 million or $14.23 per share of common stock. Net tangible book value per share represents total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of outstanding shares of common stock. After giving effect to our corporate reorganization and the sale of the 7,666,667 shares of common stock offered by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, and after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses, the as adjusted net tangible book deficit at June 27, 2009, would have been approximately $29.8 million or approximately $1.07 per share of common stock. This represents an immediate decrease in net tangible book deficit of $13.16 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $16.07 per share to new investors in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Initial public offering price per share

   $ 15.00   
        

Net tangible book value (deficit) per share at June 27, 2009

     (14.23

Increase per share attributable to this offering

     13.16   
        

As adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering

     (1.07
        

Dilution per share to new investors

   $ 16.07   
        

The table above excludes, as of June 27, 2009, 1,947,094 shares of common stock issuable upon (i) exercise of outstanding stock options under the 2006 Plan and (ii) our outstanding warrants. To the extent options and warrants are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial offering price of $15.00 per share would affect our as adjusted net tangible book deficit by $7.1 million, the net tangible book deficit per share after this offering by $0.26 per share, and the dilution per common share to new investors is adjusted by $0.25 per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the commissions and discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If all stock options with exercise prices less than the assumed initial public offering price are exercised, the as adjusted net tangible book deficit per share would be $19.58 per common share and the dilution to new investors purchasing our common stock in this offering would be $18.96 per common share.

The following table sets forth on an as adjusted basis as of June 27, 2009, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by new investors, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total
Consideration
    Average
Price
Per Share
(in millions, except per share data)    Number    Percent     Amount    Percent    

Existing stockholders

   20.1    72   $ 132.0    53   $ 6.57

New investors

   7.7    28     115.0    47     15.00
                      

Total

   27.8    100   $ 247.0    100   $ 8.90
                      

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all stockholders and average price per share paid by all stockholders by $7.7 million, $7.7 million and $0.28 per share, respectively, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same, and after deducting the commissions and discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

20


Table of Contents

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase 1,364,411 additional shares of our common stock from the selling stockholders in this offering, the number of shares held by new investors will increase to approximately 10.5 million shares of our common stock, or approximately 37.8% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

If all vested stock options with exercise prices less than the initial public offering price are exercised, the number of shares held by existing stockholders will increase to approximately 21.2 million shares of our common stock, or approximately 73.0% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

 

21


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

You should read the pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements presented below in conjunction with the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and our historical consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 27, 2008 and for the six months ended June 27, 2009, and the pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of June 27, 2009, are unaudited and have been derived from our historical consolidated financial statements, as well as those of VS Parent, Inc., as adjusted to give effect to:

 

   

the merger of VS Parent, Inc. with and into VS Holdings, Inc. (including the redemption of the officer’s note and the approximately 1.8611-for-one stock split to be effected pursuant thereto), as described in the accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements; and

 

   

this offering, including the use of proceeds therefrom, assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus);

as if they had occurred on December 30, 2007, with respect to the pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations, and as of June 27, 2009, with respect to the pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements are presented for informational purposes only, do not purport to represent what our results of operations or financial condition actually would have been had the relevant transactions been consummated on the dates indicated and are not necessarily indicative of our results of operations for any future period or our financial condition as of any future date. The assumptions underlying the pro forma adjustments are described in the accompanying notes, which you should read in conjunction with these unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, all adjustments have been made that are necessary to present fairly the pro forma impact of the above-mentioned transactions in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements. The pro forma statements of operations do not adjust for the following:

 

   

the compensation expense associated with equity awards that will vest upon the completion of this offering. We estimate that this compensation expense will be approximately $0.6 million;

 

   

the write-off of a portion of the unamortized deferred financing fees, of approximately $0.8 million, related to the redemption of $39.9 million in aggregate principal amount of our Notes;

 

   

the premium on extinguishment of debt related to the redemption of $39.9 million in aggregate principal amount of our Notes of approximately $0.4 million;

 

   

a fee in connection with the termination of the management fee agreement, which we expect to be approximately $0.8 million; and

 

   

the write-off of a portion of the unrealized loss on our interest rate swap in connection with the redemption of $39.9 million in aggregate principal amount of our Notes.

The unaudited pro forma adjustments and the offering adjustments are based on available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable and are described below in the accompanying notes. The unaudited information was prepared on a basis consistent with that used in preparing our consolidated financial statements and includes all adjustments, consisting of normal and recurring items, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations for such periods.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated condensed statement of operations should not be considered indicative of actual results that would have been achieved had the transactions been consummated on the dates indicated. Also, the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements should not be viewed as indicative of our financial condition or results of operations as of any future dates or for any future period.

 

22


Table of Contents

VS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

PRO FORMA

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

JUNE 27, 2009

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

(Unaudited)

    VS Holdings,
Inc.
    VS Parent,
Inc.
    Adjustments/
Elimination
          Pro Forma
After giving
effect to the
Merger
        Adjustments
for the
Offering
        Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
ASSETS                  

Current assets:

                 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 2,107      $ —        $ —          $ 2,107        $                 $ 2,107   

Inventories

    103,443        —          —            103,443              103,443   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    11,658        —          —            11,658              11,658   

Deferred income taxes

    2,998        —          —            2,998              2,998   
                                                     

Total current assets

    120,206        —          —            120,206              120,206   

Property and equipment, net

    85,331        —          —            85,331              85,331   

Goodwill

    177,248        —          —            177,248              177,248   

Other intangibles, net

    70,721        —          —            70,721              70,721   

Other assets:

                 

Deferred financing fees, net of accumulated amortization

    3,512        —          —            3,512          (771   g)     2,741   

Investment in Subsidiary

      180,096        (180,096   a     —                —     

Other long-term assets

    2,081        —          (330   a     1,751              1,751   
                                                     

Total other assets

    5,593        180,096        (180,426       5,263          (771       4,492   
                                                     

Total assets

  $ 459,099      $ 180,096      $ (180,426     $ 458,769        $ (771     $ 457,998   
                                                     
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                  

Current liabilities:

                 

Current portion of capital lease obligation

  $ 1,353      $ —        $ —          $ 1,353        $          $ 1,353   

Revolving credit facility m)

    8,500        —          —            8,500              8,500   

Accounts payable

    23,577        —          —            23,577          75   l)     24,327   

Deferred sales

    7,807        —          —            7,807              7,807   

Accrued salaries and related expenses

    5,213        —          —            5,213              5,213   

Accrued interest

    2,045        —          —            2,045              2,045   

Other accrued expenses

    11,850        30        —            11,880          (1,389 )   h) l)     10,491   
                                                     

Total current liabilities

    60,345        30        —            60,375          (639       59,736   

Long-term debt

    165,000        —          —            165,000          (39,851   i)     125,149   

Capital lease obligation, net of current portion

    2,900        —          —            2,900              2,900   

Deferred income taxes

    20,657        —          —            20,657          327      h)     20,984   

Other long-term liabilities

    7,972        330        (330   a     7,972              7,972   

Deferred rent

    23,078        —          —            23,078              23,078   

Commitments and contingencies

                 

Stockholders’ equity:

                 

Preferred stock $0.01 par value; 500,000 shares authorized; 79,502 Series A shares issued and outstanding at June 27, 2009 (aggregate liquidation preference $132,964)

    —          1        —            1      f)     (1   j)     —     

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 20,472,100 shares authorized, 14,035,491 shares issued and outstanding at June 27, 2009

    —          76        6 5   b     141          136      j)     277   

Warrants

    —          5,666        —            5,666          (5,666   j)     —     

Note receivable due from officer including accrued interest of $329

    —          (1,829     1,829      c     —            —            —     

Additional paid-in capital

    160,825        151,224        (157,197   d     154,852          46,414      k) l)     201,266   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (2,034     —          —            (2,034       492      h)     (1,542

Retained earnings

    20,356        24,598        (24,793   e     20,161          (1,983   l)     18,178   
                                                     

Total stockholders’ equity

    179,147        179,736        (180,096       178,787          39,392          218,179   
                                                     

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 459,099      $ 180,096      $ (180,426     $ 458,769        $ (771     $ 457,998   
                                                     

 

 

a) Represents elimination of intercompany payables and receivables and investment in subsidiary.
b) Represents the retroactive split of common shares based on an approximately 1.8611-for-one split ratio.
c) Represents extinguishment of the officer’s note along with accrued interest.
d) Represents the elimination of VS Parent’s additional paid-in capital along with the elimination of the impact of the transfer of common stock, warrants, and preferred shares from VS Holdings to VS Parent which arose during the formation of VS Parent as well as the effect of the retroactive stock split based on the 1.8611-for-one stock split ratio.
e) Represents the elimination of VS Parent retained earnings derived from equity in earnings of VS Holdings.
f) Represents 78,868 total preferred stock shares outstanding subsequent to the merger at June 27, 2009. Subsequent to the completion of the offering, there are no shares of preferred stock outstanding.
g) Represents the write-off of a portion of deferred financing fees in connection with the redemption of a portion of the Notes.
h) Represents the write-off of a portion of the unrealized loss on the interest rate swap in connection with the redemption of a portion of the Notes, along with related deferred income tax effects.
i) Represents the redemption of a portion of the Notes, exclusive of a redemption premium of $399,000 charged to retained earnings.
j) Represents the conversion of preferred stock and warrants to common shares (or cash) upon consummation of the offering.
k) Represents the impact of the consummation of the offering, which includes the conversion of our outstanding warrants to common stock and the conversion of a portion of our preferred shares into common stock.
l) Represents the impact of the write-off of deferred financing fees, the premium to be paid upon redemption of the Notes, the write-off of a portion of unrealized losses on the interest rate swap, accelerated options expense for certain officers and the termination fee for the management agreement, net of related tax effects.
m) On September 25, 2009, we entered into a new revolving credit facility and simultaneously terminated our equity credit facility. See “Summary Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Construction and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—2009 Revolving Credit Facility.”

 

23


Table of Contents

VS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

PRO FORMA

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 27, 2009

(in thousands except share and per share data)

(Unaudited)

 

     VS Holdings, Inc.     VS Parent, Inc.     Eliminations     Pro Forma
After giving effect
to the Merger
    Adjustments
for the
Offering
    Pro Forma
As
adjusted
 

Net sales

   $ 343,698      $        $        $ 343,698      $        $ 343,698   

Cost of goods sold

     230,924            230,924          230,924   
                                                

Gross profit

     112,774            112,774          112,774   

Selling, general and administrative expenses (a)

     87,113        12   a)        87,125          87,125   

Related party expenses

     816            816          816   
                                                

Income from operations

     24,845        (12       24,833          24,833   

Interest income

     (2     (27 )  b)        (29       (29

Interest expense

     9,841            9,841        (1,885 )  d)      7,956   
                                                

Income before provision for income taxes

     15,006        15          15,021        1,885        16,906   

Provision for income taxes

     6,238        —            6,238        765    e)      7,003   
                                                

Income before equity in net earnings of subsidiary

     8,768        15          8,783        1,120        9,903   

Equity in net earnings of subsidiary

     —          8,768        (8,768     —          —          —     
                                                

Net income

     8,768        8,783        (8,768     8,783        1,120        9,903   

Preferred stock dividends in arrears

     —          5,205   c)        5,205        (5,205 )  f)      —     
                                                

Net income applicable to common stockholders

   $ 8,768      $ 3,578      $ (8,768   $ 3,578      $ 6,325      $ 9,903   
                                                

Pro Forma weighted average shares outstanding

            

Basic

       14,035,399   g)        17,692,666   h)        26,485,762   i) 

Diluted

       15,528,846   g)        19,186,113   h)        26,923,669   i) 

Pro Forma net income per share

            

Basic

         $ 0.20        $ 0.37   

Diluted

         $ 0.19        $ 0.37   

 

a) Represents general operating expenses of VS Parent, Inc.
b) Represents interest income accrued on the note from an officer, which was extinguished.
c) Represents dividends accrued on VS Parent, Inc. preferred shares for the period.
d) Represents a reduction in interest due to the portion of the Notes repurchased and a related reduction in amortization of deferred financing fees.
e) Represents the income tax impact of the decrease in interest expense.
f) Represents the elimination of preferred stock dividends due to the redemption and conversion of all preferred shares upon consummation of this offering.
g) Represents 7,617,000 basic weighted average common shares and 8,419,459 diluted common shares and common share equivalents outstanding of VS Parent, Inc., for the period ended June 27, 2009, less 75,497 common shares retired in connection with the extinguishment of the note receivable due from an officer, adjusted retroactively using a stock split ratio of approximately 1.8611-for-one.
h) Represents basic and diluted shares subsequent to the merger giving effect to the number of shares (3,657,267) whose proceeds would be necessary to pay the accumulated dividends in arrears.
i) Represents the post-offering outstanding shares taking into effect converted warrants, converted preferred shares, and additional shares issued at the time of this offering.

 

24


Table of Contents

VS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

PRO FORMA

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 27, 2008

(in thousands except shares and per share data)

(Unaudited)

 

    VS Holdings,
Inc.
    VS Parent,
Inc.
    Eliminations     Pro Forma
After giving
effect to the
Merger
    Adjustments
for the
Offering
    Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 

Net sales

  $ 601,540      $        $        $ 601,540      $        $ 601,540   

Cost of goods sold

    405,659            405,659          405,659   
                                               

Gross profit

    195,881            195,881          195,881   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    158,617        95   a)        158,712          158,712   

Related party expenses

    1,523            1,523          1,523   
                                               

Income from operations

    35,741        (95       35,646          35,646   

Interest income

    (62     (53 ) b)        (115       (115

Interest expense

    21,253            21,253        (4,395 ) d)      16,858   
                                               

Income before provision for income taxes

    14,550        (42       14,508        4,395        18,903   

Provision for income taxes

    6,341        —            6,341        1,714  e)      8,055   
                                               

Income before equity in net earnings of subsidiary

    8,209        (42       8,167        2,681        10,848   

Equity in net earnings of subsidiary

    —          8,209        (8,209     —          —          —     
                                               

Net income

    8,209        8,167        (8,209     8,167        2,681        10,848   

Preferred stock dividends in arrears

    —          9,279   c)        9,279        (9,279 ) f)      —     
                                               

Net (loss) income applicable to common stockholders

  $ 8,209      $ (1,112   $ (8,209   $ (1,112   $ 11,960      $ 10,848   
                                               

Pro Forma weighted average shares outstanding

           

Basic

      14,035,399   g)        17,733,732  h)        26,485,762  i) 

Diluted

      14,035,399   g)        17,733,732  h)        27,095,761  i) 

Pro Forma net income per share

           

Basic

        $ (0.06     $ 0.41   

Diluted

        $ (0.06     $ 0.40   

 

a) Represents general operating expenses of VS Parent, Inc.
b) Represents interest income accrued on the note from an officer, which was extinguished.
c) Represents dividends accrued on VS Parent, Inc. preferred shares for the period.
d) Represents a reduction in interest due to the portion of the Notes repurchased and a related reduction in amortization of deferred financing fees.
e) Represents the income tax impact of the decrease in interest expense.
f) Represents the elimination of preferred stock dividends due to the redemption and conversion of all preferred shares upon consummation of this offering.
g) Represents 7,617,000 basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding of VS Parent, Inc., for the fiscal year ended December 27, 2008, less 75,497 common shares retired in connection with the extinguishment of the note receivable due from an officer, adjusted retroactively using a stock split ratio of approximately 1.8611-for-one.
h) Represents basic and diluted shares subsequent to the merger giving effect to the number of shares (3,698,333) whose proceeds would be necessary to pay the accumulated dividends in arrears.
i) Represents the post-offering outstanding shares taking into effect converted warrants, converted preferred shares, and additional shares issued at the time of this offering.

 

25


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

Our fiscal years end on the last Saturday in December and are designated by the calendar year in which the fiscal year ends. As used herein, the term “Fiscal” with respect to any year refers to the 52-week period ending in the last Saturday in December of such year, except for “Fiscal 2005,” which refers to the 53-week period ended December 31, 2005. Results for the periods presented represent the results of VS Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiary.

The following table sets forth selected historical consolidated financial information for the Company for the periods presented. The statement of operations data for Fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006 and the balance sheet data as of Fiscal 2008 and 2007 have been derived from the audited financial statements included in this prospectus. The balance sheet data as of Fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, and the statements of operations data for Fiscal 2005 and 2004, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements which are not included in this prospectus. The statements of operations data for the six months ended June 27, 2009 and for the six months ended June 28, 2008, and the balance sheet data as of June 27, 2009 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, which, in our opinion, contain adjustments which are of a normal recurring nature, which we consider necessary to present fairly our financial position and results of operations at such dates and for such periods. The balance sheet data as of June 28, 2008 has been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements which are not included in this prospectus. Results for the six months ended June 27, 2009 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire fiscal year.

The selected historical consolidated financial data below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and notes thereto included in this prospectus.

 

    Six Months Ended     Year Ended  
    June 27,
2009
    June 28,
2008
    December 27,
2008
    December 29,
2007
    December 30,
2006
    December 31,
2005
    December 25,
2004
 
    (data presented in thousands, except for shares and per share data)  

Statement of Operations Data:

             

Net sales

  $ 343,698      $ 307,091      $ 601,540      $ 537,872      $ 486,026      $ 436,463      $ 387,357   

Cost of goods sold

    230,924        206,791        405,659        360,346        326,523        290,243        258,223   
                                                       

Gross profit

    112,774        100,300        195,881        177,526        159,503        146,220        129,134   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    87,929        80,328        160,140        144,833        130,002        128,313        113,758   
                                                       

Income from operations

    24,845        19,972        35,741        32,693        29,501        17,907        15,376   

Extinguishment of debt and other (1)

                                (366     11,573          

Interest income

    (2     (22     (62     (234     (350     (209     (190

Interest expense

    9,841        10,789        21,253        22,340        22,161        19,595        16,538   
                                                       

Interest expense, net

    9,839        10,767        21,191        22,106        21,811        19,386        16,348   
                                                       

Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes

    15,006        9,205        14,550        10,587        8,056        (13,052     (972

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    6,238        3,589        6,341        3,792        3,242        (5,063     (361
                                                       

Income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting change

    8,768        5,616        8,209        6,795        4,814        (7,989     (611

Cumulative effect of accounting change (2)

                                       2,280          
                                                       

Net income (loss)

  $ 8,768      $ 5,616      $ 8,209      $ 6,795      $ 4,814      $ (5,709   $ (611
                                                       

 

26


Table of Contents
    Six Months Ended     Year Ended  
    June 27,
2009
    June 28,
2008
    December 27,
2008
    December 29,
2007
    December 30,
2006
    December 31,
2005
    December 25,
2004
 
    (data presented in thousands, except for shares and per share data)  

Preferred stock dividends in arrears

  $      $      $      $      $ 4,123      $ 7,771      $ 7,180   
                                                       

Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders

  $ 8,768      $ 5,616      $ 8,209      $ 6,795      $ 691      $ (13,480   $ (7,791
                                                       

Weighted average shares outstanding (3)

             

Basic

    100        100        100        100        100        100        100   

Diluted

    100        100        100        100        104        100        100   

Net income (loss) per share

             

Basic

  $ 87,680      $ 56,160      $ 82,090      $ 67,950      $ 6,910      $ (134,800   $ (77,910

Diluted

  $ 87,680      $ 56,160      $ 82,090      $ 67,950      $ 6,644      $ (134,800   $ (77,910

Cash dividends paid per share

  $      $      $ 5,610      $      $      $      $   

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding

             

Basic

    17,692,666 (5)        17,733,732  (4)         

Diluted

    19,186,113 (5)        17,733,732  (4)         

Pro forma net income (loss) per share 

             

Basic

  $ 0.20 (5)      $ (0.06 )(4)         

Diluted

  $ 0.19 (5)      $ (0.06 )(4)        

Operating Data:

             

Average net sales per comparable
store

  $ 773      $ 783      $ 1,485      $ 1,469      $ 1,417      $ 1,365      $ 1,472   

Comparable store sales
growth (6)

    4.7     7.2     6.2     6.2     6.6     0.1     1.8

Average square footage per store

    3.7        3.7        3.7        3.7        3.7        3.7        3.7   

Balance Sheet Data (as of the end of period dated above):

             

Working capital

  $ 59,861      $ 54,820      $ 52,347      $ 51,227      $ 38,286      $ 28,268      $ 27,281   

Total assets

    459,099        436,239        463,690        428,283        411,620        408,601        390,460   

Total debt

    177,753        177,494        186,382        165,000        171,500        177,127        159,336   

Stockholders’ equity

    179,147        166,260        168,530        159,794        153,506        147,855        153,349   

 

(1) Extinguishment of debt and other for Fiscal 2006 of $0.4 million relates to gains recognized on our interest rate swap that we entered into in Fiscal 2005, prior to qualification for hedge accounting. The Fiscal 2005 amount includes $11.1 million of expenses related to the repayment of our previous debt upon our issuance of the Notes and $0.4 million in expense relating to our interest rate swap that we entered into in Fiscal 2005, prior to qualification for hedge accounting. The $11.1 million consists of the writeoff of $7.7 million of original issue discount related to the allocation of value to the warrants and Series A Preferred Stock and the writeoff of $3.4 million of unamortized deferred financing costs from the previous debt.
(2) Reflects cumulative effect of accounting changes relating to costs included in inventory for Fiscal 2005.
(3) For the purpose of presenting basic and diluted net income (loss) per share on a comparative basis, as a result of the reverse merger on June 12, 2006, weighted average shares outstanding were retroactively restated for all periods presented based on the exchange ratio in the reverse merger.
(4) Represents basic and diluted shares subsequent to the merger giving effect to the number of shares (3,698,333) whose proceeds would be necessary to pay the accumulated dividends in arrears.
(5) Represents basic and diluted shares subsequent to the merger giving effect to the number of shares (3,657,267) whose proceeds would be necessary to pay the accumulated dividends in arrears.
(6) A store is included in comparable store sales after 410 days of operation.

 

27


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of our Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in this prospectus. The discussion in this section contains forward-looking statements that are based upon current expectations. The forward-looking statements contained herein include, without limitation, statements concerning future revenue sources and concentration, gross profit margins, selling and marketing expenses, research and development expenses, general and administrative expenses, capital resources, additional financings or borrowings and additional losses and are subject to risks and uncertainties including, but not limited to, those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results contemplated by these forward-looking statements. We also urge you to carefully review the information set forth in “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”

Overview

We are a leading specialty retailer and direct marketer of vitamins, minerals, herbs, supplements, sports nutrition and other health and wellness products. For each of the past three years, we have been the second largest in retail sales and the fastest growing national VMS specialty retailer. We market over 700 different nationally recognized brands as well as our proprietary Vitamin Shoppe, BodyTech and MD Select brands. We believe we offer the greatest variety of products among VMS retailers with approximately 8,000 SKUs offered in our typical store and an additional 12,000 SKUs available through our Internet and catalog direct sales channels. Our broad product offering enables us to provide our target customers with a selection of products not readily available at other specialty VMS retailers or mass merchants, such as supermarkets and drugstore chains. We target the dedicated, well-informed VMS consumer and differentiate ourselves by providing high quality products at competitive prices in an educational and high-touch customer service environment. We believe our extensive product offering, together with our well-known brand name and emphasis on product education and customer service, help us bond with our target customer and serve as a foundation for strong customer loyalty.

Our company was founded as a single store in New York, New York in 1977. Our Vitamin Shoppe branded products were introduced in 1989. We were acquired in November 2002 by IPC and other investors.

Segment Information

We sell our products through two business segments: retail and direct.

Retail

Since the beginning of Fiscal 2005 through Fiscal 2008, we have leveraged our successful store economic model by opening a total of 171 new stores. Over the past five years, we have expanded our presence in our existing markets as well as entered many new markets such as California, Texas, Michigan and Hawaii. As of September 25, 2009, we operated 434 stores in 37 states and the District of Columbia located in high-traffic regional centers. In the first six months of Fiscal 2009, our retail segment generated net sales of $303.4 million, representing a 13.2% increase over the first six months of Fiscal 2008 retail net sales of $266.6 million. We have achieved positive comparable store sales for 15 consecutive years (prior to which we did not track comparable store sales), including comparable store sales growth of 6.2% in each of 2007 and 2008 and 4.7% and 7.2% for the six months ended June 27, 2009 and June 28, 2008, respectively. In Fiscal 2008, our retail segment generated net sales of $522.5 million, representing a 13.1% increase over Fiscal 2007 retail net sales of $462.0 million. From Fiscal 2005 to Fiscal 2008, we have grown our net sales in our retail segment at approximately a 13.0% CAGR. From Fiscal 2005 to Fiscal 2008, we have grown our store base at a 13.4% CAGR.

 

28


Table of Contents

Direct

We sell our products directly to consumers through our websites, primarily www.vitaminshoppe.com. Our websites and our catalog complement our in-store experience by extending our retail product offerings with an additional 12,000 SKUs that are not available in our stores and enable us to access customers outside our retail markets and those who prefer to shop online. Catalog sales were not material in 2008, and are expected to remain immaterial in the future, as customers migrate to our website and stores. In 2008 we increased the number of active online customers, defined by shopping frequency and annual dollars spent, by approximately 60,000 to more than 460,000. In the first six months of Fiscal 2009, our direct segment generated net sales of $40.3 million representing a 0.5% decrease over the first six months of Fiscal 2008 direct net sales of $40.5 million. In Fiscal 2008, the direct segment generated net sales of $79.0 million representing a 4.1% increase over Fiscal 2007 direct net sales of $75.9 million.

Trends and Other Factors Affecting Our Business

The VMS industry in the U.S. is highly fragmented, and based on information from the NBJ and public filings with the SEC, no single industry participant accounted for more than 5% of total industry sales in 2008. Retailers of VMS products primarily include specialty retailers and mass merchants, such as drugstores and supermarkets. The specialty retailers typically cater to the more sophisticated VMS customer by focusing on selection and customer service, while the mass merchants generally offer a limited assortment comprised of more mainstream products with less customer care. Specialty retailers comprised the largest segment of the market in 2008, with 37% market share, sales in which are forecasted to grow by 4.7% annually through 2014, according to the NBJ.

According to the NBJ, growth in the U.S. nutritional supplement industry from 2006 through 2008 has been led by specialty supplements, which have grown due to increasing popularity of condition-specific products, including glucosamine / chondroitin (for joint health), homeopathics (for miscellaneous conditions), fish oils (for cardiovascular health), Coenzyme Q10 (CoQ10) (for energy and cardiac health), vitamin D (for bone support through better calcium absorption) and probiotics (for digestive health). Consumers use nutritional supplements to improve their lifestyles, support specific health conditions, and keep themselves feeling younger and more active. According to the NBJ from 2009 to 2014, the U.S. specialty supplement product category is expected to grow at a 5.9% CAGR, or approximately 38% faster than the overall industry. The specialty supplements product category represented 17.9% of the total U.S. nutritional supplement industry in 2008. By way of comparison, specialty supplements, the fastest growing product category in the VMS industry, generated 27.4% of our Fiscal 2008 net sales. We over-index our concentration in specialty supplements to focus on target customers who emphasize health and wellness as part of their lifestyle.

Sports nutrition products represented approximately 10.8% of the total U.S. nutritional supplement industry in 2008. By way of comparison, sports nutrition products generated 29.0% of our Fiscal 2008 net sales. We believe our sports nutrition offering emphasizes products such as protein powders which appeal to our customers’ emphasis on health and wellness rather than products taken in conjunction with a body building regimen. From 2009 to 2014, the sports nutrition product category is expected to grow at a 5.5% CAGR, representing the second fastest growing product category in the VMS industry.

We believe that one of the primary trends driving the growth in the industry is the aging U.S. population. The total U.S. population of people 50 and older is expected to increase to 115 million people in 2018 from 94 million people in 2008, a CAGR of 2.1%, which is more than twice the overall population growth rate. The aging Baby Boomer generation comprises a significant and increasing part of the 50 and older population.

For the three months ended September 26, 2009, we expect to report that total sales increased 11.3% to $168.4 million from $151.3 million in the comparable prior year period and comparable store sales for the quarter increased 4.4%. Gross margin for the three months ended September 26, 2009 is expected to decline due to increased promotional activity in August.

The foregoing figures are preliminary estimates only, are based upon management estimates as of the date of this prospectus, have not been reviewed by our independent registered public accounting firm and are subject

 

29


Table of Contents

to adjustments including those as a result of subsequent events which occur after the date of this prospectus. The final financial results for the three months ended September 26, 2009 may vary from our expectations and may be materially different from the preliminary estimates we are providing above due to completion of quarterly close and review procedures, final adjustments and other developments that may arise between now and the time the financial results for this period are finalized.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Critical accounting policies are those that are the most important portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations, and require our most difficult, subjective and complex judgments as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in the notes to our financial statements, our most critical accounting policies, discussed below, pertain to revenue recognition, inventories, impairment of long-lived assets, goodwill and other intangible assets, deferred sales for our Healthy Awards Program, stock-based compensation and income taxes. In applying such policies, we must use some amounts that are based upon our informed judgments and best estimates. Estimates, by their nature, are based on judgments and available information. The estimates that we make are based upon historical factors, current circumstances and the experience and judgment of management. We evaluate our assumptions and estimates on an ongoing basis.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue upon sale of our products to our retail customers at the “point of sale,” which occurs when merchandise is sold “over-the-counter” in retail stores or upon delivery to a direct customer, net of sales returns. In accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue 00-10, “Accounting for Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs,” we classify all amounts billed to customers that represent shipping fees as sales in all periods presented. To arrive at net sales, gross sales are reduced by actual customer returns and a provision for estimated future customer returns, which is based on management’s review of historical and current customer returns. The amounts reserved for sales returns, net of cost of goods sold, were $0.1 million and $0.1 million at December 27, 2008 and December 29, 2007, respectively.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value. Cost is determined using the moving weighted average method. As applied to inventories, cost means in principle the sum of the applicable expenditures and charges directly or indirectly incurred in bringing the product to its existing condition and location. Finished goods inventory includes the cost of labor and overhead required to package products. In addition, the cost of inventory is reduced by purchase discounts and allowances received from certain of our vendors. We adjust our inventory to reflect situations in which the cost of inventory is not expected to be recovered. We regularly review our inventory, including when a product is close to expiration and not expected to be sold, when a product has reached its expiration date, or when a product is not expected to be saleable. In determining the reserves for these products, we consider factors such as the amount of inventory on hand and its remaining shelf life, and current and expected market conditions, including management forecasts and levels of competition. We have evaluated the current level of inventory considering historical trends and other factors, and based on our evaluation, have recorded adjustments to reflect inventory at net realizable value. These adjustments are estimates, which could vary significantly from actual results if future economic conditions, customer demand or competition differ from expectations. These estimates require us to make assessments about the future demand for our products in order to categorize the status of such inventory items as slow moving, obsolete or in excess of need. These future estimates are subject to the ongoing accuracy of management’s forecasts of market conditions, industry trends and competition. We are also subject to volatile changes in specific product demand as a result of unfavorable publicity, government regulation and rapid changes in demand for new and improved products or services. At December 27, 2008, and December 29, 2007, obsolescence reserves were $1.4 million and $1.3 million, respectively.

 

30


Table of Contents

Long-Lived Assets

We evaluate long-lived assets, including fixed assets and intangible assets with finite useful lives, periodically for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of any such asset may not be recoverable. If the sum of our estimated undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying value, we recognize an impairment loss, measured as the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the asset. These estimates of cash flow require significant management judgment and certain assumptions about future volume, sales and expense growth rates, devaluation and inflation. As such, these estimates may differ from actual cash flows. For the periods presented we had no impairments of our long-lived assets.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

On an annual basis, or whenever impairment indicators exist, we perform a valuation of goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets. In the absence of any impairment indicators, goodwill and other indefinite lived intangible assets are tested in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year. With regards to goodwill, our tests are based on our two reporting units, and utilize the discounted cash flow method, based on our current operating projections, in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS 142”). For those intangible assets which have definite lives, we amortize their cost on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives which are various periods based on their contractual terms. Judgments regarding the existence of impairment indicators are based on market conditions and operational performance of the business. Future events could cause us to conclude that impairment indicators exist, and therefore that goodwill and other intangible assets are impaired. To the extent that the fair value associated with the goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets is less than the recorded value, we would write down the value of the asset to its fair value.

Our impairment test involves calculating the fair value of both our reporting units (our segments) using the discounted cash flow method along with the market multiples method which is used for additional validation of the value calculated. Both of these valuation methods require us to make certain assumptions and estimates regarding certain industry trends and future profitability of our reporting units. It is our policy to conduct goodwill impairment testing from information based on our most current business projections, which include projected future revenues and cash flows. The cash flows utilized in the discounted cash flow analysis are based on five-year financial forecasts developed internally by our management. Cash flows for each unit are discounted using an internally derived weighted average cost of capital which reflects the costs of borrowing for the funding of each unit as well as the risk associated with the units themselves and the industry they perform in. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we would compare the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with its carrying value. To compute the implied fair value, we would assign the fair value of the reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit (including any unrecognized intangible assets) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. The excess of the fair value of a reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. If the carrying value of the reporting unit goodwill exceeded the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill, we would record an impairment loss to write down such goodwill to its implied fair value. The valuation of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets is affected by, among other things, our business plan for the future and estimated results of future operations. Changes in the business plan or operating results that are different than the estimates used to develop the valuation of the assets may impact their valuation.

We have tested our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles for impairment in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year presented and concluded there was no impairment relative to such assets. Accordingly, there is no impairment expense recorded in any of the periods presented.

Deferred Sales

Our Healthy Awards Program allows customers to earn points toward free merchandise based on the volume of purchases. Points are earned each year under our Healthy Awards Program and are redeemable within the first

 

31


Table of Contents

three months of the following year or they expire. We defer sales on transactions based on estimated redemptions, which are based on historical redemption data as well as marketing efforts within the current period, and record a liability for points being earned within the current period. Net changes to deferred sales were $1.8 million, $0.3 million, and $0.4 million for the years ended December 27, 2008, December 29, 2007 and December 30, 2006, respectively. The balance of the deferred sales liability was $13.0 million and $11.2 million at December 27, 2008 and December 29, 2007, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the fair value method of recording stock-based compensation in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS No. 123(R)”), an amendment of FASB Statements No. 123, which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all stock-based payment awards made to employees and directors. Under the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized as expense over the vesting period. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires considerable judgment, including estimating expected volatility, expected term and risk-free rate. Our expected volatility is based on the volatility levels over the past 6.25 years from the average volatility of similar actively traded companies. The expected holding period of the option is calculated using the simplified method using the vesting term of four years and the contractual term of 10 years. The simplified method was chosen as a means to determine our holding period as we currently have no historical option exercise experience due to being a privately held company. The risk-free interest rate is derived from the average yield for the five and seven year zero-coupon U.S. Treasury Strips. If factors change and we employ different assumptions, stock-based compensation expense may differ significantly from what we have recorded in the past. As a result of our application of the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), we expect stock-based compensation expense to increase significantly over the next several years. In addition, upon consummation of this offering, we expect to incur a compensation charge due to the acceleration of options pursuant to employment agreements, as disclosed in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis.” Based upon an estimated offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, the outstanding vested and unvested options would have an intrinsic value of $13.7 million.

Amounts charged to expense were $2.4 million, $1.6 million and $0.5 million for stock-based compensation for Fiscal 2008, Fiscal 2007, and Fiscal 2006, respectively. The weighted average fair value for grants for Fiscal 2008, Fiscal 2007, and Fiscal 2006 was $14.74, $13.10, and $6.09, respectively.

Income Taxes

We record our income taxes based on the requirements of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. We periodically assess the realizability of deferred tax assets and the adequacy of deferred tax liabilities, including the results of local state, and federal statutory tax audits or estimates and judgments used.

Realization of deferred tax assets associated with net operating loss and credit carryforwards is dependent upon generating sufficient taxable income prior to their expiration in the applicable tax jurisdiction. We periodically review the recoverability of tax assets recorded on our balance sheet and provide valuation allowances as we deem necessary. Deferred tax assets could be reduced in the near term if our estimates of taxable income during the carryforward period are significantly reduced or alternative tax strategies are no longer viable.

Our income tax returns are periodically audited by the Internal Revenue Service and state and local jurisdictions. We reserve for tax contingencies when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the contingent amount is reasonably estimable. These reserves are based upon our best estimation of the potential exposures associated with the timing and amount of deductions, as well as various tax filing positions.

 

32


Table of Contents

Effective December 31, 2006 (the first day of Fiscal 2007), we adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48 (“FIN 48”), Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes —an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109. FIN 48 provides guidance for the recognition threshold and measurement attribute for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. In accordance with FIN 48, we recognized a liability for uncertain tax positions for $3.1 million, increasing our previously recorded liability for uncertain tax positions, interest, and penalties, and reducing the December 31, 2006 balance of retained earnings by $0.2 million as well increasing the balance of goodwill. See Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 27, 2008, for more information on income taxes.

Prior to 2007 and the adoption of FIN 48, reserves were recorded when management determined that it was probable that a loss would be incurred related to these matters and the amount of the loss was reasonably determinable. Subsequent to the adoption of FIN 48, we are required to recognize, at the largest amount that is more likely than not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant taxing authority, the impact of an uncertain income tax position on our income tax return. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. The tax positions are analyzed periodically (at least quarterly) and adjustments are made as events occur that warrant adjustments to those positions. We record interest expense and penalties payable to relevant tax authorities as income tax expense.

General Definitions for Operating Results

Net Sales consist of sales from comparable stores and non comparable stores, as well as sales made directly to our Internet and catalog customers net of deferred sales. A store is included in comparable store sales after 410 days of operation.

Cost of goods sold excludes depreciation and amortization shown separately within selling, general and administrative expenses below, and includes the cost of inventory sold, markdowns, costs of warehousing and distribution and store occupancy costs. Warehousing and distribution costs include freight on internally transferred merchandise, rent for the distribution center and costs associated with our buying department and distribution facility, including payroll, which are capitalized into inventory and then expensed as merchandise is sold. Store occupancy costs include rent, common area maintenance, real estate taxes, and utilities.

Gross profit is net sales minus cost of goods sold.

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist of depreciation and amortization of fixed assets, operating payroll and related benefits, advertising and promotion expense, and other selling, general and administrative expenses.

Related party expenses consist of management fees incurred and paid to IPC Manager II, LLC, and consulting fees incurred and paid to Renaissance Brands Ltd.

Income from operations consists of gross profit minus selling, general and administrative expenses, and related party expenses.

Other includes $0.4 million of income in Fiscal 2006 related to our interest rate swap.

Interest income represents income earned from highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less.

Interest expense includes interest on the Notes, amortization of debt discount and amortization of financing costs, and interest on the revolving credit line.

 

33


Table of Contents

Key Performance Indicators and Statistics

We use a number of key indicators of financial condition and operating results to evaluate the performance of our business, including the following (in thousands):

 

     Six Months Ended     Year Ended  
     June 27,
2009
    June 28,
2008
    December 27,
2008
    December 29,
2007
    December 30,
2006
 

Net sales

   $ 343,698      $ 307,091      $ 601,540      $ 537,872      $ 486,026   

Increase in comparable store net sales

     4.7     7.2     6.2     6.2     6.6

Gross profit as a percent of net sales

     32.8     32.7     32.6     33.0     32.8

Income from operations

   $ 24,845      $ 19,972      $ 35,741      $ 32,693      $ 29,501   

The following table shows the growth in our network of stores for the six months ended June 27, 2009 and June 28, 2008 and Fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006:

 

     Six Months Ended    Fiscal Year  
     June 27,
2009
    June 28,
2008
   2008     2007     2006  

Stores open at beginning of year

   401      341    341      306      275   

Stores opened

   25      20    62      36      32   

Stores closed

   (1      (2   (1   (1
                             

Stores open at end of period

   425      361    401      341      306   
                             

Results of Operations

The information presented below is for the six months ended June 27, 2009 and June 28, 2008, which was derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and operating results for such periods and as of such dates and the fiscal years ended December 27, 2008, December 29, 2007 and December 30, 2006, which was derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The following table summarizes our results of operations for periods presented as a percentage of net sales:

 

     Six Months Ended     Fiscal Year Ended  
     June 27,
2009
    June 28,
2008
    December 27,
2008
    December 29,
2007
    December 30,
2006
 

Net sales

   100.0   100.0   100.0   100.0   100.0

Cost of goods sold

   67.2   67.3   67.4   67.0   67.2
                              

Gross profit

   32.8   32.7   32.6   33.0   32.8

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   25.3   25.9   26.4   26.7   26.5

Related party expenses

   0.3   0.3   0.3   0.2   0.3
                              

Income from operations

   7.2   6.5   5.9   6.1   6.1

Other

       0.0   0.0   -0.1

Interest income

   (0.0 )%    (0.0 )%    -0.1   -0.1   -0.1

Interest expense

   2.8   3.5   3.5   4.2   4.6
                              

Interest expense, net

   2.8   3.5   3.4   4.1   4.5
                              

Income before provision for income taxes

   4.4   3.0   2.5   2.0   1.7

Provision for income taxes

   1.8   1.2   1.1   0.7   0.7
                              

Net income

   2.6   1.8   1.4   1.3   1.0
                              

The net sales results presented for Fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006 are each based on a 52-week period. The net sales results presented for the six months ended June 27, 2009 and June 28, 2008, are each based on a 26-week period.

 

34


Table of Contents

Six Months Ended June 27, 2009 Compared To Six Months Ended June 28, 2008

Net Sales

Net sales increased $36.6 million, or 11.9%, to $343.7 million for the six months ended June 27, 2009 compared to $307.1 million for the six months ended June 28, 2008. The increase was the result of an increase in our comparable store sales, new sales from our non-comparable stores, offset in part, by a decrease in our direct sales.

Retail

Net sales from our retail stores increased $36.8 million, or 13.8%, to $303.4 million for the six months ended June 27, 2009 compared to $266.6 million for the six months ended June 28, 2008. We operated 425 stores as of June 27, 2009 compared to 361 stores as of June 28, 2008. Our overall store sales for the six months ended June 27, 2009 increased due to non-comparable store sales increases of $8.1 million and an increase in comparable store sales of $28.7 million, or 4.7%. Our overall sales increased primarily in the categories of supplements, which increased $10.6 million, or 16.5%; vitamins and multivitamins, which increased $5.1 million, or 15.0%; sports nutrition, which increased by $13.3 million, or 20.4%; minerals, which increased $1.2 million, or 14.1%; and herbs, which increased $8.5 million, or 18.1%; offset in part by weight management, sales of which decreased $1.1 million, or 6.3%.

The supplements category, which is among the largest selling product categories in our mix, continues to experience significant growth in sales of essential fatty acids, or EFAs, which have been responsible for most of the growth in the supplement category for several quarters. Given the current trend in EFA consumption, and the growing number of publications and recommendations regarding the heart-health benefits of fish oils (such as by The American Heart Association and US National Institutes of Health), we expect continued strength in sales of EFAs for the remainder of this Fiscal year. Product sales in the sports nutrition category increased at a greater rate than the overall increase in net sales during the six months ended June 27, 2009, and has done so since the middle of Fiscal 2006. We believe this is due largely to the growth in the fitness-conscious market as well as the diversity of new product introductions and innovations in functionally specific supplementation. In addition, net sales in our Herbs category increased at a greater rate than the overall increase in net sales primarily as a result of an increase in sales in our cleansing and superfoods products. Sales in the weight management category decreased during the six months ended June 27, 2009, due primarily to a recall of a popular thermogenic product which was not replaced with a reformulated product until after the close of the second Fiscal quarter of 2009.

Direct

Net sales to our direct customers decreased $0.2 million, or 0.5%, to $40.3 million for the six months ended June 27, 2009 compared to $40.5 million for the six months ended June 28, 2008. The overall decrease in our direct sales was due to an increase in our Internet sales of approximately $2.3 million which was offset by a decrease in our catalog sales. The increase in web-based sales was largely due to a greater influx of customers during the six months ended June 27, 2009, as compared to the six months ended June 28, 2008, as a result of our prior web-based marketing initiatives. We have reduced our catalog circulation and customer prospecting as we believe catalog purchasing in general is declining in popularity as a purchasing medium, especially in the wake of the introduction of online shopping. In addition, as we continue to open more stores in new markets, some catalog customers choose to shop at our retail locations.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold, which includes product, warehouse and distribution and occupancy costs, increased $24.1 million, or 11.7%, to $230.9 million for the six months ended June 27, 2009 compared to $206.8 million for the six months ended June 28, 2008. The dollar increase was primarily due to an increase in product costs and occupancy costs for the six months ended June 27, 2009, as compared to the six months ended June 28, 2008.

 

35


Table of Contents

Cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales decreased to 67.2% for the six months ended June 27, 2009, compared to 67.3% for the six months ended June 28, 2008. The decrease of cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales was due primarily to decreases in product costs and distribution costs as a percentage of sales of 0.6% and 0.4%, respectively, which were offset by an increase in occupancy costs of 0.8% as a percentage of sales. The increase of occupancy costs as a percentage of sales is largely attributable to the larger body of new (non-comparable) stores in operations during the first six months of Fiscal 2009, as compared to the same period last year.

Gross Profit

As a result of the foregoing, gross profit increased $12.5 million, or 12.4%, to $112.8 million for the six months ended June 27, 2009 compared to $100.3 million for the six months ended June 28, 2008.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses, including operating payroll and related benefits, advertising and promotion expense, depreciation and amortization, and other selling, general and administrative expenses, increased $7.5 million, or 9.4%, to $87.1 million for the six months ended June 27, 2009, compared to $79.6 million for the six months ended June 28, 2008. The components of selling, general and administrative expenses are explained below. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales for the six months ended June 27, 2009 decreased to 25.3% compared to 25.9% for the six months ended June 28, 2008.

Operating payroll and related benefits increased $4.3 million, or 14.8%, to $33.4 million for the six months ended June 27, 2009 compared to $29.1 million for the six months ended June 28, 2008. Operating payroll and related benefits expenses as a percentage of net sales increased to 9.7% for the six months ended June 27, 2009 compared to 9.5% for the six months ended June 28, 2008. The increase as a percentage of net sales was primarily due to the greater volume of newer stores thus resulting in lower sales per hour relative to net sales during the six months ended June 27, 2009, as compared to the six months ended June 28, 2008.

Advertising and promotion expenses increased $0.3 million, or 4.6%, to $7.4 million for the six months ended June 27, 2009 compared to $7.1 million for the six months ended June 28, 2008. Advertising and promotion expenses as a percentage of net sales decreased to 2.1% for the six months ended June 27, 2009 from 2.3% for the six months ended June 28, 2008. The decrease is primarily due to a decline in our catalog circulation for the six months ended June 27, 2009, as compared to the six months ended June 28, 2008, as we are reducing our catalog advertising and prospecting efforts.

Other selling, general and administrative expenses, which includes depreciation and amortization expense, increased $2.9 million, or 6.7%, to $46.3 million for the six months ended June 27, 2009 compared to $43.4 million for the six months ended June 28, 2008. The increase was due to increases in depreciation and amortization expense of approximately $2.1 million, and an increase in corporate payroll expenses of $0.8 million. The increase in payroll was attributable to increases to our corporate staff to meet the needs of our growth during the six months ended June 27, 2009, as compared to the six months ended June 28, 2008. Other selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales decreased to 13.5% during the six months ended June 27, 2009 compared to 14.1% for the six months ended June 28, 2008, due to achieving greater overall efficiencies from our operations and corporate infrastructure relative to net sales during the six months ended June 27, 2009, as compared to the six months ended June 28, 2008.

Related Party Expenses

Related party expenses increases $0.1 million, or 10.9%, to $0.8 million for the six months ended June 27, 2009, as compared to $0.7 million for the six months ended June 28, 2008, due to the increase in net sales.

 

36


Table of Contents

Income from Operations

As a result of the foregoing, income from operations increased $4.9 million, or 24.4%, to $24.8 million for the six months ended June 27, 2009 compared to $20.0 million for the six months ended June 28, 2008. Income from operations as a percentage of net sales increased to 7.2% for the six months ended June 27, 2009, compared to 6.5% for the six months ended June 28, 2008.

Retail

Income from operations for the retail segment increased $7.7 million, or 18.2%, to $49.7 million for the six months ended June 27, 2009 compared to $42.0 million for the six months ended June 28, 2008. Income from operations as a percentage of net sales for the retail segment increased to 16.4% for the six months ended June 27, 2009 compared to 15.8% for the six months ended June 28, 2008. The increase as a percentage of net sales was primarily due to the decrease in cost of goods sold of 0.4% as a percent of sales and a decrease and in operating expenses of 0.6% as a percent of sales. The decrease in operating expenses were as a result of the economies of scale described in “Other, selling, general and administrative expenses.” These decreases were offset in part by an increase in advertising expense of 0.2% as a percentage of net sales, which is attributable to the increases in greater national media exposure and media for grand openings during the six months ended June 27, 2009, as compared to the six months ended June 28, 2008.

Direct

Income from operations for the direct segment increased $0.4 million, or 4.7%, to $8.1 million for the six months ended June 27, 2009 compared to $7.7 million for the six months ended June 28, 2008. Income from operations as a percentage of net sales for the direct segment increased to 20.1% for the six months ended June 27, 2009 compared to 19.1% for the six months ended June 28, 2008. This increase in income from operations as a percentage of net sales was due mainly to a 1.9% decrease in advertising costs as percentage of net sales, as we are reducing our catalog advertising and prospecting efforts, offset by an increase in cost of goods sold of 0.9% as a percentage of net sales which was primarily due to greater distribution costs. The increase in distribution costs was primarily as a result of a lower ratio of units per shipment experienced for the six months ended June 27, 2009, as compared the six months ended June 28, 2008.

Corporate Costs

Corporate costs increased by $3.2 million, or 10.6%, to $32.9 million for the six months ended June 27, 2009 compared to $29.8 million for the six months ended June 28, 2008. Corporate costs as a percentage of net sales decreased to 9.6% for the six months ended June 27, 2009 compared to 9.7% for the six months ended June 28, 2008. The dollar increase was primarily due to increases in depreciation and amortization expense of approximately $2.1 million, and an increase in payroll of $0.8 million, attributable to our growing corporate infrastructure. The 0.1% decrease as a percentage of net sales for the six months ended June 27, 2009, as compared to the six months ended June 28, 2008, was primarily due to achieving greater overall efficiencies from our corporate infrastructure relative to net sales during the six months ended June 27, 2009, as compared to the six months ended June 28, 2008.

Interest Income

Interest income decreased $20,000 to $2,000 for the six months ended June 27, 2009 compared to $22,000 for the six months ended June 28, 2008. The decrease was due largely to lower interest rates, and lower cash balances during the six months ended June 27, 2009, as compared to the six months ended June 28, 2008.

Interest Expense

Interest expense decreased $0.9 million, or 8.8%, to $9.8 million for the six months ended June 27, 2009 compared to $10.8 million for the six months ended June 28, 2008. The decrease was due to lower interest rates as well as lower outstanding short-term borrowings experienced during the six months ended June 27, 2009, as compared to the six months ended June 28, 2008.

 

37


Table of Contents

Provision for Income Taxes

We recognized $6.2 million of income tax expense during the six months ended June 27, 2009 compared with $3.6 million for the six months ended June 28, 2008. The effective tax rate for the six months ended June 27, 2009 was 41.6%, compared to 39.0% for the six months ended June 28, 2008. The effective rate for the current period, as compared to the same period last year, increased primarily due to increases in our blended state tax rates.

Net Income

As a result of the foregoing, we generated net income of $8.8 million for the six months ended June 27, 2009 compared to $5.6 million for the six months ended June 28, 2008.

Comparison of Fiscal 2008 with Fiscal 2007

Net Sales

Net sales increased $63.7 million, or 11.8%, to $601.5 million for Fiscal 2008 compared to $537.9 million for Fiscal 2007. The increase was the result of an increase in our comparable store sales, as well as sales from our new non-comparable stores, and an increase in our direct sales.

Retail

Net sales from our retail stores increased $60.6 million, or 13.1%, to $522.5 million for Fiscal 2008 compared to $462.0 million for Fiscal 2007. We operated 401 stores as of December 27, 2008 compared to 341 stores as of December 29, 2007. Our overall store sales increased due to non-comparable store sales of $32.5 million, as well as an increase in comparable store sales growth of $28.1 million, or 6.2% (Comparable store sales include only those stores open more than 410 days and align with Fiscal 2007). Our overall sales increased primarily in the categories of sports nutrition, which increased $27.2 million, or 22.0%; supplements, which increased $13.0 million, or 11.2%; herbs and homeopathic, which increased $7.9 million, or 9.3%; weight management, which increased $2.7 million, or 9.4%; vitamins category, which increased $7.7 million, or 12.7%, and minerals, which increased $1.8 million, or 12.1%.

The supplements category, which is among the largest selling product categories in our mix, continues to experience significant growth in sales of essential fatty acids, or EFAs, which have been responsible for most of the growth in the supplement category since Fiscal 2006. Given the current trend in EFA consumption, and the growing number of publications and recommendations regarding the heart-health benefits of fish oils (such as by The American Heart Association and US National Institutes of Health), we expect continued strength in sales of EFAs for the next fiscal year. The vitamins category was one of our fastest growing categories in Fiscal 2008, as we experienced significant growth in sales of multi-vitamins, as we released new special formulations in Fiscal 2008, and in Vitamin D, which we believe was due in part to recent favorable press. Product sales in the sports nutrition category increased at a greater rate than the overall increase in net sales during Fiscal 2008, and have done so since mid Fiscal 2006. We believe this is due largely to the continued growth in the fitness-conscious market as well as the diversity of new product introductions.

Direct

Net sales to our direct customers increased $3.1 million, or 4.1%, to $79.0 million for Fiscal 2008 compared to $75.9 million for Fiscal 2007. The overall increase in our direct sales was due to an increase in Internet sales of $9.8 million in Fiscal 2008, offset by a decrease in our catalog sales. The increase in our web-based sales was primarily due to a greater influx of customers in Fiscal 2008 as compared to Fiscal 2007, as a result of our prior web-based marketing initiatives. We have reduced our catalog circulation and catalog customer prospecting as we believe catalog purchasing in general is declining in popularity as a purchasing medium, especially in the wake of the growth of online shopping. In addition, as we continue to open more stores in new markets, some catalog customers choose to shop at our retail locations.

 

38


Table of Contents

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold, which includes product, warehouse and distribution and store occupancy costs, increased $45.3 million, or 12.6%, to $405.7 million for Fiscal 2008 compared to $360.3 million for Fiscal 2007. The components of cost of goods sold are explained below. Cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales increased to 67.4% for Fiscal 2008 compared to 67.0% for Fiscal 2007.

Product costs increased $31.6 million, or 11.3%, to $311.4 million during Fiscal 2008 compared to $279.8 million for Fiscal 2007. Product costs as a percentage of net sales decreased to 51.8% during Fiscal 2008 compared to 52.0% for Fiscal 2007. The percentage decrease was primarily the result of a decrease in price promotions for our products of approximately 0.5%; a decrease in inventory markdowns of 0.3%, as well as an increase in inventory efficiency of 0.3%, offset in part by an increase in product costs of approximately 1.0% as a percentage of sales in Fiscal 2008 versus Fiscal 2007.

Warehouse and distribution costs increased $3.2 million, or 17.3%, to $21.8 million for Fiscal 2008 compared to $18.6 million for Fiscal 2007. Warehouse and distribution costs as a percentage of net sales increased to 3.6% for Fiscal 2008 compared to 3.5% in Fiscal 2007. The increase was mainly attributable to increases in shipping costs as a result of a having significant number of new stores, with many of them being at greater distances, during Fiscal 2008 as compared to Fiscal 2007.

Occupancy costs increased $10.5 million, or 16.9%, to $72.4 million for Fiscal 2008 compared to $61.9 million for Fiscal 2007. Occupancy costs as a percentage of net sales increased to 12.0% during Fiscal 2008 compared to 11.5% for Fiscal 2007. This increase as a percentage of sales is mainly attributable to the increases in utilities and real estate tax expenses as well as increased rent for our newer store leases.

Gross Profit

As a result of the foregoing, gross profit increased $18.4 million, or 10.3%, to $195.9 million for Fiscal 2008 compared to $177.5 million for Fiscal 2007.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses, including operating payroll and related benefits, advertising and promotion expense, and other selling, general and administrative expenses, increased $15.1 million, or 10.6%, to $158.6 million during Fiscal 2008, compared to $143.5 million for Fiscal 2007. The components of selling, general and administrative expenses are explained below. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales for Fiscal 2008 decreased to 26.4% compared to 26.7% for Fiscal 2007.

Operating payroll and related benefits increased $5.6 million, or 10.4%, to $59.0 million for Fiscal 2008 compared to $53.5 million for Fiscal 2007. The increase is due mainly to our increase in retail locations throughout Fiscal 2008. Operating payroll and related benefits expenses as a percentage of net sales decreased to 9.8% during Fiscal 2008 compared to 9.9% for Fiscal 2007. This was largely due to experiencing greater sales per hour during Fiscal 2008.

Advertising and promotion expenses decreased $0.5 million, or 3.9%, to $13.2 million for Fiscal 2008 compared to $13.7 million for Fiscal 2007. Advertising and promotion expenses as a percentage of net sales decreased to 2.2% during Fiscal 2008 compared to 2.6% for Fiscal 2007, as we are reducing our catalog advertising and prospecting efforts.

Other selling, general and administrative expenses, which include depreciation and amortization expense, increased $10.1 million, or 13.3%, to $86.4 million in Fiscal 2008 compared to $76.3 million for Fiscal 2007. The increase was due primarily to an increase in depreciation and amortization of approximately $2.6 million, reflecting

 

39


Table of Contents

our expanding operation and the amortization of the purchased intangible assets in Fiscal 2008; $3.2 million for corporate payroll expense which was primarily due to an increase in corporate staff during Fiscal 2008 to accommodate our growth; various employee related administrative fees of $1.5 million; and stock-based compensation expense of approximately $0.8 million, due to additional grants issued in Fiscal 2008. In addition to the above, credit card fees increased by approximately $0.8 million due to our increased sales during Fiscal 2008, and store pre-opening costs increased $1.2 million due to the increase in the number of new stores we opened during Fiscal 2008, as well as the lead time needed in opening some of these new stores. Other selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales increased to 14.4% during Fiscal 2008 compared to 14.3% for Fiscal 2007, due primarily to increases in our corporate infrastructure to accommodate our growing operations.

Related Party Expenses

Related party expenses increased $0.2 million, or 11.6%, to $1.5 million during Fiscal 2008, as compared to $1.4 million for Fiscal 2007 (for a detailed presentation of related party expenses, see Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements).

Income from Operations

As a result of the foregoing, income from operations increased $3.0 million, or 9.3%, to $35.7 million for Fiscal 2008 compared to $32.7 million for Fiscal 2007. Income from operations as a percentage of net sales decreased to 5.9% during Fiscal 2008 as compared to 6.1% for Fiscal 2007.

Retail

Income from operations for the retail segment increased $9.2 million, or 13.0%, to $80.4 million for Fiscal 2008 compared to $71.2 million for Fiscal 2007. Income from operations as a percentage of net sales for the retail segment remained level at 15.4% for Fiscal 2008 compared to 15.4% for Fiscal 2007.

Direct

Income from operations for the direct segment increased $0.9 million, or 6.7%, to $14.9 million for Fiscal 2008 compared to $14.0 million for Fiscal 2007. Income from operations as a percentage of net sales for the direct segment increased to 18.8% for Fiscal 2008 compared to 18.4% for Fiscal 2007. This increase as a percentage of net sales was primarily due to a decrease in advertising expense of 1.1% as a percentage of sales, due to the decrease in catalog mailings, offset by an increase in product costs as a percentage of sales, due to greater price promotions for our direct products, during Fiscal 2008 as compared to Fiscal 2007.

Corporate Costs

Corporate costs increased $7.1 million, or 13.5%, to $59.6 million during Fiscal 2008 compared to $52.5 million for Fiscal 2007. Corporate costs as a percentage of net sales increased to 9.9% for Fiscal 2008 compared to 9.8% for Fiscal 2007. This increase was due primarily to the increase in depreciation and amortization expense of $2.6 million, reflecting our growing operations and asset acquisitions, an increase in corporate payroll costs of approximately $3.2 million, and various employee related administrative fees of approximately $1.5 million which occurred in Fiscal 2008 as compared to Fiscal 2007. This was offset by approximately $0.5 million of deferred offering fees written-off during Fiscal 2007, which did not occur in Fiscal 2008.

Interest Income

Interest income decreased $172,000 to $62,000 in Fiscal 2008 compared to $234,000 for Fiscal 2007. The decrease was due to maintaining a lower balance in our interest bearing investment account, as well as experiencing lower interest rates throughout Fiscal 2008 as compared to Fiscal 2007.

 

40


Table of Contents

Interest Expense

Interest expense decreased $1.1 million, or 4.9%, to $21.3 million in Fiscal 2008 compared to $22.3 million for Fiscal 2007. The decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease in interest rates in Fiscal 2008 compared to Fiscal 2007.

Provision for Income Taxes

We recognized $6.3 million of income tax expense during Fiscal 2008 compared to $3.8 million in Fiscal 2007. The effective tax rate, which includes items relating to adjustments to our FIN 48 liability as well as certain adjustments related to our state income tax for Fiscal 2008, was 43.6%, compared to 35.8% for Fiscal 2007. The 7.8% increase in the effective tax rate is primarily due to changes in our blended state income tax rate, increases to our FIN 48 liability of 1.3%, as well as a benefit of 2.8% for a discrete item which occurred in Fiscal 2007.

Net Income

As a result of the foregoing, we generated net income of $8.2 million in Fiscal 2008 compared to net income of $6.8 million in Fiscal 2007.

Comparison of Fiscal 2007 with Fiscal 2006

Net Sales

Net sales increased $51.8 million, or 10.7%, to $537.9 million for Fiscal 2007 compared to $486.0 million for Fiscal 2006. The increase was the result of an increase in our comparable store sales, as well as sales from our new non-comparable stores, which were offset by a decrease in our direct sales.

Retail

Net sales from our retail stores increased $54.5 million, or 13.4%, to $462.0 million for Fiscal 2007 compared to $407.5 million for Fiscal 2006. We operated 341 stores as of December 29, 2007 compared to 306 stores as of December 30, 2006. Our overall store sales increased due to non-comparable store sales of $29.2 million, as well as an increase in comparable store sales growth of $25.3 million, or 6.2% (Comparable store sales include only those stores open more than 410 days and align with Fiscal 2006). Our overall sales increased primarily in the categories of sports nutrition, which increased by $32.1 million, or 35.3%; supplements, which increased $10.0 million, or 9.5%; herbs and homeopathic, which increased $5.3 million, or 6.7%; weight management, which increased $2.8 million, or 10.5%; and multi-vitamins, which increased $2.3 million, or 7.7%. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in the category of our books-accessories, sales of which decreased by $0.7 million to $2.0 million in Fiscal 2007 as compared to $2.7 million in 2006, comprising only 0.4% and 0.7% of our total net retail sales in Fiscal 2007 and Fiscal 2006, respectively.

The supplements category, which is among the largest selling product categories in our mix, experienced significant growth in sales of essential fatty acids, or EFAs, which were responsible for most of the increase in the supplement category in Fiscal 2007. Given the current trend in EFA consumption, and the growing number of publications and recommendations regarding the heart-health benefits of fish oils (such as by The American Heart Association and US National Institutes of Health), we expect continued strength in sales of EFAs for the next fiscal year. Product sales in the sports nutrition category increased at a greater rate than the overall increase in net sales during the Fiscal 2007, and have done so since early Fiscal 2006. We believe this is due largely to the growth in the fitness-conscious market as well as the diversity of new product introductions.

Direct

Net sales to our direct customers decreased $2.6 million, or 3.3%, to $75.9 million for Fiscal 2007 compared to $78.5 million for Fiscal 2006. This decrease was due to a decrease in our catalog sales, which we believe is the result of our continued expansion of our retail store locations and online stores, as well as the general decline in

 

41


Table of Contents

effectiveness of catalogs as a merchandising medium. This overall decrease was largely offset by an increase in our Internet based sales of $4.7 million during Fiscal 2007, which was primarily due to improvements to our e-commerce platform and customer experience, as well as continued improvements in our online customer prospecting efforts.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold, which includes product, warehouse and distribution and store occupancy costs, increased $33.8 million, or 10.4%, to $360.3 million for Fiscal 2007 compared to $326.5 million for Fiscal 2006. The components of cost of goods sold are explained below. Cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales was 67.0% for Fiscal 2007 compared to 67.2% for Fiscal 2006.

Product costs increased $23.7 million, or 9.3%, to $279.8 million during Fiscal 2007 compared to $256.1 million for Fiscal 2006. Product costs as a percentage of net sales decreased to 52.0% in Fiscal 2007 compared to 52.7% for Fiscal 2006. The percentage decrease was largely a result of a decrease in price promotions for our products of approximately 1.2%, offset in part, by an increase in product costs of approximately 0.6% as a percentage of sales in Fiscal 2007 versus Fiscal 2006.

Warehouse and distribution costs increased $2.1 million, or 12.4%, to $18.6 million for Fiscal 2007 compared to $16.6 million for Fiscal 2006. Warehouse and distribution costs as a percentage of net sales increased to 3.5% for Fiscal 2007 compared to 3.4% in Fiscal 2006. The increase was mainly attributable to increases in shipping costs in Fiscal 2007 as compared to Fiscal 2006, as a result of rising fuel costs and shipments to greater distances as we continue to expand our geographic store base.

Occupancy costs increased $8.1 million, or 15.0%, to $61.9 million for Fiscal 2007 compared to $53.9 million for Fiscal 2006. Occupancy costs as a percentage of net sales increased to 11.5% during Fiscal 2007 compared to 11.1% for Fiscal 2006. This increase as a percentage of sales is mainly attributable to the increases in utilities and real estate tax expenses as well as a lower ratio of direct net sales, as a component of total net sales, to occupancy expenses.

Gross Profit

As a result of the foregoing, gross profit increased $18.0 million, or 11.3%, to $177.5 million for Fiscal 2007 compared to $159.5 million for Fiscal 2006.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses, including operating payroll and related benefits, advertising and promotion expense, and other selling, general and administrative expenses, increased $14.8 million, or 11.5%, to $143.5 million during Fiscal 2007, compared to $128.6 million for Fiscal 2006. The components of selling, general and administrative expenses are explained below. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales for Fiscal 2007 was 26.7% compared to 26.5% for Fiscal 2006.

Operating payroll and related benefits increased $5.2 million, or 10.9%, to $53.5 million for Fiscal 2007 compared to $48.2 million for Fiscal 2006. The increase is due mainly to our increase in retail locations throughout Fiscal 2007. Operating payroll and related benefits expenses as a percentage of net sales remained level at 9.9% during Fiscal 2007 compared to 9.9% for Fiscal 2006.

Advertising and promotion expenses increased $0.6 million, or 4.9%, to $13.7 million for Fiscal 2007 compared to $13.1 million for Fiscal 2006. Advertising and promotion expenses as a percentage of net sales decreased to 2.6% during Fiscal 2007 compared to 2.7% for Fiscal 2006, primarily as a result of web-based advertising initiatives, such as broadening our web platform, which began in early Fiscal 2006 and generated expenses throughout that year, but were completed well before Fiscal 2007 year-end.

 

42


Table of Contents

Other selling, general and administrative expenses, which include depreciation and amortization expense, increased $9.0 million, or 13.4%, to $76.3 million in Fiscal 2007 compared to $67.3 million for Fiscal 2006. The increase was due to an increase in depreciation and amortization of approximately $1.2 million, reflecting our expanding operation, and an increase in professional fees of $1.5 million in Fiscal 2007 as a result of legal and consulting fees which occurred in Fiscal 2007 and not in Fiscal 2006. In addition, there was an increase of $2.7 million for corporate payroll expense which was primarily due to an increase in corporate staff during 2007 to accommodate our growth; stock-based compensation expense of approximately $1.1 million, due to additional grants issued in Fiscal 2007; credit card fees, which increased by approximately $0.5 million due to our increased sales; and various employee related administrative fees of approximately $1.3 million due to our increased operations in Fiscal 2007. In addition, there was approximately $0.5 million of deferred offering fees written-off during Fiscal 2007, due to our decision not to pursue an initial public offering at this time. Other selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales increased to 14.3% during Fiscal 2007 compared to 13.9% for Fiscal 2006, due primarily to increases in our corporate infrastructure to accommodate our growing operations.

Related Party Expenses

Related party expenses remained level at $1.4 million for both Fiscal 2007 and for Fiscal 2006 (for a detailed presentation of related party expenses, see Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements).

Income from Operations

As a result of the foregoing, income from operations increased $3.2 million, or 10.8%, to $32.7 million for Fiscal 2007 compared to $29.5 million for Fiscal 2006. Income from operations as a percentage of net sales remained level at 6.1% during Fiscal 2007 compared to 6.1% for Fiscal 2006.

Retail

Income from operations for the retail segment increased $11.3 million, or 18.9%, to $71.2 million for Fiscal 2007 compared to $59.9 million for Fiscal 2006. Income from operations as a percentage of net sales for the retail segment increased to 15.4% for Fiscal 2007 compared to 14.7% for Fiscal 2006. The increase as a percentage of net sales was primarily due to an increase in gross profit resulting from the decrease in price promotion activity in Fiscal 2007, described above in the cost of goods sold discussion. In addition, we believe as certain of our new retail markets and new stores mature, we expect to experience more efficiencies in future periods that will continue to contribute to increased profitably in our retail segment.

Direct

Income from operations for the direct segment decreased $1.0 million, or 6.5%, to $14.0 million for Fiscal 2007 compared to $14.9 million in Fiscal 2006. Income from operations as a percentage of net sales for the direct segment decreased to 18.4% for Fiscal 2007 compared to 19.0% for Fiscal 2006. This decrease as a percentage of net sales was primarily due to the 1.2% decrease in gross profit as a percentage of sales in Fiscal 2007 as compared to Fiscal 2006, as we continue to offer discounted selling prices to maintain competitiveness in the current VMS online environment. These decreases were partially offset by a 0.7% decrease in general operating expenses and payroll as a percentage of sales.

Corporate Costs

Corporate costs increased $7.2 million, or 16.0%, to $52.5 million during Fiscal 2007 compared to $45.3 million for Fiscal 2006. Corporate costs as a percentage of net sales increased to 9.8% for Fiscal 2007 compared to 9.3% for Fiscal 2006. This increase was due primarily to the increase in depreciation and amortization expense of $1.2 million, reflecting our growing operations, an increase in professional fees of $1.5 million in Fiscal 2007, an increase in corporate payroll costs of approximately $2.7 million, and various employee related administrative fees of approximately $1.3 million, which occurred in Fiscal 2007 as compared to Fiscal 2006. In addition, there was approximately $0.5 million of deferred offering costs written off during Fiscal 2007 due to our decision not to pursue an initial public offering at that time.

 

43


Table of Contents

Other

Other for Fiscal 2006 represents $0.4 million in income related to our interest rate swap for the period prior to our qualification for hedge accounting. We did not incur these expenses in Fiscal 2007.

Interest Income

Interest income decreased $116,000 to $234,000 in Fiscal 2007 compared to $350,000 for Fiscal 2006. The decrease was due to maintaining a lower balance in our interest bearing investment account throughout Fiscal 2007 as compared to Fiscal 2006.

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased $0.2 million, or 0.8%, to $22.3 million in Fiscal 2007 compared to $22.2 million for Fiscal 2006. The nominal increase was primarily attributable to an increase in interest rates in Fiscal 2007 compared to Fiscal 2006.

Provision for Income Taxes

We recognized $3.8 million of income tax expense during Fiscal 2007 compared to $3.2 million in Fiscal 2006. The effective tax rate for Fiscal 2007 was 35.8% compared to 40.2% for Fiscal 2006, primarily as a result changes in our blended state rate, which were offset in part, by current year adjustments to our for FIN 48 liability (see Note 7 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion).

Net Income

As a result of the foregoing, we generated net income of $6.6 million in Fiscal 2007 compared to net income of $4.8 million in Fiscal 2006.

Key Indicators of Liquidity and Capital Resources

The following table sets forth key indicators of our liquidity and capital resources (in thousands):

 

     As of
     June 27,
2009
   December 27,
2008
   December 29,
2007

Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,107    $ 1,623    $ 1,453

Working capital

     59,861      52,347      51,227

Total assets

     459,099      463,690      428,283

Total debt

     177,753      186,382      165,000

 

     Six Months Ended     Fiscal Year Ended  
     June 27,
2009
    June 28,
2008
    December 27,
2008
    December 29,
2007
    December 30,
2006
 

Other Information:

          

Depreciation and amortization, including deferred rent (1)

   $ 12,442      $ 10,281      $ 22,098      $ 18,251      $ 16,865   

Cash Flows Provided By (Used In):

          

Operating activities

   $ 23,391      $ 4,933      $ 19,588      $ 20,618      $ 16,755   

Investing activities

     (13,771     (16,560     (35,389     (14,092     (13,580

Financing activities

     (9,136     11,933        15,971        (6,545     (6,487
                                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 484      $ 306      $ 170      $ (19   $ (3,312
                                        

 

(1) Also includes amortization of deferred financing fees.

 

44


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary uses of cash are to fund working capital, operating expenses, debt service and capital expenditures related primarily to the construction of new stores. Historically, we have financed these requirements from internally generated cash flow, supplemented with short-term financing. We believe that the cash generated by operations, together with the borrowing availability under our 2009 revolving credit facility (described below), will be sufficient to meet our working capital needs for the next twelve months, including investments made and expenses incurred in connection with our store growth plans, systems development and store improvements.

We plan to spend up to $18 million in capital expenditures during Fiscal 2009, of which up to $14 million will be in connection with our store growth and improvement plans with the remainder of $4 million being used for all other capital expenditures. Of the total capital expenditures projected for Fiscal 2009, we have already invested $13.8 million during the six months ended June 27, 2009. We plan to open between 35 and 40 new stores during Fiscal 2009, of which we have already opened 25 stores as of June 27, 2009. We plan to open 35 to 45 stores in Fiscal 2010, which will require approximately $15.0 million in capital expenditures. Our working capital requirements for merchandise inventory will continue to increase as we continue to open additional stores. Despite the recent challenges obtaining credit from the tightened global credit markets, we feel our new revolving credit facility (entered into on September 25, 2009, as discussed elsewhere in this document) will provide us with sufficient liquidity through the next fiscal year. Furthermore, we have an additional two years of liquidity as compared to our previous facility which we terminated on September 24, 2009. Additionally, 30 day payment terms have been extended to us by some of our suppliers allowing us to effectively manage our inventory and working capital.

We were in compliance with all debt covenants as of June 27, 2009. At June 27, 2009, we had $2.1 million in cash and cash equivalents and $59.9 million in working capital. At December 27, 2008, we had $1.6 million in cash and cash equivalents and $52.3 million in working capital.

During Fiscal 2008 we spent approximately $27.9 million, out of the $31.9 million of total capital expenditures, in connection with our store growth and improvement plans. We opened 62 new stores during Fiscal 2008, and closed two stores. Our working capital requirements for merchandise inventory will continue to increase as we continue to open additional stores. Currently, our practice is to establish an inventory level of $165,000 to $185,000 at cost for each of our stores, a portion of which is vendor-financed based upon agreed credit terms.

Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities

Cash provided by operating activities was $23.4 million for the six months ended June 27, 2009, as compared to $4.9 million of cash provided by operating activities for the six months ended June 28, 2008. The $18.5 million increase in cash flows from operating activities is primarily due to an increase in our net income, as well as decreases in expenditures on inventory and on our accounts payable for the six months ended June 27, 2009, as compared to the six months ended June 28, 2008. The decrease in changes to our inventory is attributable to an increase in our inventory efficiency, as we require less lead time to fulfill a retail store’s needs, as well as due to the planned decrease in new store openings in the coming months relative to the same period last year, as we increased our inventory in anticipation of the numerous store openings which occurred during Fiscal 2008. The decrease in changes to our accounts payable in Fiscal 2009 was primarily due to increasing the frequency of payments to our trade vendors beginning in Fiscal 2008 to align with accelerated payment terms.

Cash provided by operating activities was $19.6 million and $20.6 million during Fiscal 2008 and Fiscal 2007, respectively. This decrease was primarily a result of a decrease in changes to our accounts payables of $19.6 million, to take advantage of favorable payment terms by our suppliers, offset in part by an increase in our net income and a decrease in inventory expenditures in Fiscal 2008 compared to Fiscal 2007.

 

45


Table of Contents

Cash provided by operating activities was $20.6 million and $16.8 million for the fiscal years ended December 29, 2007 and December 30, 2006, respectively. This increase was primarily a result of an increase in our net income and increases in changes to our accounts payables of $9.8 million which were offset in part by an increase in changes to inventory of $7.6 million in Fiscal 2007 compared to Fiscal 2006.

Cash (Used in) Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities during the six months ended June 27, 2009, was $13.8 million, compared to $16.6 million during the six months ended June 28, 2008. Capital expenditures during the six months ended June 27, 2009, were used for the construction of 25 new stores, and improvements to exiting stores. During the six months ended June 28, 2008, capital expenditures were used for the construction of 20 new stores, as well as the construction in progress for approximately 30 new stores which were opened in the following two quarters in Fiscal 2008. In addition, investing activities during the first two quarters of Fiscal 2008 included the $3.0 million asset purchase related to our Florida stores.

Net cash used in investing activities during Fiscal 2008 and Fiscal 2007 was $35.4 million and $14.1 million, respectively. The increase in cash used in investing activities of $21.3 million was primarily due to opening 26 more stores in Fiscal 2008 as compared to Fiscal 2007, as well as the acquisition of $3.5 million of intangible assets (as discussed in Note 4 to our Financial Statements) in the same period.

Net cash used in investing activities during Fiscal 2007 and Fiscal 2006 was $14.1 million and $13.6 million, respectively. The increase in cash used in investing activities of $0.5 million was primarily due to opening four more stores in Fiscal 2007 as compared to Fiscal 2006.

Cash (Used in) Provided by Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $9.1 million for the six months ended June 27, 2009, as compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $11.9 million for the six months ended June 28, 2008. The $21.1 million change in cash flows from financing activities was due primarily to net repayments to our revolving credit agreement during the six months ended June 27, 2009, compared to net borrowing during the first six months of Fiscal 2008.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $16.0 million in Fiscal 2008, compared to $6.5 million of net cash used in financing activities during Fiscal 2007. The increase in net cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to net borrowings of $17.0 million from our revolving credit facility during Fiscal 2008, compared to our paying down a net of $6.5 million on our revolving credit facility during Fiscal 2007.

Net cash used in financing activities was $6.5 million in both Fiscal 2007 and Fiscal 2006. During Fiscal 2007, we paid down $10.5 million on our revolving credit facility, after borrowing an additional $4.0 million, as we had sufficient working capital to fund our operations.

2005 Senior Notes

On November 7, 2005, we completed our Notes offering for $165 million. The indenture governing the Notes restricts the ability of Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. and VS Direct Inc. to incur additional debt, pay dividends and make distributions, make certain investments, repurchase stock, incur liens, enter into transactions with affiliates, enter into sale and lease back transactions, merge, or consolidate or transfer or sell assets.

Revolving Credit Facility

On November 15, 2005, Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. entered into its $50.0 million Revolving Credit Facility, and Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. has the option to increase or decrease the facility size by $25.0 million, subject to certain conditions. The availability under the credit facility is subject to a borrowing base

 

46


Table of Contents

calculated on the basis of certain eligible accounts receivable from credit card companies and inventory of Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. and VS Direct Inc. The obligations thereunder are secured by a security interest in substantially all of the assets of Holdings, Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. and VS Direct Inc. In addition, if the foregoing cannot make payments to the Revolving Credit Facility when they become due, VS Parent, Inc. has guaranteed the Revolving Credit Facility and must make payments on their behalf. The credit facility provides for affirmative and negative covenants affecting Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc., VS Holdings, Inc. and VS Direct Inc. The credit facility restricts, among other things, our ability to incur indebtedness, create or permit liens on our assets, declare or pay dividends and certain other restricted payments, consolidate, merge or recapitalize, acquire or sell assets, make certain investments, loans or other advances, enter into transactions with affiliates, change our line of business, and restricts the types of hedging activities we can enter into. The credit facility has a maturity date of November 15, 2010. The unused available line of credit under the Revolving Credit Facility at June 27, 2009 was $39.6 million.

The borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility accrue interest, at our option at the rate per annum announced from time to time by the agent as its “prime rate,” or at a per annum rate equal to between 1.25% and 1.75% (depending on excess availability) above the adjusted Eurodollar rate. The combined weighted average interest rate from December 27, 2008 through June 27, 2009 was 2.44%. The combined weighted average annual interest rate in Fiscal 2008 was 4.06%.

VS Direct Inc. and VS Holdings, Inc. provided guarantees in respect of our obligations under our Revolving Credit Facility, and Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. and VS Holdings, Inc. have provided guarantees in respect of VS Direct Inc.’s obligations under our Revolving Credit Facility.

We entered into an interest rate swap during December 2005 on a portion of our Notes, which qualifies for hedge accounting under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 133. The swap’s fair market value of $(4.4) million at December 27, 2008 and $(3.5) million at June 27, 2009, is recorded in other long-term liabilities on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. Of the increase in market value of $0.9 million in Fiscal 2009, $0.6 million is recorded in other comprehensive income, and $0.3 million is recorded in deferred tax liabilities. Under the terms of the swap, concurrent with the termination of our Revolving Credit Facility, as described below, our interest rate swap was cancelled on September 25, 2009, at cost of $3.1 million.

2009 Revolving Credit Facility

On September 25, 2009, we entered into a new revolving credit facility, and simultaneously terminated our existing credit facility that was entered into on November 15, 2005. We entered into the 2009 revolving credit facility to obtain an additional two years of liquidity beyond the termination date of our previous facility. In doing so, we incurred an incremental borrowing rate of 1% as compared to the Revolving Credit Facility. The terms of the credit facility extend through September 2013, and allow us to borrow up to $50.0 million subject to the terms of the facility. Similar to our previous credit facility, the availability under the 2009 revolving credit facility is subject to a borrowing base calculated on the value of certain accounts receivable from credit card companies as well as the inventory of Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. and VS Direct Inc. The obligations thereunder are secured by a security interest in substantially all of the assets of VS Holdings, Inc., Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. and VS Direct Inc. The 2009 revolving credit facility provides for affirmative and negative covenants affecting Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc., VS Holdings, Inc. and VS Direct Inc. The 2009 revolving credit facility restricts, among other things, our ability to incur indebtedness, create or permit liens on our assets, declare or pay dividends and make certain other restricted payments, consolidate, merge or recapitalize, acquire or sell assets, make certain investments, loans or other advances, enter into transactions with affiliates, change our line of business, and restricts the types of hedging activities we can enter into.

The 2009 revolving credit facility has a maturity date of September, 2013. The 2009 revolving credit facility will terminate if at any time on or after August 15, 2012 the sum of all amounts owed under our Notes is greater than the sum of our cash and cash equivalents plus excess availability (as defined under the 2009 revolving credit

 

47


Table of Contents

facility), subject to certain limitations. The unused available line of credit under the 2009 revolving credit facility at September 29, 2009 was $40.5 million. The borrowings under our 2009 revolving credit facility accrue interest, at our option at the rate per annum announced from time to time by the agent as its “prime rate,” or at a per annum rate equal to 2.50% above the adjusted Eurodollar rate.

VS Direct Inc. and VS Holdings, Inc. provided guarantees in respect of our obligations under the 2009 revolving credit facility, and Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. and VS Holdings, Inc. have provided guarantees in respect of VS Direct Inc.’s obligations under the 2009 revolving credit facility.

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

As of June 27, 2009, our lease commitments and contractual obligations are as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal year ending

   Total    Operating
Leases (1)
   Capital Lease
Obligation,
Including Interest
   Long-Term
Debt
   Interest
Payments (2)
   Revolving
Credit
Facility

Remainder of Fiscal 2009

   $ 43,935    $ 33,994    $ 803    $    $ 9,138    $

2010

     97,465      69,081      1,607           18,277      8,500

2011

     85,514      65,732      1,505           18,277     

2012

     244,113      63,058      824      165,000      15,231     

2013

     56,641      56,641                    

Thereafter

     146,937      146,937                    
                                         
   $ 674,605    $ 435,443    $ 4,739    $ 165,000    $ 60,923    $ 8,500
                                         

 

(1) The operating leases included in the above table do not include contingent rent based upon sales volume, which represented less than 1% of our minimum lease obligations during the first six months of Fiscal 2009. In addition, the operating leases do not include common area maintenance costs or real estate taxes that are paid to the landlord during the year, which combined represented approximately 17.3% of our minimum lease obligations for the six months ended June 27, 2009.
(2) Interest payments are based upon the prevailing interest rates at June 27, 2009, net of projected activity arising from our hedging activities which cease in 2011. Interest payments do not include interest expense related to our Revolving Credit Facility due to its revolving nature.

We have an aggregate contingent liability of up to $2.1 million related to potential severance payments for five executives as of June 27, 2009 pursuant to their respective employment agreements. We have an aggregate contingent liability of up to $1.9 million related to potential severance payments for eight employees as of June 27, 2009 following a change in control pursuant to their respective employment agreements. These potential severance payments are not reflected in the table above.

Excluded from the above commitments is $4.4 million of long-term liabilities related to uncertain tax positions pursuant to FIN 48, due to the uncertainty of the time and nature of resolution.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not created, and are not party to, any special-purpose or off-balance sheet entities for the purpose of raising capital, incurring debt or operating our business. We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements or relationships with entities that are not consolidated into or disclosed on our financial statements that have or are reasonably likely to have a material current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues, expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

Effects of Inflation

We do not believe that our sales or operating results have been materially impacted by inflation during the periods presented in our financial statements. There can be no assurance, however, that our sales or operating results will not be impacted by inflation in the future.

 

48


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133,” (“SFAS No. 161”). SFAS No. 161 requires entities to provide enhanced disclosures for derivative activities and hedging activities with regards to the reasons for employing derivative instruments, how they are accounted for, and how these instruments affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. We adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 161 in the first quarter of Fiscal 2009. The adoption of SFAS No. 161 did not have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Effective December 30, 2007, we adopted certain provisions of SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” that apply to certain financial assets and liabilities. This statement defines and establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands fair value disclosures. It does not require any new fair value measurements. The intent of this statement is to increase consistency of definitions and comparability of methods of fair value measurements, as well as to enhance fair value disclosure. SFAS No. 157, as amended by FASB Staff Position 157-2 (“FSP 157-2”), requires that the remaining provisions, which apply to nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, were effective in the first quarter of Fiscal 2009. The adoption of the remaining provisions of SFAS No. 157 and FSP 157-2 did not have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), “Business Combinations” (“SFAS No. 141(R)),” SFAS No. 141(R) attempts to improve the relevance and comparability of the information included in companies’ financial reports regarding business combinations and their effects. The provisions of SFAS 141(R) were effective in the first quarter of Fiscal 2009. The adoption of SFAS 141(R) did not have an impact on our current financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. However, we cannot determine the future impact, if any, the adoption will have on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risk represents the risk of changes in the value of market risk sensitive instruments caused by fluctuations in interest rates and commodity prices. Changes in these factors could cause fluctuations in the results of our operations and cash flows. In the ordinary course of business, we are primarily exposed to interest rate risks. Other than on our Notes, which carry a floating interest rate, we do not use derivative financial instruments in connection with these market risks. Our risk management activities are described below.

Our market risks relate primarily to changes in interest rates. Our Revolving Credit Facility and Notes carry floating interest rates that are tied to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and the prime rate and, therefore, our statements of operations and our cash flows will be exposed to changes in interest rates. A one percentage point increase in LIBOR would cause an increase to the interest expense on our Notes of approximately $0.8 million, as the total potential increase of $1.7 million would be offset by our hedging activities described in the paragraph below. Additionally, a one percentage point increase in LIBOR would cause an increase to the interest expense on our revolving credit facility of $0.1 million based on the balance of our Revolving Credit Facility as at June 27, 2009.

We historically have engaged in interest rate hedging activities related to our floating rate debt. In December 2005, we entered into an interest rate swap on a portion of our Notes, the fair market value of which was $(4.4) million at December 27, 2008 and $(3.5) million at June 27, 2009, which is recorded in other long-term liabilities on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

 

49


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leading specialty retailer and direct marketer of vitamins, minerals, herbs, supplements, sports nutrition and other health and wellness products. For each of the past five years, we have been the second largest in retail sales and the fastest growing national VMS specialty retailer. We market over 700 different nationally recognized brands as well as our proprietary Vitamin Shoppe, BodyTech and MD Select brands. We believe we offer the greatest variety of products among VMS retailers with approximately 8,000 SKUs offered in our typical store and an additional 12,000 SKUs available through our Internet and other direct sales channels. Our broad product offering enables us to provide our target customers with a selection of products not readily available at other specialty VMS retailers or mass merchants, such as drugstore chains and supermarkets. We target the dedicated, well-informed VMS consumer and differentiate ourselves by providing high quality products at competitive prices in an educational and high-touch customer service environment. We believe our extensive product offering, together with our well-known brand name and emphasis on product education and customer service, help us bond with our target customer and serve as a foundation for strong customer loyalty.

We sell our products through two business segments: retail and direct. In our retail segment, we have leveraged our successful store economic model by opening a total of 171 new stores from the beginning of Fiscal 2005 through Fiscal 2008. Over the past five years, we have expanded our presence in our existing markets as well as entered many new markets such as California, Texas, Michigan, and Hawaii. As of September 25, 2009, we operated 434 stores in 37 states and the District of Columbia, located in high-traffic regional retail centers.

We also sell our products directly to consumers through our websites, including www.vitaminshoppe.com, www.bodytech.com, and our catalog. Our websites and our catalog complement our in-store experience by extending our retail product offerings with an additional 12,000 SKUs that are not available in our stores and by enabling us to access customers outside our retail markets and those who prefer to shop online. In 2008, we increased the number of active online customers by approximately 60,000 to more than 460,000.

We have grown our net sales from $436.5 million in Fiscal 2005 to $601.5 million in Fiscal 2008, representing a CAGR of 11.3%. We have achieved positive comparable store sales for 15 consecutive years (prior to which we did not track comparable store sales) and have grown our retail sales from $362.2 million in 2005 to $522.5 million in 2008, representing a CAGR of 13.0%. We believe our industry performs well through economic cycles, including the current economic recession, and we have generated comparable store sales increases of 6.2% in each of 2007 and 2008, and 4.7% and 7.2% for the six months ended June 27, 2009 and June 28, 2008, respectively.

Our company was founded as a single store in New York, New York in 1977. Our Vitamin Shoppe branded products were introduced in 1989. We were acquired in November 2002 by IPC and other investors.

Industry

According to the NBJ, sales of nutritional supplements in the United States in 2008 were approximately $25.2 billion representing a 4.9% CAGR between 2001 and 2008. The U.S. nutritional supplement category is comprised of vitamins ($8.5 billion), herbs / botanicals ($4.8 billion), specialty / other ($4.5 billion), meal supplements ($2.6 billion), sports nutrition ($2.7 billion) and minerals ($2.1 billion). The NBJ forecasts 4.5% average annual growth for U.S. nutritional supplement sales through 2014 driven primarily by consumption by the over 50 demographic, including Baby Boomers who seek to improve their health and wellness and treat and prevent disease and illness cost effectively.

The VMS industry in the United States is highly fragmented, and according to NBJ data and public filings with the SEC, no single industry participant accounted for more than 5% of total industry sales in 2008. Retailers of VMS products primarily include specialty retailers and mass merchants, such as supermarkets and

 

50


Table of Contents

drugstore chains. The specialty retailers typically cater to the more sophisticated VMS customer by focusing on selection and customer service, while the mass merchants generally offer a limited assortment comprised of more mainstream products, with less customer care. Specialty retailers comprised the largest segment of the market in 2008, with 37% market share, which is expected to grow by 4.5% annually through 2014, according to the NBJ.

According to the NBJ, during the last three years, growth in the U.S. nutritional supplement industry has been led by specialty supplements, which have grown due to increasing popularity of condition-specific products, including glucosamine / chondroitin (for joint health), homeopathics (for miscellaneous conditions), essential fatty acids (for cardiovascular health), CoQ10 (for energy and cardiac health), vitamin D (for bone support through better calcium absorption) and acidophilus (for digestive health). Consumers use nutritional supplements to improve their lifestyles, treat specific health conditions, and keep themselves feeling younger and more active. From 2008 to 2014, the U.S. specialty supplement product category is expected to grow at a 5.9% CAGR, or approximately 38% faster than the overall industry. The specialty supplements product category represented 17.9% of the total U.S. nutritional supplement industry in 2008. By way of comparison, specialty supplements generated 27.4% of our Fiscal 2008 net sales. We over-index our concentration in specialty supplements to focus on target customers who emphasize health and wellness as part of their lifestyle.

Sports nutrition products represented approximately 10.8% of the total U.S. nutritional supplement industry in 2008. By way of comparison, sports nutrition products generated 29.0% of our Fiscal 2008 net sales. We believe our sports nutrition offering emphasizes products such as protein powders which appeal to our customers’ emphasis on health and wellness rather than products taken in conjunction with a body building regimen. From 2009 to 2014, the sports nutrition product category is expected to grow at a 5.5% CAGR, representing the second fastest growing product category in the VMS industry.

We believe that one of the primary trends driving the growth in the industry is the aging U.S. population. The total U.S. population of people 50 and older is expected to increase to 115 million people in 2018 from 94 million people in 2008, a CAGR of 2.1%, which is more than twice the overall population growth rate. The aging Baby Boomer generation comprises a significant and increasing part of the 50 and older population.

Competitive Strengths

We believe we are well positioned to capitalize on the favorable VMS industry dynamics as a result of the following competitive strengths:

Most Extensive Product Selection Including a Strong Assortment of Proprietary Brands.     We believe we have the most complete and authoritative merchandise assortment and market the broadest product selection in the VMS industry with over competitively-priced 20,000 SKUs from a combination of over 700 different nationally recognized brands and our proprietary Vitamin Shoppe, BodyTech and MD Select brands. Our typical store carries approximately 8,000 SKUs, with approximately 12,000 SKUs available through our direct business. We offer high-quality, nationally recognized brands such as Natures Plus ® , Solgar ® , Country Life ® , Nature’s Way ® , and Solaray ® , and our Vitamin Shoppe proprietary brand. We also carry smaller, more exclusive high end brands such as Optimum ® , Garden of Life ® , New Chapter ® , and Life Extension™. Additionally, we offer hard-to-find doctors’ brands including Cardiovascular Research, Allergy Research, American Biologics and Pioneer.

Included in our broad product assortment is our proprietary brand merchandise sold under the Vitamin Shoppe, BodyTech and MD Select brands. Our selection of approximately 1,100 SKUs of proprietary brand merchandise, which accounted for approximately 25% of our net sales in Fiscal 2008, provides our customers the opportunity to purchase VMS products at great value while affording us higher gross margins. Our MD Select brand offers a premium product with a condition-specific focus while our Vitamin Shoppe brands offer a broad selection with a focus on specialty supplements. Our BodyTech brand is focused on sports nutrition. We are continuing to grow our proprietary merchandise product assortment by increasing our focus on sports nutrition, probiotics and essential fatty acids.

 

51


Table of Contents

In addition, unlike other VMS specialty retailers, we merchandise our product offering by intended use such as “Heart Wellness” and “Joint Support” rather than by brand. This merchandising approach allows us to address our customers’ desire for health and wellness more fully and efficiently than other specialty VMS retailers and mass merchants, such as supermarkets and drugstore chains, while limiting our dependence on the continued success on any single brand or product. Also, our merchandise assortment and sales are concentrated in the two fastest growing product categories in the VMS industry: specialty supplements and sports nutrition. In Fiscal 2008, no single product sub-category accounted for more than 6% of our net sales, and no single third-party brand accounted for more than 3% of our net sales.

Value-Added Customer Service .     We believe we offer the highest degree of customer service in the VMS retail industry, aided by the deep product knowledge of our store associates, whom we refer to as “health enthusiasts.” We believe customer service is a very important component of a VMS consumer’s shopping experience, particularly for specialty supplement purchases. We staff our stores with highly experienced and knowledgeable associates (many of whom are regular and informed nutritional supplement users) who assist our customers in product selection. We place a strong emphasis on employee training and customer service and view our sales associates as health and wellness information stewards who educate our customers while assisting them with their purchases. We ensure the consistency of our high-quality customer service by training our store associates and management (including the direct customer care team) through Vitamin Shoppe University, a web-based interactive training program which includes online courses on product knowledge, customer service and management skills. Along with Vitamin Shoppe University, we provide our associates with up-to-date news and information on VMS products through proprietary newsletters, proprietary magazines, and daily sales meetings, empowering them to provide more value-added assistance to our customers.

Our stores offer extensive access to VMS information as they are equipped with a computer terminal and web access to www.vitaminshoppe.com, offering our customers health and wellness information as well as access to our complete product line. Our stores also offer “Health Notes” (an Internet-based guide to health and VMS products that also provides information on the interaction of drugs and supplements) and reference materials.

Highly Refined Real Estate Strategy.     We apply demanding criteria to our retail site selection. We locate our stores exclusively in attractive stand-alone locations or endcap (corner) positions in retail centers available in the markets in which we compete, rather than in enclosed malls, secondary or tertiary shopping centers. Our stores are situated in highly visible locations generally within a 16 minute travel time of more than 50,000 households with a high auto traffic or pedestrian count. Our stores are not dependent on either shopping mall or general shopping center traffic for our customer traffic. We typically seek both urban and suburban locations in high traffic areas with easy access, ample drive-up parking, optimal visibility from a major roadway and strong impact signage. Management believes that the location and visibility of our real estate is our single most effective and efficient customer acquisition strategy. Our research indicates that 66% of our new customers are attained as a result of seeing one of our stores. Our high profile locations and prominent signage reduce our dependency upon traditional advertising to drive customer traffic and brand awareness, which in turn reduces our need to cluster stores to achieve advertising economies of scale. Our retail store concept has proven successful throughout the country in both suburban and urban areas.

Attractive, Loyal Customer Base.     We have a large and growing base of loyal customers who proactively manage their long-term health and wellness through the use of supplements. Many of our customers form relationships with store managers and associates who help educate and guide them through their shopping experience. In addition, our no-fee Healthy Awards Program promotes brand loyalty among our customers and allows our customers to earn points redeemable for future purchases, more than 70% of which are redeemed annually. Our Healthy Awards Program customers accounted for 87% of our overall sales in Fiscal 2008. The number of our top customers, defined by shopping frequency and annual dollars spent, grew approximately 14% to 383,000 in 2008 compared to 336,000 in 2007. These customers spend approximately four times as much as our average customers. We signed up approximately 920,000 new Healthy Awards members in our new and

 

52


Table of Contents

existing stores in 2008. The number of active members has grown to approximately 3.3 million currently from 1.0 million in 2002. Our Healthy Awards Program is a valuable tool providing us with marketing and merchandising information on customer buying habits and market trends, as well as demographic information used to select future store locations.

Multi-Channel Retailer.     We are a multi-channel retailer, distributing products through our retail stores, our websites and our catalog, enabling us to access customers outside our retail markets and those who prefer to shop online. This business model affords us multiple touch points with our customers, allows us to reach our customers where they prefer to shop and to gather data and communicate with them in person, through our call center and via the web. Our direct business provides data on our customers’ purchasing patterns that we use to enhance our email and direct mail marketing efforts as well as assist in selecting optimal future store locations. We believe this multi-channel approach, and the marketing capabilities made possible through them, have and will continue to allow us to build customer loyalty.

Experienced Management Team with Proven Track Record.     We have assembled a management team with extensive experience across a broad range of disciplines in building leading specialty retailers. Richard L. Markee previously served as non-executive Chairman of the board of directors since April 2007 and has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since September 2009. He previously served in various executive capacities at Toys “R” Us, including as President of Babies “R” Us and Vice Chairman of Toys “R” Us, Inc. Mr. Markee also served as interim Chief Executive Officer of Toys “R” Us and its subsidiaries. Anthony Truesdale joined as our President and Chief Merchandising Officer in April 2006 after serving as Senior Vice President of Merchandising and Supply Chain Management of Petsmart, Inc. Louis H. Weiss joined as our Vice President, Internet and Catalog Business in December 2006 after serving as President of Gaiam Direct, the direct marketing unit of Gaiam Inc. Michael G. Archbold joined as our Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer in April 2007 after serving as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial and Administrative Officer of Saks Fifth Avenue and Executive Vice President/Chief Financial Officer of AutoZone.

Growth Strategies

We plan to execute several strategies in the future to promote our revenue growth, capture market share and drive operating income growth, including:

Expand Our Store Base.     We believe we have a highly attractive economic model for our new stores. We plan to aggressively expand our store base over the next five years, which we believe will complement the maturation of the 171 stores we have opened since January 1, 2005. We opened 62 stores in Fiscal 2008. We plan to open a total of between 35 and 40 stores in Fiscal 2009 (of which 34 were opened as of September 25, 2009) and increase our store base by approximately 10% annually thereafter. Over the next three years, we plan to locate a substantial majority of our new stores in existing markets or states. Based upon our operating experience and research conducted by The Buxton Company, we are confident that the U.S. VMS market can support over 900 Vitamin Shoppe stores operating under our current format. We also plan to explore store opening opportunities outside the United States in the next five years.

Grow Our Loyal Customer Base.     We plan to continue to grow our loyal customer base through more focused marketing initiatives and by leveraging our direct business.

Marketing Initiatives.     We have completed extensive research with our no-fee Healthy Awards Program, and we expect this knowledge to help us to enhance the efficacy of our marketing initiatives. Our customers in our Healthy Awards Program accounted for approximately 87% of our total sales in Fiscal 2008, with our top 383,000 customers in this program, defined by shopping frequency and annual dollars spent, spending four times as much as our average customer. In addition, we will continue to utilize our market activation strategies in conjunction with new store openings to accelerate our acquisition of new customers. Through market activation campaigns, we reach out to local businesses, gyms and doctors’ offices to attract new customers. We believe that this strategy helps us activate and retain loyal customers.

 

53


Table of Contents

Leverage Our Direct Business.     We intend to grow our direct business through more sophisticated customer acquisition and marketing efforts to online customers. We continue to invest in technology to enhance our direct business by further personalizing the web experience for our customers at our websites, including www.vitaminshoppe.com. We recently implemented a new web platform that improved our customer tracking capabilities and will provide new features such as creating automatically-generated emails to customers that remind them to replenish their supply based on date of last purchase and building affinities across product groups so that complementary products are automatically recommended to customers based on their current purchase. In addition, we intend to focus our customer acquisition strategy on attracting and retaining more loyal customers who will be drawn to the broad range of products and educational content we plan to provide on our principal website, www.vitaminshoppe.com, as opposed to customers who are only focused on the lowest prices. In so doing, our goal is to create, better serve and retain more loyal customers. By continuing to provide a broad assortment of products with an enhanced sense of community, we expect to continue to grow our loyal customer base.

Continue to Improve Store Productivity.     We plan to generate higher sales productivity through refined

merchandising and pricing initiatives. For example, we have implemented a sophisticated replenishment

methodology which we believe will continue to increase our return on inventory investment and improve our in-stock position. We believe that implementing this and other merchandising and pricing strategies will enhance the productivity of our stores. In addition, in the beginning of 2008 we deployed a new store design, which enabled us to decrease our opening store inventory levels and offer enhanced feature areas increasing focus on our specialty products. Due to its success, we plan to continue to implement this design going forward.

Continue to Invest in Education and Knowledge of Our Employees.     Investing in associate training and providing employees with opportunities to grow within our company is essential to our growth strategy. We believe we provide the most comprehensive training program in the VMS industry and that our sales associates’ ability to provide greater, value-added assistance to our customers helps us deliver a differentiated retail experience. To this end, we plan to continue to expand upon the scope and content of our training programs, migrate towards an incentive-based “Pay for Knowledge” compensation program and continue to invest in our Product Education Conference, which is one of the largest in the nation, and is attended by all District and Store Managers, where over 200 brands are represented. We utilize a “promote from within” employment culture in order to offer growth opportunities for our employees, reduce turnover, and provide predictable and sustainable human resources for our growth.

Sales Channels

Retail .     We believe we operate a unique retail store format in the VMS industry, which has been successful in diverse geographic and demographic markets, ranging from urban locations in New York City to suburban locations in Plantation, Florida and Manhattan Beach, California, as well as to resort locations in Hawaii. Our stores carry a broad selection of VMS products and are staffed with experienced and knowledgeable associates who are able to educate our customers about product features and assist in product selection. We are committed to high quality real estate and target attractive stand-alone locations or end cap (corner) positions in retail centers located in high traffic urban and suburban markets. We have intentionally chosen not to locate our stores in enclosed malls, secondary or tertiary shopping centers.

 

54


Table of Contents

We operated 434 retail stores in the United States as of September 25, 2009. Since the beginning of 2005, we have aggressively pursued new store growth. From this time through September 25, 2009 we opened 205 new stores, expanding our presence in our existing markets as well as entering many new markets such as California, Texas, Michigan and Hawaii. The following table shows the change in our network of stores for the Fiscal Years 2006 through 2008, and the six months ended June 27, 2009 and June 28, 2008:

 

     Six Months Ended    Fiscal Year  
     June 27,
    2009    
    June 28,
    2008    
       2008             2007             2006      

Stores open at beginning of year

   401      341    341      306      275   

Stores opened

   25      20    62      36      32   

Stores closed

   (1   —      (2   (1   (1
                             

Stores open at end of year

   425      361    401      341      306   
                             

We plan to open a total of between 35 and 40 new stores in Fiscal 2009 (of which 34 were opened as of September 25, 2009). Thereafter, we plan to increase our store base by approximately 10% annually. Over the next three years, we plan to locate a substantial majority of our new stores in existing markets or states. Thereafter, we would continue to place our new stores predominantly in these areas but be opportunistic with regard to locations in new markets or states. While we have no plans to extend our store base outside the United States today, we do plan to explore store opening opportunities in other territories and countries in North America in the next five years.

Our new retail store operating model, which is based on our historical performance, assumes a target store size of approximately 3,600 square feet that achieves sales per square foot of $230 in the first twelve months. Our target net investment to open a retail store is approximately $230,000, which includes the build-out costs and initial inventory net of payables. The model also reflects target pre-opening expenses of $50,000. This operating model targets a 93% pre-tax cash return on investment at maturity and an average annual pre-tax cash return on investment of greater than 50% over the four-year period. Our operating model also targets a breakeven cash flow contribution in the first year of operations and 16.6% cash flow contribution margin by the fourth year of operation. Our stores typically require four years to mature, generating lower store level sales and store contribution in the initial years than our mature stores.

Direct .     Our direct segment consists of our Internet and catalog operations. The direct segment enables us to service customers outside our retail markets and provides us with data that we use to assist us in the selection of future store locations.

We currently obtain customer information from 100% of our Internet and catalog customers. As of June 27, 2009, our customer database contained approximately 8.8 million individual customer names, of which 3.4 million were households that placed an Internet or catalog order with us or made a store purchase from us within the previous 12 months.

Since 1998, our principal website located at www.vitaminshoppe.com has allowed our customers to purchase our merchandise over the Internet. Our principal website features our full assortment of SKUs and includes free educational and product information via our Health Notes periodical. We educate prospective and current Vitamin Shoppe online customers regarding product features and assist in product selection. Our principal website also includes marketing and promotional offers such as “Special,” “Sale,” and “New” items, as well as “Compare and Save.” We believe these marketing and promotional programs, which are exclusive to our Internet operations, helps us increase the unit count and dollar volume of the average Internet basket. In Fiscal 2009 and beyond, we expect to continue enhancing our website functionality by introducing more sophisticated community elements to www.vitaminshoppe.com, such as live chat with a Vitamin Shoppe customer service representative and online chat with other loyal Vitamin Shoppe customers.

 

55


Table of Contents

Properties

The following table reflects our current store count by state:

 

State

   Stores Open at
September 25, 2009
  

State

   Stores Open at
September 25, 2009

Alabama

   2    Minnesota    3

Arizona

   8    Missouri    1

California

   54    Nevada    3

Colorado

   8    New Hampshire    2

Connecticut

   7    New Jersey    23

Delaware

   2    New Mexico    2

District of Columbia

   2    New York    59

Florida

   53    North Carolina    12

Georgia

   10    Ohio    10

Hawaii

   5    Oregon    4

Idaho

   1    Pennsylvania    12

Illinois

   19    Rhode Island    1

Indiana

   7    South Carolina    7

Kansas

   2    Tennessee    6

Kentucky

   3    Texas    38

Louisiana

   3    Vermont    1

Maryland

   13    Virginia    20

Massachusetts

   10    Washington    5

Michigan

   10    Wisconsin    6
          
     

Total

   434
          

As of September 25, 2009, we leased the properties for all of our 434 stores. Our typical lease terms are ten years, with one to two five-year renewal options. We do not believe that any individual store property is material to our financial condition or results of operations. Of the leases for our stores, one expires in Fiscal 2009, six expire in Fiscal 2010, 17 expire in Fiscal 2011, 29 expire in Fiscal 2012, 62 expire in Fiscal 2013, and the balance expire in fiscal 2014 or thereafter. We have options to extend most of these leases for a minimum of five years. We opened 34 stores as of September 25, 2009, and executed 16 leases as of September 25, 2009 for planned store openings throughout the rest of 2009 and 2010.

In April 2004, we consolidated our existing warehouse and distribution centers and corporate headquarters into a new, leased, 230,000 square-foot state-of-the-art facility. The initial lease term for the facility (which commenced in 2002) is for 15 years, with one five-year renewal option. Our warehouse has the capacity to support 550 retail stores.

We believe that all of our current facilities are in good condition and are suitable and adequate for our current and reasonably anticipated future needs.

Products

We believe we market the broadest product selection in the VMS industry with over 20,000 SKUs from a combination of over 700 different nationally recognized brands and our proprietary Vitamin Shoppe, BodyTech and MD Select brands. Our typical store carries approximately 8,000 SKUs, with approximately 12,000 SKUs available through our direct business. We offer high-quality, nationally recognized brands such as Twinlab ® , Solgar ® , Country Life ® , Nature’s Way ® , and Solaray ® and our Vitamin Shoppe proprietary brand. We also carry smaller, more exclusive high end brands such as Optimum ® , Garden of Life ® , New Chapter ® , and Life Extension™. Additionally, we offer hard-to-find doctors’ brands including Cardiovascular Research, Allergy Research, American Biologics and Pioneer.

 

56


Table of Contents

Included in our broad product assortment is our proprietary brand merchandise sold under the Vitamin Shoppe, BodyTech and MD Select brands through which we offer our customers the opportunity to purchase VMS products at great value while affording us higher gross margins. In Fiscal 2008, sales of our 1,100 SKUs of our proprietary brand merchandise accounted for approximately 25% of our net sales. Our MD Select brand offers a premium product with a condition-specific focus while our Vitamin Shoppe brand offers a broad selection with a focus on specialty supplements. Our BodyTech brand is focused on sports nutrition. We are continuing to grow our proprietary merchandise product assortment by increasing our focus on sports nutrition, probiotics and essential fatty acids.

In addition, unlike other VMS specialty retailers, we merchandise our product offering by intended use such as Heart Wellness and Joint Support rather than by brand. This merchandising approach allows us to address our customers’ desire for health and wellness more fully and efficiently than other specialty VMS retailers, supermarkets, drugstore chains and other mass merchants while limiting our dependence on the continued success on any single brand or product. In addition, our merchandise assortment and sales are concentrated in the two fastest growing areas in the supplement business: specialty supplements and sports nutrition. We consider non-core products to be those products which contain stimulant and/or thermogenic ingredients. Today, our non-core products consist of thermogenic products, which account for only 3.2% of net sales during Fiscal 2008. During Fiscal 2008, no single product sub-category accounted for more than 6% of our net sales during Fiscal 2008.

Key Product Categories

Our two largest product categories are specialty supplements and sports nutrition. In Fiscal 2008, specialty supplements and sports nutrition represented 27.4% and 29.0% of total net merchandise sales, respectively.

Specialty Supplements

Specialty supplements help supply higher levels of nutrients than diet alone can provide, help people stay healthy, and support specific conditions and life stages such as childhood, pregnancy, menopause and aging. Categories of specialty supplements include essential fatty acids, probiotics and condition specific formulas. Certain specialty supplements, such as organic greens, psyllium fiber and soy proteins, are taken for added support during various life stages and are intended to supplement vital nutrients absent in an individual’s diet. Super antioxidants, such as Coenzyme Q-10, grapeseed extract and pycnogenol, are taken to address specific conditions. High ORAC (oxygen radical absorptive capacity) fruit concentrates like açai, gogi, mangosteen, pomegranate and blueberry are taken to supplement high levels of natural nutrients not available in modern diets. Other specialty supplement formulas are targeted to support specific organs, biosystems and body functions. For example, we offer Ultimate Memory Aid for brain function, Sleep Naturally for sleeplessness and various enzyme combinations for other support systems. We offer over 5,000 specialty supplement SKUs available in tablets, capsules, vegi-capsules, soft gels, gelcaps, sublingual and liquid forms.

Sports Nutrition

Our sports nutrition consumers include the sports enthusiast, weekend warrior, endurance athlete, marathoner and serious bodybuilder who seek products to help maintain or supplement a healthy lifestyle. These products are used in conjunction with cardiovascular conditioning, weight training and sports activities. Major categories in sports nutrition include protein and weight gain powders, meal replacements, nutrition bars, sport drinks and pre and post-workout supplements to either add energy or enhance recovery after exercise. We offer over 2,000 SKUs in sports nutrition in many convenient forms such as powders, tablets, capsules, soft gels and liquids.

 

57


Table of Contents

Herbs and Botanicals

Herbs and botanicals offer a natural remedy and are taken to address specific conditions. Certain herbs can be taken to help support specific body systems, including ginkgo to support brain activity and milk thistle to help maintain proper liver function, as well as other less common herbs such as holy basil for stress relief, turmeric for inflammation support and black cohosh for menopause support. Herbal and botanical products include whole herbs, standardized extracts, herbs designed for single remedies, herb combination formulas and teas. With over 7,000 SKUs, a wide range of potency levels and multiple delivery systems, our customers have many choices to fit their individual needs. Our herb products are available in tablets, capsules, vegi-capsules, soft gels, gelcaps, liquids, tea bags and powders.

Vitamins and Minerals

Vitamins and minerals are taken to maintain health, proactively to improve health and in support of specific health conditions. These products help prevent nutrient deficiencies that can occur when diet alone does not provide all the necessary vitamins and minerals our bodies need. The vitamin and mineral product category includes multi-vitamins, which many consider to be a foundation of a healthy regime, lettered vitamins, such as Vitamin A, C, D, E, and B-complex, along with major and trace minerals such as calcium, magnesium, chromium and zinc. With over 4,000 SKUs, a wide range of potency levels and multiple delivery systems, our customers have many choices to fit their individual needs. Our vitamin and mineral products are available in tablets, capsules, vegi-capsules, softgels, gelcaps, liquids and powders.

Other

Our “Other” category represents all other product classifications we stock that do not fit within the previously described categories. These products include natural beauty and personal care, supplements, diet and weight management, as well as green living products which were newly added as of Fiscal 2008. Natural beauty and personal care products offer an alternative to traditional products that often contain synthetic and/or other ingredients that our customers find objectionable. Our customers choose these products over more traditional products because they contain organic and natural ingredients, are produced without the use of pesticides or animal testing and are more closely aligned with the health and wellness goals of our customers. Our wide variety of diet and weight management products range from low calorie bars, drinks and meal replacements to energy tablets, capsules and liquids. Our natural pet products include nutritionally balanced foods and snacks along with condition specific supplements such as glucosamine for joint health. We offer over 2,000 SKUs in our Other category.

Access to New Products and New Product Development

A key component of customer satisfaction is the introduction of new products. Over the last three fiscal years we have introduced over 1,200 new products each year, to provide the latest VMS products to our customers. We identify customer trends through interactions with our customers, attending trade shows, contacting vendors and generally being active within the marketplace. We maintain close relationships with our branded manufacturers, which allows us to be at the forefront of introducing new third-party branded products within the industry. In addition, we maintain a product development group that is staffed with employees who oversee our development of new proprietary products. We plan to develop 50 key products each year under the Vitamin Shoppe brand and controlled labels. We incurred $1.4 million, $1.6 million and $1.9 million of research and development costs for the fiscal years ended December 27, 2008, December 29, 2007 and December 30, 2006, respectively.

Healthy Awards Program

Our Healthy Awards Program, which we established over 12 years ago, promotes brand loyalty among our customers and allows our customers to earn points redeemable for future purchases, approximately 70% of which are redeemed per year. Sales to our Healthy Awards Program customers represent 87% of our overall sales. We

 

58


Table of Contents

signed up approximately 920,000 new members in our new and existing stores in 2008. The number of active members has grown to approximately 3.0 million currently from approximately 1.0 million in 2002. Our Healthy Awards Program is a valuable tool providing us with marketing and merchandising information on customer buying habits and market trends, as well as demographic information used to select locations for future stores.

Suppliers and Inventory

We consider numerous factors in supplier selection, including, but not limited to, quality, price, credit terms, and product offerings. As is customary in our industry, we generally do not have long-term contracts with any supplier and most suppliers could discontinue selling to us at any time.

We strive to maintain sufficient inventory to enable us to provide a high level of service to our customers. Inventory, accounts receivable and accounts payable levels, payment terms and return policies are in accordance with standard business procedures. We maintain a distribution center which we use in conjunction with a just-in-time inventory ordering system that we use to replenish our stores based upon customer demand of a given product or products. Our working capital requirements for merchandise inventory will continue to increase as we continue to open additional stores. Currently, our practice is to establish an inventory level of approximately $165,000 to $185,000 in cost for each of our stores, a portion of which is vendor-financed based upon agreed credit terms, with the remainder being purchased in cash. Thirty day payment terms are extended to us by some of our suppliers allowing us to effectively manage our inventory and working capital. We believe that our buying power enables us to receive favorable pricing terms and enhances our ability to obtain high demand merchandise.

Nature’s Value, Inc. is the only supplier from whom we purchased at least 5% of our merchandise during Fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006. We purchased approximately 7%, 10%, and 12% of our total merchandise from Nature’s Value, Inc. in Fiscal 2008, Fiscal 2007 and Fiscal 2006, respectively.

Warehouse and Distribution

Our state of the art warehouse facility provides operating space of approximately 180,000 square feet and gives us great control over supervision costs and distribution center related inventory levels. In addition, through a combination of improved technology, processes, controls and layout, we have greatly improved our pick accuracy rates and net inventory accuracy rates. With minor physical changes, systems enhancements and West Coast third party logistics solutions, we believe we have sufficient capacity for the next several years. We currently operate two shifts, seven days a week, and have the ability to expand our schedule and capacity to meet future demand in our facility.

Quality Control

The FDA is the regulatory authority charged with overseeing the products marketed by us and the products found in our stores. The FTC regulates the advertising of the products marketed by us and the products found in our stores.

Our Scientific and Regulatory Affairs (“S&RA”) department reviews all aspects of our Company’s FDA and FTC regulatory processes, ensuring compliance with regulations. We have established processes to review the underlying safety and efficacy of our Vitamin Shoppe and BodyTech branded products. These processes include review of the ingredients’ safety information, product formulation, product form, product labeling, the efficacy and claim support for the product and any marketing materials. All consumer communications that deal with product and health issues must be approved by S&RA prior to being disseminated to the public.

We have standard procedures whereby all potential Vitamin Shoppe contract manufacturers are reviewed and approved before they can supply any of our Vitamin Shoppe or BodyTech branded products. In addition, all potential new products are vetted and approved prior to being accepted into our Vitamin Shoppe or BodyTech branded product line.

 

59


Table of Contents

Our three primary suppliers for our Vitamin Shoppe and BodyTech branded products are Nature’s Value, Inc., Main Street Ingredients, and Softgel Technology, Inc, which together produce over half of our Vitamin Shoppe and BodyTech branded products. We have long-term relationships with these suppliers of over ten years. There are numerous contract manufacturers in our industry and we do not believe it would be difficult to source our products from other vendors, should all of our three primary suppliers cease providing us with supplies. Our relationships with manufacturers require that all Vitamin Shoppe and BodyTech branded products not be adulterated or misbranded under any provisions of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (“FDCA”) and the regulations promulgated thereunder. This includes, but is not limited to, compliance with applicable Good Manufacturing Practices (“GMP”). This means that ingredients in our products must be tested for identity, purity, quality, strength, and composition before being incorporated into our Vitamin Shoppe or BodyTech branded products, and that our final Vitamin Shoppe and BodyTech branded products must again be tested for identity, purity, quality, strength, and composition prior to being released. All of these products require a certificate of analysis, which includes certification to 100% of label claim.

We have established a standard quality control operating procedure that calls for on-site audits of our contract manufacturers’ facilities and processes, and have established an internal team that will audit each of these facilities and work with our contract manufacturers to resolve any noncompliance with dietary supplement GMP regulations. We require that our manufacturers have certificates of analysis (such as for microbe testing and label testing).

Additionally, we have established standard quality control operating procedures to review vendors of third-party products and require them to carry adequate insurance policies to satisfy our standards. We further review each new product proposed to be carried by us to assure the safety of the ingredients. We reject those products that we believe may be unsafe. Our third-party manufacturers and distributors and contract manufacturers deliver finished products to our warehouse and distribution center in New Jersey, which then supplies our retail and direct channels with products.

Competition

The U.S. nutritional supplements retail industry is highly competitive and fragmented. According to the NBJ and public filings with the SEC, no single retailer accounted for more than 5% of total industry sales in 2008. Competition is based primarily on quality, product assortment, price, customer service, marketing support and availability of new products. We compete with publicly and privately owned companies with broad geographical market coverage and product categories. We compete with other specialty and mass market retailers including Vitamin World ® , GNC ® , Whole Foods ® , Costco ® and Wal-Mart ® , Internet and mail order companies including Puritan’s Pride ® , vitacost.com, Bodybuilding.com ® , Doctors Trust ® , Swanson ® and iHerb ® in addition to a variety of independent health and vitamin stores.

Insurance and Risk Management

We purchase insurance to cover standard risks in our industry, including policies to cover general and products liability, workers compensation, travel liability, auto liability and other casualty and property risks. Our insurance rates are based on our safety record as well as trends in the insurance industry.

We face an inherent risk of exposure to product liability claims in the event that, among other things, the use of our products results in injury. With respect to product liability coverage, we carry insurance coverage typical of our industry and product lines. Our coverage involves self-insured retentions with primary and excess liability coverage above the retention amount. We have the ability to refer claims to our contract manufacturers, third-party vendors and their respective insurers to pay the costs associated with any claims arising from such contract manufacturers’ or third-party vendors’ products. Our insurance covers any claims that are not adequately covered by a contract manufacturer’s or third-party vendor’s insurance and provides for excess secondary coverage above

 

60


Table of Contents

the limits provided by our contract manufacturers or third-party vendors. We believe we have obtained a prudent amount of insurance for the insurable risks associated with our business. Our experience is that our insurance costs have increased in the past, and may increase in the future.

Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property

We believe trademark protection is particularly important to the maintenance of the recognized proprietary brand names under which we market our products. We own material trademarks or trade names that we use in conjunction with the sale of our products, including the Vitamin Shoppe, BodyTech and MD Select brand names. We also rely upon trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovations and licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our competitive position. We protect our intellectual property rights through a variety of methods including trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality agreements and proprietary information agreements with vendors, employees, consultants and others who have access to our proprietary information. Protection of our intellectual property often affords us the opportunity to enhance our position in the marketplace by precluding our competitors from using or otherwise exploiting our technology and brands. The recorded value of our trademarks, which are indefinite lived intangible assets, was $68.7 million at December 27, 2008, and $68.2 million at December 29, 2007.

Employees

As of December 27, 2008, we had a total of 1,946 full-time and 1,168 part-time employees, of whom 2,612 were employed in our retail channel and 502 were employed in corporate, distribution and direct channel support functions. None of our employees belongs to a union or is a party to any collective bargaining or similar agreement. We consider our relationships with our employees to be good.

Environmental

We are subject to numerous federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations governing our operations, including the handling, transportation and disposal of our products and our non-hazardous and hazardous substances and wastes, as well as emissions and discharges into the environment, including discharges to air, surface water and groundwater. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations could result in costs for corrective action, penalties or the imposition of other liabilities. Changes in environmental laws or the interpretation thereof or the development of new facts could also cause us to incur additional capital and operation expenditures to maintain compliance with environmental laws and regulations. We also are subject to laws and regulations that impose liability and cleanup responsibility for releases of hazardous substances into the environment without regard to fault or knowledge about the condition or action causing the liability. Under certain of these laws and regulations, such liabilities can be imposed for cleanup of previously owned or operated properties. The presence of contamination from such substances or wastes could also adversely affect our ability to utilize our leased properties. Compliance with environmental laws and regulations has not had a material effect upon our earnings or financial position; however, if we violate any environmental obligation, it could have a material adverse effect on our business or financial performance.

Legal Proceedings

Dwight Thompson v. The Vitamin Shoppe and Consolidated Actions.     The Company reclassified its California store managers as non-exempt employees in January 2004. On February 25, 2005, plaintiff Dwight Thompson (“Thompson”), a former store manager, filed suit on behalf of himself and other “similarly situated” current and former California store managers and assistant store managers in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Orange (“Orange County Superior Court”), alleging causes of action for alleged wage and hour violations, unfair business practices, unfair competition under Cal. Bus. & Prof. Code §§ 17000 et seq. (“UCL”) and penalties under the Labor Code Private Attorneys General Act, Cal. Labor Code §§ 2698 et seq. (“PAGA”) (the “Thompson Action”). Almost one year later, on July 7, 2006, the same group of plaintiffs’ attorneys who were representing Thompson filed another wage and hour lawsuit against The Vitamin Shoppe

 

61


Table of Contents

based on substantively identical allegations in the Orange County Superior Court, entitled Estel v. The Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. (Case No. 06CC07852) (the “Estel Action”). Plaintiffs in the Estel Action were already class members in the Thompson Action. In January 2008, the Court consolidated the Thompson and Estel actions. In the consolidated complaint, Plaintiffs assert nine claims for relief against the Company: (1) failure to pay overtime wages; (2) unfair business practices in violation of Cal. Bus. & Prof. Code §§ 17000 et seq.; (3) conversion; (4) failure to provide meal periods; (5) failure to provide rest periods; (6) unfair competition under the UCL; (7) failure to provide itemized wage statements; (8) failure to provide wages and accrued vacation upon termination; and (9) recovery of civil penalties under PAGA. Plaintiffs purport to bring their UCL and PAGA claims as representative actions and the remaining claims on behalf of a class composed of all current and former assistant managers and managers of the Company who were employed on or after April 14, 2006 (the “Amended Thompson Action”). The Company intends to defend the Amended Thompson Action vigorously and has filed a motion for summary judgment on the grounds that Dwight Thompson, the only named plaintiff to act as a class representative, lacks standing to pursue such class action claims and that he can not sustain a claim for PAGA penalties. At this time, the Company does not have sufficient information to determine the amount or range of any potential loss. Accordingly, as of June 27, 2009, the Company has not accrued any liabilities related to this litigation.

California District Attorney’s Letter.     On May 17, 2007, the Company received a letter from the Napa County (California) District Attorney alleging that six of the Company’s private label products contain levels of lead that, pursuant to California’s Proposition 65, Cal. Health & Safety Code section 25249.5 et seq., (“Proposition 65”) require the products to bear a warning when sold in California. The letter claims that 12 other public prosecutors in California, including the California Attorney General, “are involved in a joint investigation of dietary supplements containing lead in amounts that expose users to lead in excess of 0.50 micrograms (ug) per day.” The letter demands that the Company immediately cease all sales of these products in California unless it provides a warning to consumers. It also notes that Proposition 65 provides for civil penalties of up to $2,500 per violation per day. The Company has met with the California Attorney General and certain District Attorneys, and is investigating these allegations and consulting with its third-party suppliers of these products. The Company has withdrawn certain named products from the California market and has provided warnings with respect to other products still available in California pending discussions with the public prosecutors. The Napa County District Attorney has expressed concerns on several occasions as to the method of warning employed by the Company and the completeness of its implementation. The Company has revised its warnings and reviewed its procedures for implementing warnings. The Company has responded to all outstanding requests for information and has met in person with representatives of the Napa County District Attorney and the California Attorney General to attempt to resolve this matter. At this time it is premature to address any potential loss as a result of these claims, or the amount or range of potential loss. As of June 27, 2009, the Company has not accrued any liabilities related to this litigation.

The People of the State of California v. 21st Century Healthcare, Inc.     On October 22, 2008, a private enforcer named Vicky Hamilton sent over 70 manufacturers and retailers of multivitamin products, including the Company, various Sixty-Day Notices of Violation of Proposition 65, Cal. Health & Safety Code section 25249.5 et seq. alleging that certain products contain lead and lead compounds and were sold in California without a Proposition 65 warning threatening litigation pertaining to two of the Company’s multivitamin products. On December 23, 2008, the California Attorney General and nine California District Attorneys filed a complaint on behalf of the People of the State of California against a number of companies who received notices of violation from Ms. Hamilton, including the Company in Alameda County Superior Court. The action alleges violations of both Proposition 65 and the UCL and supplants the litigation Ms. Hamilton sought to bring against the Company on the claims stated in her Notice of Violation. Penalties under Proposition 65 may be assessed at the maximum rate of $2,500 per violation per day. Penalties under the UCL may be assessed at the same rate and are cumulative to those available under Proposition 65. Injunctive relief and attorneys fees are also available. The Company is investigating these claims and discussing them with the California Attorney General and District Attorneys. At this time it is premature to determine the extent of any potential loss. Accordingly, as of June 27, 2009, the Company has not accrued any liabilities related to this litigation.

 

62


Table of Contents

J.C. Romero v. ErgoPharm Inc., Proviant Technologies Inc., VS Holdings Inc, d/b/a Vitamin Shoppe, and General Nutrition Centers Inc.     On April 27, 2009, plaintiff, a professional baseball player, filed a complaint against us, among others, in Superior Court of New Jersey (Law Division/Camden County). Plaintiff alleges that he purchased from one of our stores and consumed 6-OXO Extreme, which is manufactured by a third party, and in August 2008, allegedly tested positive for a banned substance. Plaintiff served a 50 game suspension imposed by Major League Baseball. The seven count complaint asserts, among other things, claims for negligence, strict liability, misrepresentation, breach of implied warranty and violations of the New Jersey Consumer Fraud Act, and seeks unspecified monetary damages. We deny any and all liability and intend to vigorously defend these claims. Any liabilities that may arise from this matter are not probable or reasonably estimable at this time. Accordingly, as of June 27, 2009, the Company has not accrued any liabilities related to this litigation.

The Company is party to various lawsuits arising from time to time in the normal course of business, many of which are covered by insurance. Except as described above, as of June 27, 2009, the Company was not party to any material legal proceedings. Although the impact of the final resolution of these matters on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows is not known, management does not believe that the resolution of these lawsuits will have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations or liquidity of the Company.

Government Regulation

The formulation, manufacturing, processing, labeling, packaging, advertising and distribution of our products are subject to regulation by several federal agencies, including the FDA, the FTC, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the DOA and the EPA. These activities are also regulated by various agencies of the states and localities in which our products are sold. Pursuant to the FDCA, the FDA regulates the processing, formulation, safety, manufacture, packaging, labeling and distribution of dietary supplements (including vitamins, minerals, and herbs) and cosmetics. The FTC has jurisdiction to regulate the advertising of these products.

The FDCA has been amended several times with respect to dietary supplements, in particular by the Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act of 1994 (“DSHEA”). DSHEA established a new framework governing the composition, safety, labeling and marketing of dietary supplements. “Dietary supplements” are defined as vitamins, minerals, herbs, other botanicals, amino acids and other dietary substances for human use to supplement the diet, as well as concentrates, metabolites, constituents, extracts or combinations of such dietary ingredients. Generally, under DSHEA, dietary ingredients that were on the market prior to October 15, 1994 may be used in dietary supplements without notifying the FDA. New dietary ingredients (i.e., not marketed in the U.S. prior to October 15, 1994) must be the subject of a new dietary ingredient notification submitted to the FDA unless the ingredient has been “present in the food supply as an article used for food” without being “chemically altered.” A new dietary ingredient notification must be submitted to the FDA at least 75 days before the initial marketing of the new dietary ingredient. There is no certainty that the FDA will accept any particular evidence of safety for any new dietary ingredient. The FDA’s refusal to accept such evidence could prevent the marketing of such dietary ingredients.

DSHEA permits “statements of nutritional support” to be included in labeling for dietary supplements without premarket FDA approval. Such statements must be submitted to the FDA within 30 days of marketing and must bear a label disclosure that “This statement has not been evaluated by the Food and Drug Administration. This product is not intended to diagnose, treat, cure, or prevent any disease.” Such statements may describe how a particular dietary ingredient affects the structure, function or general well-being of the body, or the mechanism of action by which a dietary ingredient may affect body structure, function or well-being, but may not expressly or implicitly represent that a dietary supplement will diagnose, cure, mitigate, treat, or prevent a disease. A company that uses a statement of nutritional support in labeling must possess scientific evidence substantiating that the statement is truthful and not misleading. If the FDA were to determine that a particular

 

63


Table of Contents

statement of nutritional support was an unacceptable drug claim or an unauthorized version of a disease claim for a food product, or if the FDA were to determine that a particular claim was not adequately supported by existing scientific data or was false or misleading, we would be prevented from using that claim.

In addition, DSHEA provides that so-called “third-party literature,” e.g. a reprint of a peer-reviewed scientific publication linking a particular dietary ingredient with health benefits, may be used “in connection with the sale of a dietary supplement to consumers” without the literature being subject to regulation as labeling. Such literature must not be false or misleading; the literature may not “promote” a particular manufacturer or brand of dietary supplement; and a balanced view of the available scientific information on the subject matter must be presented. If the literature fails to satisfy each of these requirements, we may be prevented from disseminating such literature with our products, and any dissemination could subject our product to regulatory action as an illegal drug. The FDA in June 2007 adopted final regulations setting forth the GMP in manufacturing, packing, or holding dietary ingredients and dietary supplements which apply to the products we distribute and which are enforced by the FDA through its facilities inspection program. These regulations require dietary supplements to be prepared, packaged and held in compliance with strict rules, and require quality control provisions similar to those in the GMP regulations for drugs. We or our third party manufacturers have incurred and continue to incur additional expenses in complying with the new rules.

The FDA has broad authority to enforce the provisions of the FDCA applicable to foods, dietary supplements, and cosmetics including powers to issue a public warning letter to a company, to publicize information about illegal products, to request a recall of illegal products from the market, and to request the Department of Justice to initiate a seizure action, an injunction action, or a criminal prosecution in the United States courts. The regulation of foods, dietary supplements and cosmetics may increase or become more restrictive in the future.

Legislation has been passed that imposes substantial new regulatory requirements for dietary supplements. This new law imposes adverse event reporting, and some post-market surveillance requirements on the OTC and dietary supplement industries. Other legislation expected to be introduced in the current Congress could impose new requirements which could raise our costs and hinder our business.

The FTC exercises jurisdiction over the advertising of foods, dietary supplements and cosmetics. In recent years, the FTC has instituted numerous enforcement actions against dietary supplement companies for failure to have adequate substantiation for claims made in advertising or for the use of false or misleading advertising claims. As a result of our efforts to comply with applicable statutes and regulations, we have from time to time reformulated, eliminated or relabeled certain of our products and revised certain provisions of our sales and marketing program. The FTC has broad authority to enforce its laws and regulations applicable to foods, dietary supplements and cosmetics, including the ability to institute enforcement actions which often result in consent decrees, injunctions, and the payment of civil penalties by the companies involved. Failure to comply with the FTC’s laws and regulations could impair our ability to market our products.

 

64


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth information regarding the board of directors of VS Parent, Inc. as of October 9, 2009. Prior to completion of this offering, we expect to consummate our corporate reorganization whereby VS Parent, Inc. will be merged with and into VS Holdings, Inc., with VS Holdings, Inc. being the surviving entity of the merger. A majority of the current directors of VS Parent, Inc. will become directors of the surviving entity, which will be renamed Vitamin Shoppe, Inc. Effective upon consummation of this offering, we intend to appoint at least two additional independent persons to our board of directors. The composition of the committees of the board of directors will be determined at that time. Executive officers serve at the request of the board of directors:

 

NAME

   AGE   

POSITION

Richard L. Markee

   56    Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board, Director

Anthony Truesdale

   46    President and Chief Merchandising Officer

Michael G. Archbold

   49    Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer

Cosmo La Forgia

   54    Vice President, Finance

Louis H. Weiss

   40    Chief Marketing Officer

James M. Sander

   53    Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

B. Michael Becker

   64    Director

Catherine Buggeln

   48    Director

John H. Edmondson

   63    Director

David H. Edwab

   54    Director

John D. Howard

   57    Director

Douglas R. Korn

   47    Director

Richard L. Perkal

   55    Director

Beth M. Pritchard

   61    Director

Katherine Savitt-Lennon

   46    Director

Richard L. Markee has served as a Director of the Board of VS Parent, Inc., since September, 2006, and was non-executive Chairman of the Board and Director of the Board from April 2007 to September 2009. On September 8, 2009, Mr. Markee was appointed as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors and a Director of the Board. Mr. Markee was appointed to the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee in January 2007. He previously served as the President of Babies “R” Us since August 2004 and Vice Chairman of Toys “R” Us, Inc. since May 2003 through November 2007. Mr. Markee also served as interim chief executive officer of Toys “R” Us, Inc. and its subsidiaries from July 2005 to February 2006. Mr. Markee served as President of Toys “R” Us U.S. from May 2003 to August 2004. From January 2002 to May 2003, he was executive vice president – president – Specialty Businesses and International Operations of Toys “R” Us. Mr. Markee was an Operating Partner of Irving Place Capital Management, L.P., a private equity firm focused on making equity investments in middle-market companies from 2008 to September 2009. From 2006 to 2008, Mr. Markee was an Operating Partner of Bear Stearns Merchant Banking, the predecessor to Irving Place Capital Management, L.P. He has also been a director of Dorel Industries since November 2008. From June 2005 through July 2006, he served on the Board of Directors of The Sports Authority, Inc. From October 1999 to January 2002, he served as Executive vice president, president of Babies “R” Us and the Chairman of Kids “R” Us.

Anthony N. Truesdale has served as our President and Chief Merchandising Officer since April 2006. Prior to joining us, he was Senior Vice President of Merchandising and Supply Chain Management at Petsmart, Inc., holding various positions of increasing responsibility since January 1999. Before joining Petsmart, Inc., Mr. Truesdale worked for two years at Sainsbury’s in the United Kingdom as the senior manager for produce and for 16 years with various operations and merchandising roles at Shaws Supermarkets in New England.

Michael G. Archbold has served as our Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer since April 2007. Mr. Archbold served as Executive Vice President / Chief Financial and

 

65


Table of Contents

Administrative Officer of Saks Fifth Avenue from 2005 to 2007. From 2002 to 2005 he served as Chief Financial Officer for AutoZone, originally as Senior Vice President, and later as Executive Vice President. Mr. Archbold currently serves as Lead Independent Director of the Borders Group board of directors. Mr. Archbold is a Certified Public Accountant, and has 20 years of financial experience in the retail industry.

Cosmo La Forgia has served as our Vice President, Finance since September 2004. Mr. La Forgia joined our Company as Corporate Controller in January 2003. Prior to that time, Mr. La Forgia was Divisional Controller for The Home Depot, Inc. from June 1998 to December 2002.

Louis H. Weiss has served as our Vice President, Internet and Catalog Business since December 2006 and was promoted to chief marketing officer in Fiscal 2009. Prior to December 2006, Mr. Weiss served as president for Gaiam Direct, the direct marketing unit of Gaiam Inc., in 2005 and 2006. In 2004 and 2005 he was senior vice president of Good Times Entertainment. In July 2005, Good Times Entertainment filed a petition under Chapter 11 of the Federal Bankruptcy Act and was acquired by Gaiam, Inc. later that year. In 2003 and 2004 Mr. Weiss served as a strategic consultant to various online direct marketing companies. From 2000 through 2003 Mr. Weiss was with Blue Dolphin, Inc. in various executive capacities, and was President thereof at the time he left the company.

James M. Sander has served as our Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary since November 2008. Prior to joining The Vitamin Shoppe, Mr. Sander was Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary at Sharper Image Corporation from July 2007 to July 2008. Sharper Image Corporation filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in February 2008. From August 2005 to July 2007, Mr. Sander was in private practice with Holsworth Sander and Associates in Pittsburgh, PA. From October 1988 to August 2005, Mr. Sander was counsel for General Nutrition Companies, Inc. and its subsidiaries, serving as their Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary from February 1993, and as their Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary from December 2003. Mr. Sander has his Juris Doctor Degree from the Duquesne University School of Law.

B. Michael Becker has served as Director of VS Parent, Inc. since January 2008. Mr. Becker was a former audit partner for Ernst & Young LLP prior to his retirement in 2006. Mr. Becker is a member of the Audit Committee of VS Parent, Inc. Mr. Becker is currently a senior consultant on airline risks to Pay Pal, Inc., and from August 2006 to August 2008 had a consulting practice which had an arrangement with Ernst & Young LLP to provide consulting services for two of its clients in the capacity of accounting and audit. Mr. Becker served as an audit partner for Ernst & Young LLP since 1979, where he spent the entirety of his career prior to his retirement. Mr. Becker holds an MBA and is a Certified Public Accountant.

Catherine E. Buggeln has agreed to join the Board as a Director of Vitamin Shoppe, Inc. upon the completion of the offering. Ms. Buggeln currently serves as a director of The Dress Barn, Inc., which is publicly traded, Noble Biomaterials Inc. and Stuart Weitzman LLC. Ms. Buggeln also serves on the Governing Board of the Business Council for Peace. Ms. Buggeln has provided business strategy and brand management consulting services within the past five years. Ms. Buggeln was Senior Vice President, Strategic Planning and Business Development for Coach, Inc. from 2001 to 2004.

John H. Edmondson has served as a Director of VS Parent, Inc. since June 2006, and prior to that time, he served as a Director of VS Holdings, Inc. since April 2006. He has been a member of the Audit Committee of VS Parent, Inc. since July 2006. Mr. Edmondson was appointed to the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee in January 2007. In addition to our board, Mr. Edmondson serves on the board of Cabela’s Sporting Goods, and is a member of its audit committee. Mr. Edmondson served as chief executive officer and director of West Marine, Inc., a NASDAQ retail company selling boating supplies and accessories in 38 states, Puerto Rico and Canada, from December 1998 until January 2005. Mr. Edmondson has been pursuing his personal interests since January 2005.

David H. Edwab has served as a Director of VS Parent, Inc. since June 2006 and prior to that time, he served as a Director of VS Holdings, Inc. since November 2005. He became the Chairman of the Audit Committee of VS Parent, Inc. in January 2006 (prior to June 12, 2006, of VS Holdings, Inc.), and remained as

 

66


Table of Contents

Chairman until September 2008. He also became a member of the Compensation Committee of VS Parent, Inc. in March 2006 (prior to June 12, 2006, of VS Holdings, Inc.). Mr. Edwab has served as an officer and director of Men’s Wearhouse for over 15 years, starting as Vice President of Finance and Director in 1991, serving as Chief Operating Officer from 1993 to 1997, where he was elected President in 1997. In November 2000, Mr. Edwab joined Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. as a Senior Managing Director, Head of the Retail Group in the Investment Banking Department. At such time, Mr. Edwab resigned as President of Men’s Wearhouse and was then named Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors. In February 2002, Mr. Edwab re-joined Men’s Wearhouse and continues to serve as Vice Chairman of its Board of Directors. Mr. Edwab previously served as a Senior Advisor to Bear Stearns Merchant Banking, LLC, an affiliate of Bear Stearns & Co. Inc. and the predecessor to Irving Place Capital Management, L.P., a private equity firm focused on making equity investments in middle-market companies, until April 2008, and is a director of New York & Company, Inc. and Stuart Weitzman. Mr. Edwab also serves as Vice Chairman of the Zimmer Family Foundation. Mr. Edwab is a Certified Public Accountant and was previously a partner with Deloitte & Touche.

John D. Howard has served as a Director of VS Parent, Inc. since June 2006 and prior to that time, he served as a Director of VS Holdings, Inc. since 2002. He is currently the chief executive officer of Irving Place Capital Management, L.P., a private equity firm focused on making equity investments in middle-market companies. From its inception in 1997 until 2008, Mr. Howard was the head of Bear Stearns Merchant Banking, an affiliate of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc and the predecessor to Irving Place Capital Management, L.P., as well as a Senior Managing Director of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. From 1990 to 1997, he was a co-Chief Executive Officer of Vestar Capital Partners, Inc., a private investment firm specializing in management buyouts. Previously he was a senior vice president of Wesray Capital Corporation, a private investment firm specializing in leveraged buyouts. Mr. Howard currently serves as a director of Universal Hospital Services, Inc., as well as a director and member of the Corporate Governance Committee and Compensation Committee of New York & Company, Inc., and as a director of Aéropostale, Inc., all of which are publicly traded companies.

Douglas R. Korn has served as a Director of VS Parent, Inc. since June 2006, and as a Director of VS Holdings, Inc., Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. and VS Direct Inc. since 2002 and became the Chairman of the Compensation Committee in March 2006. Mr. Korn was appointed to the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee in January 2007. He is currently a Senior Managing Director of Irving Place Capital Management, L.P., a private equity firm focused on making equity investments in middle-market companies. From 1999 to 2008, Mr. Korn was a Senior Managing Director of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and a Partner and Executive Vice President of Bear Stearns Merchant Banking, an affiliate of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc and the predecessor to Irving Place Capital Management, L.P. Prior to joining Bear Stearns in January 1999, Mr. Korn was a Managing Director of Eos Partners, L.P., an investment partnership. Mr. Korn previously worked in private equity with Blackstone Group and in investment banking with Morgan Stanley. Mr. Korn is currently a director of several private companies and charitable organizations.

Richard L. Perkal has served as a Director of VS Parent, Inc. since June 2006, and as a Director of VS Holdings, Inc., Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. and VS Direct Inc. and member of the Audit Committee of VS Parent, Inc. since 2002 (prior to June 12, 2006, of VS Holdings, Inc.). Mr. Perkal was appointed to the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee in January 2007. Mr. Perkal is currently a Senior Managing Director of Irving Place Capital Management, L.P., a private equity firm focused on making equity investments in middle-market companies. From 2000 to 2008, Mr. Perkal was a Senior Managing Director of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and a Partner of Bear Stearns Merchant Banking, an affiliate of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc and predecessor to Irving Place Capital Management, L.P. Prior to joining Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. in 2000, Mr. Perkal was a senior partner in the law firm of Kirkland & Ellis LLP where he headed the Washington D.C. corporate transactional practice, primarily focusing on leveraged buyouts and recapitalizations. Mr. Perkal currently serves as a director of New York & Company, Inc., a publicly traded company, as well as several private companies.

Beth M. Pritchard , has served as Director of VS Parent, Inc. since January 2008. Ms. Pritchard served as Vice Chairman of Dean & Deluca until November 2008. Ms. Pritchard joined Dean & Deluca in 2006, having previously served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Organized Living from 2004 until May 2005,

 

67


Table of Contents

when it filed a reorganization petition under Chapter 11 of the federal bankruptcy code and was subsequently liquidated. She also served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Bath & Body Works where she spent 12 years of her career helping to develop it into a specialty retail chain. Ms Pritchard has served on the board of Borders Group, Inc., and currently serves as a director and member of the finance and compensation committees of Ecolab.

Katherine Savitt-Lennon has agreed to join the Board as a Director of Vitamin Shoppe, Inc. upon the completion of the offering. Since 2009, Ms. Savitt-Lennon has served as the Chief Executive Officer of Lockerz, LLC. From March 2006 to 2009, Ms. Savitt-Lennon served as the Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer of American Eagle Outfitters, Inc. From 2002-2006, she served Vice President, Strategic Communications, Content and Initiatives of Amazon.com. Ms. Savitt-Lennon serves on the Advisory Board of Liberty Media, the board of directors of the Build-A-Bear Workshop, Inc. and as a board member of the Carnegie Museum of Art.

 

Term of Directors and Composition of Board of Directors

Upon the consummation of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will authorize a board of directors consisting of at least three, but no more than fifteen, members, with the number of directors to be fixed from time to time by a resolution of the board. Our board of directors currently consists of eight directors.

Upon consummation of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will be amended to provide for the election of each director on an annual basis.

Board Committees

We will be a “controlled company” under NYSE rules, and will therefore not need to have an independent board, compensation committee or nominating and governance committee. A company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, a group or another company is considered to be a “controlled company” under NYSE rules.

Audit Committee.     The audit committee of the board consists of four members. The committee assists the board in its oversight responsibilities relating to the integrity of our financial statements, the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent auditors, the performance of our internal audit function and the compliance of our company with any reporting and regulatory requirements we may be subject to. Upon the consummation of this offering, we will have three independent directors serving on our audit committee. We intend to have a completely independent audit committee within one year of the date of this prospectus. Three of the four members of our Audit Committee (Mr. Edwab, Mr. Edmondson and Mr. Becker) have been declared by our Board to be “independent” as defined under NYSE rules and Rule 10A-3 of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended.

Compensation Committee.     The compensation committee of the board is authorized to review our compensation and benefits plans to ensure they meet our corporate objectives, approve the compensation structure of our executive officers and evaluate our executive officers’ performance and advise on salary, bonus and other incentive and equity compensation.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.     The nominating and governance committee of the board assists the board in identifying individuals qualified to become board members, makes recommendations for nominees for committees and develops, recommends to the board and reviews our corporate governance principles.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers serves as a member of the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has an executive officer serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

 

68


Table of Contents

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Compensation Committee Process

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approves all compensation and awards to the individuals included on the Summary Compensation Table (the “named executive officers”). Annually, the Compensation Committee will review the performance and compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and, following discussions with the Chief Executive Officer and, where it deems appropriate, other advisors, establish all executives’ compensation levels for the subsequent year. For the remaining named executive officers, the Chief Executive Officer makes recommendations to the Compensation Committee for approval.

The Compensation Committee met once in 2008 and twice in 2007. The Compensation Committee’s charter provides that it will (i) develop, approve, and report to the Board regarding the Company’s overall compensation philosophy and strategy, (ii) establish corporate goals and objectives relevant to Chief Executive Officer compensation, evaluate the Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of those goals and objectives, and determine and approve the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation level based on this evaluation, (iii) review and approve the compensation structure for the other executive officers and review and approve the Chief Executive Officer’s recommendations with respect to executive officer compensation, (iv) oversee Chief Executive Officer and executive succession planning and development, and (v) make recommendations to the Board with respect to director compensation. In addition to the committee members, in the past the Chief Executive Officer, the President and Chief Merchandising Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer, the Corporate Secretary/General Counsel and the Vice President of Human Resources have attended its meetings, and other officers from the Company may be asked to attend from time to time as the committee deems appropriate. Other members of the Board of Directors have also attended the Compensation Committee’s meetings. The Compensation Committee makes reports to the full Board of Directors based on its activities and, for certain activities, such as the granting of options, the Compensation Committee will make recommendations to the full Board for approval.

General Compensation Philosophy, Objectives and Purpose

We work to attract and retain proven, talented, industry executives who we feel will help to put us in the best position for continued growth and to meet our Company’s objectives. We attempt to recruit executives with retail or other experience that we believe is transferable to our business with the expectation that they will share their knowledge to create and manage a large successful retail organization. We strive to provide our named executive officers with a compensation package that is competitive for a given position in our industry and geographic region. The purpose of our executive compensation program is to provide incentives for our executives to meet or exceed expectations, and to meet specific individualized goals. We believe our compensation objectives are achieved through a combination of base salary, annual bonus, equity compensation and other benefits. With the exception of equity, or stock-based compensation, all compensation is paid in cash.

Though we are currently not a publicly-owned company, our stock-based compensation provides a means for our executives to obtain a degree of ownership of our Company, through ownership in our parent company, VS Parent, Inc., and therefore align corporate and individual goals. The issuance of equity compensation is generally not based on performance but rather is a component of each officer’s initial compensation offering package (see narrative below accompanying the Summary Compensation Table for details), as well as for promotions, further compensation incentives, and retention. As cash bonuses are based on both individual and company-wide performance and objectives, we offer a market-competitive base salary for the executive position so as to mitigate the volatility we may experience with regards to overall performance and objectives. It is our philosophy that bonuses are to be used to provide an added incentive to meet additional objectives which exceed ordinary expectations and not as salary itself.

 

69


Table of Contents

Determination of Executive Compensation

Review of External Data

In 2004 we retained the services of an outside compensation consulting firm, Compensation Resources, Inc., to assess the market ranges of total compensation for our executive positions. We have not subsequently employed these or any similar services to review total compensation. At the time market ranges were assessed in determining our executives’ total compensation packages, we targeted a competitive level of the total compensation value of a comprehensive benchmark analysis. Compensation Resources, Inc. utilized fifteen benchmark surveys covering both retail and non-retail positions. Each year subsequent to the above analysis, the Compensation Committee has reviewed the total compensation package of each named executive officer based upon the recommendations of the Chief Executive Officer and such outside consultants as the Compensation Committee deemed appropriate. We determined, and continue to believe, that we should be market competitive with compensation and should align our compensation packages with our business goals and objectives. However, we strongly believe in engaging the best talent in critical functions, and this may entail negotiations with individual executives who have significant compensation and/or retention packages in place with other employers. In order to attract such individuals, the Compensation Committee may from time to time determine that it is in the Company’s best interests to negotiate compensation packages that deviate from the general principle of targeting a competitive compensation package, including compensating an executive for bonuses and/or other incentives that the executive may forfeit upon leaving a prior position. Similarly, the Compensation Committee may determine to provide compensation outside of the normal cycle to certain individuals to address retention issues.

In December 2006 the Compensation Committee engaged The Hay Group for the purpose of reviewing the Company’s bonus program (as described below in “Elements of Compensation”). The Hay Group was chosen at that time as they had conducted an annual survey of total compensation in the retail industry covering over 70 companies. In determining whether to recommend any changes to our bonus program, including the percentages of base salary that are used for target bonuses and the percentage breakdown of target bonuses between individual and corporate objectives, the Compensation Committee and the Hay Group considered the results of the Hay Group survey regarding what bonus program structures were common in the retail industry and considered the level of incentive that would be provided to employees by each program feature as compared to its relative cost. Neither the Hay Group nor the Compensation Committee engaged in any benchmarking in their analyses. Based upon the results of their review in December 2006, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board, and the Board adopted, certain revisions to the Company’s bonus plan which were accepted in Fiscal 2007 and continued through Fiscal 2008. The revisions pertained to the target bonus percentage for our named executive officers who are vice presidents, and included a revised payout formula for exceeding or failing to achieve the Company’s target objectives by a pre-defined amount. The revisions were as follows: target EBITDA was divided into a range between a minimum target threshold and a maximum target threshold; the minimum payout percentage of previously defined target EBITDA was revised downward from 100% to 50%, and a payout percentage of 150% was established for the maximum threshold. Based upon a review of the compensation arrangements discussed below, we believe that the value and design of our executive compensation program adequately addresses our goals and compensation philosophy.

Elements of Total Compensation

Components of our executive compensation are as follows:

Base Salary.     Base salary for our executives is determined based on the specific level of the executive, responsibilities of a position, competitive pressures and other labor market factors such as competing negotiations and other offers received by the executive. Generally, the goal is to achieve a salary that is competitive with the salary for similar positions in similar industries within our Company’s geographic region. We believe we offer market-competitive base salaries for executives in similar positions with similar responsibilities at comparable companies so as to mitigate the volatility we may experience with regard to overall Company performance and objectives. Salaries are reviewed during the annual review process when an increase,

 

70


Table of Contents

if any, is determined. Any increase in salary for the named executive officers is subject to Compensation Committee approval. In addition, base salaries may be adjusted, on occasion at the Compensation Committee’s discretion, to realign a particular salary or salaries with current market conditions.

Annual Bonus.     It is our philosophy that bonuses are to be used to provide an added incentive to meet additional objectives which exceed ordinary expectations. For Fiscal 2006, the target bonuses were 100% of base salary for the Chief Executive Officer, 50% of base salary for the President and Chief Merchandising Officer, and 25% of base salary for the other named executive officers. Based upon the recommendation of the Hay Group, for 2007 the target bonus for each other named executive officer was increased to 30% of his base salary from 20%. Upon the hiring of the Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer in 2007, the Compensation Committee determined that the target bonus for this position should be 50% of base salary.

The Company-wide dollar target necessary for the issuance of cash bonuses for Fiscal 2008, was an internal EBITDA target of $60.5 million. Internal EBITDA represents net income before provision for income tax, interest income and expense, depreciation and amortization, and deferred rent expense, as well non-cash stock-compensation expense, management fees to IPC Manager II, LLC, and certain other unusual items. For Fiscal 2008, the internal EBITDA target was met and the individual target bonuses were 50% of base salary for the President and Chief Merchandising Officer, and Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer, and 30% of base salary for the other named executive officers. With the exception of our Chief Executive Officer, whose annual bonus is established by the Compensation Committee in a manner consistent with his employment contract, annual bonuses are determined based on the guidelines of our Management Incentive Plan (“MIP”). Pursuant to his employment agreement, the Chief Executive Officer’s target bonus is 100% of his base salary. Bonuses for Fiscal 2009 will continue to be based on internal EBITDA and similar methodologies employed in prior years, along with an adjustment for capital employed during the year.

In Fiscal 2008, the Compensation Committee determined that the Chief Executive Officer earned 95% of his target bonus and each other named executive officers, except the Vice President and General Manger- Direct, earned 100% of their target bonus as described below. This resulted in a payout to the Chief Executive Officer of 95% of his base salary; to each of the President, and Chief Merchandising Officer and the Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer of 50% of his base salary; and to the Vice President of Finance of 30% of his base salary. The Vice President and General Manager –Direct earned 90% of his target bonus of 30% of his base salary. In Fiscal 2007, the Compensation Committee determined that the Chief Executive Officer earned 85% of his target bonus and each other named executive officer earned 100% of his target bonus. This resulted in a payout to the Chief Executive Officer of 85% of his base salary; to each of the President and Chief Merchandising Officer and the Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer of 50% of his base salary; and to the Vice President of Finance of 30% of his base salary. The Vice President and General Manager –Direct received an aggregate bonus of 30% of his base salary, consisting of the guaranteed bonus provided for in his employment contract and a portion of the Company’s MIP bonus. In 2006 our Company’s financial performance was such that the Chief Executive Officer earned 100% of his target bonus and all other named executive officers earned 130% of their target bonus. This resulted in a payout to the Chief Executive Officer of 100% of his base salary; to the President and Chief Merchandising Officer of 65% of his base salary; and to each other named executive officer who worked for the Company that year of 32.5% of his base salary.

The MIP is a cash-based, pay-for-performance annual incentive plan which was adopted in December 2004. The MIP allows for a range of cash awards based on the participant’s base salary, level of employment, our operating results and individual objectives. Individual objectives are established by the employee’s supervisor and the Chief Executive Officer. The annual bonus for all participants in the MIP is based upon a combination of Company-wide (75%) and individual (25%) objectives, subject to the Committee’s discretion to award lesser amounts to individual executives based upon performance and the recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer. Under the MIP, awards will be calculated and paid after our financial results have been reviewed, at which time the cash awards are processed and paid before March 15th of the following year. In order to maintain the tax deductibility of payments under the MIP in the year accrued, the Compensation Committee has

 

71


Table of Contents

authorized the payment of the bonus based upon unaudited financial data which is discussed by the Chairman of the Compensation Committee with the Company’s outside auditors. The Compensation Committee plans to review the plan periodically, and present any proposed changes to the Board.

The formula below provides an illustration as to how the annual bonus award pursuant to the MIP is calculated.

Annual Compensation x Participant’s Target Bonus x Corporate Multiplier = MIP Award

Annual Compensation.     Annual Compensation is the participant’s base salary for the fiscal year for which the bonus is being paid.

Participant’s Target Bonus.     Each position has a target bonus, which is a percentage of the individual’s base salary. The target bonus for the Chief Executive Officer was established pursuant to his employment contract at 100% of his base salary. In 2008, these target objectives were 50% of base salary for both the President and Chief Merchandising Officer, and the Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer, and 30% of base salary for the other named executive officers. The participant’s target bonus is divided into two components: corporate objectives, which aggregate to 75% of the participant’s target bonus, and individual objectives, which aggregate to 25% of the participant’s target bonus.

The Corporate Objectives.     The corporate performance objective(s) are established each year by the Compensation Committee and Board as part of the budgeting process. Each year, corporate objective(s) are reviewed by the Compensation Committee and approved by our Board. To date, the corporate objectives have always been financial, although the Compensation Committee may in the future designate objectives that include both financial (objective) criteria and/or subjective criteria. In Fiscal 2004 and prior years, if the target Company performance objective was not satisfied, there was no bonus payout for any eligible participant. As of Fiscal 2005, the MIP was revised so that individuals would be paid a bonus based upon the satisfaction of their individual objective(s), even if the corporate objective were not satisfied.

Individual Objectives.     The individual component of the bonus is customized to each individual’s position at the Company. In 2006 a named executive officer could satisfy some of his individual performance objectives even if the Company did not satisfy its performance objectives and receive a bonus payment under the MIP. Effective for Fiscal 2007 and Fiscal 2008 the MIP was further revised, and if our Company does not achieve 95% of its Company performance objective, individual performance bonuses will not be paid.

Corporate Multiplier.     In Fiscal 2006 and prior, the MIP provided that if the corporate performance objective was exceeded, there would be an increase in the bonus payout based upon step increments. Beginning in Fiscal 2007 and continuing through Fiscal 2008, the bonus payout ranged from 50% to 150% of the participant’s target bonus based upon the achievement of certain corporate performance objectives. In addition, we have also determined that for Fiscal 2007 and subsequent years, if we attain between 95% and 100% of the corporate performance objectives, but if we do not show improvement in the operating (non-sales) components of our business, there will be no payments under the MIP.

Individual Bonus Plans.     On occasion, we have determined that it is desirable to adopt an individualized bonus plan for certain executives in order to entice them to leave alternate employment. We adopted such a plan for Mr. Weiss, our Vice President and General Manager- Direct, which is more fully set forth in his employment agreement, described in the narrative accompanying the Summary Compensation Table.

Long-term Incentive Compensation.     Granting stock options encourages our executives to focus on our Company’s future success. Our parent company, VS Parent, Inc., issues grants for stock options under the 2006 Plan. The predecessor plan was the 2002 Stock Option Plan of VS Holdings, Inc., which was converted in June 2006 into the 2006 Plan in connection with the formation and merger of VS Parent, Inc. Our named executive officers and certain outside directors participate in the 2006 Plan. The number of grants recipients receive is

 

72


Table of Contents

generally based on their particular position within the Company. In the case of certain named executive officers the number of options was a negotiated part of their individual employment packages, which are detailed in the “Grants of Plan Based Awards” discussion. All grants to officers require the approval of our Board.

Other .     Perquisites are awarded on a case by case basis based on individual employment agreements. They are determined based on a given hiring situation and approved by the Compensation Committee and Board. Compensation components classified as Other that are offered to the named executive officers along with all employees of Vitamin Shoppe include a 401(k) plan with a Company match, and Company-paid disability and life insurance.

For Fiscal 2008 we did not have a pension program for our employees.

We adopted a deferred compensation plan in Fiscal 2007 for senior level employees. The authorization for such plan prohibits any Company contributions on behalf of any officer (other than the voluntary election to defer the payment of a portion of such individual’s salary) without further Compensation Committee authorization. There were no Company contributions authorized during Fiscal 2007 or Fiscal 2008.

Compensation Recovery Policies

Recoupment of Certain Sign-on/Relocation Bonuses.     As of December 27, 2008, we had no outstanding recoupment arrangements with any of our named executives.

Ownership Guidelines

Share Retention Guidelines.     In October 2002, our then Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Thomas Tolworthy, borrowed the sum of $1.5 million on a partial recourse basis from VS Holdings, Inc. to assist with the purchase of 75,750 shares of the Company’s common stock and 9,343 shares of preferred stock so that Mr. Tolworthy had an aggregate level of ownership appropriate to that position. The note bears interest at 3.06% and of the $1.5 million borrowed the Company has recourse on $375,000. At the time the Company was organized, Mr. Tolworthy, who was then the President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company, purchased his current interest in the equity of the Company. VS Holdings, Inc. has since assigned the note evidencing this debt to VS Parent, Inc. In July 2008, the Company paid a dividend to VS Parent, Inc., its parent company, of approximately $561,000. This dividend was used for the redemption of 358 of VS Parent, Inc.’s preferred shares including the associated preferred dividends in arrears held by Mr. Tolworthy). Mr. Tolworthy sold shares of VS Parent, Inc. common stock to VS Parent, Inc. at his original cost of $754,970 ($10 per share) and the proceeds from the repurchase were used to reduce Mr. Tolworthy’s promissory note owed to VS Parent, Inc. Mr. Tolworthy surrendered 634 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to VS Parent, Inc. in satisfaction of the remaining balance on the promissory note. In addition, Mr. Tolworthy has forfeited 130,535 vested options. To date, we have not established any guidelines that would require any of our named executive officers to own stock in VS Parent, Inc.

 

73


Table of Contents

We currently have no trading policies as our stock is presently not offered to the public. All of the stock is subject to the terms and provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Securityholders Agreement by and among VS Parent, Inc. and our stockholders (the “Amended and Restated Securityholders Agreement”).

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal

Position

  Year   Salary $   Bonus $   Stock
Awards $
  Option
Awards $ (1)
  Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan Comp $
  All Other
Compensation $
  Total $

Thomas Tolworthy

Chief Executive Officer (2)

  2006
2007
2008
  475,000
506,214
512,404
  475,000
425,000
487,011
 

 

 

  24,562
26,335
26,366
  974,562
957,549
1,025,781

Michael Archbold (3)

Executive Vice President,

Chief Operating Officer and

Chief Financial Officer

  2006
2007
2008
 
320,192
461,245
 
225,000
230,623
 

 
3,875,281

 

 

263
9,276

 
4,420,736
701,144

Anthony N. Truesdale (3)

President and Chief

Merchandising Officer

  2006
2007
2008
  337,500
471,154
486,825
  292,500
235,577
243,413
 

  2,238,429

 

  158,125
11,818
11,583
  3,026,554
718,549
741,821

Cosmo La Forgia

VP, Finance

  2006
2007
2008
  254,000
267,661
273,816
  82,550
80,160
82,216
 
 

11,715

 

  18,239
10,315
10,761
  354,789
369,851
366,793

Louis Weiss

VP, General Manager-Direct

  2006
2007
2008
 

295,385
340,385

 

90,000
91,904

 

  354,565

324,999
 

 

413
11,444

  354,565
385,798
768,732

 

(1) The value of option awards granted to our named executive officers has been estimated pursuant to requirements under SFAS No. 123(R) for grants issued subsequent to December 31, 2005, and SFAS No. 123 for those granted prior to January 1, 2006. All grants issued to Mr. Tolworthy and those grants issued to Mr. La Forgia prior to 2007 were valued under SFAS No. 123, as they were granted prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), and thus have not been recorded as compensation expense in our consolidated financial statements. The remainder were valued under SFAS No. 123(R), as they were granted subsequent to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), and as such have been recorded as compensation expense in our consolidated financial statements. The assumptions used for estimating the fair value for those compensatory grants, are outlined in Note 3 to our financial statements. The weighted average fair value of our options granted during Fiscal 2008, Fiscal 2007, and Fiscal 2006 calculated pursuant to SFAS No. 123(R), was $14.74, $13.10 and $6.09, respectively. See Note 3, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — Stock-Based Compensation.” for further discussion.
(2) Effective as of September 8, 2009 Mr. Tolworthy resigned from his position as Chief Executive Officer.
(3) Mr. Archbold’s Fiscal 2007 compensation represents amounts earned commencing in April 2007, his month of hire, through December 2007. Mr. Truesdale’s Fiscal 2006 compensation represents amounts earned commencing in April 2006, his month of hire, through December 2006. These amounts do not represent a full year’s compensation.

 

74


Table of Contents

Perquisites Table

 

          Mr. Tolworthy    Mr. Archbold    Mr. Truesdale    Mr. La Forgia    Mr. Weiss

Car Allowance (1)

   2006
2007
2008
   $
 
 
12,000
12,000
12,000
         $ 7,200   

Life Insurance Premiums (2)

   2006
2007
2008
    

 

 

540

450

450

    
 
263
450
    

 

 

360

450

450

    

 

 

540

450

450

    

 

413

450

Relocation Allowance

   2006
2007
2008
           82,500      

401(k) Company Contribution

   2006
2007
2008
    
 
 
12,022
13,885
13,916
     8,826     
 
11,368
11,133
    
 
 
10,499
9,865
10,311
     10,994

Miscellaneous (3)

   2006
2007
2008
           75,265      
                                     

Totals

   2006    $ 24,562    $    $ 158,125    $ 18,239    $

Totals

   2007    $ 26,335    $ 263    $ 11,818    $ 10,315    $ 413

Totals

   2008    $ 26,366    $ 9,276    $ 11,583    $ 10,761    $ 11,444

 

(1) Mr. La Forgia’s car allowance was integrated into his salary beginning in 2007.
(2) The amounts shown represent premiums paid by the Company on behalf of the Executive.
(3) Represents the grossed-up taxes paid on relocation allowance.

Employment Agreements

As of December 27, 2008, all of our named executive officers were employed with us pursuant to written employment agreements. We expect that each of these employment agreements will remain in place following this offering.

Mr. Markee.     Mr. Markee’s employment agreement, dated September 9, 2009, is for a term of employment ending December 31, 2011, unless earlier terminated. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Markee will earn a base salary of $600,000 per annum. Mr. Markee is eligible for an annual cash bonus award. For the 2009 fiscal year, Mr. Markee will receive an annual cash bonus of $300,000, payable in calendar year 2010 at the same time annual bonuses are paid to other senior executives of the Company. For each fiscal year thereafter during the term of the employment agreement, Mr. Markee will be eligible for an annual cash bonus, based on a target opportunity of 100% of his base salary, payable at the same time annual bonuses are paid to other senior executives of the Company, based on criteria established by the Company’s Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors at least thirty days after the commencement of the calendar year. Mr. Markee will be entitled to participate in any health, disability and life insurance and other employee benefit plans and programs made available by the Company to its senior management employees generally. Mr. Markee will receive a monthly automobile allowance of $1,000 for automobile expenses and reimbursement of legal fees incurred in connection with the negotiation of his employment documents up to a maximum of $10,000. Mr. Markee will be entitled to five weeks of vacation time per fiscal year.

The Company granted Mr. Markee options to purchase 200,000 shares of common stock of the Company (the “Common Stock”) under the Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option Plan, as adopted by the Company. The options will (i) have a strike price of $28.13 per share of Common Stock, (ii) vest in equal quarterly installments commencing upon the three-month anniversary of September 8, 2009 and become fully vested on

 

75


Table of Contents

the fourth annual anniversary of September 8, 2009, (iii) expire on March 8, 2017 and (iv) be subject to all terms and conditions of the plan. The Company issued to Mr. Markee 48,658 restricted shares of common stock under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan. These restricted shares (i) vest annually over four years, 25% on each anniversary of September 8, 2009 (ii) are subject to all terms and conditions of the plan.

Mr. Markee purchased from the Company 26,839 shares of common stock at a price per share of $28.13, for an aggregate cash purchase price of $754,981.

If Mr. Markee is terminated “with cause” he will be entitled to any vested right of benefits payable under any retirement or pension plan or under any other employee benefit plan of the Company, and all such benefits will continue, in accordance with, and subject to, the terms and conditions of such plans, to be payable in full after such termination. If Mr. Markee is terminated “without cause” or for “Good Reason” he shall be entitled to his base salary from the date of the termination of his employment through the earlier to occur of (1) the last date of the term of the employment agreement and (2) the date that is twelve months following his termination. Mr. Markee shall also be entitled to the full amount of any unpaid annual cash bonus for any calendar year of the Company prior to the calendar year in which his employment is terminated and for the calendar year in which his employment is terminated, on a pro rata basis and the Company will continue to pay its share of his health insurance costs for twelve months.

Mr. Tolworthy.     Mr. Tolworthy’s amended employment agreement, dated September 8, 2009, provides for “at will” employment and does not have a specified term. The agreement provides for an annual base salary of $300,000. Mr. Tolworthy may be awarded a bonus in the sole discretion of the Company. The agreement provides that upon termination Mr. Tolworthy would qualify for severance under the Company’s severance policies as then in effect, but such policy is to provide an amount of severance equal to at least three months of an executive’s base salary. If Mr. Tolworthy is terminated for “Cause” or resigns from employment within twelve months of the date that he entered into his amended employment agreement, certain of the equity he holds is subject to repurchase for the lesser of the amount Mr. Tolworthy paid for such equity and the fair market value of such equity on the date of repurchase. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Tolworthy is prohibited from competing with the Company or soliciting its business or employees for the three year period following his employment.

Mr. Truesdale .    Mr. Truesdale’s amended employment agreement, dated September 25, 2009, sets forth an initial term ending March 31, 2012 and automatic renewal for up to three successive one year periods unless either Mr. Truesdale or the Company notifies the other of intent not to renew the agreement. The agreement provides for an annual base salary and an annual bonus based on achievement of Company performance objectives, as well as a relocation bonus. This relocation bonus which totaled $157,765, $82,500 for relocation fees and $75,265 for income tax gross-up. Mr. Truesdale’s agreement provides for severance payments upon termination of his employment without “cause” (as such term is defined in the agreement) conditioned upon Mr. Truesdale delivering a general release in favor of the Company. The severance provisions provide that Mr. Truesdale will receive, subject to compliance with certain non-compete, non-solicitation and other obligations, an amount equal to (i) his annual base salary through the earlier of (x) twelve months after the date of termination and (y) the last day of either the initial term or the renewal term, (ii) the full amount of any unpaid bonus in respect of the immediately prior calendar year, (iii) if he has worked for the Company for at least six months during such year, a portion of bonus for the calendar year in which employment is terminated, and (iv) the other benefits provided to him under his employment agreement, until the earlier of (x) twelve months or (y) the time when he becomes eligible for such benefits offered by any subsequent employer. If Mr. Truesdale resigns his employment due to a “change of control” (as such term is defined in the agreement) of the Company followed within twelve months by a material adverse change in status (as such terms are defined in the agreement), the severance provisions provide that he will receive, subject to compliance with certain non-compete, non-solicitation and other obligations, an amount equal to (i) his annual base salary for twelve months after the date of termination, (ii) the full amount of any unpaid bonus in respect of the immediately prior calendar year, (iii) if he has worked for the Company for at least six months during such year, a portion of the

 

76


Table of Contents

bonus for the calendar year in which employment is terminated, and (iv) the other benefits provided to him under his employment agreement, until the earlier of (x) twelve months or (y) the time when he becomes eligible for such benefits offered by any subsequent employer. The employment agreement provides that if Mr. Truesdale’s employment is terminated due to the Company not renewing either the initial term of employment or any of the one-year extension periods, or upon the expiration of the third one-year extension of the employment term, then Mr. Truesdale will be entitled to receive the same severance he would receive if the Company had terminated him without cause. Mr. Truesdale’s employment contract also provides that in the event that his employment is terminated by the Company without cause (or due to its non-renewal of the employment term as described above), the component of his severance that is determined by reference to continued payment of his base salary will be paid as continued payment of his base salary until the date that is twelve months following Mr. Truesdale’s termination of employment.

Mr. Archbold.     Mr. Archbold’s amended employment agreement, dated September 25, 2009, sets forth a term ending April 15, 2012 and automatic renewal for up to three successive one year periods unless either Mr. Archbold or the Company notifies the other of intent not to renew the agreement. The agreement provides for an annual base salary and an annual bonus based on achievement of Company performance objectives. Mr. Archbold’s agreement provides for severance payments upon termination of his employment without “cause” (as such term is defined in the agreement) conditioned upon Mr. Archbold delivering a general release in favor of the Company. The severance provisions provide that Mr. Archbold will receive, subject to compliance with certain non-compete, non-solicitation and other obligations, an amount equal to (i) his annual base salary through the earlier of (x) twelve months after the date of termination and (y) the last day of either the Initial Term or the renewal term, (ii) the full amount of any unpaid bonus in respect of the immediately prior calendar year, (iii) if he has worked for the Company for at least six months during such year, a portion of bonus for the calendar year in which employment is terminated, and (iv) the other benefits provided to him under his employment agreement, until the earlier of (x) twelve months or (y) the time when he becomes eligible for such benefits offered by any subsequent employer. If Mr. Archbold resigns his employment due to a “change of control” of the Company followed within twelve months by a material adverse change in status (as such terms are defined in the agreement), the severance provisions provide that he will receive, subject to compliance with certain non-compete, non-solicitation and other obligations, an amount equal to (i) his annual base salary for twelve months after the date of termination, (ii) the full amount of any unpaid bonus in respect of the immediately prior calendar year, (iii) if he has worked for the Company for at least six months during such year, a portion of the bonus for the calendar year in which employment is terminated, and (iv) the other benefits provided to him under his employment agreement, until the earlier of (x) twelve months or (y) the time when he becomes eligible for such benefits offered by any subsequent employer. The amended agreement provides that if the Company terminates Mr. Archbold’s employment due to its not renewing either the initial term of employment or any of the one-year extension periods, or upon the expiration of the third one-year extension of the employment term, then Mr. Archbold will be entitled to receive the same severance he would receive if the Company had terminated him without cause. Mr. Archbold’s employment contract also provides that in the event that his employment is terminated by the Company without cause (or due to its non-renewal of the employment term as described above), the component of his severance that is determined by reference to continued payment of his base salary will be paid as continued payment of his base salary until the date that is twelve months following Mr. Archbold’s termination of employment.

Mr. La Forgia .    Mr. La Forgia’s employment agreement was amended on March 6, 2008. The agreement has a term that expires on June 11, 2010 and sets forth an annual bonus based on achievement of Company and individual performance objectives. Mr. La Forgia’s agreement provides for severance payments upon termination of his employment without “cause” or his resignation due to an adverse change in status (as such terms are defined in the agreement) conditioned upon Mr. La Forgia delivering a general release in favor of the Company. The severance provisions provide that Mr. La Forgia will receive, subject to compliance with certain non-compete, non-solicitation and other obligations, an amount equal to (i) his annual base salary through the later of (1) twelve months after the date of termination, or through June 11, 2009, whichever is later, and (2) the expiration of the term of the agreement on June 11, 2010, (ii) the full amount of any unpaid bonus in respect of

 

77


Table of Contents

the immediately prior calendar year, (iii) if he has worked for the Company for at least six months during such year, a portion of his bonus for the calendar year in which his employment is terminated, and (iv) the other benefits provided to him under his employment agreement, until the earlier of (x) twelve months or (y) the time when he becomes eligible for such benefits offered by any subsequent employer. If Mr. La Forgia resigns his employment due to a material adverse change in status (as such term is defined in the agreement), the severance provisions provide that he will receive, subject to compliance with certain non-compete, non-solicitation and other obligations, an amount equal to (i) his annual base salary through the later of (A) twelve months after the date of termination or through June 11, 2009, whichever is later, and (B) the expiration of the term of the agreement of June 11, 2010, (ii) the full amount of any unpaid bonus in respect of the immediately prior calendar year, (iii) if he has worked for the Company for at least six months during such year, a portion of the bonus for the calendar year in which employment is terminated, and (iv) the other benefits provided to him under his employment agreement, until the earlier of (x) twelve months or (y) the time when he becomes eligible for such benefits offered by any subsequent employer.

Mr. Weiss.     Mr. Weiss’s employment agreement, dated January 15, 2007, sets forth a three year term (the “Initial Term”) and automatic renewal for up to three successive one year periods unless either Mr. Weiss or the Company notifies the other of intent not to renew the agreement. The agreement provides for an annual base salary, with a guaranteed increase of $50,000 after one year of employment, and an annual bonus based on achievement of Company performance objectives, as well as an additional guaranteed bonus for 2007 not subject to the terms of the standard annual performance-based plan. Mr. Weiss is also entitled to an additional bonus equal to 5% of the incremental EBIDTA related to the Company’s Direct business, the amount of which shall be reduced by the additional guaranteed bonus. In addition, Mr. Weiss was granted an additional 24,000 stock option grants effective January 1, 2008. Mr. Weiss’s agreement provides for severance payments upon termination of his employment without “cause” (as such term is defined in the agreement) conditioned upon Mr. Weiss delivering a general release in favor of the Company. The severance provisions provide that Mr. Weiss will receive, subject to compliance with certain non-compete, non-solicitation and other obligations, an amount equal to (i) his annual base salary through the earlier of (x) twelve months after the date of termination and (y) the last day of either the Initial Term or the renewal term, (ii) the full amount of any unpaid bonus in respect of the immediately prior calendar year, (iii) if he has worked for the Company for at least six months during such year, a portion of bonus for the calendar year in which employment is terminated, and (iv) the other benefits provided to him under his employment agreement, until the earlier of (x) twelve months or (y) the time when he becomes eligible for such benefits offered by any subsequent employer. If Mr. Weiss resigns his employment due to a material adverse change in status (as such term is defined in the agreement), the severance provisions provide that he will receive, subject to compliance with certain non-compete, non-solicitation and other obligations, an amount equal to (i) his annual base salary for twelve months after the date of termination, (ii) the full amount of any unpaid bonus in respect of the immediately prior calendar year, (iii) if he has worked for the Company for at least six months during such year, a portion of the bonus for the calendar year in which employment is terminated, and (iv) the other benefits provided to him under his employment agreement, until the earlier of (x) twelve months or (y) the time when he becomes eligible for such benefits offered by any subsequent employer.

Grants of Plan Based Awards

We award equity grants under the 2006 Plan and the 2009 Plan. The plans provide for grants of stock options to certain of our directors, officers, consultants and employees of VS Parent, Inc. and VS Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries. The plan is administered by the Board of Directors of VS Parent, Inc.

2006 Plan

A total of 93,985 shares of common stock of VS Parent were available for issuance under the plan as of December 27, 2008 in four separate tranches consisting of Tranche A Options, Tranche B Options, Tranche C Options and Tranche D Options. As of December 27, 2008, options to purchase 1,952,056 shares of common

 

78


Table of Contents

stock were outstanding under the plan. The stock options are generally exercisable at no less than the fair market value on the date of grant. Generally, options awarded shall become vested in four equal increments on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date on which such options were awarded. The stock options have a maximum term of 10 years. Vested grants are exercisable 30 days from the date of termination of employment without cause. There are no additional factors affecting ability to exercise other than the general vesting terms. According to the terms of the agreements governing their stock options, 25.0% of the unvested stock options held by Messrs. Archbold, Truesdale and Weiss will immediately vest and become exercisable upon the consummation of this offering.

2009 Plan

On September 8, 2009, we adopted the 2009 Plan, which is expected to be approved by our stockholders prior to the completion of this offering. The 2009 Plan permits us to make grants of “incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, deferred stock awards, restricted stock awards, dividend equivalent rights and other stock-based awards” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or any combination of the foregoing. We have initially reserved 750,000 shares of our common stock for the issuance of awards under the 2009 Plan. The number of shares reserved under the plan is also subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization. Generally, shares that are forfeited or canceled from awards under the 2009 Plan also will be available for future awards.

Our 2009 Plan is administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors. The compensation committee may interpret the 2009 plan and may make all determinations necessary or desirable for the administration of the plan and has full power and authority to select the participants to whom awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards to participants, to accelerate the exercisability or vesting of any award and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the plan. All of our full-time and part-time officers, employees, directors, members and other key persons (including consultants and prospective personnel) will be eligible to participate in the plan.

In the event of a change-in-control of the company, our board of directors and the board of directors of the surviving or acquiring entity shall, as to outstanding awards under the 2009 Plan, make appropriate provision for the continuation or assumption of such awards and may provide for the acceleration of vesting with respect to existing awards.

The terms of the 2009 Plan provide that we may amend, suspend or terminate the plan at any time, but stockholder approval of any such action will be obtained if required to comply with applicable law. Further, no action may be taken that adversely affects any rights under outstanding awards without the holder’s consent.

We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares of our common stock issuable under the 2006 Plan and the 2009 Plan.

 

79


Table of Contents

The following table details the stock option grants to the named executive officers that are outstanding at December 27, 2008:

Grants of Stock Based Awards

 

Name

   Grant Date    Number of
Option Awards
   Exercise Price
of Awards ($/sh)
   Fair Value
of Grant ($)

Thomas Tolworthy

   11/27/2002    204,604    10.00    1.54
   11/27/2002    68,201    20.00   
   11/27/2002    68,201    25.00   
   11/27/2002    68,201    30.00   

Michael Archbold

   4/16/2007    200,000    23.80    13.39
   4/16/2007    50,000    25.00    13.10
   4/16/2007    50,000    30.00    12.01

Anthony Truesdale

   4/2/2006    195,626    11.47    6.85
   4/2/2006    65,208    20.00    5.34
   4/2/2006    65,208    25.00    4.72
   4/2/2006    65,208    30.00    4.23

Cosmo La Forgia

   7/1/2003    18,414    10.00    1.00
   7/1/2003    6,138    20.00   
   7/1/2003    6,138    25.00   
   7/1/2003    6,138    30.00   
   2/25/2007    500    20.00    8.79
   2/25/2007    500    25.00    7.87
   2/25/2007    500    30.00    7.11

Louis Weiss

   12/29/2006    24,000    14.33    8.42
   12/29/2006    8,000    20.00    7.29
   12/29/2006    8,000    25.00    6.52
   12/29/2006    8,000    30.00    5.89
   1/1/2008    20,000    28.31    14.33
   1/1/2008    4,000    30.00    13.88

Those grants issued prior to January 2006 were not subject to the provisions of SFAS 123(R). As such they were valued using the minimum value method for equity share options for pro forma disclosure purposes only, and do not reflect the same fair value they would have had they been valued under the provisions of SFAS 123(R).

 

80


Table of Contents

The table below outlines the vesting details of outstanding options at December 27, 2008:

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 27, 2008

 

Name

   Number of Shares
Underlying Unexercised
Options Exercisable (#)
   Number of Shares
Underlying Unexercised
Options Unexercisable (#)
   Option
Exercise Price ($)
   Option
Expiration Date

Thomas Tolworthy

   204,604       10.00    11/27/2012
   68,201       20.00    11/27/2012
   68,201       25.00    11/27/2012
   68,201       30.00    11/27/2012

Michael Archbold

   50,000    150,000    23.80    4/29/2017
   12,500    37,500    25.00    4/29/2017
   12,500    37,500    30.00    4/29/2017

Anthony Truesdale

   97,813    97,813    11.47    4/1/2016
   32,604    32,604    20.00    4/1/2016
   32,604    32,604    25.00    4/1/2016
   32,604    32,604    30.00    4/1/2016

Cosmo La Forgia

   18,414       10.00    7/1/2013
   6,138       20.00    7/1/2013
   6,138       25.00    7/1/2013
   6,138       30.00    7/1/2013
   125    375    20.00    2/24/2017
   125    375    25.00    2/24/2017
   125    375    30.00    2/24/2017

Louis Weiss

   6,000    18,000    14.33    12/29/2016
   2,000    6,000    20.00    12/29/2016
   2,000    6,000    25.00    12/29/2016
   2,000    6,000    30.00    12/29/2016
      20,000    28.31    1/1/2018
      4,000    30.00    1/1/2018

Option Exercise and Stock Vested

There were no stock options exercised during Fiscal 2008 by our executives. Historically, we have not awarded equity-based grants other than stock options.

Pension Benefits

We currently do not have a pension program for our employees.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

We did not have a nonqualified deferred compensation program for our employees during Fiscal 2006. During Fiscal 2007 we adopted a nonqualified deferred compensation plan for senior level employees. The authorization for such plan prohibits any Company contributions on behalf of any officer (other than the voluntary election to defer the payment of a portion of such individual’s salary) without further Compensation Committee authorization. There were no Company contributions authorized during Fiscal 2007 or Fiscal 2008.

Director Compensation

We had eleven directors at December 27, 2008. During Fiscal 2008, we had seven Directors who received compensation. Messrs. Howard, Perkal and Korn, who are executives with Irving Place Capital Partners II, L.P., do not receive any compensation for their services on our Board. Similarly, Mr. Tolworthy, who also served as a director, did not receive any compensation for his services on our Board. We offer to each other member of our

 

81


Table of Contents

Board $5,000 per quarter, $1,000 for each quarterly Board meeting attended, and $1,000 per each Board committee meeting attended. In addition, those other directors are each issued 15,000 stock-option grants upon acceptance of their offer as Director. These grants are subject to the same terms as those of every Vitamin Shoppe employee as described in 2006 Plan narrative.

The following table details the compensation paid to our Directors in Fiscal 2008:

Director Compensation Table

 

Name

   Total
($)
   Fees Earned
or Paid in Cash
($)
   Stock
Awards
($)
   Option
Awards
($)
   Non-equity
incentive
plan compensation
($)
   All other
compensation
($)

B. Michael Becker

   65,444    27,000       38,444      

John H. Edmondson

   49,361    29,000       20,361      

David H. Edwab

   38,000    38,000            

Bernard D. Feiwus

   73,444    26,000       47,444      

Douglas B. Fox

   33,000    33,000            

John D. Howard

                 

Douglas R. Korn

                 

Richard Markee

   47,985    26,000       21,985      

Richard L. Perkal

                 

Beth M. Pritchard

   58,444    20,000       38,444      

Mr. Becker attended four board meetings and five committee meetings during Fiscal 2008. In 2008 Mr. Becker was granted 15,000 stock options in accordance with our standard director compensation agreement at a weighted average exercise price of $28.59.

Mr. Edmondson attended five board meetings and four committee meetings during Fiscal 2008. In 2006 Mr. Edmondson was granted 15,000 stock options in accordance with our standard director compensation agreement at a weighted average exercise price of $18.16.

Mr. Edwab attended five board meetings and four committee meetings during Fiscal 2008. In 2005 Mr. Edwab was granted 15,000 stock options in accordance with our standard director compensation agreement at a weighted average exercise price of $18.85. There was no expense related to these grants in Fiscal 2008 as they were granted prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R).

Mr. Feiwus attended five board meetings during Fiscal 2008. In 2007 Mr. Feiwus was granted 15,000 stock options in accordance with our standard director compensation agreement at a weighted average exercise price of $25.36. As of April 2009, Mr. Feiwus was no longer a director of the Company.

Mr. Fox attended five board meetings and four committee meetings during Fiscal 2008. In 2005 Mr. Fox was granted 15,000 stock options in accordance with our standard director compensation agreement at a weighted average exercise price of $19.10. There was no expense related to these grants in Fiscal 2008 as they were granted prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R). As of April 2009, Mr. Fox was no longer a director of the Company.

Mr. Markee attended four quarterly meetings and an additional 2009 planning meeting in Fiscal 2008. In 2006 Mr. Markee was granted 15,000 stock options in accordance with our standard director compensation agreement at a weighted average exercise price of $18.61. Mr. Markee also serves as non-executive Chairman of the Board of Directors.

Ms. Pritchard attended four quarterly meetings during Fiscal 2008. In 2008 Ms. Pritchard was granted 15,000 stock options in accordance with our standard director compensation agreement at a weighted average exercise price of $28.59.

 

82


Table of Contents

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

The employment agreements of our President and Chief Merchandising Officer and of our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer provide that if within the twelve-month period following a change in control there is a material adverse change in the executive’s functions, duties or responsibilities without the consent of the executive and the executive elects to terminate his employment, we are obligated to make severance payments equal to such executive’s base salary for up to a year from the date of termination, paid weekly; to pay any unpaid bonus earned in the year prior to termination; and to pay a pro-rated portion of annual bonus in the year of termination if the executive worked for six months or longer within that year. The employment agreements of our other named executive officers provide that if there is a material adverse change in the executive’s functions, duties or responsibilities without the consent of the executive and the executive elects to terminate his employment, we are obligated to make severance payments equal to such executive’s base salary for up to a year from the date of termination, paid weekly; to pay any unpaid bonus earned in the year prior to termination; and to pay a pro-rated portion of annual bonus in the year of termination if the executive worked for six months or longer within that year. In addition to cash payments, all named executive officers are eligible for continued participation in all life, health, and disability and similar insurance plans with the same provisions as every Company employee for up to twelve months.

 

     Cash Severance

Richard L. Markee

   $   600,000

Anthony Truesdale

     490,000

Michael Archbold

     464,000

Cosmo La Forgia

     275,000

Louis Weiss

     350,000

The foregoing does not include any severance payments that would relate to bonuses that can not be determined at this point in time.

We are not obligated to make any cash payment or provide continued benefits to the named executive officers, other than certain vested retirement plans, if their employment is terminated by us for cause or by the executive without cause.

In addition to cash payments and insurance continuation, pursuant to the 2006 Plan, all unvested outstanding stock option grants vest immediately upon a change in control. Messrs. Archbold, Truesdale, La Forgia, and Weiss hold options that would vest upon any change in control, all of which are compensatory options which would impact our statements of operations. Accordingly, assuming a change in control had taken place on December 28, 2008, the unamortized stock option expense relating to the following individuals would be charged to the Company’s statement of operations immediately following the change in control:

 

     Value of Accelerated
Equity Awards

Anthony Truesdale

   $ 675,776

Michael Archbold

     2,140,164

Cosmo La Forgia

     6,084

Louis Weiss

     414,478

Employee Benefit Plans

Our employees, including our named executive officers, are entitled to various employee benefits. These benefits include the following: medical and dental care plans; flexible spending accounts for healthcare; and life and disability insurance.

 

83


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth, as of September 25, 2009 information concerning the beneficial ownership of our capital stock after giving effect to our corporate reorganization and after giving effect to this offering by:

 

   

each of the selling stockholders;

 

   

each holder of more than 5% of any class of voting stock;

 

   

each of our executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors; and

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership is based upon 7,568,342 shares of common stock and 78,868 shares of preferred stock of VS Parent, Inc., our parent company, outstanding as of September 25, 2009, prior to giving effect to the 1.8611-for-one stock split. Each of the persons set forth below has sole voting power and sole investment power with respect to the shares set forth opposite his or her name, except as otherwise noted. Except as expressly set forth below, none of the selling stockholders is known to us to be a registered broker-dealer or an affiliate of a registered broker-dealer. Unless otherwise noted, the address of each stockholder is c/o Vitamin Shoppe, 2101 91st Street North Bergen, NJ 07047. The following table includes shares of common stock issuable within 60 days of September 25, 2009 upon the exercise of all options and other rights beneficially owned by the indicated person on that date. After giving effect to our corporate reorganization we will not have any preferred stock outstanding.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Shares of
Common Stock
Beneficially
Owned Prior to
This Offering
  Percent     Preferred Stock
Beneficially
Owned
  Percent     Shares of
Common Stock
being offered
  Shares of
Common Stock
Beneficially
Owned After
This Offering(1)
  Percent  

IPC/Vitamin, LLC (2)

  11,337,747   80.5   60,920   77.2     15,091,426   54.5

Horowitz Family (3)

  1,395,816   9.9   7,500   9.5   714,145   1,143,795   2.5

Blackstone Mezzanine Partners L.P. (4)

  1,127,250   8.0   4,780   6.1   686,659   735,118   *   

Blackstone Mezzanine Holdings L.P. (4)

  46,969   *      199   *      28,606   30,623   *   

Executive Officers and Directors:

             

Richard L. Markee

  154,465   *               154,465   *   

Anthony N. Truesdale

  546,113   3.9            546,113   2.0

Michael G. Archbold

  279,164   *               279,164   1.0

Cosmo La Forgia

  69,936   *               69,936   *   

Louis Weiss

  55,833   *               55,833   *   

James M. Sander

                   

John D. Howard (2)

  11,337,747   80.5   60,920   77.2     15,091,426   54.5

David H. Edwab

  20,938   *               20,938   *   

Richard L. Perkal (5)

                 *   

Douglas R. Korn (6)

                      

John H. Edmondson

  20,938   *               20,938   *   

B. Michael Becker

  6,980   *               6,980   *   

Beth M. Pritchard

  6,980   *               6,980   *   

Douglas B. Fox

                        —   
                                 

All named directors and executive officers as a group (14 persons)

  12,499,094   88.7   60,920   77.2     16,252,773   58.7

 

(1) Includes shares of common stock received upon conversion of Series A Preferred Stock in connection with this offering after giving effect to the redemption.
(2) John D. Howard is employed by Irving Place Capital, a private equity firm that holds our shares through IPC/Vitamin, LLC. Mr. Howard, by virtue of his status as the sole member of JDH Management, LLC and Irving Place Capital may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of shares owned of record by IPC/Vitamin, LLC. Mr. Howard and Irving Place Capital share investment and voting power with respect to shares owned by IPC/Vitamin, LLC, but disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. IPC/Vitamin, LLC is an affiliate of Irving Place Capital and J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc., and is controlled by Irving Place Capital. Irving Place Capital has the right to designate a majority of persons to the Company’s board of directors pursuant to a security holders agreement. Approximately $49.1 million of Series A Preferred Stock held by IPC’s affiliates will be redeemed by us with the proceeds of this offering. The business address for Mr. Howard and each of the entities identified in this footnote is 277 Park Avenue, 39th Floor, New York, NY 10172.
(3) The Horowitz Family consists of Jeffrey Horowitz, Helen Horowitz and two family trusts. Other than the shares held in the family trusts, Jeffrey Horowitz disclaims beneficial ownership of shares held by Helen Horowitz, and Helen Horowitz disclaims beneficial ownership of shares held by Jeffrey Horowitz. The business address for each stockholder identified in this footnote is c/o Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver and Jacobson LLP, One New York Plaza, New York, New York 10004 and the telephone number is (212) 859-8000. The Horowitz Family has granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase an additional 681,671 shares (after giving effect to the corporate reorganization and this offering) from them at the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. Approximately $6.1 million of Series A Preferred Stock held by the Horowitz family will be redeemed by us with the proceeds of this offering.

 

84


Table of Contents
(4) Includes 680,593 shares issuable to Blackstone Mezzanine Partners L.P. and 28,358 shares issuable to Blackstone Mezzanine Holdings L.P., in each case pursuant to warrants that will automatically exercise upon consummation of this offering. Blackstone Mezzanine Management Associates L.L.C. is the general partner of Blackstone Mezzanine Associates L.P. which is the general partner of Blackstone Mezzanine Partners L.P. and BMP Side-by-Side GP L.L.C. is the general partner of Blackstone Mezzanine Holdings L.P. Blackstone Holdings II L.P. is the managing member of Blackstone Mezzanine Management Associates L.L.C. and the sole member of BMP Side-by-Side GP L.L.C. Blackstone Holdings I/II GP Inc. is the general partner of Blackstone Holdings II L.P. The Blackstone Group L.P. is the sole shareholder of Blackstone Holdings I/II GP Inc. Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. is the general partner of The Blackstone Group L.P. Stephen A. Schwarzman is the founding member of Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. and, accordingly, may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares held by Blackstone Mezzanine Partners L.P. and Blackstone Mezzanine Holdings L.P. Each of the above, other than Blackstone Mezzanine Partners L.P. and Blackstone Mezzanine Holdings L.P., disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by each of Blackstone Mezzanine Partners L.P. and Blackstone Mezzanine Holdings L.P., except to the extent of such party’s pecuniary interest therein. The selling stockholder is an “affiliate” of a broker-dealer and has certified that it bought the securities in the ordinary course of business, and at the time of the purchase of the securities to be resold, it had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the securities. Blackstone Mezzanine Partners L.P. and Blackstone Mezzanine Holdings L.P. have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 655,435 and 27,306 shares, respectively, (in each case, after giving effect to the corporate reorganization and this offering) from them at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. Approximately $3.9 million and $0.2 million of Series A Preferred Stock held by Blackstone Mezzanine Partners L.P. and Blackstone Mezzanine Holdings L.P., respectively, will be redeemed by us with the proceeds of this offering.
(5) Mr. Perkal is employed by Irving Place Capital Management, L.P., a private equity firm that holds our shares through IPC/Vitamin, LLC. His business address is 277 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10172.
(6) Mr. Korn is employed by Irving Place Capital Management, L.P., a private equity firm that holds our shares through IPC/Vitamin, LLC. His business address is 277 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10172.

 

85


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Our Board of Directors has not adopted a written policy or procedure for the review, approval and ratification of related party transactions, however the Audit Committee Charter requires the Audit Committee to review all relationships and transactions in which the Company and its employees, directors and officers or their immediate family members are participants to determine whether such persons have a direct or indirect material interest. Based on all the relevant facts and circumstances, the Audit Committee will decide whether the related-party transaction is appropriate and will approve only those transactions that are in the best interests of the Company.

We require our directors and executive officers to complete annually a directors’ and officers’ questionnaire which requires disclosure of any related-party transactions. As required under SEC rules, transactions that are determined to be directly or indirectly material to the Company or a related person are disclosed in our periodic filings as appropriate.

Securityholders Agreement

In connection with the merger, the Company will enter into a securityholders agreement substantially similar to the Amended and Restated Securityholders Agreement. The securityholders agreement will, among other things:

 

   

limit the ability of management securityholders to transfer their capital stock (or derivatives thereof) of the Company, except, with the consent of IPC, a transfer of securities, (i) subject to co-sale rights, (ii) with respect to securityholders who are natural persons, to such securityholder’s family members, (iii) to certain affiliates, (iv) in the event of a sale of the Company, and (iv) in accordance with the terms and conditions of the demand registration rights set forth in the securityholders agreement.

 

   

provide for take-along rights, which provides that if IPC elects to consummate, or to cause the Company to consummate, a transaction constituting a sale of the Company, then IPC will notify the Company and the other securityholders in writing at least 30 days prior to the consummation of such transaction of their election. If IPC delivers such notice, the other securityholders must vote for, consent to, and raise no objections to the proposed transaction, and the securityholders and the Company will take all other actions necessary to cause the consummation of the sale on the terms proposed by IPC. The securityholders are entitled to receive in the proposed transaction the same form and amount of consideration per share of common stock as IPC.

 

   

provide for co-sale rights, which require that at least 30 days prior to any sales by IPC or its affiliates of capital stock (or derivatives thereof) of the Company, such entity delivers a written notice to the Company and each other securityholder of the Company. Securityholders may elect to participate in the contemplated transfer at the same price per share and on the same terms by delivering written notice to the transferring securityholder within 20 days after delivery of the sale notice, provided that securityholders seeking to elect to participate must participate in the same relative proportion. If none of the other securityholders provides notice prior to the expiration of the 20-day period, then the transferring securityholders may transfer their shares to any person at a price no greater, and on other terms that are not more favorable in the aggregate than those set forth in the sale notice, at any time within 180 days after expiration of the 20-day period for giving notice. The securityholders agreement also requires a second notice and 20-day election period to be provided to securityholders who elected not to participate in the contemplated transfer, prior to the transferring securityholders transferring its securities on terms more favorable than those provided in the prior sale notice.

 

   

provide for certain rights of first offer with respect to transfers by security holders other than to certain permitted transferees. Specifically, in the event that a securityholder wishes to transfer any of its

 

86


Table of Contents
 

securities, the securityholder must first deliver a written offer notice to the Company and to IPC at least 30 days prior to making such transfer. The notice must disclose in reasonable detail the proposed transaction and the Company may elect to purchase all or any portion of the securities specified in the offer. If the Company elects not to purchase such securities within ten days after delivery of the written notice of the offer, IPC may elect to purchase all of the securities which the Company has not elected to purchase within 25 days after delivery of the written notice.

The securityholders agreement will also provide that the parties thereto must vote their securities to elect a board of directors of the Company which must be comprised of:

 

   

persons designated by the securityholders who are affiliates of IPC (the “IPC Directors”); and

 

   

persons possessing relevant industry experience or operational expertise as designated by the securityholders who are affiliates of IPC.

In addition, the securityholders agreement will provide that IPC Directors shall comprise a majority of the directors on the board of directors of any of the subsidiaries of the Company and of any committee of the board of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

The securityholders agreement will also give certain securityholders rights with respect to registration under the Securities Act of shares of the Company’s securities held by them, including demand registration rights and piggy back registration rights.

Advisory Services Agreement

We and IPC Manager II, LLC (formerly Bear Stearns Merchant Manager II, LLC), an affiliate of Irving Place Capital Management, L.P., are parties to an advisory services agreement, pursuant to which general advisory and management services are to be provided to us with respect to financial and operating matters. Under the terms of the advisory services agreement, at the closing of the acquisition of our Company by IPC in 2002, we paid a transaction fee equal to $4,575,000 in connection with services rendered in connection with the acquisition. We also pay fees for ongoing advisory and management services equal to the greater of $187,500 or 0.25% of our gross sales for the preceding fiscal quarter. Such fees are paid each quarter. Amounts paid during the six months ended June 27, 2009 and June 28, 2008 were approximately $0.8 million and $0.7 million, respectively. Amounts paid during the Fiscal years ended December 27, 2008, December 29, 2007 and December 30, 2006 were approximately $1,527,000, $1,365,000, and $1,264,000, respectively. The advisory services agreement also provides that the advisors will be reimbursed for their reasonable out of pocket expenses in connection with certain activities undertaken pursuant to the agreement and will be indemnified for liabilities incurred in connection with their role under the agreement, other than for liabilities resulting from their gross negligence or willful misconduct.

Our advisors have a right of first offer to serve as our financial advisors in connection with acquisitions, divestitures and financings. In connection with these services, our advisors will earn an additional fee of the amount customary for such services. The agreement terminates on November 27, 2012. On November 15, 2005, we issued the Notes. Bear Stearns & Co. Inc., which subsequently became an affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., was an initial purchaser and a joint book-running manager in connection with the offering of the Notes and received approximately $4,537,500 in underwriting discounts and commissions in connection with the offering. Upon a change of control resulting from the consummation of a qualified public offering (as defined in the agreement) the agreement would terminate and we would be obligated to pay the minimum advisory fees that would be payable in respect of the then current fiscal quarter as well as for the next four successive fiscal quarters.

Upon the completion of this offering, this agreement will terminate automatically and we will be obligated to make a lump sum payment of the advisory fee that would be payable in respect of the then current fiscal quarter, as well as the minimum advisory fee per the agreement for four additional quarters.

 

87


Table of Contents

2006 Corporate Reorganization

On June 12, 2006, VS Mergersub, Inc., then a wholly owned subsidiary of VS Parent, Inc., then a wholly owned subsidiary of VS Holdings, Inc., merged with and into VS Holdings, Inc., with VS Holdings, Inc. being the surviving corporation. By operation of the merger, VS Holdings, Inc. became a direct wholly owned subsidiary of VS Parent, Inc. In connection therewith, each share (or fractional share) of Series A Preferred Stock of VS Holdings, Inc. was converted into a right to receive a share (or fractional share) of Series A preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share of VS Parent, Inc., and each share (or fractional share) of common stock of VS Holdings, Inc. was converted into a share (or fractional share) of common stock, par value $0.01 per share of VS Parent, Inc., and all equity grants (1,533,519 stock options and 567,163 warrants) of VS Holdings, Inc. were converted on a one-to-one basis into grants permitting the right to receive a share of VS Parent, Inc.’s common stock upon exercise. Subsequent to the reverse merger, VS Holdings, Inc. was authorized to issue 1,000 shares of Common Stock, whereby 100 shares were issued to VS Parent, Inc. In addition, a dividend of $1.7 million, recorded within additional paid-in-capital, was made from VS Holdings, Inc. to VS Parent, Inc. for a note receivable of $1.5 million, which was accounted for as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, and related accrued interest receivable of $0.2 million.

Transaction with Management

We held a promissory note made by Thomas A. Tolworthy on November 27, 2002, in the aggregate principal amount of $1,500,000 issued in connection with Mr. Tolworthy’s purchase of our common and preferred stock. On June 12, 2006, this note was assigned as a dividend to VS Parent, Inc., and was no longer held by or payable to us. On September 8, 2009, Mr. Tolworthy sold shares of VS Parent, Inc. common stock to VS Parent, Inc. at his original cost of $754,970 ($10 per share) and the proceeds from the repurchase were used to reduce Mr. Tolworthy’s promissory note. Mr. Tolworthy surrendered 634 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to VS Parent, Inc. in satisfaction of the remaining balance on the promissory note.

Controlled Company Status

Because IPC will own more than 50% of our common stock after this offering, we will be considered a “controlled company” for the purposes of the NYSE listing requirements. As such, we are permitted to, and have, opted out of the NYSE corporate governance requirements that our board of directors, our compensation committee and our nominating and corporate governance committee meet the standard of independence established by those corporate governance requirements. As a result, our board of directors and those committees may have more directors who do not meet the NYSE independence standards than they would if those standards were to apply.

 

88


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Prior to the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will be amended and restated. Copies of the forms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws and relevant sections of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which we refer to as the “DGCL” are summarized below. The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and to the applicable provisions of the DGCL.

Authorized Capital Stock

Our authorized capital stock will consist of 400,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share and 250,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.

Common Stock

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive their ratable share of the net assets of our company available after payment of all debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive, subscription or redemption rights. The outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

The board of directors has the authority, without any further vote or action by the stockholders, to issue preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the preferences, limitations and rights of the shares of each series, including:

 

   

dividend rates;

 

   

conversion rights;

 

   

voting rights;

 

   

terms of redemption and liquidation preferences; and

 

   

the number of shares constituting each series.

The authority possessed by our board to issue preferred stock could potentially be used to discourage attempts by third parties to obtain control of our company through a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise by making such attempts more difficult or more costly. Our board may issue preferred stock with voting rights or conversion rights that, if exercised, could adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common stock. There are no current agreements or understandings with respect to the issuance of preferred stock and our board has no present intention to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Antitakeover Effects of Provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Stockholders’ rights and related matters are governed by the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws. Provisions of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation, and our bylaws, which are summarized below, may discourage or make more difficult a takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest. These provisions may also adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock.

Board Of Directors

The board of directors has the authority to fill any vacancy on the board of directors, whether such vacancy occurs as a result of an increase in the number of directors or otherwise.

 

89


Table of Contents

Stockholder Action By Written Consent; Special Meetings

Our certificate of incorporation will not permit stockholders to take action by written consent in lieu of an annual or special meeting except that if IPC owns shares entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors, action may be taken by written consent.

Our bylaws will provide that special meetings of stockholders may only be called by:

 

   

the chairman of the board;

 

   

the chief executive officer;

 

   

the president;

 

   

the secretary;

 

   

IPC, until IPC no longer owns shares entitled to 33  1 / 3 % or more of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of then outstanding common stock; and

 

   

written request of the board or of a committee of the board whose powers include the power to call such meetings.

Antitakeover Legislation

As a Delaware corporation, by an express provision in our certificate of incorporation, we have elected to “opt out” of the restrictions under Section 203 of the DGCL regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

   

Prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

Upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time such transaction commenced, excluding, for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding, (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers of the corporation and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

   

On or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In this context, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status owned, 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting securities.

A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of Section 203 with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate of incorporation or by-laws resulting from amendments approved by holders of at least a majority of the corporation’s outstanding voting shares. We elected to “opt out” of Section 203 by an express provision in our certificate of incorporation.

 

90


Table of Contents

Certificate of Incorporation Provisions Relating to Corporate Opportunities and Interested Directors

In order to address potential conflicts of interest between us and IPC, our certificate of incorporation will contain provisions regulating and defining the conduct of our affairs after the completion of this offering as they may involve IPC and its officers, directors or employees, and our powers, rights, duties and liabilities and those of our officers, directors and stockholders in connection with our relationship with IPC. In general, these provisions recognize that we and IPC may engage in the same or similar business activities and lines of business, have an interest in the same areas of corporate opportunities and that we and IPC will continue to have contractual and business relations with each other, including service of officers and directors of IPC serving as our directors.

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that, subject to any contractual provision to the contrary, IPC will have no duty to refrain from:

 

   

engaging in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us;

 

   

any decision or action by IPC to assert or enforce its rights under any agreement or contract with us;

 

   

doing business with any of our clients or customers; or

 

   

employing or otherwise engaging any of our officers or employees.

Under our certificate of incorporation, neither IPC nor any officer, director or employee of IPC, except as described in the following paragraph, will be liable to us or our stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of any such activities. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that IPC is not under any duty to present any corporate opportunity to us which may be a corporate opportunity for IPC and us and IPC will not be liable to us or our stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty as our stockholder by reason of the fact that IPC pursues or acquires that corporate opportunity for itself, directs that corporate opportunity to another person or does not present that corporate opportunity to us.

When one of our directors or officers who is also a director, officer or employee of IPC learns of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate opportunity for both us and IPC, our certificate of incorporation will provide that the director or officer:

 

   

will have fully satisfied his or her fiduciary duties to us and our stockholders with respect to that corporate opportunity;

 

   

will not be liable to us or our stockholders for breach of fiduciary duty by reason of IPC’s actions with respect to that corporate opportunity;

 

   

will be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner he or she believed to be in, and not opposed to, our best interests for purposes of our certificate of incorporation; and

 

   

will be deemed not to have breached his or her duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders and not to have derived an improper personal benefit therefrom for purposes of our certificate of incorporation,

if he or she acts in good faith in a manner consistent with the following policy:

 

   

a corporate opportunity offered to any of our officers or directors who is also a director, officer, or employee of IPC will belong to us, only if that opportunity is expressly offered in writing to that person solely in his or her capacity as our director or officer, and not separately offered to IPC or any of its officers, directors or employees; and

 

   

otherwise such opportunity shall belong to IPC.

 

91


Table of Contents

For purposes of our certificate of incorporation, “corporate opportunities” include business opportunities that we are financially able to undertake, that are, from their nature, in our line of business, are of practical advantage to us and are ones in which we have an interest or a reasonable expectancy, and in which, by embracing the opportunities, the self-interest of IPC or its officers or directors will be brought into conflict with our self-interest.

Our certificate of incorporation will also provide that no contract, agreement, arrangement or transaction between us and IPC or any entity affiliated with IPC will be void or voidable solely for the reason that IPC is a party to such agreement or by reason of the execution of any contract or agreement by an officer, director or employee of IPC who is also an officer or director of ours; and each such officer, director and employee:

 

   

will have fully satisfied and fulfilled its fiduciary duties to us and our stockholders with respect to the contract, agreement, arrangement or transaction;

 

   

will not be liable to us or our stockholders for breach of fiduciary duty by reason of entering into, performance or consummation of any such contract, agreement, arrangement or transaction;

 

   

will be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner it reasonably believed to be in, and not opposed to, the best interests of us for purposes of our certificate of incorporation; and

 

   

will be deemed not to have breached its duties of loyalty to us and our stockholders and not to have derived an improper personal benefit therefrom for purposes of our certificate of incorporation;

if:

 

   

the material facts as to the contract, agreement, arrangement or transaction are disclosed or are known to our board of directors or the committee of our board that authorizes the contract, agreement, arrangement or transaction and our board of directors or that committee in good faith authorizes the contract, agreement, arrangement or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors;

 

   

the material facts as to the contract, agreement, arrangement or transaction are disclosed or are known to one or more of our officers or employees who are not “interested” and who were authorized to approve such transaction and the contract, agreement, arrangement or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by one or more of our officers or employees who are not “interested” and who were authorized to approve such transaction; or

 

   

the transaction, judged according to the circumstances at the time of the commitment, was fair to us; or

 

   

the transaction or agreement was approved by an affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote, excluding IPC or any interested person.

Any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have consented to these provisions of our certificate of incorporation.

Provisions Relating to Control by IPC

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that until IPC ceases to beneficially own shares entitled to 33  1 / 3 % or more of the votes entitled to be cast by then outstanding common stock, the prior consent of IPC will be required for:

 

   

any consolidation or merger of us or any of our subsidiaries with any person, other than a subsidiary;

 

   

any sale, lease, exchange or other disposition or any acquisition by us, other than transactions between us and our subsidiaries, or any series of related dispositions or acquisitions, except for those for which we give IPC at least 15 days prior written notice and which involve consideration not in excess of

 

92


Table of Contents
 

$10 million in fair market value, and except (1) any disposition of cash equivalents or investment grade securities or obsolete or worn out equipment and (2) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

   

any change in our authorized capital stock or our creation of any class or series of capital stock;

 

   

the amendment or adoption of any incentive plan for us or any of our subsidiaries;

 

   

the amendment of various provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws;

 

   

the declaration of dividends on any class of our capital stock;

 

   

the issuance of any series of preferred stock; and

 

   

any change in the number of directors on our board of directors, the establishment of any committee of the board, the determination of the members of the board or any committee of the board, and the filling of newly created memberships and vacancies on the board or any committee of the board.

Until the time that IPC ceases to be entitled to 33  1 / 3 % or more of the votes entitled to be cast, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the votes entitled to be cast is required to alter, amend or repeal, or adopt any provision inconsistent with the control provisions described above; however, after IPC no longer owns shares for its own account entitling it to cast at least 33  1 / 3 % of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the then outstanding common stock, any such alteration, adoption, amendment or repeal would be approved if a quorum is present and the votes favoring the action exceed the votes opposing it. Accordingly, until such time, so long as IPC controls at least 33  1 / 3 % of the votes entitled to be cast, it can prevent any such alteration, adoption, amendment or repeal.

References to “IPC” in the this “Description of Capital Stock” includes Irving Place Capital Management, L.P., and its affiliates, and certain funds with an economic interest in our common stock.

Limitation of Liability of Directors

Our certificate of incorporation provides that none of our directors shall be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent otherwise required by the DGCL. The effect of this provision is to eliminate our rights, and our stockholders’ rights, to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of a fiduciary duty of care as a director. This provision does not limit or eliminate our right, or the right of any stockholder, to seek non-monetary relief, such as an injunction or rescission in the event of a breach of a director’s duty of care. In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that if the DGCL is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of a director, then the liability of the directors shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended. These provisions will not alter the liability of directors under federal or state securities laws. Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws also includes provisions for the indemnification of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL. Further, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with certain of our directors and officers which require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities which may arise by reason of the directors’ status or service as a director, so long as the indemnitee acted in good faith. We also intend to maintain director and officer liability insurance, if available on reasonable terms.

Listing

Our common stock has been approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “VSI,” subject to official notice of issuance.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be BNY Mellon Shareowner Services.

 

93


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the possibility of these sales, could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity at a time and price we deem appropriate.

Upon consummation of this offering, we will have outstanding 27,667,128 shares of common stock, all of which will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any common stock held by our “affiliates,” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which would be subject to the limitations and restrictions described below.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, the selling stockholders, IPC/Vitamin LLC and each of our directors and executive officers and other stockholders have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions described below, not to (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clauses (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (iii) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible or exchangeable for our common stock, during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Barclays Capital Inc., on behalf of the underwriters. The underwriters may waive these restrictions in their discretion. Currently, the underwriters have no intention to release the aforementioned holders of our common stock from the lock-up restrictions described above.

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if (i) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (ii) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day restricted period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event.

Our lock-up agreement will provide exceptions for, among other things:

 

   

the securities to be sold in connection with this offering;

 

   

transfers by our directors, executive officers and other stockholders as bona fide gifts as long as the recipient agrees to be bound by the terms of the lock-up provisions; and

 

   

distributions of shares of common stock to members or stockholders of our stockholders as long as the recipient agrees to be bound by the terms of the lock-up provisions.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the consummation of this offering, a person (or persons whose common stock is required to be aggregated), who is an affiliate, and who has beneficially owned our common stock for at least six months is entitled to sell in any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately 276,671 shares immediately after consummation of this offering; or

 

94


Table of Contents
   

the average weekly trading volume in our shares on the New York Stock Exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such a sale, subject to restrictions.

Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. An “affiliate” is a person that directly, or indirectly though one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with an issuer.

Under Rule 144, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months (including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate), would be entitled to sell those shares without limitation subject only to availability of current, public information, and after beneficially owning such shares for at least 12 months. To the extent that our affiliates sell their common stock, other than pursuant to Rule 144 or a registration statement, the purchaser’s holding period for the purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144 commences on the date of transfer from the affiliate.

Rule 701

Rule 701, as currently in effect, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions, including the holding period requirement, of Rule 144. Any of our employees, officers, directors or consultants who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell their shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares.

Stock Options

We intend to file a Registration Statement on Form S-8 registering 5,153,541 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options or reserved for future issuance under the 2006 Plan and the 2009 Plan. As of October 12, 2009, options to purchase a total of 2,017,621 shares of our common stock were outstanding and 729,762 shares of our common stock were reserved for future issuance under the 2006 and 2009 Plans. Once the Registration Statement on Form S-8 is filed, our common stock issued upon exercise of outstanding vested options, other than common stock issued to our affiliates, will be available for immediate resale in the open market.

Warrants

As of June 27, 2009, there were warrants outstanding to purchase approximately 567,163 shares of VS Parent, Inc. common stock. Upon consummation of this offering, the warrants will be automatically exercised for 1,055,540 shares of our common stock.

Registration Rights

Beginning 180 days after the date of this offering, holders of approximately 17.1 million shares of our common stock will be able to require us to conduct a registered public offering of their shares. In addition, holders of approximately 18.3 million shares of our common stock will be entitled to have their shares included for sale in subsequent registered offerings of our common stock. See “Certain Relationships and Transactions—Securityholders Agreement.” Registration of such shares under the Securities Act would, except for shares purchased by affiliates, result in such shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration.

 

95


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a summary of material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock to a non-U.S. holder. For purposes of this summary, a “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

a nonresident alien individual;

 

   

a foreign corporation; or

 

   

a foreign estate or foreign trust.

In the case of a holder that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes that holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our common stock, then you should consult your own tax advisors.

This summary is based upon the provisions of the Code, the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those summarized below. We cannot assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary.

This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxes that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their personal circumstances, and does not deal with federal taxes other than the federal income tax or with foreign, state, local or other tax considerations. Special rules, not discussed here, may apply to certain non-U.S. holders, including:

 

   

U.S. expatriates;

 

   

controlled foreign corporations;

 

   

passive foreign investment companies; and

 

   

corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax.

Such non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them.

This summary applies only to a non-U.S. holder that holds our common stock as a capital asset (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code), and assumes that no item of income or gain in respect of the common stock at any time will be effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder.

If you are considering the purchase of our common stock, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences to you of the ownership of common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under U.S. tax laws other than the federal income tax law or under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

Dividends

Dividends paid to you (to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

If you wish to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate and to avoid backup withholding tax, as discussed below, for dividends, then you must (a) provide the withholding agent with a properly completed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form), and certify under penalties of perjury that you are not a U.S. person, as defined in the Code, and are eligible for treaty benefits or (b) if our common stock

 

96


Table of Contents

is held through certain foreign intermediaries, satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain non-U.S. holders other than corporations or individuals.

If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, then you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing timely an appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

You generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock, unless:

 

   

if you are an individual, you are present in the U.S. for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale or other taxable disposition, and you have a “tax home” in the U.S.; or

 

   

we are or have been during a specified testing period a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If the first bullet point immediately above is applicable to you, any gain derived on the sale or taxable disposition of our common stock will be subject to a flat 30.0% tax, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses. We believe that we have not been and are not, and we do not anticipate becoming, a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

We must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to you the amount of dividends paid to you and amount of tax, if any, withheld with respect to such dividends. The Internal Revenue Service may make the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding available to the tax authorities in the country in which you are resident.

In addition, you may be subject to information reporting requirements and backup withholding tax with respect to dividends paid on, and the proceeds of disposition of, shares of our common stock, unless, generally, you certify under penalties of perjury (usually on Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN) that you are not a U.S. person or you otherwise establish an exemption. Additional rules relating to information reporting requirements and backup withholding tax with respect to payments of the proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock are as follows:

 

   

If the proceeds are paid to or through the U.S. office of a broker, they generally will be subject to backup withholding tax and information reporting, unless you certify under penalties of perjury (usually on Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN) that you are not a U.S. person or you otherwise establish an exemption.

 

   

If the proceeds are paid to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is not a U.S. person and is not a foreign person with certain specified U.S. connections (a “U.S.-related person”), information reporting and backup withholding tax will not apply.

 

   

If the proceeds are paid to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is a U.S. person or a U.S. related person, they generally will be subject to information reporting (but not to backup withholding tax), unless you certify under penalties of perjury (usually on Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN) that you are not a U.S. person or you otherwise establish an exemption.

Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding tax rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished by you to the Internal Revenue Service.

Effect of Accounting and Tax Treatment on Compensation Decisions

In Fiscal 2008, while we generally considered the financial accounting and tax implications of our executive compensation decisions, these implications were not material considerations in the compensation awarded to our named executive officers during such fiscal year.

 

97


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Barclays Capital Inc. are acting as joint book-running managers of this offering and representatives of the underwriters. Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below have severally agreed to purchase, and we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to them, the number of shares of common stock indicated in the table below:

 

Underwriters

   Number of
Shares

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Piper Jaffray & Co

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  
    

Total

   9,096,077
    

The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and the selling stockholders and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described below. The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions, and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $             per share under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

The selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate 1,364,411 of additional shares of common stock at the public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 (the mid-point of the range on the cover of this prospectus) the total price to the public would be approximately $156.9 million, the total underwriters’ discounts and commissions would be approximately $11.0 million.

Commissions and Discounts

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions that we and the selling stockholders are to pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option.

 

     Paid by Us    Paid by the Selling
Stockholders
     No
Exercise
   Full
Exercise
   No
Exercise
   Full
Exercise

Per Share

   $             $             $             $         

Total

   $             $             $             $         

 

98


Table of Contents

In addition, we estimate that our expenses for this offering other than underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us will be approximately $3.5 million. The underwriters have agreed to reimburse us for certain deal related expenses.

Public Offering Price

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the shares of common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price will be our future prospects and those of our industry in general; sales, earnings and other financial operating information in recent periods; and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios and market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours. The estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors. An active trading market for the shares may not develop, and it is possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the market above their initial offering price.

Discretionary Shares

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them. The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to discretionary accounts without the prior specific written approval of the customer.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, the selling stockholders, all of our directors and officers and holders of our outstanding stock and holders of securities exercisable for or convertible into shares of common stock have agreed that, subject to specified exceptions, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Barclays Capital Inc. on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period beginning on the date of this prospectus and ending 180 days thereafter:

 

   

offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock;

 

   

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of common stock; or

 

   

make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock;

with respect to the first and second bullets above, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

The restrictions described in the preceding paragraphs do not apply to:

 

   

the sale by us or the selling stockholders of shares to the underwriters in connection with the offering;

 

   

the transfer by our directors, executive officers and other stockholders of shares of common stock as a bona fide gift or gifts; or

 

   

distributions of share of common stock to members or stockholders of our stockholders.

With respect to the second and third bullets, it shall be a condition to the transfer or distribution that the transferee execute and deliver a copy of the lock-up agreement and that no filing by any donee or transferee with the SEC shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer or distribution other than a filing on Form 5 made after the expiration of the 180-day restricted period.

 

99


Table of Contents

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:

 

   

during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs; or

 

   

prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day restricted period,

in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

In order to facilitate this offering of common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the option to purchase additional shares or by purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the option to purchase additional shares, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. In addition, to stabilize the price of the common stock, the underwriters may bid for and purchase shares of common stock in the open market. Finally, the underwriting syndicate may reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the common stock in the offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed common stock to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

Listing on the New York Stock Exchange

Our common stock has been approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “VSI,” subject to official notice of issuance.

Indemnification

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities under the Securities Act, including liabilities arising out of or based upon certain material misstatements or omissions. If we, the selling stockholders or the underwriters are unable to provide this indemnification, we, the selling stockholders or the underwriters, as applicable, will contribute to payments the other party or parties may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters and/or selling group members participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter or selling group member, prospective investors may be allowed to

 

100


Table of Contents

place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the representatives on the same basis as other allocations.

Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s or selling group member’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter or selling group member is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter or selling group member in its capacity as underwriter or selling group member and should not be relied upon by investors.

Other Relationships

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us. These underwriters have received customary fees and commissions for these transactions. Additionally, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., an affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., is agent and issuing bank under our 2009 revolving credit facility, for which they have or will receive customary fees. Chase Lincoln First Commercial Corporation, an affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., is a lender under this facility.

A portion of the net proceeds from the offering will be used to redeem our outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, plus accrued and undeclared dividends. The Series A Preferred Stock is held by, among others, IPC/Vitamin, LLC, an affiliate of IPC and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., through its affiliates IPC/Vitamin, LLC, The BSC Employee Fund III, L.P. The BSC Employee Fund IV, L.P. and JPMP (BHCA) LP, has an economic interest in approximately 25% of our common stock outstanding as of October 9, 2009.

We and IPC are parties to an advisory services agreement, pursuant to which general advisory and management services are to be provided to us with respect to financial and operating matters including (i) identification, support, negotiation and analysis of acquisitions and dispositions; (ii) support, negotiation and analysis of financing alternatives; (iii) certain finance functions, including assistance in the preparation of financial projections and monitoring of financing agreements compliance; and (iv) certain marketing and human resource functions. Under the terms of the advisory services agreement, we pay fees for these services equal to the greater of $187,500 or 0.25% of our gross sales for the preceding fiscal quarter. Such fees are paid each quarter. Amounts paid during the six months ended June 27, 2009 and June 28, 2008 were approximately $0.8 million and $0.7 million, respectively. Amounts paid during Fiscal 2008, Fiscal 2007 and Fiscal 2006 were approximately $1,527,000, $1,365,000, and $1,264,000, respectively. Upon the completion of this offering, this agreement will terminate automatically and we will be obligated to make a lump sum payment of the advisory fee that would be payable in respect of the then current fiscal quarter, as well as the minimum advisory fee per the agreement for four additional quarters, which we expect may total approximately $1.2 million.

IPC and certain of our senior management stockholders are party to a securityholders agreement that governs certain relationships among, and contains certain rights and obligations of, such stockholders. Pursuant to the agreement, each party agreed to take all action necessary to ensure the persons designated by IPC serve on our board of directors. Additionally, the securityholders agreement provides that the persons designated by IPC shall comprise a majority of directors on the board of directors of any of the subsidiaries of VS Holdings, Inc. and of any committee of the board of VS Holdings, Inc. or any of its subsidiaries.

Conflict of Interest

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or “FINRA,” the successor to the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or “NASD.” Under Rule 2720 of the NASD Conduct Rules, we are considered an affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. because, as stated above, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. has an economic interest in approximately 25% of our common stock outstanding as of

 

101


Table of Contents

October 9, 2009. Under Rule 2720, when a FINRA member participates in the underwriting of an affiliate’s equity securities, the public offering price per share can be no higher than that recommended by a “qualified independent underwriter” meeting certain standards. Barclays Capital Inc. is assuming the responsibilities of acting as the qualified independent underwriter in pricing the offering and conducting due diligence. The initial public offering price of the shares of our common stock will be no higher than the price recommended by Barclays Capital Inc., which will not receive any additional compensation in connection with its acting as a qualified independent underwriter. We have agreed to indemnify Barclays Capital Inc. against any liabilities arising in connection with its role as a qualified independent underwriter, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Selling Restrictions

The common stock is being offered for sale in those jurisdictions in the United States, Europe and elsewhere where it is lawful to make such offers.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

  (b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

  (c) by the underwriters to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (d) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive;

provided that no such offer of shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any representative of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

Any person making or intending to make any offer of shares within the EEA should only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to produce a prospectus for such offer. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares through any financial intermediary, other than offers made by the underwriters which constitute the final offering of shares contemplated in this prospectus.

For the purposes of this provision, and your representation below, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

 

102


Table of Contents

Each person in a Relevant Member State who receives any communication in respect of, or who acquires any shares under, the offer of shares contemplated by this prospectus will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with us and each underwriter that:

 

  (a) it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive; and

 

  (b) in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, (i) the shares acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive), or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been given to the offer or resale; or (ii) where shares have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Relevant Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of those shares to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been made to such persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

This document, as well as any other material relating to the shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, do not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The shares will not be listed on the SWX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the documents relating to the shares, including, but not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of SWX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SWX Swiss Exchange. The shares are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement, i.e. to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who do not purchase the shares with the intention to distribute them to the public. The investors will be individually approached by us from time to time. This document, as well as any other material relating to the shares, is personal and confidential and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This document may only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offering described herein and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to other persons without our express consent. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This document relates to an exempt offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority. This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in those rules. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with exempt offers. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it. The shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorised financial adviser.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

This prospectus is not a formal disclosure document and has not been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC. It does not purport to contain all information that an investor or their professional advisers would expect to find in a prospectus for the purposes of Chapter 6D.2 of the Australian Corporations Act 2001, or the Act, in relation to the securities or our company.

This prospectus is not an offer to retail investors in Australia generally. Any offer of securities in Australia is made on the condition that the recipient is a “sophisticated investor” within the meaning of section 708(8) of

 

103


Table of Contents

the Act or a “professional investor” within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Act, or on condition that the offer to that recipient can be brought within the exemption for ‘Small-Scale Offerings’ (within the meaning of section 708(1) of the Act). If any recipient does not satisfy the criteria for these exemptions, no applications for securities will be accepted from that recipient. Any offer to a recipient in Australia, and any agreement arising from acceptance of the offer, is personal and may only be accepted by the recipient.

If a recipient on-sells their securities within 12 months of their issue, that person will be required to lodge a disclosure document with ASIC unless either:

 

   

the sale is pursuant to an offer received outside Australia or is made to a “sophisticated investor” within the meaning of 708(8) of the Act or a “professional investor” within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Act; or

 

   

it can be established that our company issued, and the recipient subscribed for, the securities without the purpose of the recipient on-selling them or granting, issuing or transferring interests in, or options or warrants over them.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of the issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) or any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in India

This prospectus has not been and will not be registered as a prospectus with the Registrar of Companies in India. This prospectus or any other material relating to these securities may not be circulated or distributed, directly or indirectly, to the public or any members of the public in India. Further, persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are required to inform themselves about and to observe any such restrictions. Each prospective investor is advised to consult its advisors about the particular consequences to it of an investment in these securities. Each prospective investor is also advised that any investment in these securities by it is subject to the regulations prescribed by the Reserve Bank of India and the Foreign Exchange Management Act and any regulations framed thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

 

104


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Korea

Our securities may not be offered, sold and delivered directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the Securities and Exchange Act and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law and the decrees and regulations thereunder. Our securities have not been registered with the Financial Supervisory Commission of Korea for public offering in Korea. Furthermore, our securities may not be resold to Korean residents unless the purchaser of our securities complies with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to government approval requirements under the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law and its subordinate decrees and regulations) in connection with the purchase of our securities.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275 (1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole whole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (ii) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (iii) by operation of law.

By accepting this prospectus, the recipient hereof represents and warrants that he is entitled to receive it in accordance with the restrictions set forth above and agrees to be bound by limitations contained herein. Any failure to comply with these limitations may constitute a violation of law.

 

105


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Kirkland & Ellis LLP, New York, New York. Certain partners of Kirkland & Ellis LLP collectively indirectly hold less than 1% of each of the common stock and preferred stock of VS Parent, Inc. The validity of the shares offered hereby will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 27, 2008 and December 29, 2007, and for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended December 27, 2008 included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein (which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the consolidated financial statements and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to the adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an Interpretation of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109,” effective December 31, 2006). Such consolidated financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, including the exhibits with the registration statement, with respect to the shares offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all the information contained in the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and shares to be sold in this offering, we refer you to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document to which we make reference are not necessarily complete.

You may read a copy or any portion of the registration statement or any reports, statements or other information we file at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference room. You can receive copies of these documents upon payment of a duplicating fee by writing to the SEC. Our SEC filings, including the registration statement, will also be available to you on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

We currently are required to file reports with the SEC pursuant to the covenants in the indenture governing our Notes. Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and, in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the regional offices, public reference facilities and Internet site of the SEC referred to above.

 

106


Table of Contents

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     Page

VS Holdings, Inc.

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 27, 2008 and December 29, 2007

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended December 27, 2008, December  29, 2007 and December 30, 2006

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the fiscal years ended December  27, 2008, December 29, 2007 and December 30, 2006

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended December 27, 2008, December  29, 2007 and December 30, 2006

   F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-7

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 27, 2009 (unaudited) and December  27, 2008 (unaudited)

   F-37

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the six months ended June 27, 2009 (unaudited) and June 28, 2008 (unaudited)

   F-38

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 27, 2009 (unaudited) and June 28, 2008 (unaudited)

   F-39

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity for the six months ended June 27, 2009 (unaudited)

   F-40

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

   F-41

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

VS Holdings, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of VS Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 27, 2008 and December 29, 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended December 27, 2008. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of VS Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary as of December 27, 2008 and December 29, 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended December 27, 2008, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109”, effective December 31, 2006.

 

/s/   Deloitte & Touche LLP
  New York, New York
  March 18, 2009 (July 20, 2009 as to net income per common share data described in Note 3)

 

F-2


Table of Contents

VS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share data)

 

     December 27,
2008
    December 29,
2007
 
ASSETS     

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,623      $ 1,453   

Inventories

     106,891        97,809   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     13,005        11,587   

Deferred income taxes

     4,750        1,556   
                

Total current assets

     126,269        112,405   

Property and equipment, net

     82,989        63,270   

Goodwill

     177,248        177,248   

Other intangibles, net

     71,088        68,223   

Other assets:

    

Deferred financing fees, net of accumulated amortization of $3,536 and $2,368, respectively

     4,097        5,265   

Other

     462        319   

Security deposits

     1,537        1,553   
                

Total other assets

     6,096        7,137   
                

Total assets

   $ 463,690      $ 428,283   
                
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

Current liabilities:

    

Current portion of capital lease obligation

   $ 1,111      $   

Revolving credit facility

     17,000          

Accounts payable

     24,348        35,349   

Deferred sales

     13,039        11,212   

Accrued salaries and related expenses

     5,454        4,850   

Accrued interest

     2,170        2,551   

Other accrued expenses

     10,800        7,216   
                

Total current liabilities

     73,922        61,178   

Long-term debt

     165,000        165,000   

Capital lease obligation, net of current portion

     3,271          

Deferred income taxes

     23,363        20,282   

Other long-term liabilities

     8,721        5,057   

Deferred rent

     20,883        16,972   

Commitments and contingencies

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000 shares authorized, 100 shares issued and outstanding at December 27, 2008 and at December 29, 2007

              

Additional paid-in capital

     159,556        157,204   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (2,614     (1,350

Retained earnings

     11,588        3,940   
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     168,530        159,794   
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 463,690      $ 428,283   
                

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

VS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Year Ended  
     December 27,
2008
    December 29,
2007
    December 30,
2006
 

Net sales

   $ 601,540      $ 537,872      $ 486,026   

Cost of goods sold

     405,659        360,346        326,523   
                        

Gross profit

     195,881        177,526        159,503   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     158,617        143,468        128,646   

Related party expenses

     1,523        1,365        1,356   
                        

Income from operations

     35,741        32,693        29,501   

Other

     —          —          (366

Interest income

     (62     (234     (350

Interest expense

     21,253        22,340        22,161   
                        

Interest expense, net

     21,191        22,106        21,811   
                        

Income before provision for income taxes

     14,550        10,587        8,056   

Provision for income taxes

     6,341        3,792        3,242   
                        

Net income

     8,209        6,795        4,814   

Accumulated preferred stock dividends

     —          —          4,123   
                        

Net income applicable to common stockholders

   $ 8,209      $ 6,795      $ 691   
                        

Weighted average common shares outstanding

      

Basic

     100        100        100   

Diluted

     100        100        104   

Net income per common share

      

Basic

   $ 82,090      $ 67,950      $ 6,910   

Diluted

   $ 82,090      $ 67,950      $ 6,644   

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

VS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except share data)

 

    Preferred Stock                                                
    Series A     Common Stock     Note
Receivable
Due from
Officer
              Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
    Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)
       
    Shares     Amounts     Shares     Amounts       Additional
Paid-In-
Capital
  Warrants         Total  

Balance at December 31, 2005

  79,860        1      7,617,000        76        (1,500     151,040     5,666               (7,428     147,855   

Net income

                                                     4,814        4,814   

Interest Rate Swap, net of taxes of $209

                                              478               478   
                         

Total Comprehensive Income

                      5,292   

Equity Compensation

                                   524                          524   

Recapitalization

  (79,860     (1   (7,616,900     (76     1,500        4,078     (5,666                   (165
                                                                         

Balance at December 30, 2006

              100                      155,642            478        (2,614     153,506   

Net income

                                                     6,795        6,795   

Interest Rate Swap, net of taxes of $1.1 million

                                              (1,828            (1,828
                         

Total Comprehensive Income

                      4,967   

Equity Compensation

                                   1,562                          1,562   

Adoption of FIN 48 (see Note 7)

                                                     (241     (241
                                                                         

Balance at December 29, 2007

              100                      157,204            (1,350     3,940        159,794   

Net income

                                                     8,209        8,209   

Interest Rate Swap, net of taxes of $808

                                              (1,264            (1,264
                         

Total Comprehensive Income

                      6,945   

Equity Compensation

                                   2,352                          2,352   

Dividend to Parent

                                                     (561     (561
                                                                         

Balance at December 27, 2008

       $      100      $      $      $ 159,556   $      $ (2,614   $ 11,588      $ 168,530   
                                                                         

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

VS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended  
     December 27,
2008
    December 29,
2007
    December 30,
2006
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income

   $ 8,209      $ 6,795      $ 4,814   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     18,651        16,044        14,811   

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

     79        80        8   

Deferred income taxes

     695        2,255        2,640   

Deferred rent

     3,447        2,207        2,054   

Equity compensation expense

     2,352        1,562        524   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Inventories

     (9,082     (15,634     (8,043

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     74        (803     1,074   

Other non-current assets

     (127     625        (221

Accounts payable

     (10,908     8,677        (1,144

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     5,634        (1,536     238   

Other long-term liabilities

     564        346          
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     19,588        20,618        16,755   
                        

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Capital expenditures

     (31,895     (14,074     (13,475

Trademarks and other intangible assets

     (3,494     (18     (105
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (35,389     (14,092     (13,580
                        

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Borrowings under revolving credit agreement

     20,000        4,000          

Repayment of borrowings under revolving credit agreement

     (3,000     (10,500     (5,627

Dividend to Parent

     (561              

Payments of capital lease obligation

     (468              

Deferred financing fees

            (45     (860
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     15,971        (6,545     (6,487
                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     170        (19     (3,312

Cash and cash equivalents beginning of year

     1,453        1,472        4,784   
                        

Cash and cash equivalents end of year

   $ 1,623      $ 1,453      $ 1,472   
                        

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

      

Interest paid

   $ 20,386      $ 21,895      $ 21,308   

Income taxes paid

   $ 5,919      $ 752      $ 401   

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing activities:

      

Accrued purchases of property and equipment

   $ 2,134      $ 2,227      $   

Assets acquired under capital lease

   $ 4,850      $      $   

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash financing activities:

      

Dividend to VS Parent, Inc.

   $      $      $ 1,665   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

VS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Basis of Presentation

VS Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”), is incorporated in the State of Delaware, and through its wholly owned subsidiary, Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. (“Subsidiary” or “VSI”) and VSI’s wholly owned subsidiary, VS Direct Inc. (“Direct,” and, together with Holdings and VSI, the “Company”), is a leading specialty retailer and direct marketer of nutritional products. Sales of both national brands and “The Vitamin Shoppe” and “BodyTech” brands of vitamins, minerals, nutritional supplements, herbs, sports nutrition formulas, homeopathic remedies and other health and beauty aids are made through VSI-owned retail stores, the Internet and mail order catalogs to customers located primarily in the United States. VSI operates from its headquarters in North Bergen, New Jersey.

The consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 27, 2008, December 29, 2007 and December 30, 2006 include the accounts of Holdings, VSI and VSI’s wholly owned subsidiary Direct. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

The Company’s fiscal year ends on the last Saturday in December. As used herein, the term “Fiscal Year” or “Fiscal” refers to the 52-week period ending the last Saturday in December. Fiscal 2008 is a 52-week period ended December 27, 2008, Fiscal 2007 is a 52-week period ended December 29, 2007, and Fiscal 2006 is a 52-week period ended December 30, 2006.

2. Reorganization and Recapitalization

On June 12, 2006, VS Parent, Inc. (“Parent”), a Delaware corporation, then a newly created wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings’ entered into a reverse merger with Holdings by which Parent merged with and into Holdings, with Holdings being the surviving corporation. By operation of the merger, Holdings became a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Parent. In connection therewith, each share (or fractional share) of Series A Preferred Stock of Holdings was converted into a right to receive a share (or fractional share) of Series A preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share of Parent, and each share (or fractional share) of common stock of Holdings was converted into a share (or fractional share) of common stock, par value $0.01 per share of Parent, and all equity grants (1,533,519 stock options and 567,163 warrants) of Holdings were converted on a one-to-one basis into grants permitting the right to receive a share of Parent’s common stock upon exercise. Subsequent to the reverse merger, Holdings was authorized to issue 1,000 shares of Common Stock, whereby 100 shares were issued to Parent. In addition, a dividend of $1.7 million, recorded within additional paid-in-capital, was made from Holdings to Parent for a note receivable of $1.5 million, which was accounted for as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, and related accrued interest receivable of $0.2 million.

3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates —The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents —All highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less are considered to be cash equivalents.

Inventories —Inventories, which are comprised solely of finished goods, are stated at the lower of cost or market value. Cost is determined using the moving weighted average method. Finished goods inventory includes

 

F-7


Table of Contents

the cost of labor and overhead required to package products. In addition, the cost of inventory is reduced by purchase discounts and allowances received from certain of our vendors. The Company estimates losses for excess and/or obsolete inventory and the net realizable value of inventory based on the aging of inventory and the valuation of the likelihood of recovering the inventory costs based on anticipated demand. The following table details the activity and balances for the Company’s reserve for obsolete inventory at December 27, 2008, December 29, 2007 and December 30, 2006 (in thousands):

 

     Balance
Beginning
of Year
   Amounts
Charged to
Cost of Goods Sold
   Uses of
Reserves
    Balance at
End of
Year

Obsolescence Reserves:

          

Year Ended December 27, 2008

   $ 1,252.8    $ 1,929.3    $ (1,793.0   $ 1,389.1

Year Ended December 29, 2007

     1,315.6      1,334.0      (1,396.8     1,252.8

Year Ended December 30, 2006

     1,750.6      1,081.9      (1,516.9     1,315.6

Property and Equipment —Property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation and amortization are provided for on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Furniture, fixtures and equipment are depreciated over three to fifteen years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their useful lives or related lease terms. In accordance with the AICPA’s Statement of Position 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use , the direct internal and external costs associated with the development of the features and functionality of the Company’s websites, transaction processing systems, telecommunications infrastructure and network operations, are capitalized and are amortized on a straight line basis over the estimated lives of five years. Capitalization of costs begin when the preliminary project stage is completed and management authorizes and commits to funding the computer software project and that it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used to perform the function intended. Depreciation of the assets commence when they are put into use. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred and expenditures for major renovations and improvements are capitalized. Upon retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the applicable cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gains or losses are included in the results of operations.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Other Intangibles —The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to undiscounted pre-tax future net cash flows expected to be generated by that asset. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. To date, no such impairment has been recognized. Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized but are reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if circumstances indicate a possible impairment may have occurred.

Goodwill and Other Intangibles —Goodwill is not amortized but is reviewed for impairment at least annually, in the fourth quarter of each year, or whenever impairment indicators exist. Judgments regarding the existence of impairment indicators are based on market conditions and operational performance of the business. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level (the Company’s operating segments). Impairment tests involve calculating the fair value of both reporting units using the discounted cash flow analysis method and the market multiples method which is used primarily for additional validation of the value calculated. Both of these valuation methods require certain assumptions and estimates be made by the Company regarding certain industry trends and future profitability. It is the Company’s policy to conduct goodwill impairment testing from information based on the most current business projections, which include projected future revenues and cash flows. The cash flows utilized in the discounted cash flow analysis are based on five-year financial forecasts developed internally by management. Cash flows for each unit are discounted using an internally derived weighted average cost of capital which reflects the costs of borrowing for the funding of each unit as well as the risk associated with the units themselves. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we

 

F-8


Table of Contents

would compare the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with its carrying value. To compute the implied fair value, we would assign the fair value of the reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit (including any unrecognized intangible assets) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. The excess of the fair value of a reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. To the extent that the implied fair value associated with the goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets is less than the recorded value, this would result in a write down of the carrying value of the asset. Impairment tests between annual tests may be undertaken if an event occurs or circumstances change that would reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. The valuation of the goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets is affected by, among other things, the Company’s projections for the future and estimated results of future operations. Changes in the business plan or operating results that are different than the estimates used to develop the valuation of the assets may impact these valuations. Intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized but are reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if circumstances indicate a possible impairment may have occurred. For those intangible assets which have definite lives, the Company amortizes their cost on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives which are various periods based on their contractual terms.

Insurance Liabilities Based on the Company’s assessment of risk and cost efficiency, the Company purchases insurance policies to provide for workers’ compensation, general liability, and property losses, as well as director’s and officer’s liability, vehicle liability and employee medical benefits. Effective January 1, 2006, the Company self insures its employee medical benefits. At December 30, 2006, the accrual for claims incurred but not reported amounted to $0.4 million.

Rent Expenses, Deferred Rent and Landlord Construction Allowances Rent expense and rent incentives, including landlord construction allowances, are recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company records rent expense for stores and the distribution center as a component of cost of goods sold. The Company accounts for landlord construction allowances as lease incentives and records them as a component of deferred rent, which is recognized in cost of goods sold over the lease term.

Deferred Financing Costs The Company capitalizes costs directly associated with acquiring third-party financing. Deferred financing costs are included in other assets and are amortized as interest expense over the term of the related indebtedness.

Revenue Recognition —The Company recognizes revenue, net of sales returns, when merchandise is sold “over-the-counter” in retail stores or upon delivery to a direct customer. To arrive at net sales, gross sales are reduced by actual customer returns and a provision for estimated future customer returns, which is based on management’s review of historical and current customer returns. The following table details the activity and balances of the sales return reserves at December 27, 2008, December 29, 2007 and December 30, 2006 (in thousands):

 

     Balance
Beginning
of Year
   Amounts
Charged

to Sales
   Write-Offs/Recoveries
Against Reserves
    Balance at
End of
Year

Sales return reserves:

          

Year Ended December 27, 2008

   $ 119.9    $ 10,739.0    $ (10,756.1   $ 102.8

Year Ended December 29, 2007

     112.5      9,973.5      (9,966.1     119.9

Year Ended December 30, 2006

     190.9      9,295.0      (9,373.4     112.5

Cost of Goods Sold —The Company includes the cost of inventory sold, costs of warehousing and distribution and store occupancy costs in cost of goods sold. Warehousing and distribution costs include freight on internally transferred merchandise, rent for the distribution center and costs associated with our buying department and distribution facility, including payroll, which are capitalized into inventory and then expensed as merchandise is sold. Store occupancy costs include rent, common area maintenance, real estate taxes, repairs and maintenance, insurance and utilities.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Frequent Buyer Program —The Company has a frequent buyer program whereby customers earn points toward free merchandise based on the volume of purchases. Points are earned each year and must be redeemed within the first three months of the following year or they expire. Sales are deferred based upon points earned and estimated redemptions, which are based on historical redemption data. The Company records a liability for points earned within the current period. This liability is recorded as “deferred sales” on the consolidated balance sheet.

Store Pre-opening Costs —Costs associated with the opening of new retail stores and start up activities are expensed as incurred.

Advertising Costs —Costs associated with the production and distribution of the Company’s monthly and quarterly catalogs are expensed as incurred. The costs of advertising for online marketing arrangements, magazines, television and radio are expensed the first time advertising takes place. Advertising expense was $13.2 million, $13.7 million and $13.1 million for Fiscal 2008, Fiscal 2007 and Fiscal 2006, respectively.

Online Marketing Arrangements —The Company has entered into online marketing arrangements with various online companies. These agreements are established for periods of 24 months, 12 months or, in some cases, a lesser period and generally provide for compensation based on revenue sharing upon the attainment of stipulated revenue amounts or based on the number of visitors that the online company refers to the Company. The Company had no fixed commitments during fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006 relating to fixed payment contracts.

Research and Development Costs —The Company maintains close relationships with its third party branded manufacturers, which allows the Company to be at the forefront of introducing new third-party branded products within the industry. In addition, the Company maintains a product development group that is staffed with employees who oversee our development of new Vitamin Shoppe branded products. During fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006, the Company focused on, and will continue to focus on, developing Vitamin Shoppe branded product offerings for beauty care, condition-specific and branded blended specialty supplements (which are designed to assist with certain conditions, for example, sleep difficulties) and functional foods and beverages (offering further benefits beyond nourishment and hydration, such as additional vitamins and minerals). The Company is also focusing on enhancing its Vitamin Shoppe branded product offerings under the Company’s Bodytech label. Research and development costs are recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations. The Company incurred $1.4 million, $1.6 million, and $1.9 million of research and development expense for the fiscal years ended December 27, 2008, December 29, 2007 and December 30, 2006, respectively.

Income Taxes —Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recorded in accordance with Statements of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxe s” . Deferred income taxes have been provided for temporary differences between the tax bases and financial reporting bases of the Company’s assets and liabilities using the tax rates and laws in effect for the periods in which the differences are expected to reverse.

Effective December 31, 2006, the Company adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (“FIN 48”).” FIN 48 provides guidance for the recognition threshold and measurement attribute for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. In accordance with FIN 48, we recognized an adjustment of $2.7 million, increasing our liability for uncertain tax positions, and interest, and reducing the December 31, 2006 balance of retained earnings by $0.2 million as well as increasing the balance of goodwill by $1.4 million. See Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements for more information on income taxes.

Prior to 2007 and the adoption of FIN 48, reserves were recorded when management determined that it was probable that a loss would be incurred related to these matters and the amount of the loss was reasonably determinable. Subsequent to the adoption of FIN 48, we are required to recognize, at the largest amount that is

 

F-10


Table of Contents

more likely than not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant taxing authority, the impact of an uncertain income tax position on our income tax return. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. The tax positions are analyzed periodically (at least quarterly) and adjustments are made as events occur that warrant adjustments for those positions. We record interest expense and penalties payable to relevant tax authorities as income tax expense.

Comprehensive Income —Comprehensive income represents net income plus the results of certain non-stockholders’ equity changes not reflected in the statement of operations (other comprehensive (loss) income). The amounts recorded in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income for the Company represent the fair value of an interest rate swap, accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.

Financial Instruments Policy —The Company uses interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges to manage our exposure to fluctuating interest rate risk on our debt. In accordance with SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , as amended by SFAS No. 137, SFAS No. 138 and SFAS No. 149, published by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), derivative instruments are reported in the consolidated financial statements at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are to be recorded each period in earnings or other comprehensive income, depending on whether the derivative is designated and effective as part of a hedged transaction and on the type of hedged transaction. Gains or losses on derivative instruments reported in other comprehensive income must be reclassified as earnings in the period in which earnings are effected by the underlying hedged item, and the ineffective portion of all hedges must be recognized in earnings in the current period.

On the date a derivative contract is entered into, SFAS No. 133 requires that a qualifying derivative is required to be designated as (1) a hedge of a recognized asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment (a fair value hedge), or (2) a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to the asset or liability (cash flow hedge). At the inception of the hedging relationship, the Company documents its hedge relationships, including identification of the hedging instruments and the hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge transaction. Derivatives are recorded in the consolidated balance sheet at fair value in other long-term assets or other long-term liabilities. Both at inception of the hedge and quarterly thereafter, the Company performs an assessment to determine whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are expected to be highly effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows of the hedged item.

The effective portion of the changes in fair value of the Company’s interest rate swap, which is designated as a cash flow hedge, is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value is recorded as a component of interest expense. Changes in fair value are estimated by management quarterly, based on dealer quotes.

The Company entered into an interest rate swap during December 2005 on a portion of its $165 million Second Priority Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2012 (the “Notes”), which originally did not qualify for hedge accounting under SFAS No. 133. As a result, the fair market value of the interest rate swap was marked to market at December 31, 2005 with a corresponding adjustment to other expense. The interest rate swap has a maturity date of November 2010. As of the first fiscal quarter of 2006, the interest rate swap qualified for hedge accounting. The fair market value of ($2.3) million at December 29, 2007 was recorded in other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The fair market value of ($4.4) million as of December 27, 2008 is recorded in other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. Of the decrease in market value of $2.1 million in Fiscal 2008, $1.3 million is recorded in comprehensive income, and $0.8 million is recorded in deferred tax assets.

Concentrations of Credit Risk —The Company’s customers are consumers who purchase products at the Company’s retail stores, through the Company’s mail-order services or through the Company’s website. Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally

 

F-11


Table of Contents

of accounts receivable from credit card processors. As of December 30, 2006, there were no significant concentrations of accounts receivable, or related credit risks. Accounts receivable from credit card processors, included in prepaid expenses and other current assets on the consolidated balance sheets, totaled $3.8 million at December 27, 2008 and $4.2 million at December 29, 2007.

Nature’s Value, Inc. is the only supplier from whom the Company purchased at least 5% of its merchandise during Fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006. The Company purchased approximately 7%, 10%, and 12% of its total merchandise from Nature’s Value, Inc. in Fiscal 2008, 2007, and 2006 respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation —Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the fair value method of recording stock-based compensation in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS No.123(R)”), which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all stock-based payment awards made to employees and directors. Under the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the vesting period, net of anticipated forfeitures. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires considerable judgment, including estimating expected volatility, expected term and risk-free rate. Our expected volatility is based on the volatility levels over the past 6.25 years (our holding period) from the average volatility of similar actively traded companies. The expected holding period of the option is calculated using the simplified method using the vesting term of 4 years and the contractual term of 10 years, resulting in 6.25 years. The simplified method was chosen as a means to determine the Company’s holding period as there is no historical option exercise experience due to the Company being privately held. The risk-free interest rate is derived from the average yield for the five and seven year zero-coupon U.S. Treasury Strips.

Compensation expense attributable to stock-based compensation for Fiscal 2008 was approximately $2.4 million, for Fiscal 2007 was approximately $1.6 million and for Fiscal 2006 was approximately $0.5 million. The weighted average grant date fair value for grants was $14.74, $13.10 and $6.09 for Fiscal 2008, Fiscal 2007 and Fiscal 2006, respectively. As of December 27, 2008, the remaining unrecognized stock-based compensation expense for non-vested stock options issued after the effective date of SFAS 123(R) to be expensed in future periods is $5.7 million, and the related weighted-average period over which it is expected to be recognized is 2.5 years. There were 1,243,191 and 708,865 vested and non-vested outstanding options, respectively, at December 27, 2008. SFAS 123(R) requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company estimates forfeitures based on its historical forfeiture rate since the plan inception in Fiscal 2002. The estimated future forfeitures as of December 27, 2008 is approximately $280,000.

The Company previously accounted for stock options under Accounting Principles Bulletin (“APB”) No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB No. 25”), using the intrinsic value method in accounting for our stock option grants. SFAS No. 123(R) permits companies to adopt its requirements using various methods. We adopted the prospective method for all stock option grants issued prior to December 31, 2005. Under the prospective method, those nonpublic companies that used the minimum value method of measuring equity share options and similar instruments for either recognition or pro forma disclosure purposes apply SFAS No. 123(R) prospectively to new awards and to awards modified, repurchased, or cancelled after the required effective date. We continue to account for any portion of awards outstanding at the date of initial application using the accounting principles originally applied to those awards as allowed by the prospective method under SFAS 123(R). As such, no stock-based compensation costs were reflected in net income for those stock option grants issued prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), as the Company was not required to do so under the previous guidance nor under the new guidance.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

The following table represents assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 27,
2008
    December 29,
2007
    December 30,
2006
 

Expected dividend yield

   0.0   0.0   0.0

Volatility factor

   47.9   51.8   56.7

Weighted average risk-free interest rate

   3.2   4.5   5.0

Expected life of option

   6.25 years      6.25 years      6.25 years   

Net Income Per Share — In accordance with SFAS No. 128 “Earnings Per Share” the Company’s basic net income per share excludes the dilutive effect of stock options. It is based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period divided into net income (loss) after deducting accumulated dividends on the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, prior to the assignment of such Series A Preferred Stock to Parent.

Diluted net income per share reflects the potential dilution that would occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock. Stock options and warrants are included as potential dilutive securities prior to the assignment of such stock options and warrants to Parent.

For the purposes of basic and diluted net income per share, as a result of the reverse merger on June 12, 2006, weighted average shares outstanding for purposes of presenting net income per share on a comparative basis were retroactively restated for all periods presented based on the exchange ratio in the reverse merger (the “Exchange Ratio,”) which is 76,170 to 100 shares.

The computation of basic net income per share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. The computation of diluted net income per share assumes the foregoing and the exercise of stock options and warrants using the treasury stock method to the extent dilutive.

Net income per common share for the fiscal year ended December 30, 2006 reflects the impact of stock options, warrants and Preferred Stock prior to their assignment to VS Parent in June 2006.

The components of the calculation of basic net income per common share and diluted net income per common share are as follows (in thousands except share and per share data):

 

     For the Fiscal Years Ended
     December 27,
2008
   December 29,
2007
   December 30,
2006

Numerator:

        

Net income applicable to common stockholders

   $ 8,209    $ 6,795    $ 691

Denominator:

        

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

     100      100      100

Effect of dilutive securities:

        

Options

               1

Warrants

               3
                    

Diluted weighted average common shares

     100      100      104
                    

Basic net income per common share

   $ 82,090    $ 67,950    $ 6,910
                    

Diluted net income per common share

   $ 82,090    $ 67,950    $ 6,644
                    

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Goodwill and Other Intangibles —Goodwill is not amortized but is reviewed for impairment at least annually, in November of each year, or whenever impairment indicators exist. Judgments regarding the existence of impairment indicators are based on market conditions and operational performance of the business. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level (the Company’s operating segments). Impairments tests between annual tests may be undertaken if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of an operating segment below its carrying value. Intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized but are reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if circumstances indicate a possible impairment may have occurred. For those intangible assets which have definite lives, we amortize their cost on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives which are various periods based on their contractual terms.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133,” (“SFAS No. 161”). SFAS No. 161 will require entities to provide enhanced disclosures for derivative activities and hedging activities with regard to the reasons for employing derivative instruments, how they are accounted for, and how these instruments affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. The provisions of SFAS No. 161 are effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. The adoption of SFAS No. 161 will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115,” (“SFAS No. 159”). SFAS No. 159 permits entities to choose to measure and report selected financial assets and liabilities at fair value on an instrument-by-instrument basis, with the objective to reduce both the complexity in accounting for financial instruments and mitigate the volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently. The provisions of SFAS No. 159 were effective in the first quarter of fiscal year 2008. The adoption of SFAS No. 159 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows as the Company did not choose to apply the provisions of SFAS No. 159 to any of its financial liabilities.

Effective December 30, 2007, the Company adopted certain provisions of SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” that apply to certain financial assets and liabilities. This statement defines and establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands fair value disclosures. It does not require any new fair value measurements. The intent of this statement is to increase consistency of definitions and comparability of methods of fair value measurements, as well as to enhance fair value disclosure. SFAS No. 157, as amended by FASB Staff Position 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157” (“FSP 157-2”), requires that the remaining provisions, which apply to certain nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, be made effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company does not expect the adoption of the remaining provisions of SFAS No. 157 and FSP 157-2 to have a material impact on its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Required disclosures are included in Note 13 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), “Business Combinations” (“SFAS No. 141(R)”). SFAS No. 141(R) attempts to improve the relevance and comparability of the information included in companies’ financial reports regarding business combinations and their effects. The statement is effective for acquisitions occurring in fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008, as well as for certain adjustments to income tax items relating to acquisitions completed prior to the adoption date. The adoption of SFAS No. 141(R) can potentially impact the accounting for certain tax related liabilities, which were previously accounted for as an adjustment of goodwill, but will prospectively be accounted for through the income tax provision. Currently the Company cannot determine the impact, if any, the adoption will have on its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The Company acquired $88.0 million of intangible assets and $177.2 million of goodwill in an acquisition completed in Fiscal 2002. The Company also acquired $3.0 million of intangible assets related to an asset purchase in the first quarter of Fiscal 2008, comprised primarily of operating leases, and $0.5 million of intangible assets related to an asset purchase completed in the second quarter of Fiscal 2008, which was primarily attributable to the acquisition of a tradename. Other intangible assets relating to the asset purchases which occurred in the first and second quarters of Fiscal 2008 include customer lists and non-compete agreements.

The following table discloses the carrying value of all intangible assets (in thousands):

 

     December 27, 2008    December 29, 2007

Intangible assets:

   Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Net    Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Net

Intangibles related to asset purchases

   $ 3,000    $  629    $ 2,371    $    $    $

Tradenames

     68,717           68,717      68,223           68,223

Goodwill

     177,248           177,248      177,248           177,248
                                         
   $ 248,965    $  629    $ 248,336    $ 245,471    $    $ 245,471
                                         

Intangible amortization expense for Fiscal 2008 was $0.6 million. There was no amortization expense in Fiscal 2007. Tradenames are not amortized, as they are determined to be intangible assets with indefinite lives. The annual impairment tests for Goodwill and Tradenames were performed during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2008 and neither asset was found to be impaired. The useful lives of the Company’s definite-lived intangibles assets is between 1 to 7 years. The expected amortization expense on definite-lived intangible assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at December 27, 2008, is as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal 2009

   $ 763

Fiscal 2010

     733

Fiscal 2011

     553

Fiscal 2012

     128

Fiscal 2013

     128

Thereafter

     66
      
   $ 2,371
      

5. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of  
     December 27,
2008
    December 29,
2007
 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

   $ 85,909      $ 69,784   

Leasehold improvements

     83,242        68,278   

Website development costs

     12,740        11,180   

Transportation equipment

     21        21   

Construction in progress

     4,321        1,937   
                
     186,233        151,200   

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (103,244     (87,930
                
   $ 82,989      $ 63,270   
                

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Depreciation and amortization expense on property and equipment for the fiscal years ended December 27, 2008, December 29, 2007, and December 30, 2006 was approximately $16.9 million, $14.9 million and $13.7 million, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense is included in Selling, General and Administrative expense in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

6. Credit Arrangements

Debt consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of
     December 27,
2008
   December 29,
2007

Revolving Credit Facility

   $ 17,000    $
             

Second Priority Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes (the “Notes”)

   $ 165,000    $ 165,000
             

2005 Second Priority Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes

Interest on the Notes is set at a per annum rate equal to a three month LIBOR plus 7.5%, which is reset quarterly on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year. The combined weighted average interest rate before the impact of our hedging activities from December 30, 2007 through December 27, 2008 was 10.46%, and for December 31, 2006 through December 29, 2007 was 12.85%. The Notes will mature on November 15, 2012. Interest on overdue principal and interest and liquidated damages, if any, will accrue at a rate that is 1% higher than the applicable interest rate on the Notes. If VSI cannot make payments on the Notes when they are due, Holdings and VSI’s only subsidiary, Direct (collectively, the “Guarantors”), have guaranteed the Notes and must make payments instead. The Notes and the guarantees are secured by a second priority security interest in substantially all of VSI’s and the Guarantors’ assets that secure VSI’s new first priority senior secured credit facility. The Notes and the guarantees are VSI’s, and the Guarantors’ second priority senior secured obligations, and rank equally in right of payment with all of VSI’s and the Guarantors’ existing and future senior indebtedness and senior to all of VSI’s and the Guarantors’ existing and future subordinated indebtedness. The Notes and the guarantees are effectively subordinated to all of VSI’s and the Guarantors’ first priority senior secured indebtedness, including VSI’s new first priority senior secured credit facility, to the extent of the collateral securing such indebtedness. If VSI sells certain assets, issues equity or experiences specific kinds of changes in control, VSI must offer to repurchase the Notes. Since November 15, 2007, VSI has had the option to redeem some or all of the Notes. VSI used the proceeds from the sale of the Notes to repay all of its and Holdings’ existing indebtedness and to pay related fees and expenses.

Revolving Credit Facility

On November 15, 2005, VSI entered into a $50.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”), and VSI has the option to increase or decrease the Credit Facility size by $25.0 million, subject to certain conditions. The availability under the Credit Facility is subject to a borrowing base calculated on the basis of certain eligible accounts receivable from credit card companies and the inventory of VSI and its only subsidiary, Direct. The obligations thereunder are secured by a security interest in substantially all of the assets of Holdings, VSI and Direct. The Credit Facility provides for affirmative and negative covenants affecting Holdings, VSI and Direct. The Credit Facility restricts, among other things, the Company’s ability to incur indebtedness, create or permit liens on the Company’s assets, declare or pay cash dividends and certain other restricted payments, consolidate, merge or recapitalize, acquire or sell assets, make certain investments, loans or other advances, enter into transactions with affiliates, change its line of business, and restricts the types of hedging activities the Company can enter into. The Credit Facility has a maturity date of November 15, 2010. The unused available line of credit at December 27, 2008 was $30.6 million and there were $17.0 million in borrowings outstanding at December 27, 2008. The largest amount borrowed at any given point during Fiscal 2008 was $17.0 million. The Credit Facility includes a $10 million sub-facility for the issuance of letters of credit, of which there were $0.3 million issued and outstanding as of December 27, 2008.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

The borrowings under the Credit Facility accrue interest, at the Company’s option at the rate per annum announced from time to time by the agent as its “prime rate”, or at a per annum rate equal to between 1.25% and 1.75% (depending on excess availability) above the adjusted Eurodollar rate. The combined weighted average interest rate from December 30, 2007 through December 27, 2008 was 4.06%, and from December 31, 2006 through December 29, 2007 was 6.62%.

Scheduled maturities of borrowings are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year

   Total    The Notes    Revolving Credit
Facility (1)

2009

   $    $    $

2010

     17,000           17,000

2011

              

2012

     165,000      165,000     

2013

              

Thereafter

              
                    
   $ 182,000    $ 165,000    $ 17,000
                    

 

(1) The Credit Facility has a maturity date of November 15, 2010, though it is the Company’s intent to pay down the balance during Fiscal 2009. As such the Company classified the facility with current liabilities.

Net interest expense for Fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006 consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 27,
2008
    December 29,
2007
    December 30,
2006
 

Interest on the Notes

   $ 19,404      $ 20,473      $ 20,323   

Amortization of deferred financing fees

     1,168        1,162        1,083   

Revolving credit line and other

     681        705        755   

Interest income

     (62     (234     (350
                        
   $ 21,191      $ 22,106      $ 21,811   
                        

Capital Leases

The Company leases computer equipment under two capital leases, one which commenced in January 2008, that expires in 2011, and another which commenced in September 2008, that expires in 2012. The following is a schedule of the future minimum lease payments under capital leases as of December 27, 2008 (in thousands):

 

Fiscal 2009

   $  1,387

Fiscal 2010

     1,387

Fiscal 2011

     1,387

Fiscal 2012

     825
      

Total

     4,986

Less amount representing interest

     604
      

Present value of minimum lease payments

     4,382

Less current portion of capital lease obligation

     1,111
      
   $ 3,271
      

 

F-17


Table of Contents

7. Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes for Fiscal 2008, Fiscal 2007 and Fiscal 2006 consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
     December 27,
2008
    December 29,
2007
    December 30,
2006

Current:

      

Federal

   $ 3,297      $ 267      $ 140

State

     2,349        1,270        462
                      

Total current

     5,646        1,537        602
                      

Deferred:

      

Federal

     1,003        2,808        2,566

State

     (308     (553     74
                      

Total deferred

     695        2,255        2,640
                      

Provision for income taxes

   $ 6,341      $ 3,792      $ 3,242
                      

A reconciliation of the statutory Federal income tax rate and effective rate of the provision for income taxes is as follows:

 

     Year Ended  
     December 27,
2008
    December 29,
2007
    December 30,
2006
 

Federal statutory rate

   35.0   35.0   35.0

State income taxes, net of Federal income tax benefit

   2.6   2.0   1.2

Impact of state tax rate changes on prior period items

   0.0   (2.8 )%    0.0

Adjustments per FIN 48

   3.1   1.8   0.0

Reserve

   0.0   0.0   3.0

Valuation allowance

   0.0   0.4   0.7

Other

   2.9   (0.5 )%    0.3
                  

Effective tax rate

   43.6   35.8   40.2
                  

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying value of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and amounts used for income tax purposes. The temporary differences and carryforwards that give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 27, 2008 and December 29, 2007 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     As of  
     December 27,
2008
    December 29,
2007
 

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforward

   $ 1,004      $ 2,877   

Deferred rent

     7,351        5,796   

Tenant allowance

     846        804   

Deferred sales

     2,789        2,408   

Organizational costs

     35        40   

Inventory

     2,223        544   

Other comprehensive income

     1,737        929   

Other

     2,902        1,970   
                
     18,887        15,368   

Valuation allowance

     (883     (883
                

Deferred tax assets

     18,004        14,485   
                

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Trade name

     (27,858     (27,829

Accumulated depreciation

     (7,671     (3,698

Prepaid expenses

     (1,088     (1,684
                

Deferred tax liabilities

     (36,617     (33,211
                

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (18,613   $ (18,726
                

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consists of:

    

Deferred tax assets—current

   $ 4,750      $ 1,556   

Deferred tax liabilities—long term

     (23,363     (20,282
                

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (18,613   $ (18,726
                

Management periodically assesses whether the Company is more likely than not to realize some or all of its deferred tax assets. As of December 27, 2008, with the exception of $883,000 of deferred tax assets arising from a net operating loss carryforward for which there is a valuation allowance against (see above table), management determined that the Company is more likely than not to realize the deferred tax assets detailed above.

At December 27, 2008, the Company utilized the entirety of the previous years’ alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) credit carryforward. In addition, Company utilized the entirety of its previous years’ Federal net operating losses carryforward during Fiscal 2008. At December 27, 2008, the Company had state net operating loss carryforwards that range, by jurisdiction, from $1.5 million and $23.7 million, and which expire between 2011 and 2024. Realization of deferred tax assets associated with the net operating loss carryforwards is dependent upon generating sufficient taxable income prior to their expiration by tax jurisdiction. The Company believes that it is more likely than not that certain of these state net operating losses may expire unused and, accordingly, has established a valuation allowance against them. Although realization is not assured for the remaining deferred tax assets, the Company believes it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized through future taxable earnings or alternative tax strategies. However, deferred tax assets could be reduced in the near term if the Company’s estimates of taxable income during the carry forward period are significantly reduced or alternative tax strategies are no longer viable. There was no change in the valuation allowance during Fiscal 2008.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various state jurisdictions. On December 31, 2006 (the first day of the 2007 Fiscal year) the Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, the Company provided an accrual for uncertain tax positions of $3.2 million. Included in the $3.3 million accrual for uncertain tax positions was an adjustment to goodwill for $1.4 million, and a cumulative effect adjustment to reduce the December 31, 2006 beginning balance of retained earnings by $0.2 million. The remainder consisted of tax accruals previously provided for. As of December 27, 2008, the Company has a total unrecognized tax benefits of $4.2 million which is included in Other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. The Company does not currently expect any significant change relative to its accrual for uncertain tax positions in the next twelve months.

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate was approximately $0.7 million at December 29, 2007, and the amount at December 27, 2008 was $4.1 million, after giving effect to the pending adoption of SFAS 141(R) in the first quarter of 2009 (see Note 3 for further discussion). A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

 

Balance at December 30, 2006

   $ 3,209

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     287
      

Balance at December 29, 2007

     3,496

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     380

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     231
      

Balance at December 27, 2008

   $ 4,107
      

The Company recognizes interest related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. At December 27, 2008, the Company has recorded approximately $95,000 of accrued interest included in the aforementioned liability for uncertain tax positions for potential payments related to that liability. Interest recognized through the consolidated statements of operations for Fiscal 2008 was nominal.

The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal examinations by tax authorities for years before 2003 and for state examinations before 2003. However, the tax authorities still have the ability to review the relevance of net operating loss carryforwards created in closed years if such tax attributes are utilized in open years (subsequent to 2003).

8. Stockholders’ Equity

Preferred Stock —Holdings has authorized a total of 500,000 shares of preferred stock and designated 100,000 as Series A Preferred Stock. The remaining 400,000 shares of preferred stock were not designated by Holdings. The Series A Preferred Stock has no voting rights. There is a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share plus all dividends accumulated but unpaid. Dividends accumulate at the rate of 8% of the Series A Preferred Stock liquidation preference. Any sales of Series A Preferred Stock are subject to a stockholders’ agreement. At June 30, 2006, as a result of the reverse merger, each share of Series A Preferred Stock was converted into a right to receive a share (or fractional share) of Series A preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share of Parent. Consequently, there are no shares of Preferred Stock recorded in the Company’s Fiscal 2008 and Fiscal 2007 consolidated financial statements.

S tock Option Plan —In connection with the Acquisition, Holdings adopted the VS Holdings, Inc. 2002 Stock Option Plan (the “2002 Plan”) for certain directors, officers, consultants and employees of the Company. Holdings authorized the issuance of up to 2,046,041 shares of common stock. As of June 2006, the 2002 Plan was amended and assigned to VS Parent where it was adopted as the VS Parent, Inc. 2006 Stock Option Plan (the “2006 Plan”), converting all grants on a one-to-one basis for the right to receive a common share of VS parent upon exercise. The stock options are generally exercisable at no less than the fair market value on the date of

 

F-20


Table of Contents

grant. Generally, options awarded shall become vested in four equal increments on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date on which such options were awarded. The stock options have a maximum term of 10 years. The following table summarizes the activity for the 2006 Plan for Fiscal year 2008 and information about options outstanding at December 27, 2008:

 

     Number of
Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual

Life (years)

Outstanding at December 29, 2007

   1,883,882      $ 19.53   

Granted

   126,362      $ 29.42   

Canceled/forfeited

   (58,188   $ 20.17   
               

Outstanding at December 27, 2008

   1,952,056      $ 20.15    6.41
                 

Vested or expected to vest at December 27, 2008

   1,854,453      $ 20.15    6.41
                 

Vested and exercisable at December 27, 2008

   1,243,191      $ 17.70    5.41
                 

Warrants —At December 31, 2005, Holdings had outstanding 567,163 warrants to purchase Holdings common stock at $0.01 per share. The warrants were issued in connection with the issuance of the Holdco Notes and Opco Notes, are immediately exercisable and expire on November 27, 2012. The fair value of the warrants was determined based on the aggregate fair market value and aggregate purchase price on the closing date. As of June 2006, those warrants were assigned to VS Parent in the reverse merger and are no longer recorded in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

9. Lease Commitments

The Company has non-cancelable operating leases, which expire through 2022. The leases generally contain renewal options for periods ranging from 1 to 10 years and require the Company to pay costs such as real estate taxes and common area maintenance. Contingent rentals are paid based on a percentage of gross sales as defined by lease agreements. The following table provides the net rental expense for all operating leases (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended  
     December 27,
2008
    December 29,
2007
    December 30,
2006
 

Minimum rentals

   $ 55,602      $ 48,471      $ 42,450   

Contingent rentals

     101        61        93   
                        
     55,703        48,532        42,543   

Less: Sublease rentals

     (122     (142     (120
                        

Net rental expense

   $ 55,581      $ 48,390      $ 42,423   
                        

 

F-21


Table of Contents

As of December 27, 2008, the Company’s lease commitments are as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal year ending

   Total
Operating
Leases (1)

2009

   $ 61,744

2010

     61,179

2011

     57,894

2012

     55,405

2013

     48,954

Thereafter

     120,998
      
   $ 406,174
      

 

(1) The operating leases included in the above table do not include contingent rent based upon sales volume, which represented less than 1% of our minimum lease obligations during fiscal 2008. In addition, the operating leases do not include common area maintenance costs or real estate taxes that are paid to the landlord during the year, which combined represented approximately 16.6% of our minimum lease obligations during fiscal 2006.

10. Legal Proceedings

Dwight Thompson v. The Vitamin Shoppe.     The Company opened its first store in California in December 2002, and the Company reclassified its California store managers as non-exempt employees in January 2004. On February 25, 2005, plaintiff Dwight Thompson (“Thompson”), a former store manager, filed suit on behalf of himself and other “similarly situated” current and former California store managers and assistant store managers in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Orange (“Orange County Superior Court”), alleging causes of action for (1) failure to pay overtime wages; (2) unfair business practices under Cal. Bus. & Prof. Code §§ 17000 et seq.; (3) conversion; (4) failure to provide rest and meal periods; and (5) unfair competition under Cal. Bus. & Prof. Code § 17200 et seq. (“UCL”) (the “Thompson Action”). On September 2, 2005, Thompson amended his complaint to include a representative claim for civil penalties under the Labor Code Private Attorneys General Act, Cal. Labor Code §§ 2698 et seq. (“PAGA”), also known as the California “bounty hunter” statute, which may permit Thompson to collect civil penalties on behalf of all other allegedly aggrieved employees for violations of the Labor Code and attorneys’ fees if he prevails. Almost one year later, on July 7, 2006, the same group of plaintiffs’ attorneys who were representing Thompson filed another wage and hour lawsuit against The Vitamin Shoppe based on substantively identical allegations in the Orange County Superior Court, entitled Estel v. The Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. (Case No. 06CC07852) (the “Estel Action”). Plaintiffs in the Estel Action were nine individuals – all of whom were already putative class members in the Thompson Action and in the lawsuit described below, Janine Perry and Thomas Vitrano v. Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. (the “Perry Action”). The parties engaged in some preliminary pre-trial discovery, until the Court stayed the Thompson and Estel Actions pending court approval of the settlement in the Perry Action described below. In December 2007, the Court lifted the stay of the Thompson and Estel Actions and in January 2008, the Court consolidated the Thompson and Estel actions. In the consolidated complaint, the plaintiffs assert nine claims for relief against the Company: (1) failure to pay overtime wages; (2) unfair business practices in violation of Cal. Bus. & Prof. Code §§ 17000 et seq.; (3) conversion; (4) failure to provide meal periods; (5) failure to provide rest periods; (6) unfair competition under the UCL; (7) failure to provide itemized wage statements; (8) failure to provide wages and accrued vacation upon termination; and (9) recovery of civil penalties under PAGA. Plaintiffs purport to bring their UCL and PAGA claims as representative actions and the remaining claims on behalf of a class composed of all current and former assistant managers and managers of the Company who were employed on or after April 14, 2006 (the “Amended Thompson Action”). The Company is defending the Amended Thompson Action vigorously. The case is currently in the discovery phase and no class certification briefing schedule or trial date has been set. Accordingly, as of December 27, 2008, other than as disclosed in the paragraph below, the Company has not accrued any further liabilities related to this litigation.

Janine Perry and Thomas Vitrano v. Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc.     On August 17, 2005, plaintiff Perry, a former assistant store manager, later joined by plaintiff Vitrano, a current store manager, filed suit in the Superior

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Court of the State of California for the County of Marin, alleging miscellaneous wage and hour violations under California law, including, but not limited to, violations related to misclassification of store managers and violations with respect to providing meal and rest periods for store managers and assistant store managers. Plaintiffs’ allegations were similar to the violations alleged in the Thompson matter described above, and plaintiffs sought to bring this action on behalf of themselves and others “similarly situated.” On December 20, 2005, the parties engaged in mediation and entered into a Memorandum of Understanding, which was followed by execution of a formal Settlement Agreement. The Company accrued $0.4 million for the proposed settlement in the last quarter of Fiscal 2005 and has deposited the same in escrow. The settlement received final approval of the Marin County Superior Court in late 2007. There was an interlocutory appeal filed by the plaintiffs’ counsel in the Thompson action, as well as an appeal of the Courts’ final approval of the settlement, both of which were resolved favorably to the Company on June 17, 2009. It is not clear at this time whether appellants will petition the California Supreme Court for review, which they must do on or before July 27, 2009. The $0.4 million that was accrued and deposited in escrow is the Company’s best estimate based on the information available at the time of this filing. However, circumstances in the future may alter the outcome of the proposed settlement. Accordingly, as of March 28, 2009, the Company has not accrued any further liabilities related to this litigation.

Multivitamins Especially for Women Litigation.     On January 19, 2007, media reports noted that an organization called Consumerlab.com had tested various nutritional supplements and found that the Company’s proprietary brand of Multivitamins Especially for Women (the “Product”) contain less calcium than specified on the product label and contain levels of lead that are above what it believes are acceptable parameters. As a precaution, the Company voluntarily ceased selling the Product pending an internal investigation and offered a full refund to those who had purchased the Product. Based upon the allegations in Consumerlab.com’s report, five purported class actions were filed against the Company, three in Federal Court in California, one in Federal Court in New Jersey and one in State Court in New Jersey, from January through March 2007. The suits alleged, in various combinations, violations of the California Consumers Legal Remedies Act (“CLRA”), the California’s Unfair Competition and False Advertising Laws, the New Jersey Consumer Fraud Act, the Uniform Commercial Code and the Federal Magnusson Moss Act, common law, statutory and common law warranties, and various common law torts, on behalf of both state and national classes. The various actions sought some combination of restitution on behalf of purchasers of the Products, an injunction and attorneys fees’ and costs of litigation, and actual, treble, and punitive damages. There was no claim of personal injury in any of the actions.

Following mediation, all claims were settled on a nationwide class basis, subject to court approval. Pursuant to the settlement, all of the Federal plaintiffs dismissed their cases without prejudice and joined as plaintiffs in the New Jersey State Court action. The settlement received preliminary Court approval on February 1, 2008 and was finally approved by the court on June 27, 2008. On August 11, 2008, the time for appeal expired and the settlement became final. The Company has signed an agreement with the contract manufacturer of the Product to fund all of the costs of the settlement up to a negotiated limit, which the Company does not believe will be exceeded. Accordingly, as of December 27, 2008, the Company has not accrued any liabilities related to this litigation.

California District Attorney’s Letter.     On May 17, 2007, the Company received a letter from the Napa County (California) District Attorney alleging that six of the Company’s private label products contain levels of lead that, pursuant to California’s Proposition 65, Cal. Health & Safety Code section 25249.5 et seq., require the products to bear a warning when sold in California. The letter claims that 12 other public prosecutors in California, including the California Attorney General, “are involved in a joint investigation of dietary supplements containing lead in amounts that expose users to lead in excess of 0.50 micrograms (ug) per day.” The letter demands that the Company immediately cease all sales of these products in California unless it provides a warning to consumers. It also notes that Proposition 65 provides for civil penalties of up to $2,500 per violation per day. The Company has met with the California Attorney General and certain District Attorneys, and is investigating these allegations and consulting with its third-party suppliers of these products. One of the named products, Multivitamin Especially for Women, has not been sold by the Company since late January 2007. The Company has withdrawn certain of the other named products from the California market and has provided

 

F-23


Table of Contents

warnings with respect to the others pending discussions with the public prosecutors. At this time it is premature to address any potential loss as a result of these claims, or the amount or range of potential loss. As of December 27, 2008, the Company has not accrued any liabilities related to this litigation.

People v. 21st Century Healthcare.     On October 22, 2008, a consumer, Vicky Hamilton, sent over 70 manufacturers and retailers of multivitamin products, including the Company, a Sixty-Day Notice of Violation of Proposition 65 (Cal. Health & Safety Code 25249.5 et seq.) alleging that certain products contain lead and lead compounds and were sold in California without a Proposition 65 warning. The Notice named two Vitamin Shoppe brand products and threatened litigation. On December 23, 2008, the California Attorney General and nine California District Attorneys filed a complaint on behalf of the People of the State of California against a number of companies who received notices of violation from Ms. Hamilton, including the Company. This action, captioned The People of the State of California v. 21st Century Healthcare, Inc. (No. RG 08426937), is currently pending in the Alameda County Superior Court. Under Proposition 65, the People’s filing supplants any litigation Ms. Hamilton may have sought to bring against the Company on the claims stated in her Notice of Violation. The Company is investigating these claims and discussing them with the Attorney General and District Attorneys. At this time it is premature to determine the extent of any potential loss. Accordingly, as of December 27, 2008, the Company has not accrued any liabilities related to this litigation.

The Company is party to various lawsuits arising from time to time in the normal course of business, many of which are covered by insurance. Except as described above, as of and for the fiscal year ended December 27, 2008, the Company was not party to any material legal proceedings. Although the impact of the final resolution of these matters on the Company’s financial condition, liquidity, or results of operations in a particular subsequent reporting period is not known, management does not believe that the resolution of these lawsuits will have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, liquidity, or results of operations of the Company.

11. Related Party Transactions

The Company has a management agreement with IPC Manager II, LLC (formerly Bear Stearns Merchant Manager II, LLC). This agreement provides for a quarterly fee of the greater of $187,500 or 0.25% of gross sales for the preceding fiscal quarter for advisory and consulting services. Amounts paid for the Fiscal years ended December 27, 2008, December 29, 2007 and December 30, 2006 were approximately $1,527,000, $1,365,000, and $1,264,000, respectively.

The Company loaned $1.5 million to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer as part of a purchase of Holdings stock, of which the Company has recourse on $375,000. The note bears interest at 3.06%. In connection with the recapitalization on June 12, 2006, this $1.5 million note receivable, along with a related accrued interest receivable of approximately $0.2 million, was assigned to VS Parent, Inc. where it is currently being held.

In July 2008, the Company paid a dividend to VS Parent, Inc., of approximately $562,000. This dividend was used for the redemption of 358 of VS Parent, Inc.’s preferred shares including the associated preferred dividends in arrears held by Mr. Tolworthy.

In November 2005, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Renaissance Brands LTD. (“Renaissance”), an advisory and consulting company serving a number of private equity and venture capital firms. Douglas B. Fox, then a member of the Company’s board of directors, is the chief executive officer and sole shareholder of Renaissance. Renaissance provided marketing, advertising and messaging advice to the Company and was paid $2,500 per day, for not more than three days per month, for such services. This arrangement was terminated in September 2006, and Renaissance Brands no longer performs any services for the Company. Amounts paid during Fiscal 2006 were approximately $92,000 for fees and expenses.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

12. Segment Data

The Company currently operates two business segments, retail and direct. The operating segments are segments of the Company for which separate financial information is available and for which operating results are evaluated regularly by executive management in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s management evaluates segment operating results based on several indicators. The primary key performance indicators are sales and operating income for each segment. The table below represents key financial information for each of the Company’s business segments, retail and direct, as well as corporate costs. The retail segment includes the Company’s retail stores. The retail segment generates revenue primarily through the sale of third-party branded and proprietary branded vitamins, minerals, herbs, supplements, sports nutrition and other health and wellness products through retail stores throughout the United States. The direct segment generates revenue through the sale of third-party branded and proprietary branded vitamins, minerals, herbs, supplements, sports nutrition and other health and wellness products through the Company’s principal website and its catalog. A catalog is mailed each month to customers in the Company’s Healthy Awards Program database, and the Company’s principal website at www.vitaminshoppe.com offers its customers online access to a full assortment of over 20,000 SKUs. Corporate costs represent the Company’s administrative expenses which include, but are not limited to human resources, legal, finance, information technology, and various other corporate level activity related expenses. There are no inter-segment sales transactions.

The Company’s segments are designed to allocate resources internally and provide a framework to determine management responsibility. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 3- Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. The Company has allocated $131.9 million and $45.3 million of its recorded goodwill to the retail and direct segments, respectively. The Company does not have identifiable assets separated by segment.

The following table contains key financial information of the Company’s business segments (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended  
     December 27,
2008
    December 29,
2007
    December 30,
2006
 

Net Sales:

      

Retail

   $ 522,541      $ 461,979      $ 407,506   

Direct

     78,999        75,893        78,520   
                        

Total net sales

     601,540        537,872        486,026   

Income from operations:

      

Retail

     80,422        71,199        59,860   

Direct

     14,884        13,953        14,923   

Corporate costs

     (59,565     (52,459     (45,282
                        

Income from operations

   $ 35,741      $ 32,693      $ 29,501   
                        

13. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The disclosure of the fair value of financial instruments is made in accordance with the requirements of SFAS No. 107, Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments. The fair value of the Company’s Second Priority Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes have been determined by the Company using quoted market prices. The following table sets forth the carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s Notes at December 27, 2008 and December 29, 2007 (in thousands):

 

     December 27, 2008    December 29, 2007
     Carrying
Amount
   Fair Value    Carrying
Amount
   Fair Value

Second Priority Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes

   $ 165,000    $ 103,950    $ 165,000    $ 169,950

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The fair value for December 27, 2008, is based on the last trade closest to that date which is December 30, 2008. The market prices for the trades throughout 2008 are as follows: $1,022.50 at March 7, 2008; $1,025.00 at May 5, 2008; $1,017.50 at May 16, 2008; $1,007.50 at June 5, 2008; $655.00 at November 18, 2008; and $630.00 at December 30, 2008, which is used for the December 27, 2008, fair value due to its being the closest trade to the Company’s Fiscal year end.

Effective December 30, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 157 that applies to its financial assets and liabilities which are measured at fair value within the consolidated financial statements. SFAS No. 157 establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources. Unobservable inputs are inputs based on a company’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. In determining the fair value of the Company’s interest rate swap, observable inputs were available at December 27, 2008, and thus were relied upon for the interest rate swap’s valuation. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the reliability of inputs as follows:

Level 1 – Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that a company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

Level 2 – Valuations based on quoted inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly through corroboration with observable market data. Assets and liabilities utilizing Level 2 inputs include fair value and cash flow swap instruments.

Level 3 – Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

The Company’s interest rate swap was established as a cash flow hedge on a portion of its Notes to offset fluctuations related to the variable rate interest payments as described in Note 6. The interest rate swap is included in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The swap is categorized in level 2 in the fair value hierarchy as shown in the following table:

 

          Fair value at December 27, 2008, using:
(In millions)    Total    Quoted prices in
active markets for
identical assets
(Level 1)
   Significant other
observable inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
unobservable
inputs

(Level 3)

Interest rate swap

   $ 4.4    $    $ 4.4    $
                           

Total

   $ 4.4    $    $ 4.4    $
                           

14. Costs Associated with Severance

In accordance with SFAS No. 146 “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities” (“SFAS No. 146”), the Company has recorded costs related to termination benefits for certain employees during Fiscal 2006. During Fiscal 2006 a number of employee positions were eliminated throughout the Company due to a staff restructuring. Based on these eliminations, the Company incurred severance obligations which were partially payable in Fiscal 2006, with the remaining balance paid during Fiscal 2007. The total amount recorded to selling, general and administrative expense was approximately $0.9 million in Fiscal 2006. Below is a reconciliation of the activity for Fiscal 2007 (in thousands):

 

     Severance
Reserve
 

Balance at December 30, 2006

   $ 152   

Accrual made in Fiscal 2007

       

Payments made in Fiscal 2007

     (152
        

Balance at December 29, 2007

   $   
        

 

F-26


Table of Contents

15. Supplemental Guarantor Information

The payment obligations of VSI under the Senior Notes due 2012 are jointly and severally and fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior basis by: Holdings, the parent company; Direct, the only subsidiary; and all of the VSI’s future restricted domestic subsidiaries. The Notes and the guarantees are VSI’s, Holdings’ and Direct’s second priority senior secured obligations. They rank equally with all of the Company’s existing and future senior indebtedness and rank senior to all of the Company’s existing and future subordinated indebtedness. The Notes and the guarantees are effectively subordinated to all of the Company’s existing first priority senior secured indebtedness, to the extent of the collateral securing such indebtedness, including indebtedness under the new credit facility.

The indenture governing the Notes restrict the ability of VSI and Direct to incur additional debt, pay dividends and make distributions, make certain investments, repurchase stock, incur liens, enter into transactions with affiliates, enter into sale and lease back transactions, merge, or consolidate or transfer or sell assets.

The following supplemental financial information sets forth, on a consolidating basis, balance sheets, statements of operations, and statements of cash flows for VS Holdings, Inc. and the Company’s guarantor subsidiary.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

VS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET AS OF DECEMBER 27, 2008

(In thousands, except share data)

 

    VS Holdings,
Inc.
    VS Direct   Vitamin
Shoppe
Industries
Inc.
    Eliminations     Consolidated  
ASSETS          

Current assets:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $      $ 841   $ 782      $      $ 1,623   

Inventories

           17,547     89,344               106,891   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

           198     12,807          13,005   

Intercompany receivable

    2        284,763     317,570        (602,335       

Deferred income taxes

           707     4,043               4,750   
                                     

Total current assets

    2        304,056     424,546        (602,335     126,269   

Property and equipment, net

           21,399     61,590               82,989   

Goodwill

               177,248               177,248   

Other intangibles, net

               71,088               71,088   

Other assets:

         

Deferred financing fees, net of accumulated amortization of $3,536

               4,097               4,097   

Other

               462               462   

Security deposits

               1,537               1,537   

Deferred income tax asset

    2,218        1,873     12,816        (16,907       
                                     

Total other assets

    2,218        1,873     18,912        (16,907     6,096   

Investment in Subsidiary

    183,972            47,628        (231,600       
                                     

Total assets

  $ 186,192      $ 327,328   $ 801,012      $ (850,842   $ 463,690   
                                     
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY          

Current liabilities:

         

Current portion of capital lease obligation

  $      $   $ 1,111      $      $ 1,111   

Revolving credit facility

               17,000               17,000   

Intercompany payable

    17,400        269,225     315,710        (602,335       

Accounts payable

           102     24,246               24,348   

Deferred sales

           2,538     10,501               13,039   

Accrued salaries and related expenses

           142     5,312               5,454   

Accrued interest

               2,170               2,170   

Other accrued expenses

    29        708     10,063               10,800   
                                     

Total current liabilities

    17,429        272,715     386,113        (602,335     73,922   

Long-term debt

               165,000               165,000   

Capital lease obligation, net of current portion

               3,271               3,271   

Deferred income taxes

    233        3,209     36,828        (16,907     23,363   

Other long term liabilities

               8,721               8,721   

Deferred rent

           3,776     17,107               20,883   

Commitments and contingencies

         

Stockholders’ equity:

         

Additional paid-in capital

    159,556        20,165     166,791        (186,956     159,556   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (2,614         (2,614     2,614        (2,614

Retained earnings

    11,588        27,463     19,795        (47,258     11,588   
                                     

Total stockholders’ equity

    168,530        47,628     183,972        (231,600     168,530   
                                     

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 186,192      $ 327,328   $ 801,012      $ (850,842   $ 463,690   
                                     

 

F-28


Table of Contents

VS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET AS OF DECEMBER 29, 2007

(In thousands, except share data)

 

    VS Holdings,
Inc.
    VS Direct   Vitamin
Shoppe
Industries
Inc.
    Eliminations     Consolidated  
ASSETS          

Current assets:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $      $ 567   $ 886      $      $ 1,453   

Inventories

           16,251     81,558               97,809   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

           88     11,499          11,587   

Intercompany receivable

           230,336     235,645        (465,981       

Deferred income taxes

           388     1,168               1,556   
                                     

Total current assets

           247,630     330,756        (465,981     112,405   

Property and equipment, net

           14,985     48,285               63,270   

Goodwill

               177,248               177,248   

Other intangibles, net

               68,223               68,223   

Other assets:

         

Deferred financing fees, net of accumulated amortization of $2,368

               5,265               5,265   

Other

               319               319   

Security deposits

           20     1,533               1,553   

Deferred income tax asset

    1,050        1,114     12,041        (14,205       
                                     

Total other assets

    1,050        1,134     19,158        (14,205     7,137   

Investment in Subsidiary

    176,282            38,706        (214,988       
                                     

Total assets

  $ 177,332      $ 263,749   $ 682,376      $ (695,174   $ 428,283   
                                     
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY          

Current liabilities:

         

Revolving credit facility

  $      $   $      $      $   

Intercompany payable

    17,400        218,246     230,335        (465,981       

Accounts payable

           226     35,123               35,349   

Deferred sales

           1,951     9,261               11,212   

Accrued salaries and related expenses

               4,850               4,850   

Accrued interest

               2,551               2,551   

Other accrued expenses

    26        569     6,621               7,216   
                                     

Total current liabilities

    17,426        220,992     288,741        (465,981     61,178   

Long-term debt

               165,000               165,000   

Deferred income taxes

    112        1,493     32,882        (14,205     20,282   

Other long term liabilities

               5,057               5,057   

Deferred rent

           2,559     14,413               16,972   

Commitments and contingencies

         
              

Stockholders’ equity:

         

Additional paid-in capital

    157,204        20,165     166,791        (186,956     157,204   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (1,350         (1,350     1,350        (1,350

Retained earnings

    3,940        18,540     10,842        (29,382     3,940   
                                     

Total stockholders’ equity

    159,794        38,705     176,283        (214,988     159,794   
                                     

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 177,332      $ 263,749   $ 682,376      $ (695,174   $ 428,283   
                                     

 

F-29


Table of Contents

VS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 27, 2008

(In thousands)

 

     VS Holdings,
Inc.
    VS
Direct
    Vitamin
Shoppe
Industries
Inc.
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net sales

   $      $ 112,864      $ 488,676      $      $ 601,540   

Commissions

            25,776        6,924        (32,700       

Cost of goods sold

            80,890        329,368        (4,599     405,659   
                                        

Gross profit

            57,750        166,232        (28,101     195,881   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     2,352        40,257        144,109        (28,101     158,617   

Related party expenses

                   1,523          1,523   
                                        

(Loss) income from operations

     (2,352     17,493        20,600               35,741   

Interest income

            (10     (52            (62

Interest expense

            3,249        18,004               21,253   
                                        

(Loss) income before (benefit) provision for income taxes

     (2,352     14,254        2,648               14,550   

(Benefit) provision from income taxes

     (1,048     5,331        2,058               6,341   
                                        

(Loss) income before equity in net earnings of subsidiary

     (1,304     8,923        590               8,209   

Equity in net earnings of subsidiary

     9,513               8,923        (18,436       
                                        

Net income

   $ 8,209      $ 8,923      $ 9,513      $ (18,436   $ 8,209   
                                        

 

F-30


Table of Contents

VS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 29, 2007

(In thousands)

 

     VS Holdings,
Inc.
    VS
Direct
    Vitamin
Shoppe
Industries
Inc.
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net sales

   $      $ 97,218      $ 440,654      $      $ 537,872   

Commissions

            24,786        6,056        (30,842       

Cost of goods sold

            69,071        295,142        (3,867     360,346   
                                        

Gross profit

            52,933        151,568        (26,975     177,526   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     1,562        37,039        131,842        (26,975     143,468   

Related party expenses

                   1,365          1,365   
                                        

(Loss) income from operations

     (1,562     15,894        18,361               32,693   

Interest income

            (10     (224            (234

Interest expense

            3,072        19,268               22,340   
                                        

(Loss) income before (benefit) provision for income taxes

     (1,562     12,832        (683            10,587   

(Benefit) provision from income taxes

     (679     4,922        (451            3,792   
                                        

(Loss) income before equity in net earnings of subsidiary

     (883     7,910        (232            6,795   

Equity in net earnings of subsidiary

     7,678               7,910        (15,588       
                                        

Net income

   $ 6,795      $ 7,910      $ 7,678      $ (15,588   $ 6,795   
                                        

 

F-31


Table of Contents

VS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 30, 2006

(In thousands)

 

     VS Holdings,
Inc.
    VS
Direct
    Vitamin
Shoppe
Industries
Inc.
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net sales

   $      $ 82,822      $ 403,204      $      $ 486,026   

Commissions

            24,729        5,072        (29,801       

Cost of goods sold

            60,197        269,588        (3,262     326,523   
                                        

Gross profit

            47,354        138,688        (26,539     159,503   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     561        34,766        119,858        (26,539     128,646   

Related party expenses

                   1,356          1,356   
                                        

(Loss) income from operations

     (561     12,588        17,474               29,501   

Other

                   (366            (366

Interest income

     (27     (12     (311            (350

Interest expense

                   22,161               22,161   
                                        

(Loss) income before (benefit) provision for income taxes

     (534     12,600        (4,010            8,056   

(Benefit) provision from income taxes

     (190     5,704        (2,272            3,242   
                                        

(Loss) income before equity in net earnings of subsidiary

     (344     6,896        (1,738            4,814   

Equity in net earnings of subsidiary

     5,158               6,896        (12,054       
                                        

Net income

   $ 4,814      $ 6,896      $ 5,158      $ (12,054   $ 4,814   
                                        

 

F-32


Table of Contents

VS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 27, 2008

(In thousands)

 

     VS Holdings,
Inc.
    VS Direct     Vitamin
Shoppe
Industries
Inc.
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Cash flows from operating activities:

          

Net income

   $ 8,209      $ 8,923      $ 9,513      $ (18,436   $ 8,209   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

          

Depreciation and amortization

            3,651        15,000               18,651   

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

            7        72               79   

Deferred income taxes

     (1,047     638        1,104               695   

Deferred rent

            1,217        2,230               3,447   

Equity compensation expense

     2,352                             2,352   

Equity in earnings of subsidiary

     (9,513            (8,923     18,436          

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

          

Inventories

            (1,296     (7,786            (9,082

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

            (110     184               74   

Intercompany

            (3,448     3,448                 

Other non-current assets

            20        (147            (127

Accounts payable

            (124     (10,784            (10,908

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (1     868        4,767          5,634   

Other long-term liabilities

                   564               564   
                                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

            10,346        9,242               19,588   
                                        

Cash flows from investing activities:

          

Capital expenditures

            (10,072     (21,823            (31,895

Trademarks and other intangible assets

                   (3,494            (3,494
                                        

Net cash used in investing activities

            (10,072     (25,317            (35,389
                                        

Cash flows from financing activities:

          

Borrowings under revolving credit agreement

                   20,000               20,000   

Repayment of borrowings under revolving credit agreement

                   (3,000            (3,000

Dividend to Parent

                   (561            (561

Payments of capital lease obligation

              (468            (468

Deferred financing fees

                                   
                                        

Net cash provided by financing activities

                   15,971               15,971   
                                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

            274        (104            170   

Cash and cash equivalents beginning of year

            567        886               1,453   
                                        

Cash and cash equivalents end of year

   $      $ 841      $ 782      $      $ 1,623   
                                        

 

F-33


Table of Contents

VS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 29, 2007

(In thousands)

 

     VS
Holdings,
Inc.
    VS
Direct
    Vitamin
Shoppe
Industries
Inc.
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Cash flows from operating activities:

          

Net income

   $ 6,795      $ 7,910      $ 7,678      $ (15,588   $ 6,795   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

          

Depreciation and amortization

            2,450        13,594               16,044   

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

            17        63               80   

Deferred income taxes

     (537     (65     2,857               2,255   

Deferred rent

            859        1,348               2,207   

Equity compensation expense

     1,562                             1,562   

Equity in earnings of subsidiary

     (7,678            (7,910     15,588          

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

          

Inventories

            (3,179     (12,455            (15,634

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

            11        (814            (803

Intercompany

     (136     (4,391     4,527                 

Other non-current assets

                   625               625   

Accounts payable

            208        8,469               8,677   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (6     199        (1,729       (1,536

Other long-term liabilities

                   346               346   
                                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

            4,019        16,599               20,618   
                                        

Cash flows from investing activities:

          

Capital expenditures

            (4,337     (9,737            (14,074

Trademarks

                   (18            (18
                                        

Net cash used in investing activities

            (4,337     (9,755            (14,092
                                        

Cash flows from financing activities:

          

Borrowings under revolving credit agreement

         4,000          4,000   

Repayment of borrowings under revolving credit agreement

                   (10,500            (10,500

Deferred financing fees

                   (45            (45
                                        

Net cash used in financing activities

                   (6,545            (6,545
                                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

            (318     299               (19

Cash and cash equivalents beginning of year

            885        587               1,472   
                                        

Cash and cash equivalents end of year

   $      $ 567      $ 886      $      $ 1,453   
                                        

 

F-34


Table of Contents

VS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 30, 2006

(In thousands)

 

     VS
Holdings,
Inc.
    VS
Direct
    Vitamin
Shoppe
Industries
Inc.
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Cash flows from operating activities:

          

Net income

   $ 4,814      $ 6,896      $ 5,158      $ (12,054   $ 4,814   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

          

Depreciation and amortization

            2,120        12,691               14,811   

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

                   8               8   

Deferred income taxes

     (7     949        1,698               2,640   

Deferred rent

            (40     2,094               2,054   

Equity compensation expense

     524                             524   

Equity in earnings of subsidiary

     (5,158            (6,896     12,054          

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

          

Inventories

            (166     (7,877            (8,043

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (29     (72     1,175               1,074   

Intercompany

     (135     (6,577     6,712                 

Other non-current assets

            10        (231            (221

Accounts payable

            (110     (1,034            (1,144

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (9     (49     296               238   
                                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

            2,961        13,794               16,755   
                                        

Cash flows from investing activities:

          

Capital expenditures

            (2,076     (11,399            (13,475

Trademarks

                   (105            (105
                                        

Net cash used in investing activities

            (2,076     (11,504            (13,580
                                        

Cash flows from financing activities:

          

Repayment of borrowings under revolving credit agreement

                   (5,627            (5,627

Deferred financing fees

                   (860            (860
                                        

Net cash used in financing activities

                   (6,487            (6,487
                                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

            885        (4,197            (3,312

Cash and cash equivalents beginning of year

                   4,784               4,784   
                                        

Cash and cash equivalents end of year

   $      $ 885      $ 587      $      $ 1,472   
                                        

 

F-35


Table of Contents

18. Selected Quarterly Financial Information (unaudited)

The following tables summarize the 2008 and 2007 quarterly results (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Quarter Ended
     March    June    September    December

Year Ended December 27, 2008

           

Total revenues

   $ 153,737    $ 153,354    $ 151,318    $ 143,131

Gross profit

     50,753      49,547      49,684      45,897

Income from operations

     11,264      8,708      8,900      6,869

Net income

     3,609      2,007      1,955      638

Net income per common share

           

Basic

     36,090      20,070      19,550      6,380

Diluted

     36,090      20,070      19,550      6,380

Year Ended December 29, 2007

           

Total revenues

   $ 137,544    $ 133,422    $ 135,126    $ 131,780

Gross profit

     46,974      43,256      44,273      43,023

Income from operations

     10,753      6,785      7,560      7,595

Net income

     3,245      916      1,281      1,353

Net income per common share

           

Basic

     32,450      9,160      12,810      13,530

Diluted

     32,450      9,160      12,810      13,530

 

F-36


Table of Contents

VS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share data)

(Unaudited)

 

     June 27,
2009
    December 27,
2008
 
ASSETS     

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,107      $ 1,623   

Inventories

     103,443        106,891   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     11,658        13,005   

Deferred income taxes

     2,998        4,750   
                

Total current assets

     120,206        126,269   

Property and equipment, net

     85,331        82,989   

Goodwill

     177,248        177,248   

Other intangibles, net

     70,721        71,088   

Other assets:

    

Deferred financing fees, net of accumulated amortization of $4,120 and $3,536 in 2009 and 2008, respectively

     3,512        4,097   

Other long-term assets

     2,081        1,999   
                

Total other assets

     5,593        6,096   
                

Total assets

   $ 459,099      $ 463,690   
                
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

Current liabilities:

    

Current portion of capital lease obligation

   $ 1,353      $ 1,111   

Revolving credit facility

     8,500        17,000   

Accounts payable

     23,577        24,348   

Deferred sales

     7,807        13,039   

Accrued salaries and related expenses

     5,213        5,454   

Accrued interest

     2,045        2,170   

Other accrued expenses

     11,850        10,800   
                

Total current liabilities

     60,345        73,922   

Long-term debt

     165,000        165,000   

Capital lease obligation, net of current portion

     2,900        3,271   

Deferred income taxes

     20,657        23,363   

Other long-term liabilities

     7,972        8,721   

Deferred rent

     23,078        20,883   

Commitments and contingencies

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000 shares authorized, 100 shares issued and outstanding at June 27, 2009 and December 27, 2008

     —          —     

Additional paid-in capital

     160,825        159,556   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (2,034     (2,614

Retained earnings

     20,356        11,588   
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     179,147        168,530   
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 459,099      $ 463,690   
                

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

VS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

(Unaudited)

 

     Six Months Ended  
     June 27,
2009
    June 28,
2008
 

Net sales

   $ 343,698      $ 307,091   

Cost of goods sold

     230,924        206,791   
                

Gross profit

     112,774        100,300   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     87,113        79,592   

Related party expenses

     816        736   
                

Income from operations

     24,845        19,972   

Interest income

     (2     (22

Interest expense

     9,841        10,789   
                

Income before provision for income taxes

     15,006        9,205   

Provision for income taxes

     6,238        3,589   
                

Net income

   $ 8,768      $ 5,616   
                

Weighted average shares outstanding

    

Basic

     100        100   

Diluted

     100        100   

Net income per share

    

Basic

   $ 87,680      $ 56,160   

Diluted

   $ 87,680      $ 56,160   

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

VS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Six Months Ended  
     June 27,
2009
    June 28,
2008
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income

   $ 8,768      $ 5,616   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

     58        44   

Depreciation and amortization

     10,877        8,804   

Deferred income taxes

     (1,340     (31

Deferred rent

     1,565        1,477   

Equity compensation expense

     1,269        1,121   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Inventories

     3,448        (300

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,977        994   

Other non-current assets

     (82     (128

Accounts payable

     1,182        (11,668

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (4,548     (1,098

Other long-term liabilities

     217        102   
                

Net cash provided by operating activities

     23,391        4,933   
                

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Capital expenditures

     (13,771     (13,110

Intangible assets acquired in asset purchases

     —          (3,450
                

Net cash used in investing activities

     (13,771     (16,560
                

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Borrowings under revolving credit agreement

     3,000        15,000   

Repayments of borrowings under revolving credit agreement

     (11,500     (3,000

Payments of capital lease obligation

     (636     (67
                

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (9,136     11,933   
                

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     484        306   

Cash and cash equivalents beginning of period

     1,623        1,453   
                

Cash and cash equivalents end of period

   $ 2,107      $ 1,759   
                

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

    

Interest paid

   $ 9,138      $ 10,266   

Income taxes paid

   $ 5,625      $ 3,027   

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing activities:

    

Accrued purchases of property and equipment

   $ 181      $ 524   

Assets acquired under capital lease

   $ 508      $ 561   

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

VS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except share data)

 

     Common Stock    Additional
Paid-In-

Capital
   Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Retained Earnings    Total
   Shares    Amounts           

Balance at December 27, 2008

   100    $ —      $ 159,556    $ (2,614   $ 11,588    $ 168,530
                    

Net Income

   —        —        —        —          8,768      8,768

Interest Rate Swap, net of taxes of $386

   —        —        —        580        —        580
                    

Total Comprehensive Income

                   9,348

Equity Compensation Expense

   —        —        1,269      —          —        1,269
                                        

Balance at June 27, 2009

   100    $ —      $ 160,825    $ (2,034   $ 20,356    $ 179,147
                                        

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

VS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

1. Basis of Presentation

VS Holdings (“Holdings”), a Delaware corporation, and through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. (“Subsidiary” or “VSI”), a New York corporation, and VSI’s wholly-owned subsidiary, VS Direct Inc. (“Direct,” and, together with Holdings and VSI, the “Company”), is a leading specialty retailer and direct marketer of nutritional products. The Company sells both national brands and “The Vitamin Shoppe” and “BodyTech” brands of vitamins, minerals, nutritional supplements, herbs, sports nutrition formulas, homeopathic remedies and other health and beauty aids through Company-owned retail stores, the Internet and mail order catalogs to customers located primarily in the United States. The Company operates from its headquarters in North Bergen, New Jersey.

The condensed consolidated financial statements as of June 27, 2009 and for the six months ended June 27, 2009 and June 28, 2008, include the accounts of Holdings, VSI and Direct. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated. The condensed consolidated financial statements as of June 27, 2009 and for the six months ended June 27, 2009 and June 28, 2008, are unaudited. In addition, certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) have been condensed or omitted. The interim financial statements reflect all adjustments, which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation in conformity with GAAP. The interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended December 27, 2008. The results of operations for the interim periods should not be considered indicative of results to be expected for the full year.

The Company’s fiscal year ends on the last Saturday in December. As used herein, the term “Fiscal Year” or “Fiscal” refers to the 52-week period, ending the last Saturday in December. Fiscal 2009 is a 52-week period ending December 26, 2009 and Fiscal 2008 was a 52-week period ended December 27, 2008. The results for the six months ended June 27, 2009 and June 28, 2009, are each based on a 26-week period.

 

2. Reorganization and Recapitalization

On June 12, 2006, VS Parent, Inc. (“Parent”), a Delaware corporation, then a newly created wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings’ entered into a reverse merger with Holdings by which Parent merged with and into Holdings, with Holdings being the surviving corporation. By operation of the merger, Holdings became a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent. In connection therewith, each share (or fractional share) of Series A Preferred Stock of Holdings was converted into a right to receive a share (or fractional share) of Series A preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share of Parent, and each share (or fractional share) of common stock of Holdings was converted into a share (or fractional share) of common stock, par value $0.01 per share of Parent, and all equity grants (1,533,519 stock options and 567,163 warrants) of Holdings were converted on a one-to-one basis into grants permitting the right to receive a share of Parent’s common stock upon exercise. Subsequent to the reverse merger, Holdings was authorized to issue 1,000 shares of Common Stock, whereby 100 shares were issued to Parent. In addition, a dividend of $1.7 million, recorded within additional paid-in capital, was made from Holdings to Parent for a note receivable of $1.5 million, which was accounted for as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, and related accrued interest receivable of $0.2 million.

 

3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates— The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that

 

F-41


Table of Contents

affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Financial Instruments Policy— The Company entered into an interest rate swap during December 2005 on a portion of its $165 million Second Priority Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2012 (the “Notes”), which qualifies for hedge accounting under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” The interest rate swap has a maturity date of November 2010. The swap’s fair market value of $(4.4) million at December 27, 2008, and $(3.5) million at June 27, 2009, is recorded in other long-term liabilities on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. Of the increase in market value of $0.9 million during the six months ended June 27, 2009, $0.6 million was recorded in other comprehensive income, and $0.3 million in deferred income tax liabilities.

The effective portion of the gain or loss on the swap is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings (as a component of interest expense) in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Any portion of the hedge deemed ineffective by the Company would be charged directly to earnings during the period or periods effected. The Company does not engage in hedging activities for speculative purposes.

Advertising Costs— Costs associated with the production and distribution of the Company’s catalogs are expensed as incurred. The costs of advertising for online marketing arrangements, magazines, television and radio are expensed the first time the advertising takes place. Advertising expense was $7.4 million and $7.1 million for the six months ended June 27, 2009 and June 28, 2008, respectively.

Net Income Per Share— In accordance with SFAS No. 128 “Earnings Per Share” the Company’s basic net income per share excludes the dilutive effect of stock options. It is based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period divided into net income. Diluted net income per common share reflects the potential dilution that would occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock. However as all of the Company’s warrants and stock options were moved to VS Parent in June 2006, the effects of dilutive shares are not disclosed in Company’s consolidated statements of operations and this accompanying note to those statements.

The components of the calculation of basic net income per common share are as follows (in thousands except share and per share data):

 

     Six months ended
    
 
June 27,
2009
    
 
June 28,
2008

Numerator:

     

Net income

   $ 8,768    $ 5,616
             

Denominator:

     

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

     100      100
             

Effect of dilutive securities:

     

Options

     —        —  

Warrants

     —        —  
             

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

     100      100
             

Basic net income per common share

     87,680      56,160
             

Diluted net income per common share

     87,680      56,160
             

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements— In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133,” (“SFAS No. 161”). SFAS No. 161 requires entities to provide enhanced disclosures for derivative activities and hedging activities with regard to the reasons for employing derivative instruments, how they are accounted for, and how these instruments affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. The provisions of SFAS No. 161 were effective in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009. The adoption of SFAS No. 161 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. See Note 3 (Financial Instruments Policy) and Note 11 for disclosures pertaining to SFAS No. 161.

Effective December 30, 2007, the Company adopted certain provisions of SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” that apply to certain financial assets and liabilities. This statement defines and establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands fair value disclosures. It does not require any new fair value measurements. The intent of this statement is to increase consistency of definitions and comparability of methods of fair value measurements, as well as to enhance fair value disclosure. The remaining provisions of SFAS No. 157, as amended by FASB Staff Position 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157” (“FSP 157-2”), which apply to nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, were effective in the first quarter of fiscal 2009. The adoption of the remaining provisions of SFAS No. 157 and FSP 157-2 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. See Note 11 for disclosures pertaining to SFAS No. 157.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), “Business Combinations” (“SFAS No. 141(R)”). SFAS No. 141(R) attempts to improve the relevance and comparability of the information included in companies’ financial reports regarding business combinations and their effects. The provisions of SFAS 141(R) were effective in the first quarter of fiscal 2009. The adoption of SFAS 141(R) did not have an impact on the Company’s current financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. However, the Company cannot determine the future impact, if any, the adoption will have on its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The Company acquired other intangible assets and goodwill in an acquisition completed in Fiscal 2002. The Company also acquired $3.0 million of intangible assets related to an asset purchase in the first quarter of Fiscal 2008, comprised primarily of operating leases, and $0.5 million of intangible assets related to an asset purchase completed in the second quarter of Fiscal 2008, which was primarily attributable to the acquisition of a tradename. Other intangible assets relating to the asset purchases which occurred in the first and second quarters of Fiscal 2008 include customer lists and non-compete agreements.

The following table discloses the carrying value of all intangible assets (in thousands):

 

     June 27, 2009    December 27, 2008
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Net    Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Net

Intangible assets:

                 

Intangibles related to asset purchase

   $ 3,000    $ 1,013    $ 1,987    $ 3,000    $ 629    $ 2,371

Tradenames

     68,734      —        68,734      68,717      —        68,717

Goodwill

     177,248      —        177,248      177,248      —        177,248
                                         
   $ 248,982    $ 1,013    $ 247,969    $ 248,965    $ 629    $ 248,336
                                         

Intangible amortization expense for the six months ended June 27, 2009 was $0.4 million. Amortization expense for the six months ended June 28, 2008 was $0.2 million.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Tradenames are not amortized, as they are determined to be intangible assets with indefinite lives. Tradenames and goodwill will be tested for impairment in the last quarter of Fiscal 2009 or whenever impairment indicators exist.

The useful lives of the Company’s finite-lived intangible assets is between 1 to 7 years. The expected amortization expense on finite-lived intangible assets on the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets at June 27, 2009, is as follows (in thousands):

 

Remainder of Fiscal 2009

   $ 383

Fiscal 2010

     730

Fiscal 2011

     541

Fiscal 2012

     124

Fiscal 2013

     124

Thereafter

     85
      
   $ 1,987
      

 

5. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     June 27,
2009
    December 27,
2008
 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

   $ 94,946      $ 85,909   

Leasehold improvements

     90,188        83,242   

Website development costs

     11,013        12,740   

Transportation equipment

     21        21   
                
     196,168        181,912   

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (112,991     (103,244
                

Subtotal

     83,177        78,668   

Construction in progress

     2,154        4,321   
                
   $ 85,331      $ 82,989   
                

Depreciation and amortization expense on property and equipment, including equipment recorded under capital leases, for the six months ended June 27, 2009, was $9.9 million, and for the six months ended June 28, 2008, was $8.0 million. Depreciation and amortization expense on property and equipment is recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses on the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

 

6. Credit Arrangements

Debt consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     June 27,
2009
   December 27,
2008

Revolving Credit Facility

   $ 8,500    $ 17,000
             

Second Priority Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes (the “Notes”)

   $ 165,000    $ 165,000
             

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Second Priority Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes

Interest on the Notes is set at a per annum rate equal to a three month LIBOR plus 7.5%, which is reset quarterly on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing on February 15, 2006. The combined weighted average interest rate before the impact of our hedging activities from December 27, 2008 through June 27, 2009 was 8.84% (12.30% after including the impact of hedging activities). The Notes will mature on November 15, 2012. Interest on overdue principal and interest and liquidated damages, if any, will accrue at a rate that is 1% higher than the applicable interest rate on the Notes. If VSI cannot make payments on the Notes when they are due, Holdings and VSI’s only subsidiary, Direct (collectively, the “Guarantors”), have guaranteed the Notes and must make payments instead. The Notes and the guarantees are secured by a second priority security interest in substantially all of VSI’s and the Guarantors’ assets that secure VSI’s first priority senior secured credit facility. The Notes and the guarantees are VSI’s, and the Guarantors’, second priority senior secured obligations, and rank equally in right of payment with all of VSI’s and the Guarantors’ existing and future senior indebtedness and senior to all of VSI’s and the Guarantors’ existing and future subordinated indebtedness. The Notes and the guarantees are effectively subordinated to all of VSI’s and the Guarantors’ first priority senior secured indebtedness, including VSI’s first priority senior secured credit facility, to the extent of the collateral securing such indebtedness. If VSI sells certain assets, issues equity or experiences specific kinds of changes in control, VSI must offer to repurchase the Notes. As of November 15, 2007, VSI has been allowed, at its option, to redeem some or all of the Notes at a premium.

Revolving Credit Facility

On November 15, 2005, VSI entered into a $50.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”), and VSI has the option to increase or decrease the Revolving Credit Facility size by $25.0 million, subject to certain conditions. The availability under the Revolving Credit Facility is subject to a borrowing base calculated on the basis of certain eligible accounts receivable from credit card companies and the inventory of VSI and its only subsidiary, Direct. The obligations thereunder are secured by a security interest in substantially all of the assets of Holdings, VSI and Direct. The Revolving Credit Facility provides for affirmative and negative covenants affecting Holdings, VSI and Direct. The Revolving Credit Facility restricts, among other things, the Company’s ability to incur indebtedness, create or permit liens on the Company’s assets, declare or pay cash dividends and certain other restricted payments, consolidate, merge or recapitalize, acquire or sell assets, make certain investments, loans or other advances, enter into transactions with affiliates, change its line of business, and restricts the types of hedging activities the Company can enter into. The Revolving Credit Facility has a maturity date of November 15, 2010. The unused available line of credit at June 27, 2009 was $39.6 million and the amount of borrowings outstanding at June 27, 2009 was $8.5 million. The largest amount borrowed at any given point during the six months ended June 27, 2009 was $20.0 million. The Revolving Credit Facility includes a $10 million sub-facility for the issuance of letters of credit, of which there were $0.3 million issued and outstanding as of June 27, 2009.

The borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility accrue interest, at the Company’s option, at the rate per annum announced from time to time by the agent as its “prime rate”, or at a per annum rate equal to between 1.25% and 1.75% (depending on excess availability) above the adjusted Eurodollar rate. The combined weighted average interest rate from December 27, 2008 through June 27, 2009 was 2.44%.

Interest expense for the six months ended June 27, 2009 and June 28, 2008 consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     Six Months Ended
     June 27,
2009
   June 28,
2008

Interest on the Notes

   $ 8,770    $ 9,906

Amortization of deferred financing fees

     584      584

Interest on the revolving credit facility and other

     487      299
             
   $ 9,841    $ 10,789
             

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Capital Leases

The Company leases certain computer equipment under capital leases which expire through fiscal 2012. The following is a schedule of the future minimum lease payments under capital leases as of June 27, 2009 (in thousands):

 

Remainder of Fiscal 2009

   $ 803

Fiscal 2010

     1,607

Fiscal 2011

     1,505

Fiscal 2012

     824
      

Total

     4,739

Less amount representing interest

     486
      

Present value of minimum lease payments

     4,253

Less current portion of capital lease obligation

     1,353
      
   $ 2,900
      

 

7. Stock-Based Compensation

Stock Option Plan— In Fiscal 2002 the Company adopted the VS Holdings, Inc. 2002 Stock Option Plan (the “2002 Plan”) for certain directors, officers, consultants and employees of the Company. The Company authorized the issuance of up to 2,046,041 shares of common stock. As of June 2006, the 2002 Plan was amended and assigned to Parent where it was adopted as the VS Parent, Inc. 2006 Stock Option Plan (the “2006 Plan”), converting all grants on a one-to-one basis for the right to receive a common share of VS Parent upon exercise. The stock options are exercisable at no less than the fair market value of the underlying shares on the date of grant. Generally, options awarded shall become vested in four equal increments on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date on which such options were awarded. The stock options have a maximum term of 10 years. The following table summarizes the 2006 Plan as of June 27, 2009 and changes during the six month period then ended:

 

     Number of
Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (years)

Outstanding at December 27, 2008

   1,952,056      $ 20.15   

Granted

   19,476      $ 24.02   

Canceled/forfeited

   (24,438   $ 24.44   
           

Outstanding at June 27, 2009

   1,947,094      $ 20.14    5.93
                 

Vested or expected to vest at June 27, 2009

   1,849,739      $ 20.14    5.93
                 

Vested and exercisable at June 27, 2009

   1,459,968      $ 18.87    5.27
                 

The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation based on the requirements of SFAS No. 123(R) “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123(R)”) and adopted SFAS 123(R) using the prospective method. The Company continues to account for any portion of awards outstanding at the date of initial application (first quarter of Fiscal 2006) using the accounting principles originally applied to those awards which were the provisions of Accounting Principles Bulletin (“APB”) No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB No. 25”) and its related interpretive guidance. For those grants valued under SFAS 123(R), compensation expense attributable to stock-based compensation for the six months ended June 27, 2009 and June 28, 2008, was approximately $1.3 million and $1.1 million, respectively. As of June 27, 2009, the remaining unrecognized stock-based compensation expense for non-vested stock options issued after the effective date of SFAS 123(R) to be expensed in future periods is $4.7 million, and the related weighted-average period over which it is expected

 

F-46


Table of Contents

to be recognized is approximately 2.1 years. There were 1,459,968 and 487,126 vested and non-vested options, respectively, at June 27, 2009. SFAS 123(R) requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in the subsequent period if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company estimates forfeitures based on its historical forfeiture rate since the plan inception in Fiscal 2002. The value pertaining to estimated future forfeitures as of June 27, 2009 is approximately $0.2 million.

The weighted-average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the six months ended June 28, 2008, was $14.00. There were no stock options exercised during the first six months of Fiscal 2009 or 2008. The fair value of each option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     Six Months Ended
     June 27,
2009
   June 28,
2008

Expected dividend yield

   0.0%    0.0%

Expected volatility

   48.2%    46.7%

Risk-free interest rate

   2.71%    3.30%

Expected holding period

   6.25 years    6.25 years

The expected volatility applicable to the six months ended June 27, 2009 and June 28, 2008 is based on the volatility levels over the past 6.25 years from the average volatility of similar actively traded companies. The risk-free interest rate is derived from the average yield for the five and seven year zero-coupon U.S. Treasury Strips. The expected holding period of the option is calculated using the simplified method using the vesting term of 4 years and the contractual term of 10 years. The simplified method was chosen as a means to determine the Company’s holding period as the Company currently has no historical option exercise experience due to being a privately held company.

 

8. Legal Proceedings

Dwight Thompson v. The Vitamin Shoppe and Consolidated Actions.     The Company reclassified its California store managers as non-exempt employees in January 2004. On February 25, 2005, plaintiff Dwight Thompson (“Thompson”), a former store manager, filed suit on behalf of himself and other “similarly situated” current and former California store managers and assistant store managers in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Orange (“Orange County Superior Court”), alleging causes of action for alleged wage and hour violations, unfair business practices, unfair competition under Cal. Bus. & Prof. Code §§ 17000 et seq. (“UCL”) and penalties under the Labor Code Private Attorneys General Act, Cal. Labor Code §§ 2698 et seq. (“PAGA”) (the “Thompson Action”). Almost one year later, on July 7, 2006, the same group of plaintiffs’ attorneys who were representing Thompson filed another wage and hour lawsuit against The Vitamin Shoppe based on substantively identical allegations in the Orange County Superior Court, entitled Estel v. The Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. (Case No. 06CC07852) (the “Estel Action”). Plaintiffs in the Estel Action were already class members in the Thompson Action and in the lawsuit described below, Janine Perry and Thomas Vitrano v. Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. (the “Perry Action”). In January 2008, the Court consolidated the Thompson and Estel actions. In the consolidated complaint, Plaintiffs assert nine claims for relief against the Company: (1) failure to pay overtime wages; (2) unfair business practices in violation of Cal. Bus. & Prof. Code §§ 17000 et seq.; (3) conversion; (4) failure to provide meal periods; (5) failure to provide rest periods; (6) unfair competition under the UCL; (7) failure to provide itemized wage statements; (8) failure to provide wages and accrued vacation upon termination; and (9) recovery of civil penalties under PAGA. Plaintiffs purport to bring their UCL and PAGA claims as representative actions and the remaining claims on behalf of a class composed of all current and former assistant managers and managers of the Company who were employed on or after April 14, 2006 (the “Amended Thompson Action”). The Company intends to defend the Amended Thompson Action vigorously and has filed a motion for summary judgment on the grounds that Dwight Thompson, the only named plaintiff to act as a class representative, lacks standing to pursue such class action claims and that he can not sustain a claim for

 

F-47


Table of Contents

PAGA penalties. At this time, the Company does not have sufficient information to determine the amount or range of any potential loss. Accordingly, as of June 27, 2009, the Company has not accrued any liabilities related to this litigation.

Janine Perry and Thomas Vitrano v. Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc.     On August 17, 2005, plaintiff Perry, a former assistant store manager, later joined by plaintiff Vitrano, a current store manager, filed suit on behalf of themselves and other “similarly situated” individuals in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Marin, alleging miscellaneous wage and hour violations under California law, including, but not limited to, violations related to misclassification of store managers and violations with respect to providing meal and rest periods for store managers and assistant store managers. Plaintiffs’ allegations are similar to the violations alleged in the Thompson Action. On December 20, 2005, the parties engaged in mediation and the parties entered into a Memorandum of Understanding, which was followed by execution of a formal Settlement Agreement, which received final approval of the Marin County Superior Court in 2007. The settlement was upheld on appeal on June 17, 2009, no petition for review was filed, so all appeals have been exhausted.

California District Attorney’s Letter .    On May 17, 2007, the Company received a letter from the Napa County (California) District Attorney alleging that six of the Company’s private label products contain levels of lead that, pursuant to California’s Proposition 65, Cal. Health & Safety Code section 25249.5 et seq., (“Proposition 65”) require the products to bear a warning when sold in California. The letter claims that 12 other public prosecutors in California, including the California Attorney General, “are involved in a joint investigation of dietary supplements containing lead in amounts that expose users to lead in excess of 0.50 micrograms (ug) per day.” The letter demands that the Company immediately cease all sales of these products in California unless it provides a warning to consumers. It also notes that Proposition 65 provides for civil penalties of up to $2,500 per violation per day. The Company has met with the California Attorney General and certain District Attorneys, and is investigating these allegations and consulting with its third-party suppliers of these products. The Company has withdrawn certain named products from the California market and has provided warnings with respect to other products still available in California pending discussions with the public prosecutors. The Napa County District Attorney has expressed concerns on several occasions as to the method of warning employed by the Company and the completeness of its implementation. The Company has revised its warnings and reviewed its procedures for implementing warnings. The Company has responded to all outstanding requests for information and has met in person with representatives of the Napa County District Attorney and the California Attorney General to attempt to resolve this matter. At this time it is premature to address any potential loss as a result of these claims, or the amount or range of potential loss. As of June 27, 2009, the Company has not accrued any liabilities related to this litigation. The Napa District Attorney has not filed suit; nor has he made any monetary demand on the Company. In recent discussions, he has indicated that this matter may be resolved in conjunction with the People v. 21 st Century Healthcare, Inc. matter discussed below.

The People of the State of California v. 21st Century Healthcare, Inc .      On October 22, 2008, a private enforcer named Vicky Hamilton sent over 70 manufacturers and retailers of multivitamin products, including the Company, various Sixty-Day Notices of Violation of Proposition 65, Cal. Health & Safety Code section 25249.5 et seq. alleging that certain products contain lead and lead compounds and were sold in California without a Proposition 65 warning threatening litigation pertaining to two of the Company’s multivitamin products. On December 23, 2008, the California Attorney General and nine California District Attorneys filed a complaint on behalf of the People of the State of California against a number of companies who received notices of violation from Ms. Hamilton, including the Company in Alameda County Superior Court. The action alleges violations of both Proposition 65 and the UCL and supplants the litigation Ms. Hamilton sought to bring against the Company on the claims stated in her Notice of Violation. Penalties under Proposition 65 may be assessed at the maximum rate of $2,500 per violation per day. Penalties under the UCL may be assessed at the same rate and are cumulative to those available under Proposition 65. Injunctive relief and attorneys fees are also available. The Company is investigating these claims and discussing them with the California Attorney General and District Attorneys. At this time it is premature to determine the extent of any potential loss. Accordingly, as of June 27, 2009, the Company has not accrued any liabilities related to this litigation.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

The Company is party to various lawsuits arising from time to time in the normal course of business, many of which are covered by insurance. Except as described above, as of June 27, 2009, the Company was not party to any material legal proceedings. Although the impact of the final resolution of these matters on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows is not known, management does not believe that the resolution of these lawsuits will have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations or liquidity of the Company.

 

9. Related Party Transactions

In connection with the acquisition completed in Fiscal 2002, the Company entered into a management agreement with IPC Manager II, LLC (formerly Bear Stearns Merchant Manager II, LLC). This agreement provides for a quarterly fee of the greater of $187,500 or 0.25% of gross sales for the preceding fiscal quarter for advisory and consulting services. Amounts paid during the six months ended June 27, 2009 were approximately $0.8 million, and for the six months ended June 28, 2008 were approximately $0.7 million.

 

10. Segment Data

The Company currently operates two business segments, retail and direct. The operating segments are segments of the Company for which separate financial information is available and for which operating results are evaluated regularly by executive management in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s management evaluates segment operating results based on several indicators. The primary key performance indicators are sales and operating income for each segment. The table below represents key financial information for each of the Company’s business segments, retail and direct, as well as corporate costs. The retail segment includes the Company’s retail stores. The retail segment generates revenue primarily through the sale of third-party branded and proprietary branded vitamins, minerals, herbs, supplements, sports nutrition and other health and wellness products through retail stores throughout the United States. The direct segment generates revenue through the sale of third-party branded and proprietary branded vitamins, minerals, herbs, supplements, sports nutrition and other health and wellness products through the Company’s Web site and catalog. A catalog is mailed periodically to customers in the Company’s Healthy Awards Program database, and the Company’s website at www.vitaminshoppe.com and www.BodyTech.com offer its customers online access to a full assortment of over 20,000 SKUs. Corporate costs represent the Company’s administrative expenses which include, but are not limited to: human resources, legal, finance, information technology, and various other corporate level activity related expenses. There are no inter-segment sales transactions.

The Company’s segments are designed to allocate resources internally and provide a framework to determine management responsibility. The accounting policies of the segments are consistent with those described in Note 3- Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Fiscal 2008 consolidated financial statements. The Company has allocated $131.9 million and $45.3 million of its recorded goodwill to the retail and direct segments, respectively. The Company does not have identifiable assets separated by segment.

The following table contains key financial information of the Company’s business segments (in thousands):

 

     Six Months Ended  
     June 27,
2009
    June 28,
2008
 

Sales:

    

Retail

   $ 303,402      $ 266,604   

Direct

     40,296        40,487   
                

Net sales

     343,698        307,091   

Income from operations:

    

Retail

     49,662        42,003   

Direct

     8,086        7,720   

Corporate costs

     (32,903     (29,751
                

Income from operations

   $ 24,845      $ 19,972   
                

 

F-49


Table of Contents
11. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The disclosure of the fair value of financial instruments is made in accordance with the requirements of SFAS No. 107, “Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments.” The fair value of the Company’s Second Priority Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes have been determined by the Company using quoted market prices. The following table sets forth the carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s Notes at June 27, 2009 and December 27, 2008 (in thousands):

 

     June 27, 2009    December 27, 2008
     Carrying
Amount
   Fair Value    Carrying
Amount
   Fair Value

Second Priority Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes

   $ 165,000    $ 158,400    $ 165,000    $ 103,950

The fair value at June 27, 2009, is based on the last trade closest to that date which was June 16, 2009. The December 30, 2008 trade date was used for the December 27, 2008 fair value due to its being the closest trade to the Company’s Fiscal year end.

Effective December 30, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 157 that apply to its financial assets and liabilities which are measured at fair value within the condensed consolidated financial statements. SFAS No. 157 establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources. Unobservable inputs are inputs based on a company’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. In determining the fair value of the Company’s interest rate swap, the Company’s sole derivative, observable inputs were available at June 27, 2009, and thus were relied upon for the interest rate swap’s valuation (for further discussion regarding the swap, see Note 3 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies). The hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the reliability of inputs as follows:

Level 1 – Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that a company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

Level 2 – Valuations based on quoted inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly through corroboration with observable market data. Assets and liabilities utilizing Level 2 inputs include fair value and cash flow swap instruments.

Level 3 – Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

The Company’s interest rate swap was established as a cash flow hedge on a portion of its Notes to offset fluctuations related to the variable rate interest payments as described in Note 6. The interest rate swap is included in other long-term liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. The swap is categorized in Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy as shown in the following table:

 

          Fair value at June 27, 2009, using:

(In millions)

   Total    Quoted prices in
active markets for
identical assets
(Level 1)
   Significant
other
observable inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
unobservable
inputs

(Level 3)

Interest rate swap

   $ 3.5    $ —      $ 3.5    $ —  
                           

Total

   $ 3.5    $ —      $ 3.5    $ —  
                           

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Approximately $1.3 million was reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to earnings (as a component of interest expense) for the six months ended June 27, 2009. The Company expects $2.5 million of unrealized losses that are reported in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of June 27, 2009 to be reclassified into earnings within the next 12 months .

 

12. Subsequent Event

Subsequent events have been evaluated through August 11, 2009, the date of issuance of the condensed consolidated financial statements herein. On July 23, 2009, the Company filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission, for an initial public offering of common stock. The Registration Statement is currently under review by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

13. Supplemental Guarantor Information

The payment obligations of VSI under the Notes are jointly and severally and fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior basis by: Holdings (VSI’s parent), Direct (VSI’s sole subsidiary), all of VSI’s future restricted domestic subsidiaries, and Parent. The Notes and the guarantees are VSI’s, Holdings’ and Direct’s second priority senior secured obligations. They rank equally with all of VSI’s, Holding’s and Direct’s existing and future senior indebtedness and rank senior to all of VSI’s, Holdings’ and Direct’s existing and future subordinated indebtedness. The Notes and the guarantees are effectively subordinate to all of VSI’s, Holdings’ and Direct’s existing first priority senior secured indebtedness, to the extent of the collateral securing such indebtedness, including indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility.

The indenture governing the Notes restricts the ability of VSI and Direct to incur additional debt, pay dividends and make distributions, make certain investments, repurchase stock, incur liens, enter into transactions with affiliates, enter into sale and lease back transactions, merge, or consolidate or transfer or sell assets.

The following supplemental financial information sets forth, on a consolidating basis, balance sheets, statements of operations, and statements of cash flows for Holdings, VSI and Direct:

 

F-51


Table of Contents

VS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS AS OF JUNE 27, 2009

(In thousands, except share data)

 

    VS Holdings,
Inc.
    VS Direct
Inc.
  Vitamin
Shoppe
Industries
Inc.
    Eliminations     Consolidated  
ASSETS          

Current assets:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ —        $ 1,152   $ 955      $ —        $ 2,107   

Inventories

    —          17,510     85,933        —          103,443   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    —          173     11,485        —          11,658   

Intercompany receivable

    2        287,302     315,031        (602,335     —     

Deferred income taxes

    —          529     2,469        —          2,998   
                                     

Total current assets

    2        306,666     415,873        (602,335     120,206   

Property and equipment, net

    —          21,971     63,360        —          85,331   

Goodwill

    —          —       177,248        —          177,248   

Other intangibles, net

    —          —       70,721        —          70,721   

Other assets:

         

Deferred financing fees, net of accumulated amortization of $4,120

    —          —       3,512        —          3,512   

Other long-term assets

    —          —       2,081        —          2,081   

Deferred income tax asset

    2,906        1,944     13,818        (18,668     —     
                                     

Total other assets

    2,906        1,944     19,411        (18,668     5,593   

Investment in subsidiary

    194,034        —       51,252        (245,286     —     
                                     

Total assets

  $ 196,942      $ 330,581   $ 797,865      $ (866,289   $ 459,099   
                                     
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY          

Current liabilities:

         

Current portion of capital lease obligation

  $ —        $ —     $ 1,353      $ —        $ 1,353   

Revolving credit facility

    —          —       8,500        —          8,500   

Intercompany payable

    17,400        269,225     315,710        (602,335     —     

Accounts payable

    —          172     23,405        —          23,577   

Deferred sales

    —          1,591     6,216        —          7,807   

Accrued salaries and related expenses

    —          377     4,836        —          5,213   

Accrued interest

    —          —       2,045        —          2,045   

Other accrued expenses

    31        824     10,995        —          11,850   
                                     

Total current liabilities

    17,431        272,189     373,060        (602,335     60,345   

Long-term debt

    —          —       165,000        —          165,000   

Capital lease obligation, net of current portion

    —          —       2,900        —          2,900   

Deferred income taxes

    364        3,194     35,767        (18,668     20,657   

Other long-term liabilities

    —          1     7,971        —          7,972   

Deferred rent

    —          3,945     19,133        —          23,078   

Commitments and contingencies

         

Stockholders’ equity:

         

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 1,000 shares authorized; 100 shares issued and outstanding

    —          —       —          —          —     

Additional paid-in capital

    160,825        20,165     166,791        (186,956     160,825   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (2,034     —       (2,034     2,034        (2,034

Retained earnings

    20,356        31,087     29,277        (60,364     20,356   
                                     

Total stockholders’ equity

    179,147        51,252     194,034        (245,286     179,147   
                                     

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 196,942      $ 330,581   $ 797,865      $ (866,289   $ 459,099   
                                     

 

F-52


Table of Contents

VS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS AS OF DECEMBER 27, 2008

(In thousands, except share data)

 

    VS Holdings,
Inc.
    VS Direct
Inc.
  Vitamin
Shoppe
Industries
Inc.
    Eliminations     Consolidated  
ASSETS          

Current assets:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ —        $ 841   $ 782      $ —        $ 1,623   

Inventories

    —          17,547     89,344        —          106,891   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    —          198     12,807        —          13,005   

Intercompany receivable

    2        284,763     317,570        (602,335     —     

Deferred income taxes

    —          707     4,043        —          4,750   
                                     

Total current assets

    2        304,056     424,546        (602,335     126,269   

Property and equipment, net

    —          21,399     61,590        —          82,989   

Goodwill

    —          —       177,248        —          177,248   

Other intangibles, net

    —          —       71,088        —          71,088   

Other assets:

         

Deferred financing fees, net of accumulated amortization of $3,536

    —          —       4,097        —          4,097   

Other long-term assets

    —          —       462        —          462   

Security deposits

    —          —       1,537        —          1,537   

Deferred income tax asset

    2,218        1,873     12,816        (16,907     —     
                                     

Total other assets

    2,218        1,873     18,912        (16,907     6,096   

Investment in subsidiary

    183,972        —       47,628        (231,600     —     
                                     

Total assets

  $ 186,192      $ 327,328   $ 801,012      $ (850,842   $ 463,690   
                                     
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY          

Current liabilities:

         

Current portion of capital lease obligation

  $ —        $ —     $ 1,111      $ —        $ 1,111   

Revolving credit facility

    —          —       17,000        —          17,000   

Intercompany payable

    17,400        269,225     315,710        (602,335     —     

Accounts payable

    —          102     24,246        —          24,348   

Deferred sales

    —          2,538     10,501        —          13,039   

Accrued salaries and related expenses

    —          142     5,312        —          5,454   

Accrued interest

    —          —       2,170        —          2,170   

Other accrued expenses

    29        708     10,063        —          10,800   
                                     

Total current liabilities

    17,429        272,715     386,113        (602,335     73,922   

Long-term debt

    —          —       165,000        —          165,000   

Capital lease obligation, net of current portion

    —          —       3,271        —          3,271   

Deferred income taxes

    233        3,209     36,828        (16,907     23,363   

Other long-term liabilities

    —          —       8,721        —          8,721   

Deferred rent

    —          3,776     17,107        —          20,883   

Commitments and contingencies

         

Stockholders’ equity:

         

Additional paid-in capital

    159,556        20,165     166,791        (186,956     159,556   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (2,614     —       (2,614     2,614        (2,614

Retained earnings

    11,588        27,463     19,795        (47,258     11,588   
                                     

Total stockholders’ equity

    168,530        47,628     183,972        (231,600     168,530   
                                     

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 186,192      $ 327,328   $ 801,012      $ (850,842   $ 463,690   
                                     

 

F-53


Table of Contents

VS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 27, 2009

(In thousands)

 

     VS Holdings,
Inc.
    VS Direct
Inc.
   Vitamin
Shoppe
Industries
Inc.
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net sales

   $ —        $ 66,802    $ 276,896      $ —        $ 343,698   

Commissions

     —          9,711      3,768        (13,479     —     

Cost of goods sold

     —          48,081      185,427        (2,584     230,924   
                                       

Gross profit

     —          28,432      95,237        (10,895     112,774   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     1,269        22,509      74,230        (10,895     87,113   

Related party expenses

     —          —        816        —          816   
                                       

(Loss) income from operations

     (1,269     5,923      20,191        —          24,845   

Interest income

     —          —        (2     —          (2

Interest expense

     —          —        9,841        —          9,841   
                                       

(Loss) income before (benefit) provision for income taxes

     (1,269     5,923      10,352        —          15,006   

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

     (556     2,299      4,495        —          6,238   
                                       

(Loss) income before equity in net earnings of subsidiary

     (713     3,624      5,857        —          8,768   

Equity in net earnings of subsidiary

     9,481        —        3,624        (13,105     —     
                                       

Net income

   $ 8,768      $ 3,624    $ 9,481      $ (13,105   $ 8,768   
                                       

 

F-54


Table of Contents

VS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 28, 2008

(In thousands)

 

     VS Holdings,
Inc.
    VS Direct
Inc.
    Vitamin
Shoppe
Industries
Inc.
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net sales

   $ —        $ 57,192      $ 249,899      $ —        $ 307,091   

Commissions

     —          13,228        3,605        (16,833     —     

Cost of goods sold

     —          40,889        168,231        (2,329     206,791   
                                        

Gross profit

     —          29,531        85,273        (14,504     100,300   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     1,121        20,087        72,888        (14,504     79,592   

Related party expenses

     —          —          736        —          736   
                                        

(Loss) income from operations

     (1,121     9,444        11,649        —          19,972   

Interest income

     —          (5     (17     —          (22

Interest expense

     —          2,511        8,278        —          10,789   
                                        

(Loss) income before (benefit) provision for income taxes

     (1,121     6,938        3,388        —          9,205   

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

     (483     2,640        1,432        —          3,589   
                                        

(Loss) income before equity in net earnings of subsidiary

     (638     4,298        1,956        —          5,616   

Equity in net earnings of subsidiary

     6,254        —          4,298        (10,552     —     
                                        

Net income

   $ 5,616      $ 4,298      $ 6,254      $ (10,552   $ 5,616   
                                        

 

F-55


Table of Contents

VS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 27, 2009

(In thousands)

 

     VS Holdings,
Inc.
    VS Direct
Inc.
    Vitamin
Shoppe
Industries
Inc.
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Cash flows from operating activities:

          

Net income

   $ 8,768      $ 3,624      $ 9,481      $ (13,105   $ 8,768   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

          

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

     —          8        50        —          58   

Depreciation and amortization

     —          2,313        8,564        —          10,877   

Deferred income taxes

     (557     92        (875     —          (1,340

Deferred rent

     —          169        1,396        —          1,565   

Equity compensation expense

     1,269        —          —          —          1,269   

Equity in earnings of subsidiary

     (9,481     —          (3,624     13,105        —     

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

          

Inventories

     —          37        3,411        —          3,448   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     —          25        1,952        —          1,977   

Intercompany

     —          (2,539     2,539        —          —     

Other non-current assets

     —          —          (82     —          (82

Accounts payable

     —          70        1,112        —          1,182   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     1        (596     (3,953     —          (4,548

Other long-term liabilities

     —          1        216        —          217   
                                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     —          3,204        20,187        —          23,391   
                                        

Cash flows from investing activities:

          

Capital expenditures

     —          (2,893     (10,878     —          (13,771
                                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     —          (2,893     (10,878     —          (13,771
                                        

Cash flows from financing activities:

          

Borrowings under revolving credit agreement

     —          —          3,000        —          3,000   

Repayment of borrowings under revolving credit agreement

     —          —          (11,500     —          (11,500

Payments of capital lease obligation

     —          —          (636     —          (636
                                        

Net cash used in financing activities

     —          —          (9,136     —          (9,136
                                        

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     —          311        173        —          484   

Cash and cash equivalents beginning of period

     —          841        782        —          1,623   
                                        

Cash and cash equivalents end of period

   $ —        $ 1,152      $ 955      $ —        $ 2,107   
                                        

 

F-56


Table of Contents

VS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 28, 2008

(In thousands)

 

     VS Holdings,
Inc.
    VS Direct
Inc.
    Vitamin
Shoppe
Industries
Inc.
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Cash flows from operating activities:

          

Net income

   $ 5,616      $ 4,298      $ 6,254      $ (10,552   $ 5,616   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

          

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

     —          5        39        —          44   

Depreciation and amortization

     —          1,660        7,144        —          8,804   

Deferred income taxes

     (483     (378     830        —          (31

Deferred rent

     —          699        778        —          1,477   

Equity compensation expense

     1,121        —          —          —          1,121   

Equity in earnings of subsidiary

     (6,254     —          (4,298     10,552        —     

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

          

Inventories

     —          (1,734     1,434        —          (300

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     —          (12     1,006        —          994   

Intercompany

       (2,542     2,542        —          —     

Other non-current assets

     —          20        (148     —          (128

Accounts payable

     —          (75     (11,593     —          (11,668

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     —          2,065        (3,163     —          (1,098

Other long-term liabilities

     —          —          102        —          102   
                                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     —          4,006        927        —          4,933   
                                        

Cash flows from investing activities:

          

Capital expenditures

     —          (3,619     (9,491     —          (13,110

Intangible assets acquired in asset purchases

     —          —          (3,450     —          (3,450
                                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     —          (3,619     (12,941     —          (16,560
                                        

Cash flows from financing activities:

          

Borrowings under revolving credit agreement

     —          —          15,000        —          15,000   

Repayment of borrowings under revolving credit agreement

     —          —          (3,000       (3,000

Payments of capital lease obligation

     —          —          (67       (67
                                        

Net cash provided by financing activities

     —          —          11,933        —          11,933   
                                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     —          387        (81     —          306   

Cash and cash equivalents beginning of period

     —          567        886        —          1,453   
                                        

Cash and cash equivalents end of period

   $ —        $ 954      $ 805      $ —        $ 1,759   
                                        

 

F-57


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

Through and including             , 2009 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

9,096,077 Shares

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

Joint Book-Running Managers

 

J.P.Morgan   BofA Merrill Lynch   Barclays Capital

Co-Managers

 

Piper Jaffray  

Robert W. Baird & Co.

 

Stifel Nicolaus

             , 2009

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

The following table shows the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered. All amounts except the SEC registration fee and the FINRA fee are estimated. The missing amounts will be filed by amendment.

 

SEC Registration Fee

   $ 9,340.83

FINRA filing fee

     17,237

New York Stock Exchange listing fee

     138,528

Printing and engraving expenses

     500,000

Legal fees and expenses

     550,000

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     13,500

Accounting fees and expenses

     200,000

Blue Sky fees and expenses

     10,000

Miscellaneous

     1,661,394
      

Total

   $ 3,100,000
      

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

VS Holdings, Inc. is incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, provides that a corporation may indemnify any person, including an officer or director, who was or is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of such corporation, and, with respect to any criminal actions and proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any person, including an officer or director, who was or is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or contemplated action or suit by or in the right of such corporation, under the same conditions, except that such indemnification is limited to expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person, and except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if such person is adjudged to be liable to such corporation. Where an officer or director of a corporation is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to above, or any claim, issue or matter therein, the corporation must indemnify that person against the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which such officer or director actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith.

The amended and restated certificate of incorporation of VS Holdings, Inc. provides for the indemnification of directors, officers and employees to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. In addition, as permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the certificate of incorporation of VS Holdings, Inc. provides that none of its directors will be personally liable to it or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law as currently in effect or as the same may hereafter be amended.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

The amended and restated by-laws of VS Holdings, Inc. provides for the indemnification of all of their respective current and former directors and current or former officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

VS Holdings, Inc. intends to enter into indemnification agreements with its directors and officers to indemnify them against liabilities which may arise by reason of the directors’ status or service as a director. VS Holdings, Inc. also intends to maintain director and officer liability insurance, if available on reasonable terms.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

In the past three years, we have issued unregistered securities to a limited number of persons, as described below. None of these transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering, and we believe that each transaction was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) thereof or Rule 701 pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under such Rule 701.

We also have issued stock option grants under our Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option Plan, a written compensatory benefit plan under which we have issued options to employees and directors and our 2009 Vitamin Shoppe Equity Incentive Plan (the “2009 Plan”), a written compensatory benefit plan under which we have issued restricted stock to our Chief Executive Officer. The aggregate sales price of the securities issued under both plans in reliance on Rule 701 did not exceed 15% of our total assets in any given year.

Option Grants in Past Three Years .    All of our grants of options in the past three years were for options to purchase shares of our common stock and were made under our Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option Plan.

Since June 22, 2006, the registrant has issued to certain officers, employees and directors options to purchase 867,567 shares of common stock, with an estimated approximate aggregate exercise price of $22.3 million upon exercise of such options.

Issuances to Richard Markee . On September 8, 2009, we issued to our Chief Executive Officer, Richard Markee, in connection with his acceptance of employment with us, 48,658 restricted shares of our common stock under the 2009 Plan. These restricted shares vest annually in equal increments over four years. Mr. Markee also purchased from us 26,839 shares of common stock at a price per share of $28.13, for an aggregate cash purchase price of $754,981.

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) See the Exhibit Index beginning on the page II-5 for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

Not applicable.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS

1. The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

2. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by

 

II-2


Table of Contents

a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

3. The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For the purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as a part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and this offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of North Bergen, State of New Jersey, on October 14, 2009.

 

VS HOLDINGS, INC.

(Registrant)

By:   / S /    R ICHARD L. M ARKEE        
 

Richard L. Markee

Chief Executive Officer, Chairman and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons on October 14, 2009 in the capacities indicated.

 

        Name        

  

        Title        

/ S /    R ICHARD L. M ARKEE        

Richard L. Markee

  

Chief Executive Officer, Chairman and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

/ S /    M ICHAEL G. A RCHBOLD        

Michael G. Archbold

  

Executive Vice President, Chief

Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

/ S /    C OSMO L A F ORGIA        

Cosmo La Forgia

  

Vice President, Finance

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/ S /    D OUGLAS R. K ORN        

Douglas R. Korn

   Director

 

Richard L. Perkal

   Director

 

II-4


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

EXHIBIT NO.

  

DESCRIPTION

1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Vitamin Shoppe, Inc.
3.2    Second Amended and Restated By-Laws of Vitamin Shoppe, Inc.
4.1    Indenture dated as of November 15, 2005, by and among Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc., VS Holdings, Inc. and VS Direct Inc., as Guarantors, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee.†
4.2    Registration Rights Agreement dated as of dated as of November 15, 2005, by and among Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc., VS Holdings, Inc. and VS Direct Inc., as Guarantors, and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., BNP Paribas Securities Corp., Banc of America Securities LLC, Jefferies & Company, Inc. and Rothschild Inc., as Initial Purchasers.†
4.3    Form of Second Priority Senior Secured Floating Rate Note due 2012.†
4.4    Specimen Common Stock Certificate.
5.1    Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP.
10.1    Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2005, by and among Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. and VS Direct Inc. as borrowers, VS Holdings, Inc. as Guarantor, the Lenders and Issuing Bank from time to time party thereto, and Wachovia Bank, National Association as agent for the Lenders.†
10.2    Amendment No. 1 And Consent To Loan And Security Agreement, dated as of June 12. 2006, by and among Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. and VS Direct Inc. as borrowers, VS Holdings, Inc. and VS Parent, Inc., as Guarantors, the Lenders from time to time thereto, and Wachovia Bank, National Association as agent for the Lenders.†
10.3    Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2005, by and between Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. as Pledgor and Wachovia Bank, National Association as Pledgee.†
10.4    Stock Pledge Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2005, by and between Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. as Pledgor and Wachovia Bank, National Association as Pledgee.†
10.5    Guarantee of VS Holdings, Inc. and VS Direct Inc. of obligations of Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. under the Loan and Security Agreement.†
10.6    Guarantee of Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. and VS Holdings, Inc. of obligations of VS Direct Inc. under the Loan and Security Agreement.†
10.7    Stock Pledge Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2005, by and between VS Holdings, Inc. as Pledgor and Wachovia Bank, National Association as Pledgee.†
10.8    Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2005, by and among Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc., VS Direct Inc. and VS Holdings, Inc. as Pledgors, Wachovia Bank, National Association as Agent under the Loan and Security Agreement and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee under the Indenture and Parity Lien Collateral Agent.†
10.9    Deposit Account Control Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2005, by and among Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc., Wachovia Bank, National Association as Agent under the Loan Agreement and Bank of America, N.A.†
10.10    Collateral Account Notification and Acknowledgement dated as of January 15, 2006, by and between Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc., Wachovia Bank National Association and Bank of America, N.A.†
10.11    Form of Employment Agreement by and among executive officer, VS Parent, Inc., Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. and VS Holdings, Inc.§†


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT NO.

  

DESCRIPTION

10.12    Lease Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2002, between Hartz Mountain Industries, Inc. and Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc.†
10.13    Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2004, between Natures Value, Inc. and Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc.†
10.14    Advisory Services Agreement, dated as of November 27, 2002, by and among Bear Stearns Merchant Manager II, LLC, VS Holdings, Inc., and Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc.†
10.15    Amendment No. 1 to Advisory Services Agreement, dated as of June 12, 2006, by and among VS Holdings, Inc., Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc., Bear Stearns Merchant Manager II, LLC and VS Parent, Inc.†
10.16    Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of April 16, 2007, by and among Michael G. Archbold, VS Parent, Inc., VS Holdings, Inc. and Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. (Incorporated by reference to the Exhibit to the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on April 19, 2007).§
10.17    Amendment to Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of December 28, 2007, by and among Michael G. Archbold, VS Parent, Inc. and VS Holdings, Inc. and Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc.§‡
10.18    Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2007, by and among Louis H. Weiss, VS Parent, Inc., VS Holdings, Inc., VS Direct, Inc., and Vitamin Shoppe Industries, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to the Exhibit to the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on January 16, 2007).§
10.19    Amendment to Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of December 28, 2007, by and among Louis H. Weiss, VS Parent, Inc., VS Holdings, Inc., VS Direct, Inc. and Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc.§‡
10.20    Fourth Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of September 8, 2009, by and among Thomas Tolworthy, VS Parent, Inc. and VS Holdings, Inc. and Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc.§**
10.21    Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of June 12, 2006, by and among Anthony Truesdale, VS Parent, Inc., VS Holdings, Inc. and Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. §†
10.22    Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of December 28, 2007, by and among Anthony Truesdale, VS Parent, Inc., VS Holdings, Inc. and Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc.§‡
10.23    Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of June 12, 2006, by and among Cosmo La Forgia, VS Parent, Inc., Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. and VS Holdings, Inc. §†
10.24    Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of December 28, 2007, by and among Cosmo La Forgia, VS Parent, Inc., Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. and VS Holdings, Inc.§‡
10.25    Third Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of March 6, 2008, by and among Cosmo La Forgia, VS Parent, Inc., Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. and VS Holdings, Inc.§‡
10.26    Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of September 9, 2009, among Richard Markee, VS Parent, Inc., VS Direct, Inc. and VS Holdings, Inc. and Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc.§**
10.27    Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. Management Incentive Plan, dated as of February 28, 2006.§†
10.28    2009 Vitamin Shoppe Equity Incentive Plan, effective as of September 2, 2009.§**
10.29    Form of Indemnification Agreement by and among executive officer, VS Holdings, Inc. and Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc.§


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT NO.

  

DESCRIPTION

10.30    Form of Indemnification Agreement by and among director, VS Holdings, Inc. and Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc.§
10.31    Form of Securityholders Agreement, by and among VS Holdings, Inc. and the Securityholders party thereto.
10.32    Amendment No. 2 to Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2009 by and among Anthony Truesdale, VS Parent, Inc., Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. and VS Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 99.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by VS Holdings, Inc. on September 30, 2009).
10.33    Amendment No. 2 to Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2009 by and among Michael G. Archbold, VS Parent, Inc., Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. and VS Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 99.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by VS Holdings, Inc. on September 30, 2009).
10.34    Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2009, by and among Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. and VS Direct Inc. as borrowers, VS Holdings, Inc. as Guarantor, the Lenders and Issuing Bank from time to time party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 99.3 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by VS Holdings, Inc. on September 30, 2009).
10.35    Intercreditor Agreement Joinder, dated as of September 25, 2009, by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 99.4 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by VS Holdings, Inc. on September 30, 2009).
10.36    Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2009, by and among Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc., VS Direct Inc. and VS Holdings and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 99.5 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by VS Holdings, Inc. on September 30, 2009).
10.37    Stock Pledge Agreement, dated September 25, 2009 by and between VS Holdings, Inc. as Pledgor and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Pledgee (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 99.6 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by VS Holdings, Inc. on September 30, 2009).
10.38    Stock Pledge Agreement, dated September 25, 2009 by and between Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. as Pledgor and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Pledgee (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 99.7 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by VS Holdings, Inc. on September 30, 2009).
10.39    Guarantee of VS Direct Inc. and VS Holdings, Inc. , dated September 25, 2009, of obligations of Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. under the Loan and Security Agreement (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 99.9 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by VS Holdings, Inc. on September 30, 2009).
10.40    Guarantee of Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. and VS Holdings, Inc., dated September 25, 2009, of obligations of VS Direct Inc. under the Loan and Security Agreement (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 99.8 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by VS Holdings, Inc. on September 30, 2009).
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant.†
23.1    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2    Consent of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
99.1    Consent of Richard L. Markee
99.2    Consent of B. Michael Becker
99.3    Consent of Catherine E. Buggeln


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT NO.

  

DESCRIPTION

99.4    Consent of John H. Edmondson
99.5    Consent of David Edwab
99.6    Consent of John D. Howard
99.7    Consent of Douglas R. Korn
99.8    Consent of Beth M. Pritchard
99.9    Consent of Katherine Savitt-Lennon

 

* To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.
Incorporated by reference to Registration Statement No. 333-134983 on Form S-4 filed on June 13, 2006, as amended (File No. 333-134983-2).
Incorporated by reference to our Annual report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal year ended December 29, 2007, filed on March 28, 2008.
§ Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement.

Exhibit 1.1

VS HOLDINGS, INC.

             Shares of Common Stock

Form of Underwriting Agreement

             , 2009

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

Barclays Capital Inc.

As Representatives of the

several Underwriters listed

in Schedule 1 hereto

c/o

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

One Bryant Park

New York, NY 10036

Barclays Capital Inc.

745 Seventh Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Ladies and Gentlemen:

VS Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the “Underwriters”), for whom you are acting as representatives (the “Representatives”), an aggregate of              shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”), and certain stockholders of the Company named in Schedule 2 hereto (the “Selling Stockholders”) propose to sell to the several Underwriters an aggregate of              shares of Common Stock (collectively, the “Underwritten Shares”), which Underwritten Shares include certain shares of Common Stock to be issued in exchange for the Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Preferred Stock”), or the Warrants (the “Warrants”) of VS Parent, Inc. (“Parent”). In addition, the Selling Stockholders propose to sell, at the option of the Underwriters, up to an additional              shares of Common Stock (the “Option Shares”). The Underwritten Shares and the Option Shares are herein referred to as the “Shares”. The shares of Common Stock of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sale of the Shares contemplated herein (the “Offering”) are referred to herein as the “Stock”.

Prior to the completion of the Offering, the Company will be merged with and into Parent, it’s direct parent company, with the Company as the surviving entity (the “Merger”). All references herein to the “Company” refer to VS Holdings, Inc., prior to the Merger, and VS Holdings, Inc., as the surviving entity after the consummation of the Merger and to be renamed Vitamin Shoppe, Inc.


The Company and the Selling Stockholders hereby confirm their agreement with the several Underwriters concerning the purchase and sale of the Shares, as follows:

1. Registration Statement . The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Securities Act”), a registration statement (File No. 333-160756), including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. Such registration statement, as amended at the time it became effective, including the information, if any, deemed pursuant to Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act to be part of the registration statement at the time of its effectiveness (“Rule 430 Information”), is referred to herein as the “Registration Statement”; and as used herein, the term “Preliminary Prospectus” means each prospectus included in such registration statement (and any amendments thereto) before effectiveness, any prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Securities Act and the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time of its effectiveness that omits Rule 430 Information, and the term “Prospectus” means the prospectus in the form first used (or made available upon request of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) in connection with confirmation of sales of the Shares. If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “Rule 462 Registration Statement”), then any reference herein to the term “Registration Statement” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

At or prior to the Applicable Time (as defined below), the Company had prepared the following information (collectively [with the pricing information set forth on Annex B], the “Pricing Disclosure Package”): a Preliminary Prospectus dated             , 2009 and each “free-writing prospectus” (as defined pursuant to Rule 405 under the Securities Act) listed on Annex B hereto.

“Applicable Time” means [            ] [A/P].M., New York City time, on             , 2009.

2. Purchase of the Shares by the Underwriters .

(a) The Company agrees to issue and sell, and each of the Selling Stockholders agrees, severally and not jointly, to sell, the Underwritten Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this Agreement, and each Underwriter, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase at a price per share (the “Purchase Price”) of $             from the Company the respective number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name in Schedule 1 hereto and from each of the Selling Stockholders the number of Underwritten Shares (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares to be sold by each of the Selling Stockholders as set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule 2 hereto by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule 1 hereto and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares to be purchased by all the Underwriters from the Company. The public offering price of the Shares is not in excess of the price recommended by Barclays Capital Inc., acting as a “qualified independent underwriter” within the meaning of NASD Rule 2720 of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”).

In addition, each of the Selling Stockholders agrees, severally and not jointly, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule 2 hereto, to sell the Option Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this Agreement, and the Underwriters, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, shall have the option to purchase, severally and not jointly, from each Selling Stockholder the Option Shares at the Purchase Price less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Underwritten Shares but not payable on the Option Shares.

 

2


If any Option Shares are to be purchased, the number of Option Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the number of Option Shares which bears the same ratio to the aggregate number of Option Shares being purchased as the number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule 1 hereto (or such number increased as set forth in Section 12 hereof) bears to the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares being purchased from the Company by the several Underwriters, subject, however, to such adjustments to eliminate any fractional Shares as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make.

The Underwriters may exercise the option to purchase Option Shares at any time in whole, or from time to time in part, on or before the thirtieth day following the date of the Prospectus, by written notice from the Representatives to the Company and the Attorneys-in-Fact (as defined below). Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the option is being exercised and the date and time when the Option Shares are to be delivered and paid for, which may be the same date and time as the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) but shall not be earlier than the Closing Date or later than the tenth full business day (as hereinafter defined) after the date of such notice (unless such time and date are postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 12 hereof). Any such notice shall be given at least two business days prior to the date and time of delivery specified therein.

(b) The Company and the Selling Stockholders understand that the Underwriters intend to make a public offering of the Shares as soon after the effectiveness of this Agreement as in the judgment of the Representatives is advisable, and initially to offer the Shares on the terms set forth in the Prospectus. The Company and the Selling Stockholders acknowledge and agree that the Underwriters may offer and sell Shares to or through any affiliate of an Underwriter.

(c) Payment for the Shares shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the respective accounts specified by the Company and the Attorneys-in-Fact or any of them (with regard to payment to the Selling Stockholders), to the Representatives in the case of the Underwritten Shares, at the offices of Latham & Watkins LLP, 885 Third Avenue, New York, NY 10022-4834, at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on             , 2009, or at such other time or place on the same or such other date, not later than the fifth business day thereafter, as the Representatives, the Company and the Attorneys-in-Fact may agree upon in writing or, in the case of the Option Shares, on the date and at the time and place specified by the Representatives in the written notice of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Option Shares. The time and date of such payment for the Underwritten Shares is referred to herein as the “Closing Date”, and the time and date for such payment for the Option Shares, if other than the Closing Date, is herein referred to as the “Additional Closing Date”.

Payment for the Shares to be purchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall be made against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters of the Shares to be purchased on such date in definitive form registered in such names and in such denominations as the Representatives shall request in writing not later than two full business days prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the sale of such Shares duly paid by the Company and the Selling Stockholders, as applicable. Delivery of the Shares shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct. The certificates for the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders will be made available for inspection and packaging by the Representatives at the office of DTC or its designated custodian not later than 1:00 P.M., New York City time, on the business day prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

 

3


(d) Each of the Company and each Selling Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters are acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length contractual counterparty to the Company and the Selling Stockholders with respect to the offering of Shares contemplated hereby (including in connection with determining the terms of the offering) and not as a financial advisor or a fiduciary to, or an agent of, the Company, the Selling Stockholders or any other person. Additionally, neither the Representatives nor any other Underwriter is advising the Company, the Selling Stockholders or any other person as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction. Each of the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall consult with its own advisors concerning such matters and shall be responsible for making its own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the Underwriters shall have no responsibility or liability to the Company or the Selling Stockholders with respect thereto. Any review by the Underwriters of the Company, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions will be performed solely for the benefit of the Underwriters and shall not be on behalf of the Company or the Selling Stockholders.

3. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter that:

(a) Preliminary Prospectus. No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus included in the Pricing Disclosure Package, at the time of filing thereof, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and no Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in any Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 9(c) hereof.

(b) Pricing Disclosure Package . The Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Pricing Disclosure Package, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 9(c) hereof.

(c) Issuer Free Writing Prospectus. Other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has not prepared, used, authorized, approved or referred to and will not prepare, use, authorize, approve or refer to any “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Shares (each such communication by the Company or its agents and representatives (other than a communication referred to in clause (i) below) an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”) other than (i) any document not constituting a prospectus pursuant to Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Securities Act or Rule 134 under the Securities

 

4


Act or (ii) the documents listed on Annex B hereto, each electronic road show and any other written communications approved in writing in advance by the Representatives. Each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, has been or will be (within the time period specified in Rule 433) filed in accordance with the Securities Act (to the extent required thereby) and, when taken together with the Preliminary Prospectus accompanying, or delivered prior to delivery of, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 9(c) hereof.

(d) Registration Statement and Prospectus. The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued by the Commission, and to the best of the Company’s knowledge after due inquiry, no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act against the Company or related to the offering of the Shares has been initiated or threatened by the Commission; as of the applicable effective date of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, the Registration Statement and any such post-effective amendment complied and will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act, and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of the date of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 9(c) hereof.

(e) Financial Statements. The financial statements and pro forma data (including the related notes thereto) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position as of the dates indicated and the cash flows and results of operations for the periods specified of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries; except as otherwise stated in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved; and the supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly, in all material respects, the information required to be stated therein. No other financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus by

 

5


the Securities Act. The other financial and statistical information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly the information included therein and have been prepared on a basis consistent with that of the financial statements that are included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and the books and records of the respective entities presented therein.

(f) No Material Adverse Change. Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Disclosure Package, except as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package, (i) the Company has not declared or paid any dividends, or made any other distribution of any kind, on or in respect of its capital stock, (ii) there has not been any material change in the capital stock or long-term or short-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries listed in Exhibit A hereto (each, a “Subsidiary” and, collectively, the “Subsidiaries”), (iii) neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has sustained any material loss or interference with its business or properties from fire, explosion, flood, hurricane, accident or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or any legal or governmental proceeding, and (iv) there has not been any material adverse change or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, in or affecting the business, general affairs, management, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, stockholders’ equity or properties of the Company and the Subsidiaries, individually or taken as a whole. Since the date of the latest balance sheet included in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Disclosure Package, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has incurred or undertaken any liabilities or obligations, whether direct or indirect, liquidated or contingent, matured or unmatured, or entered into any transactions, including any acquisition or disposition of any business or asset, which are material to the Company and the Subsidiaries, individually or taken as a whole, except for liabilities, obligations and transactions which are disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package.

(g) Organization and Good Standing. The Subsidiaries are the only “subsidiaries” of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act). Each of the Company and each Subsidiary has been duly organized and validly exists as a corporation, partnership or limited liability company in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization. Each of the Company and each Subsidiary is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation, partnership or limited liability company in each jurisdiction in which the character or location of its properties (owned, leased or licensed) or the nature or conduct of its business makes such qualification necessary, except for those failures to be so qualified or in good standing which (individually and in the aggregate) could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on (i) the business, general affairs, management, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, stockholders’ equity, properties or prospects of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; or (ii) the ability of the Company to consummate the Offering or any other transaction contemplated by this Agreement or the Pricing Disclosure Package (a “Material Adverse Effect”).

(h) Capitalization. Upon the Merger, the Company will have an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package, and all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (including the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders) will be fully paid and non-assessable and will have been duly and validly authorized and issued, in compliance with all applicable state, federal and foreign securities laws and not in violation of or subject to any preemptive or similar right that entitles any person to acquire from the Company or any subsidiary any Common Stock or other equity security of the Company or any security convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, Common Stock or

 

6


any other such security (any “Relevant Security”), except for such rights as may have been fully satisfied or waived prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement. All of the issued shares of capital stock of or other ownership interests in each Subsidiary have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and (except as set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package) are owned directly or indirectly by the Company free and clear of any lien, charge, mortgage, pledge, security interest, claim, equity, trust or other encumbrance, preferential arrangement, defect or restriction of any kind whatsoever (any “Lien”).

(i) Stock Options. With respect to the stock options (the “Stock Options”) granted pursuant to the stock-based compensation plans of the Company and its subsidiaries (the “Company Stock Plans”), (i) each Stock Option intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code so qualifies, (ii) each grant of a Stock Option was duly authorized no later than the date on which the grant of such Stock Option was by its terms to be effective (the “Grant Date”) by all necessary corporate action, including, as applicable, approval by the board of directors of the Company (or a duly constituted and authorized committee thereof) and any required stockholder approval by the necessary number of votes or written consents, and the award agreement governing such grant (if any) was duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, (iii) each such grant was made in accordance with the terms of the Company Stock Plans, and (iv) each such grant was properly accounted for in accordance with GAAP in the financial statements (including the related notes) of the Company. The Company has not knowingly granted, and there is no and has been no policy or practice of the Company of granting, Stock Options prior to, or otherwise coordinating the grant of Stock Options with, the release or other public announcement of material information regarding the Company or its subsidiaries or their results of operations or prospects.

(j) Underwriting Agreement. This Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(k) The Shares. The Shares to be delivered on the Closing Date and the Additional Closing Date, if any, have been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and delivered in accordance with this Agreement, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, will have been issued in compliance with all applicable state, federal and foreign securities laws and will not have been issued in violation of or subject to any preemptive or similar right that entitles any person to acquire any Relevant Security from the Company. The Common Stock and the Shares conform to the descriptions thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus in all material respects. Except as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Company has no outstanding warrants, options to purchase, or any preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any contracts or commitments to issue or sell, any Relevant Security. Except as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package, no holder of any Relevant Security has any rights to require registration under the Securities Act of any Relevant Security in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares contemplated hereby, and any such rights so disclosed have either been fully complied with by the Company or effectively waived by the holders thereof.

(l) No Violation or Default. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary (i) is in violation of its certificate or articles of incorporation, by-laws, certificate of formation, limited liability company agreement, partnership agreement or other organizational documents, (ii) is in default under, and no event has occurred which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default under or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan

 

7


agreement or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its property or assets is subject, or (iii) is in violation of any statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, directive, judgment, decree or order of any judicial, regulatory or other legal or governmental agency or body, foreign or domestic, except (in the case clauses (ii) and (iii) above) for violations or defaults that could not (individually or in the aggregate) reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(m) No Conflicts. The issue and sale of the Shares, the compliance by the Company with this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated do not and will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement, instrument, franchise, license or permit to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or by which the Company or any Subsidiary or their respective properties, operations or assets may be bound or (ii) violate or conflict with any provision of the certificate or articles of incorporation, by-laws, certificate of formation, limited liability company agreement, partnership agreement or other organizational documents of the Company or any Subsidiary, or (iii) violate or conflict with any statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, directive, judgment, decree or order of any judicial, regulatory or other legal or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, except (in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above) for violations or defaults that could not (individually or in the aggregate) reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(n) No Consents Required. No Consent of, with or from any judicial, regulatory or other legal or governmental agency or body or any third party, foreign or domestic, is required for the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except the registration under the Securities Act of the Shares and such consents as may be required under state securities or blue sky laws or the by-laws and rules of FINRA in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters, each of which has been obtained and is in full force and effect.

(o) Legal Proceedings. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no judicial, regulatory, arbitral or other legal or governmental proceeding or other litigation or arbitration, domestic or foreign, pending to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or of which any property, operations or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary is the subject which, individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to the Company or any Subsidiary, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; to the Company’s knowledge, no such proceeding, litigation or arbitration is threatened or contemplated; and the defense of all such proceedings, litigation and arbitration against or involving the Company or any Subsidiary could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(p) Independent Accountants . Deloitte and Touche LLP, who have certified the financial statements and supporting schedules and information of the Company and its subsidiaries that are in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus are independent public accountants as required by the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Exchange Act”).

 

8


(q) Title to Real and Personal Property . Each of the Company and each Subsidiary owns or leases all such properties as are necessary to the conduct of its business as presently operated and as proposed to be operated as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. The Company and the Subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them, in each case free and clear of any and all Liens except such as are described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or such as do not (individually or in the aggregate) materially affect the value of such property or materially interfere with the use made or proposed to be made of such property by the Company and the Subsidiaries; and any real property and buildings held under lease or sublease by the Company and the Subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material to, and do not materially interfere with, the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and the Subsidiaries. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any notice of any claim adverse to its ownership of any real or personal property or of any claim against the continued possession of any real property, whether owned or held under lease or sublease by the Company or any Subsidiary, which could result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(r) Title to Intellectual Property . The Company and each Subsidiary own or possess adequate rights to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, licenses and know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures) (collectively, “Intellectual Property Rights”) necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses as currently conducted, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and, to the Company’s knowledge, the conduct of their respective businesses does not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise conflict with any Intellectual Property Rights of others. The Company and the Subsidiaries have not received any written notice of any claim of infringement, misappropriation or conflict with any Intellectual Property Rights of others, and there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company or the Subsidiaries infringes, misappropriates or otherwise conflicts with the Intellectual Property Rights of others. There is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity or enforceability of any Intellectual Property Rights that are material to the conduct of the businesses of the Company and the Subsidiaries, and none of the patents owned by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries has been adjudged to be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part. The Company is not aware of any infringement, misappropriation or violation by third parties of any Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. For purposes of this section, the term “to the Company’s knowledge” includes without limitation, the knowledge of the Company’s chief legal officer.

(s) Investment Company Act . The Company is not and, at all times up to and including consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and after giving effect to application of the net proceeds of the Offering as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be, required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and is not and will not be an entity “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of such act.

 

9


(t) Taxes. Each of the Company and each Subsidiary has accurately prepared and timely filed all federal, state, foreign and other tax returns that are required to be filed by it and has paid or made provision for the payment of all taxes, assessments, governmental or other similar charges, including without limitation, all sales and use taxes and all taxes which the Company or any Subsidiary is obligated to withhold from amounts owing to employees, creditors and third parties, with respect to the periods covered by such tax returns (whether or not such amounts are shown as due on any tax return), except where the failure to file or pay would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All such tax returns are accurate in all material respects. No deficiency assessment with respect to a proposed adjustment of the Company’s or any Subsidiary’ federal, state, local or foreign taxes is pending or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, threatened, except for such deficiencies that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The accruals and reserves on the books and records of the Company and the Subsidiaries in respect of tax liabilities that are not due and payable are adequate to meet any assessments and related liabilities for any such period and, since December 30, 2006, the Company and the Subsidiaries have not incurred any liability for taxes other than in the ordinary course of its business. There is no material tax lien, whether imposed by any federal, state, foreign or other taxing authority, outstanding against the assets, properties or business of the Company or any Subsidiary.

(u) Licenses and Permits. The Company and each Subsidiary have such permits, licenses, franchises, registrations, approvals and authorizations of governmental or regulatory authorities (“Permits”), including, without limitation, under any applicable Environmental Laws and laws of the U.S. Food & Drug Administration, as are necessary to own, lease and operate their respective properties and to conduct their businesses as they are currently operated and conducted, except where the failure to have such Permits could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and the Company and each Subsidiary have fulfilled and performed all of their obligations with respect to such Permits and no event has occurred which allows, or after notice or lapse of time would allow, revocation or termination thereof or results in any other material impairment of the rights of the holder of any such Permit. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received notice of any investigation or proceedings which, if decided adversely to the Company or any such Subsidiary, could reasonably be expected to result in the revocation of, or imposition of a materially burdensome restriction on, any such Permit.

(v) No Labor Disputes. No labor disturbance by the employees of the Company or any Subsidiary exists or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, is imminent and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbances by the employees of any of its or any Subsidiary’s principal suppliers, manufacturers’, customers or contractors, which, in either case (individually or in the aggregate), could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(w) Hazardous Materials . There has been no storage, generation, transportation, handling, treatment, disposal, discharge, emission or other release of any kind of toxic or other wastes or other hazardous materials or substances (“Hazardous Materials”) by, due to, or caused by the Company or the Subsidiaries (or, to the Company’s knowledge, any other entity for whose acts or omissions the Company is or may be liable) upon any other property now or previously owned or leased by the Company or the Subsidiaries, or upon any other property, which would be a violation of or give rise to any liability under any applicable law, rule, regulation, order, judgment, decree or permit relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“Environmental Law”),

 

10


except for violations and liabilities which, individually or in the aggregate, could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no disposal, discharge, emission or other release of any kind onto such property or into the environment surrounding such property of any Hazardous Materials with respect to which the Company or the Subsidiaries has knowledge. Neither the Company nor the Subsidiaries has agreed to assume, undertake or provide indemnification for any liability of any other person under any Environmental Law, including any obligation for cleanup or remedial action, except for violations and liabilities which, individually or in the aggregate, could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and the Subsidiaries are not aware of any facts or issues regarding compliance with Environmental Laws, pending legal proceedings or liabilities or other obligations under Environmental Laws, including the release or threatened release of Hazardous Materials, that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position of the Company and the Subsidiaries for the current and succeeding fiscal years. There is no pending or, to best knowledge of the Company and the Subsidiaries, threatened administrative, regulatory or judicial action, claim or notice of noncompliance or violation, investigation or proceedings relating to any Environmental Law, or exposure to any Hazardous Materials, against the Company or the Subsidiaries except for actions, claims or notices of noncompliance or violation, investigation or proceedings which, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or for which it is reasonably believed no monetary sanctions of $300,000 or more will be imposed.

(x) Compliance with ERISA. No “prohibited transaction” (as defined in either Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (“ERISA”) or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “Code”)), “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA) or other event of the kind described in Section 4043(b) of ERISA (other than events with respect to which the 30-day notice requirement under Section 4043 of ERISA has been waived) has occurred with respect to any employee benefit plan for which the Company or any Subsidiary would have any liability which could (individually or in the aggregate) reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; each employee benefit plan for which the Company or any Subsidiary would have any liability is in compliance in all material respects with applicable law, including (without limitation) ERISA and the Code; the Company has not incurred and does not expect to incur liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of, or withdrawal from any “pension plan”; and each plan for which the Company would have any liability that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified in all material respects and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which could cause the loss of such qualification.

(y) Disclosure Controls . The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act; such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within those entities; and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

(z) Accounting Controls. The Company and its Subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting and other controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for

 

11


assets, (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, and (iv) the recorded accounting for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. The Company maintains a system of internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act and has been designed by the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or under their supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective and the Company is not aware of any material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting. Since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

(aa) Insurance. The Company and the Subsidiaries maintain insurance in such amounts and covering such risks as the Company reasonably considers adequate for the conduct of its business and the value of its properties and as is customary for companies engaged in similar businesses in similar industries, all of which insurance is in full force and effect, except where the failure to maintain such insurance could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no material claims by the Company or any Subsidiary under any such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause. The Company reasonably believes that it will be able to renew its existing insurance as and when such coverage expires or will be able to obtain replacement insurance adequate for the conduct of the business and the value of its properties at a cost that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(bb) No Unlawful Payments. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, has (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977; or (iv) made any unlawful bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment.

(cc) Compliance with Money Laundering Laws; OFAC . The operations of the Company and each Subsidiary are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial record-keeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any Subsidiary with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or any Subsidiary is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the

 

12


proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

(dd) No Restrictions on Subsidiaries . No Subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, under any agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or is subject, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such Subsidiary’s capital stock, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such Subsidiary’s properties or assets to the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company.

(ee) No Broker’s Fees. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or, to the Company’s knowledge, any arrangements, agreements, understandings, payments or issuance with respect to the Company or any of its officers, directors, shareholders, partners, employees, Subsidiaries or affiliates that may affect the Underwriters’ compensation as determined by FINRA.

(ff) No Registration Rights . Except as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package, no person has the right to require the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to register any securities for sale under the Securities Act by reason of the filing of the Registration Statement with the Commission, the issuance and sale of the Shares by the Company or, to the knowledge of the Company, the sale of the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders hereunder.

(gg) No Stabilization. Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates (within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act) has taken, directly or indirectly, any action which constitutes or is designed to cause or result in, or which could reasonably be expected to constitute, cause or result in, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.

(hh) Forward-Looking Statements. No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

(ii) Statistical and Market Data . The statistical, industry-related and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources which the Company reasonably and in good faith believes are reliable and accurate, and such data agree with the sources from which they are derived.

(jj) Sarbanes-Oxley Act . There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company or any of its directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), including, without limitation, Section 402 related to loans and Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications.

(kk) Status under the Securities Act . The Company was not an “ineligible issuer” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) as of the eligibility determination date for purposes of Rules 164 and 433 under the Securities Act with respect to the offering of the Shares contemplated hereby.

 

13


(ll) Listing of Shares . The Common Stock has been registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act. The shares of Common Stock have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”), and the Company has taken no action designed to, or likely to have the effect of, terminating the registration of the Common Stock under the Exchange Act or de-listing the Common Stock from the NYSE, nor has the Company received any notification that the Commission or the NYSE is contemplating terminating such registration or listing.

(mm) Integration . Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates (within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act) has, prior to the date hereof, made any offer or sale of any securities which could be “integrated” (within the meaning of the Securities Act) with the offer and sale of the Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement.

(nn) Statements . The statements set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and Prospectus under the caption “Description of Capital Stock”, insofar as it purports to constitute a summary of the terms of the Common Stock, and under the captions “Shares Eligible for Future Sale”, “Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations” and “Underwriting”, insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws, and documents referred to therein, are accurate, complete and fair in all material respects.

(oo) Issuer Free Writing Prospectus . The Company has complied with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Securities Act with respect to each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus including, without limitation, all prospectus delivery, filing, record retention and legending requirements applicable to any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus. The Company has not (i) distributed any offering material in connection with the Offering other than the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus set forth on Annex B hereto, or (ii) filed, referred to, approved, used or authorized the use of any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus except as set forth in Annex B hereto.

(pp) Foreign Jurisdictions . The Registration Statement, the Prospectus and any Preliminary Prospectus comply, and any further amendments or supplements thereto will comply, with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, directives, judgments, decrees and orders of foreign jurisdictions in which the Prospectus or any Preliminary Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, may be distributed in connection with therewith; and no consent of, from or with any judicial, regulatory or other legal or governmental agency or body, other than such as have been obtained, is necessary under any such law, rule, regulation, ordinance, directive, judgment, decree or order.

4. Representations and Warranties of the Selling Stockholders . Each of the Selling Stockholders severally represents and warrants to each Underwriter that:

(a) Required Consents; Authority . No consents, approvals, authorizations and orders are necessary for the execution and delivery by such Selling Stockholder of this Agreement, the Power of Attorney (the “Power of Attorney”), the Custody Agreement (the “Custody Agreement”) and the Irrevocable Election to Sell (the “Election to Sell”) hereinafter referred to, and for the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, other than the registration of the Shares under the Securities Act and such consents, approvals, authorizations

 

14


or qualifications as may be required under the Exchange Act and applicable state or foreign securities laws in connection with the purchase and sale of the Shares by the Underwriters; and such Selling Stockholder has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement, the Power of Attorney, the Custody Agreement and the Election to Sell, and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder; this Agreement, the Power of Attorney, the Custody Agreement and the Election to Sell have each been duly authorized (if applicable), executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder.

(b) No Conflicts . The execution, delivery and performance by such Selling Stockholder of this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement, the sale of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder and the consummation by such Selling Stockholder of the transactions contemplated herein or therein will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of such Selling Stockholder pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of the property or assets of such Selling Stockholder is subject, or (ii) result in the violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory agency; except, in each case, for any breach, violation, default, lien, charge or encumbrance that would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the ability of such Selling Stockholder to consummate the transactions contemplated herein or therein.

(c) Title to Shares. Upon the Merger, such Selling Stockholder will have good and valid title to the Shares (or Warrants and/or Preferred Stock exchangeable into Shares) to be sold at the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or adverse claims; such Selling Stockholder will have, immediately prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, good and valid title to the Shares to be sold at the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, by such Selling Stockholder, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or adverse claims; and, upon delivery of the certificates representing such Shares and payment therefor pursuant hereto, good and valid title to such Shares, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or adverse claims, will pass to the several Underwriters.

(d) No Stabilization. Such Selling Stockholder has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares.

(e) Pricing Disclosure Package . The Pricing Disclosure Package, at the Applicable Time did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, but only with respect to any untrue statement of a material fact or omission to state a material fact made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished by such Selling Stockholder, in writing to the Company, relating to such Selling Stockholder expressly for use in the Pricing Disclosure Package, it being understood and agreed that for the purposes of this Agreement, the only information so furnished by such Selling Stockholder consists of the legal name, address and number of shares of Common Stock, Preferred Stock and/or Warrants, as applicable, owned by such Selling Stockholder before the offering (excluding percentages and the number of shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock that will be

 

15


beneficially owned by such Selling Stockholder after the offering) which appear in the table (and corresponding footnotes) under the caption “Principal and Selling Stockholders” in the Preliminary Prospectus (with respect to each Selling Stockholder, the “Selling Stockholder Information”).

(f) Issuer Free Writing Prospectus. Other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, such Selling Stockholder (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has not prepared, used, authorized, approved or referred to and will not prepare, use, authorize, approve or refer to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, other than (i) any document not constituting a prospectus pursuant to Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Securities Act or Rule 134 under the Securities Act, (ii) the documents listed on Annex B hereto, each electronic road show and any other written communications approved in writing in advance by the Company and the Representatives, or (iii) any document prepared by the Company without input from the Selling Stockholders or their agents.

(g) Registration Statement and Prospectus. As of the applicable effective date of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, the Registration Statement and any such post-effective amendment did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of the date of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading but only with respect to any untrue statement of a material fact or omission to state a material fact made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished by such Selling Stockholder, in writing to the Company, relating to such Selling Stockholder expressly for use in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), it being understood and agreed that for the purposes of this Agreement, the only information so furnished by such Selling Stockholder consists of such Selling Stockholder’s Selling Stockholder Information.

(h) Material Information . As of the date hereof, as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, that the sale of the Shares by such Selling Stockholder is not and will not be prompted by any material information concerning the Company which is not set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, provided , however , that no representation or warranty is being made hereby as to whether the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

Each of the Selling Stockholders represents and warrants that certain securities of Parent have been placed in custody under a Custody Agreement relating to such Shares, in the form heretofore furnished to you, duly executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder to Michael G. Archbold and James M. Sander, as custodians (the “Custodians”), and that such Selling Stockholder has duly executed and delivered a Power of Attorney, in the form heretofore furnished to you, appointing the person or persons indicated in the Power of Attorney, and each of them, as such Selling Stockholder’s Attorneys-in-fact (the “Attorneys-in-Fact” or any one of them the “Attorney-in Fact”) with authority to execute and deliver this Agreement on behalf of such Selling Stockholder, to determine the purchase price to be paid by the Underwriters to the Selling Stockholders

 

16


as provided herein, to authorize the delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder and otherwise to act on behalf of such Selling Stockholder in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Custody Agreement.

Each of the Selling Stockholders specifically agrees that the securities of Parent represented by the certificates held in custody for such Selling Stockholder under the Custody Agreement, are subject to the interests of the Underwriters hereunder, and that the arrangements made by such Selling Stockholder for such custody, and the appointment by such Selling Stockholder of the Attorneys-in-Fact by the Power of Attorney, are to that extent irrevocable. Each of the Selling Stockholders specifically agrees that the obligations of such Selling Stockholder hereunder shall not be terminated by operation of law, whether by the death or incapacity of any individual Selling Stockholder, or, in the case of an estate or trust, by the death or incapacity of any executor or trustee or the termination of such estate or trust, or in the case of a partnership, corporation or similar organization, by the dissolution of such partnership, corporation or organization, or by the occurrence of any other event. If any individual Selling Stockholder or any such executor or trustee should die or become incapacitated, or if any such estate or trust should be terminated, or if any such partnership, corporation or similar organization should be dissolved, or if any other such event should occur, before the delivery of the Shares hereunder, certificates representing such Shares shall be delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Custody Agreement, and actions taken by the Attorneys-in-Fact pursuant to the Powers of Attorney shall be as valid as if such death, incapacity, termination, dissolution or other event had not occurred, regardless of whether or not the Custodians, the Attorneys-in-Fact, or any of them, shall have received notice of such death, incapacity, termination, dissolution or other event.

5. Further Agreements of the Company . The Company covenants and agrees with each Underwriter that:

(a) Required Filings . The Company shall prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by you and file such Prospectus pursuant to, and within the time periods specified by, Rule 424(b) and Rule 430A under the Securities Act; prior to the last date on which an Additional Closing Date, if any, may occur, the Company shall file no further amendment to the Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to the Prospectus to which you shall object in writing after being furnished in advance a copy thereof and given a reasonable opportunity to review and comment thereon; the Company shall notify you promptly (and, if requested by the Representatives, confirm such notice in writing) (i) when the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto become effective, (ii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment of or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for any additional information, (iii) of the Company’s intention to file, or prepare any supplement or amendment to, the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, (iv) of the mailing or the delivery to the Commission for filing of any amendment of or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, including but not limited to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, (v) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or, in each case, of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings therefore, (vi) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, and (vii) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose. If the Commission shall propose or enter a stop order at any time, the Company will make every effort to prevent the issuance of any such stop order and, if issued, to obtain the lifting of such order as soon as possible.

 

17


(b) Amendment . If at any time when a prospectus relating to the Shares (or, in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Securities Act) is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, any event shall have occurred as a result of which the Pricing Disclosure Package (prior to the availability of the Prospectus) or the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would, in the judgment of the Underwriters or the Company, include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances existing at the time of delivery of such Pricing Disclosure Package or Prospectus (or, in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Securities Act) to the purchaser, not misleading, or if to comply with the Securities Act it shall be necessary at any time to amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or the Registration Statement, the Company will notify you promptly and prepare and file with the Commission an appropriate amendment or supplement (in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives) that will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance, and will use its reasonable best efforts to have any amendment to the Registration Statement declared effective as soon as possible.

(c) Free Writing Prospectus . The Company will not, without the prior consent of the Representatives, (i) make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, except for any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus set forth in Annex B hereto and any electronic road show previously approved by the Representatives, or (ii) file, refer to, approve, use or authorize the use of any “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act with respect to the Offering or the Shares. If at any time any event shall have occurred as a result of which any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would, in the judgment of the Underwriters or the Company, conflict with the information in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented or would, in the judgment of the Underwriters or the Company, include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances existing at the time of delivery to the purchaser, not misleading, or if to comply with the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations it shall be necessary at any time to amend or supplement any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, the Company will notify the Representatives promptly and, if requested by the Representatives, prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter an appropriate amendment or supplement (in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives) that will correct such statement, omission or conflict or effect such compliance.

(d) Rule 433 . The Company has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 with respect to each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus including, without limitation, all prospectus delivery, filing, record retention and legending requirements applicable to each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus; and the Company has caused there to be made available at least one version of a “bona fide electronic road show” (as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act) in a manner that causes the Company not to be required, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, to file with the Commission any road show.

(e) Delivery of Copies . The Company will promptly deliver to each of you and Underwriters’ Counsel a signed copy of the Registration Statement, as initially filed and all amendments thereto, including all consents and exhibits filed therewith, and will maintain in the Company’s files manually signed copies of such documents for at least five years after the date of filing. The Company will promptly deliver to each of the Underwriters such number of copies of any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and all amendments of and supplements to such documents, if any, as you may reasonably request. Prior to 10:00 A.M., New York time, on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and from time to time thereafter, the Company will furnish the Underwriters with copies of the Prospectus in New York City in such quantities as you may reasonably request.

 

18


(f) Qualification . Promptly from time to time, the Company will use its reasonable best efforts, in cooperation with the Representatives, to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the securities laws relating to the offering or sale of the Shares of such jurisdictions, domestic or foreign, as the Representatives may designate and to maintain such qualification in effect for so long as required for the distribution thereof; except that in no event shall the Company be obligated in connection therewith to qualify as a foreign corporation or to execute a general consent to service of process.

(g) Earnings Statement . The Company will make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than twelve months after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Rule 158(c) under the Securities Act), an earnings statement of the Company and the Subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 of the Commission promulgated thereunder covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the “effective date” (as defined in Rule 158).

(h) Clear Market. For a period of 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, and (iii) will not publicly announce the intention to do any of the foregoing, in each case without the prior written consent of the Representatives, other than (1) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (2) any shares of Stock of the Company issued or issued upon the exercise of options under Company Stock Plans existing as of the date hereof, or (3) up to              warrants, up to              shares of preferred stock and up to              shares of Common Stock issued in connection with the Merger. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions imposed by this Agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

(i) Reports . During the period of one year from the effective date of the Registration Statement, the Company will furnish to you copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to security holders or from time to time published or publicly disseminated by the Company, and will deliver to you as soon as they are available, copies of any reports, financial statements and proxy or information statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed, but only to the extent such reports are not available on www.sec.gov.

(j) Exchange Listing . The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to list the Shares on the NYSE.

 

19


(k) Use of Proceeds . The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares as set forth under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(l) Filings with the Commission . The Company, during the period when a prospectus (or, in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Securities Act) is required to be delivered under the Securities Act in connection with the offer or sale of the Shares, will file all reports and other documents required to be filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act within the time periods required thereby.

(m) Rule 462 . If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, the Company shall file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462 by 10:00 p.m. (Eastern time), on the date of this Agreement, and the Company shall at the time of filing either pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462 Registration Statement or give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 111(b) under the Securities Act.

(n) No Stabilization . The Company will not take, and will cause its affiliates (within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act) not to take, directly or indirectly, any action which constitutes or is designed to cause or result in, or which could reasonably be expected to constitute, cause or result in, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.

6. Further Agreements of the Selling Stockholders . Each of the Selling Stockholders covenants and agrees with each Underwriter that:

(a) Clear Market . It has or will deliver a Lock-Up Agreement substantially in the Form of Exhibit B.

(b) Tax Form. It will deliver to the Representatives prior to or at the Closing Date a properly completed and executed United States Treasury Department Form W-9 (or other applicable form or statement specified by the Treasury Department regulations in lieu thereof) in order to facilitate the Underwriters’ documentation of their compliance with the reporting and withholding provisions of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 with respect to the transactions herein contemplated.

7. Certain Agreements of the Underwriters . Each Underwriter hereby represents and agrees that:

(a) It has not used, authorized use of, referred to or participated in the planning for use of, and will not use, authorize use of, refer to or participate in the planning for use of, any “free writing prospectus”, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act (which term includes use of any written information furnished to the Commission by the Company and not incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement and any press release issued by the Company) other than (i) a free writing prospectus that contains no “issuer information” (as defined in Rule 433(h)(2) under the Securities Act) that was not included (including through incorporation by reference) in the Preliminary Prospectus or a previously filed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, (ii) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Annex B or prepared pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 4(c) above (including any electronic road show), or (iii) any free writing prospectus prepared by such underwriter and approved by the Company in advance in writing (each such free writing prospectus referred to in clauses (i) or (iii), an “Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus”).

 

20


(b) It has not and will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, use any free writing prospectus that contains the final terms of the Shares unless such terms have previously been included in a free writing prospectus filed with the Commission; provided that Underwriters may use a term sheet substantially in the form of Annex C hereto without the consent of the Company; provided further that any Underwriter using such term sheet shall notify the Company, and provide a copy of such term sheet to the Company, prior to, or substantially concurrently with, the first use of such term sheet.

(c) It is not subject to any pending proceeding under Section 8A of the Securities Act with respect to the offering (and will promptly notify the Company and the Selling Stockholders if any such proceeding against it is initiated during the Prospectus Delivery Period).

8. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations. The obligation of each Underwriter to purchase the Underwritten Shares on the Closing Date or the Option Shares on the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, as provided herein is subject to the performance by the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders of their respective covenants and other obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

(a) Registration Compliance; No Stop Order. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceeding for such purpose, pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2) or pursuant to Section 8A under the Securities Act shall be pending before or threatened by the Commission; the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been timely filed with the Commission under the Securities Act (in the case of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act) and in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof; and all requests by the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of the Representatives.

(b) Representations and Warranties. The respective representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholders contained herein shall be true and correct on the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be; and the statements of the Company and its officers and of each of the Selling Stockholders made in any certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(c) No Downgrade. Subsequent to the earlier of (A) the Applicable Time and (B) the execution and delivery of this Agreement, if there are any debt securities or preferred stock of, or guaranteed by, the Company or any of its subsidiaries that are rated by a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act, (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded any such debt securities or preferred stock and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, or has changed its outlook with respect to, its rating of any such debt securities or preferred stock (other than an announcement with positive implications of a possible upgrading).

(d) No Material Adverse Change. No event or condition of a type described in Section 3(f) hereof shall have occurred or shall exist, which event or condition is not described in the Pricing Disclosure Package (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the Prospectus (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the effect of which in the judgment of the Representatives makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

21


(e) Officer’s Certificate. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, (x) a certificate, which shall be delivered on behalf of the Company and not the signatories in their individual capacity, of the chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of the Company and one additional senior executive officer of the Company who is satisfactory to the Representatives (i) confirming that such officers have carefully reviewed the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and, to the knowledge of such officers, the representations set forth in Sections 3(b) and 3(d) hereof are true and correct, (ii) confirming that the other representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct and that the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and (iii) to the effect set forth in paragraphs (a), (c) and (d) above and (y) a certificate of each of the Selling Stockholders, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, (A) confirming that the representations of such Selling Stockholder set forth in Sections 4(e), 4(f) and 4(g) hereof is true and correct and (B) confirming that the other representations and warranties of such Selling Stockholder in this agreement are true and correct and that the such Selling Stockholder has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on their part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to such Closing Date.

(f) Comfort Letters. On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, Deloitte and Touche LLP shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; provided, that the letter delivered on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall use a “cut-off” date no more than three business days prior to such Closing Date or such Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(g) Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Company. Kirkland & Ellis LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, their written opinion and 10b-5 statement, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect set forth in Annex A hereto.

(h) Opinion of Counsel for the Horowitz Entities. Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP, counsel for the Horowitz Entities (as listed on Schedule 2 hereto), shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Horowitz Entities, their written opinion, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect set forth in Annex A-2 hereto.

(i) Opinion of Counsel for the Blackstone Entities. White & Case LLP, counsel for the Blackstone Entities (as listed on Schedule 2 hereto), shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Blackstone Entities, their written opinion, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect set forth in Annex A-3 hereto.

 

22


(j) Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Underwriters. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, an opinion and 10b-5 statement of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, with respect to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such documents and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

(k) No Legal Impediment to Issuance and/or Sale. No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares by the Company or the sale of the Shares by the Selling Stockholders; and no injunction or order of any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares by the Company or the sale of the Shares by the Selling Stockholders.

(l) Good Standing . The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, satisfactory evidence of the good standing of the Company and its subsidiaries in their respective jurisdictions of organization and their good standing as foreign entities in such other jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably request, in each case in writing or any standard form of telecommunication from the appropriate governmental authorities of such jurisdictions.

(m) Exchange Listing. The Shares to be delivered on the Closing Date or Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance.

(n) Lock-up Agreements . The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, between you and certain shareholders, executive officers and directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be full force and effect on the Closing Date or Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(o) Additional Documents. On or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have furnished to the Representatives such further certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

(p) Merger . The Merger shall have been consummated in a manner consistent with the description thereof in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

All opinions, letters, certificates and evidence mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.

 

23


9. Indemnification and Contribution .

(a) Indemnification of the Underwriters by the Company. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, not misleading, (ii) or any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in (A) the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), (B) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), (C) any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433) not constituting an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (a “Non-Prospectus Road Show”), (D) any Blue Sky application or other document prepared or executed by the Company (or based upon any written information furnished by the Company for use therein) specifically for qualifying any or all of the Shares under the securities laws of any state or other jurisdiction (any such application, document or information being hereinafter called a “Blue Sky Application”), or, for each of (A), (B), (C) and (D) caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in subsection (c) below.

The Company also agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Barclays Capital Inc., its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls Barclays Capital Inc. within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities incurred as a result of Barclays Capital Inc.’s participation as a “qualified independent underwriter” within the meaning of NASD Rule 2720 of FINRA in connection with the offering of the Shares.

(b) Indemnification of the Underwriters by the Selling Stockholders . Each of the Selling Stockholders severally and not jointly in proportion to the number of Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to such losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission to state a material fact made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information furnished by such Selling Stockholder in writing to the Company, relating to such Selling Stockholder expressly for use in the Pricing Disclosure Package, Registration Statement, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), it being understood and agreed that for the purposes of this Agreement, the only information so furnished by such Selling Stockholder consists of such Selling Stockholder’s Selling Stockholder Information.

 

24


(c) Indemnification of the Company and the Selling Stockholders. Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its affiliates, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each of the Selling Stockholders to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Non-Prospectus Road Show or any Pricing Disclosure Package, it being understood and agreed upon that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the language regarding discretionary accounts under “Underwriting”, the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the              paragraph under the caption “Underwriting”, the information contained in the              paragraph under the caption “Underwriting”, the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of              the Underwriters:              and the following information in the Issuer Free Writing Prospectus dated             , 2009:             .

(d) Notice and Procedures. If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9, such person (the “Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under paragraph (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided , further , that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person (who shall not, without the consent of the Indemnified Person, be counsel to the Indemnifying Person) to represent the Indemnified Person in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interest between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be paid or reimbursed as they are incurred; provided , however that if indemnity may be sought pursuant to the second paragraph of Section 9(a) above in respect of such proceeding, then in addition to such separate firm of the Underwriters, their affiliates and such control persons of the Underwriters the indemnifying party shall be liable for the fees and expenses of not more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for Barclays Capital Inc. in its capacity as a “qualified independent underwriter”, its affiliates, directors, officers and all

 

25


persons, if any, who control Barclays Capital Inc. within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act. Any such separate firm for any Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control persons of such Underwriter shall be designated in writing by Barclays Capital Inc. and any such separate firm for the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and any control persons of the Company shall be designated in writing by the Company and any such separate firm for the Selling Stockholders shall be designated in writing by the Attorneys in Fact or any one of them. The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying Person reimburse the Indemnified Person for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 60 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of such request and more than 30 days after receipt of the proposed terms of the settlement, and (ii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

(e) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders (if applicable), on the one hand, and the Underwriters or Barclays Capital Inc. in its capacity as a “qualified independent underwriter”, as the case may be, on the other, from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders (if applicable), on the one hand, and the Underwriters or Barclays Capital Inc. in its capacity as a “qualified independent underwriter”, as the case may be, on the other, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders (if applicable), on the one hand, and the Underwriters or Barclays Capital Inc. in its capacity as a “qualified independent underwriter”, as the case may be, on the other, shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders (if applicable) from the sale of the Shares and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters in connection therewith, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, or the fee to be received by Barclays Capital Inc. in its capacity as a “qualified independent underwriter”, as the case may be, bear to the aggregate offering price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters or Barclays Capital Inc. in its capacity as a “qualified independent underwriter”, as the case may be, on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact

 

26


relates to information supplied by the Company or the Selling Stockholders or by the Underwriters or Barclays Capital Inc. in its capacity as a “qualified independent underwriter”, as the case may be, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(f) Limitation on Liability. The Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Selling Stockholders or the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (e) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (e) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9, in no event shall (i) an Underwriter be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the offering of the Shares exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission or (ii) a Selling Stockholder be required to contribute (x) other than to the extent the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses arose from the written information furnished to the Company by such Selling Stockholder expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or (y) any amount in excess of the amount by which the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities received by such Selling Stockholder (before deducting expenses) exceeds the amount of any damages that such Selling Stockholder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 9 are several in proportion to their respective purchase obligations hereunder and not joint. The Selling Stockholders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 9 are several in proportion to the number of Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder.

(g) Non-Exclusive Remedies. The remedies provided for in this Section 9 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

10. Effectiveness of Agreement . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

11. Termination . This Agreement may be terminated in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholders, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date or, in the case of the Option Shares, prior to the Additional Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on or by any of the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market; (ii) trading of any securities issued or guaranteed by the Company shall have been suspended on an exchange or in any over-the-counter market; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by federal or New York State authorities; or (iv) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis, either within or outside the United States, that, in the judgment of the Representatives, is material and adverse and makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

27


12. Defaulting Underwriter .

(a) If, on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, any Underwriter defaults on its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, the non-defaulting Underwriters may in their discretion arrange for the purchase of such Shares by other persons satisfactory to the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the terms contained in this Agreement. If, within 36 hours after any such default by any Underwriter, the non-defaulting Underwriters do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be entitled to a further period of 36 hours within which to procure other persons satisfactory to the non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase such Shares on such terms. If other persons become obligated or agree to purchase the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter, either the non-defaulting Underwriters or the Company and the Selling Stockholders may postpone the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, for up to five full business days in order to effect any changes that in the opinion of counsel for the Company, counsel for the Selling Stockholders or counsel for the Underwriters may be necessary in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or in any other document or arrangement, and the Company agrees to promptly prepare any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus that effects any such changes. As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes, for all purposes of this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires, any person not listed in Schedule 1 hereto that, pursuant to this Section 12, purchases Shares that a defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase.

(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of Shares to be purchased on such date, then the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder on such date plus such Underwriter’s pro rata share (based on the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase on such date) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made.

(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate amount of Shares to be purchased on such date, or if the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall not exercise the right described in paragraph (b) above, then this Agreement or, with respect to any Additional Closing Date, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase Shares on the Additional Closing Date shall terminate without liability on the part of the non-defaulting Underwriters. Any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 12 shall be without liability on the part of the Company, except that the Company will continue to be liable for the payment of expenses as set forth in Section 13 hereof and except that the provisions of Section 9 hereof shall not terminate and shall remain in effect.

 

28


(d) Nothing contained herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of any liability it may have to the Company, the Selling Stockholders or any non-defaulting Underwriter for damages caused by its default.

13. Payment of Expenses .

(a) Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder, including without limitation, (i) the costs incident to the authorization, issuance, sale, preparation and delivery of the Shares and any taxes payable in that connection; (ii) the costs incident to the preparation, printing and filing under the Securities Act of the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including all exhibits, amendments and supplements thereto), including one or more versions of the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus for distribution in Canada, often in the form of a “Canadian wrapper” (including fees and expenses of Canadian counsel to the Underwriters), and the distribution thereof; (iii) the fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel and independent accountants; (iv) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the registration or qualification and determination of eligibility for investment of the Shares under the state or Canadian and or foreign securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may designate with the prior approval of the Company, and the preparation, printing and distribution of a Blue Sky Memorandum (including the related fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters); (v) the cost of preparing stock certificates; (vi) the costs and charges of any transfer agent and any registrar; (vii) all expenses and application fees incurred in connection with any filing with, and clearance of the offering by, FINRA; (viii) all expenses incurred by the Company in connection with any “road show” presentation to potential investors; and (ix) all expenses and application fees related to the listing of the Shares on the Exchange.

(b) If (i) this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 11, (ii) the Company or the Selling Stockholders for any reason fail to tender the Shares for delivery to the Underwriters or (iii) the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the fees and expenses of their counsel) reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in connection with this Agreement and the offering contemplated hereby.

14. Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers and directors and any controlling persons referred to in Section 9 hereof. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any other person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein. No purchaser of Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor merely by reason of such purchase.

15. Survival . The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, representations, warranties and agreements of the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters contained in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of the Company, the Selling Stockholders or the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Shares and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company, the Selling Stockholders or the Underwriters.

16. Certain Defined Terms . For purposes of this Agreement, (a) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term “affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; and (b) the term “business day” means any day other than a day on which banks are permitted or required to be closed in New York City.

 

29


17. Miscellaneous .

(a) Authority of Representatives . Any action by the Underwriters hereunder may be taken by J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Barclays Capital Inc. on behalf of the Underwriters, and any such action taken by J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Barclays Capital Inc. shall be binding upon the Underwriters.

(b) Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted and confirmed by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be given to the Representatives c/o J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179 (fax: (212) 622-8358), Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk; Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036, (Fax: (646) 855-3073), Attention: Syndicate Department (with a copy to Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036, (Fax: (212) 230-8730), Attention: ECM Legal); and Barclays Capital Inc., 745 Seventh Avenue, 28 th Floor, New York, New York 10019, Attention: Syndicate Registration. Notices to the Company shall be given to it at 2101 91 st Street, North Bergen, New Jersey 07047, (Fax: (201) 624-3824), Attention: Jim Sander. Notices to the Selling Stockholders shall be given to the Attorneys-in-Fact at 2101 91 st  Street, North Bergen, New Jersey 07047, (Fax: (201) 624-3824), Attention: Jim Sander (with a copy to, in the case of the Horowitz Entities, Steven Scheinfeld, Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP, One New York Plaza, New York, New York 10004 (Fax: (212) 859-4000), and, in the case of the Blackstone Entities, S. Ward Atterbury, Esq., White & Case LLP, 1155 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10036 (Fax: (212) 354-8113)).

(c) Governing Law. This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed in such state.

(d) Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts (which may include counterparts delivered by any standard form of telecommunication), each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(e) Amendments or Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

(f) Headings. The headings herein are included for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.

 

30


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by signing in the space provided below.

 

Very truly yours,
VS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
By:  

 

  Name: James M. Sander
  Title: Attorney-in-Fact
By:  

 

  Name: Michael G. Archbold
  Title: Attorney-in-Fact

As Attorneys-in-Fact acting on

behalf of each of the Selling

Stockholders named in

Schedule 2 to this Agreement.

 

31


Accepted:                     , 2009

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED

 

By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory
BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

For themselves and on behalf of the

several Underwriters listed

in Schedule 1 hereto.

 

32


Schedule 1

 

Underwriter

   Number of Shares

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  
  
    

Total

  
    

 

33


Schedule 2

 

Selling Stockholders:

  

Number of

Underwritten Shares:

  

Number of

Option Shares:

Horowitz Entities:

•     Jeffrey Horowitz

•     Helen Horowitz

•     Jeffrey Horowitz April 1996 GRAT

•     Helen Horowitz April 1996 GRAT

     

Blackstone Entities:

•     Blackstone Mezzanine Partners L.P.

•     Blackstone Mezzanine Holdings L.P.

     

 

34


Annex A

[Form of Opinion of Counsel for the Company]

1. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has been duly organized and validly exists as a corporation in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, with corporate power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package. Based solely on certificates from public officials, we confirm that the Company is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of [            ] and is qualified to do business in the following States:             ,             .

2. The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. All of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company (including the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders) have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable. The Shares to be delivered on the Closing Date and the Additional Closing Date, if any, have been duly and validly authorized and, when delivered in accordance with the Underwriting Agreement, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will not have been issued in violation of or subject to preemptive rights that entitle or will entitle any person to acquire any Shares from the Company upon issuance or sale thereof. The Common Stock, the Firm Shares and the Additional Shares conform to the descriptions thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

3. Based solely on written advice from the New York Stock Exchange, the Shares to be issued by the Company and sold pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement have been listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

4. The Underwriting Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

5. To the best of such counsel’s knowledge and other than as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no judicial, regulatory or other legal or governmental proceedings pending which would have to be described in the Registration Statement under Section 103 of Regulation S-K.

6. The execution, delivery, and performance of the Underwriting Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated by Underwriting Agreement and the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus do not and will not (A) conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to, any document required to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, or (B) violate or conflict with any provision of the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or, to the best knowledge of such counsel, any judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or regulation of any court or any judicial, regulatory or other legal or governmental agency or body.

7. No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration, filing, qualification, license or permit of or with any court or any judicial, regulatory or other legal or governmental agency or body is required for the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company or the

 

35


sale of the Shares by the Company, except for (1) such as may be required under state securities or blue sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters (as to which such counsel need express no opinion), (2) such as have been made or obtained under the Securities Act and (3) such as are required by FINRA.

8. The Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and any amendments thereof or supplements thereto (other than the financial statements and schedules and other financial data included therein, as to which no opinion need be rendered) comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act.

9. The statements under the captions “Description of Capital Stock,” “Shares Eligible for Future Sale,” “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” and “Underwriting” in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and Items 14 and 15 of Part II of the Registration Statement, insofar as such statements constitute a summary of the legal matters, documents or proceedings referred to therein, fairly present the information called for with respect to such legal matters, documents and proceedings and are accurate in all material respects.

10. The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be, required to register as an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

11. The Registration Statement is effective under the Securities Act, and, to the best knowledge of such counsel, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereof has been issued and no proceedings therefor have been initiated or threatened by the Commission and all filings required by Rule 424(b), Rule 430A and Rule 433 under the Securities Act have been made in the manner and in the time period required therein.

12. To the best knowledge of such counsel, no contract or agreement is required to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement that is not so filed.

In addition, such opinion shall also contain a statement that such counsel has participated in conferences with officers and representatives of the Company, representatives of the independent public accountants for the Company and the Underwriters at which the contents of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and related matters were discussed and no facts have come to the attention of such counsel which lead such counsel to believe that (A) the Registration Statement, at the time it became effective (including the information deemed to be part of the Registration Statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A(b)), or any amendment thereof made prior to the Closing Date, as of the date of such amendment, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (B) the Prospectus, as of its date (or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto made prior to the Closing Date as of the date of such amendment or supplement) and as of the Closing Date, contained or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; or (C) the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time and as of the Closing Date, contained or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (it being understood that such counsel need express no belief or opinion with respect to the financial statements and schedules and other financial data included or incorporated by reference therein).

 

36


Annex A-2

[Form of Opinion of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP]

(-) The Underwriting Agreement has been executed and delivered by or on behalf of each of the Horowitz Entities.

(-) A Power of Attorney have been executed and delivered by or on behalf of each Horowitz Entity.

(-) A Custody Agreement has been executed and delivered by or on behalf of each Horowitz Entity and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of each Horowitz Entity party thereto enforceable against the Horowitz Entity party thereto in accordance with its terms.

(-) Upon (a) payment for the Shares to be sold by the Horowitz Entities to the Underwriters as provided in the Underwriting Agreement, (b) the delivery of such Shares to Cede & Co. (“Cede”) or such other nominee as may be designated by The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), (c) the registration of such Shares in the name of Cede or such other nominee and (d) the crediting of such Shares on the records of DTC to security accounts in the name of the Underwriters (assuming that neither DTC nor any of the Underwriters has notice of any “adverse claim” (as such phrase is defined in Section 8-105 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York (the “UCC”)) to such Shares or any security entitlement in respect thereof), (i) DTC shall be a “protected purchaser” of such Shares within the meaning of Section 8-303 of the UCC, (ii) under Section 8-501 of the UCC, the Underwriters will acquire a “security entitlement” in respect of such Shares and (iii) under Section 8-502 of the UCC, no action based on any “adverse claim” (as defined in Section 8-102 of the UCC) to such Shares may be asserted against the Underwriters; it being understood that for purposes of this opinion, such counsel may assume that when such payment, delivery and crediting occur, (x) such Shares will have been registered in the name of Cede or such other nominee as may be designated by DTC, in each case on the Company’s share registry in accordance with its certificate of incorporation, by laws and applicable law, (y) DTC will be registered as a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC and (z) appropriate entries to the securities account or accounts in the name of the Underwriters on the records of DTC will have been made pursuant to the UCC.

(-) The execution and delivery by the Horowitz Entities of, and the performance by the Horowitz Entities of their obligations under, the Underwriting Agreement, and the sale of the Shares contemplated therein by the Horowitz Entities:

 

  (i)

do not conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement, instrument, decree or order to which any Horowitz Entity is a party or by which any Horowitz Entity is bound or to which any of the Shares held by any Horowitz Entity is subject, (this opinion being limited (x) to those agreements, instruments, decrees or orders, if any, that have been identified to us in the Horowitz Certificate (to be attached to the final Opinion expressly to identify any agreement, instrument, decree or order that relates to the Shares including without limitation any security interest or pledge of any of the Shares and/or that relates to the sale or other disposition or voting of any of the Shares) and (y) in that we express no opinion with respect to any of the foregoing not readily ascertainable from the face of any such agreement, instrument, decree or order, or arising under or based upon any cross default provision insofar as it relates to a default under an agreement, instrument, decree or order not so identified to us, or arising under or based upon any covenant of a financial or numerical

 

37


 

nature or requiring computation), except in each case for any conflict, breaches or defaults which would not materially adversely affect such Horowitz Entity’s ability to perform their obligations under the Underwriting Agreement or sell the Shares contemplated therein; and

 

  (ii) do not violate the laws, or regulations of any governmental agency or authority, of the United States of America or the State of New York applicable to such Horowitz Entity or his or her or its property and do not require under such laws or regulations any filing or registration by such Horowitz Entity with, or approval, authorization, qualification or consent to such Horowitz Entity of, any such governmental agency or authority that has not been made or obtained, except such filings, consents, approvals, authorizations, consents, registrations or qualifications as have been obtained under the Securities Act and as may be required under state or foreign securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters or the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (the “FINRA”).

The opinion of counsel described above shall be rendered to the Underwriters at the request of the Horowitz Entities and shall so state therein.

 

38


Annex A-3

Form of Opinion of White & Case LLP

(-) The Underwriting Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of each of the Blackstone Entities.

(-) A Power of Attorney and a Custody Agreement have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Blackstone Entities and constitute valid and binding agreements of the Blackstone Entities, enforceable against the Blackstone Entities in accordance with their terms, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law) and concepts of good faith and fair dealing.

(-) Upon (i) indication by The Depositary Trust Company (“DTC”) in its records by book entry that the Shares from the the Blackstone Entities to be purchased by each of the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement have been credited solely to securities accounts (as such term is defined in Section 8-501(a) of the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted by the State of New York (the “UCC”)) maintained by DTC in the names of the respective Underwriters, and (ii) payment by such Underwriters of the purchase prices for such Shares as provided in the Underwriting Agreement, DTC shall be a “protected purchaser” of such Shares within the meaning of Section 8-303 of the UCC, and each Underwriter will have acquired security entitlements (as such term is defined in Section 8-102(a)(17) of the UCC) to the Shares credited to the securities account maintained DTC in the name of such Underwriter and any action based on an adverse claim (as such term is defined in Section 8-102(a)(1) of the UCC) may not be asserted against such Underwriter in respect of such security entitlements. For purposes of this opinion, such counsel may assumed that (i) DTC is a clearing corporation (as such term is defined in Section 8-102(a)(5) of the UCC) and a securities intermediary (as such term is defined in Section 8-102(a)(14) of the UCC) and is acting in its capacity as securities intermediary in respect of the Underwriters, (ii) no rule (within the meaning of Section 8-111 of the UCC) adopted by DTC governing rights and obligations among DTC and its participants conflicts in any way with any provisions of Article 8 of the UCC which govern any of the foregoing, (iii) the Shares from the Selling Shareholders are not registered in the name of, payable to the order of, or specially indorsed to any of the Underwriters or to the Representatives of the Underwriters, unless such Shares have been indorsed to DTC or in blank, and (iv) none of DTC, the Underwriters or the Representatives of the Underwriters will have notice of any adverse claim (within the meanings of Sections 8-510, 8-105 and, with respect to the definition of “adverse claim”, 8-102(a)(1) of the UCC) to such Shares or security entitlements.

(-) The sale of the Shares and the execution and delivery by the Selling Stockholder of, and the performance by the Selling Stockholder of its obligations under, the Underwriting Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated therein will not result in the violation of (i) the provisions of the certificate of limited partnership or limited partnership agreement with respect to each of the Blackstone Entities or (ii) any federal or New York state law, statute, rule or regulation (except that such counsel need express no opinion in this paragraph with respect to Federal or state securities or blue sky laws).

(-) No consent, order, approval, authorization, registration or qualification of, or filing with, any federal or New York state governmental agency or body or court is required to be obtained or made by either Blackstone Entity for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement in connection with the sale of the Shares sold by such Selling Shareholder, except such as have been obtained and made under the Securities Act and such as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws (except that such counsel need express no opinion in this paragraph with respect to Federal or state securities or blue sky laws).

 

39


The opinion of counsel described above shall be rendered to the Underwriters at the request of the Blackstone Entities and shall so state therein.

 

40


Annex B

 

a. Pricing Disclosure Package

 

41


Annex C

Pricing Term Sheet

 

42


Exhibit A

SUBSIDIARIES OF COMPANY

 

   

Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc.

 

   

VS Direct Inc.

 

43


Exhibit B

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

             , 2009

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

Barclays Capital Inc.

As Representatives of the

    several Underwriters

    referred to below

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

277 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10172

Re:        VS Holdings, Inc. — Public Offering

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with VS Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and the Selling Stockholders listed on Schedule 2 to the Underwriting Agreement, providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) by the several Underwriters named in Schedule 1 to the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriters”), of Common Stock, $0.01 par value (the “Common Stock”), of the Company (the “Securities”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

In consideration of the Underwriters’ agreement to purchase and make the Public Offering of the Securities, and for other good and valuable consideration receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Barclays Capital Inc., on behalf of the Underwriters, the undersigned will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the prospectus relating to the Public Offering (the “Prospectus”), (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (including without limitation, Common Stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock except for a demand for registration in which (i) no filing of a registration statement is made or required to be made during the 180-day period referred to above, and (ii) no disclosure of such demand is made during the 180-day period referred to above, in each case of (1), (2) and (3) above other than (A) the Securities to be sold by the undersigned pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, (B) transfers of shares

 

44


of Common Stock as a bona fide gift or gifts, and (C) distributions of shares of Common Stock to members, limited partners, or stockholders of the undersigned; provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (B) or (C), each donee or distributee shall execute and deliver to the Representatives a lock-up letter in the form of this paragraph; and provided , further , that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (B) or (C), no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer or distribution (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the 180-day period referred to above). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions imposed by this Letter Agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company, and any duly appointed transfer agent for the registration or transfer of the securities described herein, are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Letter Agreement.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Letter Agreement. All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred and any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs or personal representatives of the undersigned.

The undersigned understands that, if the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective, or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Common Stock to be sold thereunder, the undersigned shall be released from, all obligations under this Letter Agreement. The undersigned understands that the Underwriters are entering into the Underwriting Agreement and proceeding with the Public Offering in reliance upon this Letter Agreement.

This Letter Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Letter Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

Very truly yours,
[NAME OF STOCKHOLDER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

45

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

VITAMIN SHOPPE, INC.

 

 

Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the

Delaware General Corporation Law

 

 

Vitamin Shoppe, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), does hereby certify as follows:

1. The name of the Corporation is Vitamin Shoppe, Inc. The original certificate of incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on September 27, 2002, under the name VS Holdings, Inc.

2. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the DGCL.

3. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and further amends the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as heretofore amended or supplemented.

4. The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE FIRST:

The name of the Corporation is Vitamin Shoppe, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE SECOND:

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware, 19808, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE THIRD:

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the DGCL as set forth in Title 8 of the Delaware Code.


ARTICLE FOURTH:

A. Authorized Capital Stock.

The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 650,000,000 shares of capital stock, consisting of (i) 400,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), and (ii) 250,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”).

B. Common Stock.

The powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions, of the Common Stock are as follows:

(a) Ranking . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the powers, preferences and rights of the holders of Common Stock, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, shall be in all respects identical.

(b) Voting . Except as otherwise expressly required by law or provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to any voting rights provided to holders of Preferred Stock at any time outstanding, the holders of any outstanding shares of Common Stock shall vote together as a single class on all matters with respect to which stockholders are entitled to vote under applicable law, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the By-Laws of the Corporation, or upon which a vote of stockholders is otherwise duly called for by the Corporation. At each annual or special meeting of stockholders, each holder of record of shares of Common Stock on the relevant record date shall be entitled to cast one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the Common Stock standing in such holder’s name on the stock transfer records of the Corporation.

(c) No Cumulative Voting . Holders of shares of Common Stock shall not have cumulative voting rights.

(d) Dividends, Stock Splits . Subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock, and subject to any other provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as it may be amended from time to time, holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions in cash, stock or property of the Corporation when, as and if declared thereon by the Board of Directors from time to time out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor.

(e) Liquidation, Dissolution, etc . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up (either voluntary or involuntary) of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the assets and funds of the Corporation available for distribution after payments to creditors and to the holders of any Preferred Stock of the Corporation that may at the time be outstanding, in proportion to the number of shares held by them.

(f) No Preemptive or Subscription Rights . No holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to preemptive or subscription rights.

 

2


C. Preferred Stock.

The Preferred Stock shall be divided into series. The first series shall consist of 100,000 shares and is designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ”.

The remaining shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to provide for the issue of all or any of the remaining shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine or alter, for each such series, such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issue of such shares and as may be permitted by the DGCL. The Board of Directors is also expressly authorized to increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issue of shares of that series. In case the number of shares of any such series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

D. Provisions Relating to Series A Preferred Stock .

Section 1. Dividends .

1A. General Obligation .

When, as and if declared by the Board of Directors and to the extent permitted under the DGCL, the Corporation shall pay preferential cumulative dividends in cash to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock as provided in this Section 1. Cumulative dividends on each share of Series A Share shall accrue on a daily basis at the Rate on the sum of the Liquidation Value plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon from and including the date of issuance of such Series A Share to and including the first to occur of (i) the date on which the Liquidation Value of such Series A Share (plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon) is paid to the holder thereof in connection with a Liquidation, (ii) the date on which such Series A Share is converted into shares of Common Stock or (iii) the date on which such Series A Share is otherwise acquired by the Corporation. Such dividends shall be cumulative and accrue from the date of issuance whether or not they have been declared and whether or not there are profits, surplus or other funds of the Corporation legally available for the payment of dividends. The date on which the Corporation initially issues any Series A Share shall be deemed to be its “date of issuance” regardless of the number of times transfer of such Share is made on the stock records maintained by or for the Corporation and regardless of the number of certificates which may be issued to evidence such Series A Share.

1B. Dividend Reference Dates . To the extent not paid on any Dividend Reference Date, all dividends which have accrued on each Series A Share outstanding during the three-month period (or other period in the case of the initial Dividend Reference Date) ending upon each such Dividend Reference Date shall be accumulated and shall remain accumulated dividends with respect to such Series A Share until paid to the holder thereof.

 

3


1C. Distribution of Partial Dividend Payments . Except as otherwise provided herein, if at any time the Corporation pays less than the total amount of dividends then accrued with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, such payment shall be distributed pro rata among the holders thereof based upon the respective amounts of accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series A Shares held by each such holder. Any such payment of dividends shall be applied first to pay accrued and unpaid dividends that are not accumulated dividends, and second to pay accrued and unpaid dividends that are accumulated dividends.

Section 2. Liquidation .

Upon any Liquidation, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, before any distribution or payment is made upon any Junior Securities, an amount in cash equal to the aggregate Liquidation Value of all Series A Shares held by such holder (plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon), and the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any further payment. If, upon any such Liquidation, the Corporation’s assets to be distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit payment to such holders of the aggregate amount which they are entitled to be paid under this Section 2, then the entire assets available to be distributed to the Corporation’s stockholders shall be distributed pro rata among such holders based upon the aggregate Liquidation Value of, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends on, the Series A Shares held by each such holder. Not less than 30 days prior to the payment date stated therein, the Corporation shall mail written notice of any such Liquidation to each record holder of Series A Preferred Stock, setting forth in reasonable detail the amount of proceeds to be paid with respect to each Series A Share and each share of Junior Securities in connection with such Liquidation.

Section 3. Priority of Series A Preferred Stock .

So long as any Series A Preferred Stock remains outstanding, without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A Shares, the Corporation shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire directly or indirectly any Junior Securities for consideration, nor shall the Corporation (nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to) directly or indirectly pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution upon any Junior Securities, except for cash payments, if any, in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the conversion of any Junior Securities; provided that the Corporation may repurchase shares of Junior Securities from present or former employees of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries in accordance with the provisions of any stock option plan adopted by the Corporation’s Board of Directors or pursuant to written agreements with employees of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries that have been approved by the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

Section 4. Pro Rata Redemptions .

The Corporation shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, redeem or otherwise acquire any Series A Shares, except pursuant to a purchase offer made pro rata to all holders of Series A Shares based on the aggregate Liquidation Value of, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends on, the Series A Shares held by each holder of Series A Preferred Stock;

 

4


provided that the Corporation may, without complying with the foregoing pro rata repurchase obligation, (A) repurchase, or cause or permit its Subsidiary to repurchase, Series A Shares from present or former employees of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries in accordance with the provisions of any stock option plan adopted by the Corporation’s Board of Directors or pursuant to written agreements with employees of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries that have been approved by the Corporation’s Board of Directors; and (B) acquire shares of Series A Preferred Stock from any holder that are repurchased by the Corporation or its Subsidiary pursuant to any repurchase option agreement between the Corporation or its Subsidiary and such holder (or any such agreement by which such holder is bound) that is entered into in connection with the issuance of the Series A Shares on or before the date of first issuance of the Series A Shares. The Corporation shall mail written notice of any purchase offer for the Series A Shares to each record holder thereof not more than 60 nor less than 10 days prior to the date on which such purchase is to be made and which notice shall specify the date on which notice must be received from a holder. Each holder of Series A Shares may, in its sole discretion, elect to participate in such purchase offer by delivering written notice to the Corporation on or before the date identified by the Corporation on which notice must be received. In case fewer than the total number of Series A Shares represented by any certificate are purchased, a new certificate representing the number of Series A Shares not purchased shall be issued to the holder thereof without cost to such holder within five business days after surrender of the certificate representing the acquired Series A Shares. Any Series A Shares which are acquired by the Corporation shall be canceled and retired to authorized but unissued shares and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred.

Section 5. Conversion .

5A. Conversion upon Request . The holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A Shares may, by giving written notice to the Corporation not less than two business days nor more than 60 days prior to the consummation of the Corporation’s first Qualified Public Offering, require the Corporation to convert all or a portion of the Series A Shares held by all holders thereof into a number of shares of Common Stock, determined with respect to each Series A Share by dividing the Liquidation Value of, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends on, such Series A Share at the effective time of such conversion by the price per share to the public of the Common Stock in such Qualified Public Offering. The Corporation shall mail written notice to each record holder of Series A Shares within 20 days following the filing of the initial registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the Corporation’s Qualified Public Offering. In the case of a partial conversion, such conversion shall be pro rata to all holders of Series A Shares based on the aggregate Liquidation Value of, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends on, the Series A Shares held by each holder of Series A Preferred Stock. Any such conversion shall be conditioned upon, and effected at the time of, the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such Qualified Public Offering.

5B. Time of Conversion . In the event of a conversion pursuant to Section 5A, the outstanding Series A Shares converted under Section 5A shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holder of such Shares and whether or not the certificates representing such Series A Shares are surrendered to the Corporation or the transfer agent for such Series A Preferred Stock. The Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such automatic conversion

 

5


unless the certificates evidencing such Series A Shares are either delivered to the Corporation or any transfer agent for such Series A Preferred Stock, or the holder notifies the Corporation or the transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Series A Preferred Stock, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled.

5C. Conversion Procedure .

(i) As soon as possible after a conversion has been effected (but in any event within five business days in the case of subparagraph (a) below), the Corporation shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the converting holder:

(a) a certificate or certificates representing the number of shares of Common Stock issuable by reason of such conversion in such name or names and such denomination or denominations as the converting holder has specified; and

(b) a certificate representing any Series A Shares which were represented by the certificate or certificates delivered to the Corporation in connection with such conversion but which were not converted.

(ii) The issuance of certificates for shares of Common Stock upon conversion of Series A Shares shall be made without charge to the holders of such Series A Shares for any issuance tax in respect thereof or other cost incurred by the Corporation in connection with such conversion and the related issuance of shares of Common Stock. Upon conversion of each Series A Share, the Corporation shall take all such actions as are necessary in order to insure that (A) the Common Stock issuable with respect to such conversion shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, free and clear of all taxes, liens, charges and encumbrances with respect to the issuance thereof (other than restrictions imposed by federal or state securities laws or liens, charges or encumbrances created by the holder), and (B) that all such shares of Common Stock may be so issued without violation of any applicable law or governmental regulation or any requirements of any domestic securities exchange upon which shares of Common Stock may be listed (except for official notice of issuance which shall be immediately delivered by the Corporation upon each such issuance).

(iii) The Corporation shall not close its books against the transfer of Series A Preferred Stock or of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of Series A Shares in any manner that interferes with the timely conversion of Series A Preferred Stock. The Corporation shall assist and cooperate with any holder of Series A Shares required to make any governmental filings or obtain any governmental approval prior to or in connection with any conversion of Series A Shares hereunder (including, without limitation, making any filings required to be made by the Corporation).

(iv) The Corporation shall, in connection with the consummation of its first Qualified Public Offering, reserve and make available out of its authorized but unissued shares

 

6


of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, such number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of all outstanding Series A Preferred Stock for which a conversion election has been made pursuant to Section 5A.

(v) If any fractional interest in a share of Common Stock would, except for the provisions of this subparagraph, be delivered upon any conversion of Series A Preferred Stock, the Corporation, in lieu of delivering the fractional share therefore, shall pay an amount to the holder thereof equal to the price per share to the public of the Common Stock in the Qualified Public Offering multiplied by such fractional interest.

Section 6. Voting Rights . Except as otherwise required by applicable law, the Series A Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights. The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of all stockholders meetings in accordance with the Corporation’s Bylaws and to the same extent and in the same manner delivered to holders of Common Stock.

E. Power to Sell and Purchase Shares.

Subject to the requirements of applicable law, the Corporation shall have the power to issue and sell all or any part of any shares of any class of stock herein or hereafter authorized to such persons, and for such consideration, as the Board of Directors shall from time to time, in its discretion, determine, whether or not greater consideration could be received upon the issue or sale of the same number of shares of another class, and as otherwise permitted by law. Subject to the requirements of applicable law, the Corporation shall have the power to purchase any shares of any class of stock herein or hereafter authorized from such persons, and for such consideration, as the Board of Directors shall from time to time, in its discretion, determine, whether or not less consideration could be paid upon the purchase of the same number of shares of another class, and as otherwise permitted by law.

F. Provisions Relating to Capital Stock.

Section 1. Notices .

Except as otherwise expressly provided hereunder, all notices referred to herein shall be in writing and shall be either personally delivered, or sent via facsimile or mailed first class mail (postage prepaid) or sent by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) (i) to the Corporation, at its principal executive offices and (ii) to any stockholder, at such holder’s address as it appears in the stock records of the Corporation (unless otherwise indicated by any such holder). Notices shall be deemed to have been given hereunder when delivered personally, when sent via facsimile (as evidenced by a printed confirmation) if sent prior to 5:00 p.m. (local time of recipient) on a business day or, if not, the next succeeding business day), three business days after deposit in the U.S. mail and one business day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier service.

Section 2. Definitions .

For purposes of this Article FOURTH, the following definitions shall apply:

Dividend Reference Dates ” shall mean, for any Series A Share, each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year, occurring after the date of issuance of such Series A Share.

 

7


Junior Securities ” shall mean any shares of Common Stock and any other series of capital stock of any series or class of the Corporation, whether presently outstanding or hereafter issued, which are not designated in the instrument creating such series or class as ranking senior to or pari passu with the Series A Preferred Stock.

Liquidation ” shall mean dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (whether voluntary or involuntary); provided that neither the consolidation or merger of the Corporation into or with any other Persons (whether or not the Corporation is the surviving entity), nor the sale, conveyance, mortgage, pledge, lease or transfer by the Corporation of all or any part of its assets, nor the reduction of the capital stock of the Corporation nor any other form of recapitalization or reorganization affecting the Corporation shall be deemed to be a Liquidation.

Liquidation Value ” of any Series A Share shall mean an amount equal to $1,000 (subject to adjustment in the event of any stock split or combination with respect to such share).

Person ” shall mean an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization or other entity and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Public Offering ” shall mean any offering by the Corporation of its capital stock or equity securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; provided that a Public Offering shall not include an offering made in connection with a business acquisition or combination or an employee benefit plan.

Qualified Public Offering ” shall mean an underwritten Public Offering of shares of Common Stock which results in aggregate gross proceeds to the Corporation and any selling stockholders of more than $80,000,000.

Rate ” shall mean eight percent (8%)  per annum ; provided that from and after the consummation of the Corporation’s first Qualified Public Offering, the Rate shall be ten percent (10%) per annum.

Series A Share ” shall mean a share of Series A Preferred Stock.

Subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the limited liability company, partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly

 

8


or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control the managing member or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

ARTICLE FIFTH:

The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

A. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

B. The directors shall have concurrent power with the stockholders to make, alter, amend, change, add to, or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation.

C. The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than three or more than fifteen members, the exact number of which shall be fixed from time to time by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-Laws so provide.

D. A director shall hold office until the annual meeting for the year in which his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify, subject, however, to prior death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office. Any director may resign at any time in accordance with the By-Laws.

E. Subject to the terms of any one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock, any vacancy on the Board of Directors that results from an increase in the number of directors may be filled only by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, provided that a quorum is present, and any other vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors may be filled only by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Any director elected to fill a vacancy not resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall have the same remaining term as that of his predecessor. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any or all of the directors of the Corporation may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause at a meeting of stockholders at which a quorum is present and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately by class or series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation applicable thereto.

 

9


F. In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the DGCL, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and any By-Laws adopted by the stockholders; provided, however, that no By-Laws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such By-Laws had not been adopted.

ARTICLE SIXTH:

No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL as the same exists or may hereafter be amended. If the DGCL is amended hereafter to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as so amended. Any repeal or modification of this Article SIXTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE SEVENTH:

A. In recognition and anticipation that (a) the directors, officers or employees of IPC may serve as directors or officers of the Corporation, (b) IPC and the Affiliated Companies (as defined below) thereof engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, and (c) that the Corporation and the Affiliated Companies thereof will engage in material business transactions with IPC and Affiliated Companies thereof and that the Corporation is expected to benefit therefrom, the provisions of this Article Seventh are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation as they may involve IPC or Affiliated Companies and its officers and directors, and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its officers, directors and stockholders in connection therewith.

B. None of IPC and any of its Affiliated Companies shall have any duty to refrain from (i) engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Corporation or any of its Affiliated Companies, (ii) any decision or action to enforce its rights under any agreement or contract with the Corporation, (iii) doing business with any of the Corporation’s clients or customers, or (iv) employing or otherwise engaging any of the Corporation’s officers or employees and none of IPC and any officer, director or employee thereof (except as provided in paragraph C below) shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of any such activities of IPC or any of its Affiliated Companies. In the event that IPC or any of its Affiliated Companies acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for itself and the Corporation or any of its Affiliated Companies, none of IPC and any of its Affiliated Companies shall have any duty to communicate or offer such corporate

 

10


opportunity to the Corporation or any of its Affiliated Companies and shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty as a stockholder of the Corporation solely by reason of the fact that IPC or any of its Affiliated Companies pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, directs such corporate opportunity to another person, or does not communicate information regarding such corporate opportunity to the Corporation.

C. In the event that a director or officer of the Corporation who is also a director, officer or employee of IPC acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for the Corporation or any of its Affiliated Companies and IPC or any of its Affiliated Companies, such director or officer of the Corporation shall have fully satisfied and fulfilled the fiduciary duty of such director or officer to the Corporation and its stockholders with respect to such corporate opportunity, if such director or officer acts in a manner consistent with the following policy:

(a) A corporate opportunity offered to any Person who is a director or officer of the Corporation, and who is also a director, officer or employee of IPC, shall belong to the Corporation if such opportunity is expressly offered to such Person in writing solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation and not separately offered to IPC or any of its officers, directors or employees.

(b) Otherwise, such corporate opportunity shall belong to IPC.

D. In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article Seventh, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to belong to the Corporation if it is a business opportunity that the Corporation is not permitted to undertake under the terms of Article Three or that the Corporation is not financially able or contractually permitted or legally able to undertake, or that is, from its nature, not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to it or that is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

E. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article SEVENTH.

F. If any contract, agreement, arrangement or transaction between the Corporation and IPC involves a corporate opportunity and is approved in accordance with the procedures set forth in Article EIGHTH of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, IPC and its officers, directors and employees shall also for the purposes of this Article SEVENTH and the other provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation: (i) have fully satisfied and fulfilled their fiduciary duties to the Corporation and its stockholders and not be liable to the Corporation and its stockholders with respect to the Corporate opportunity; (ii) be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner such persons reasonably believe to be in, and not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation; and (iii) be deemed not to have breached their duties of loyalty to the Corporation and its stockholders and not to have derived an improper personal economic gain therefrom. Any such contract, agreement, arrangement or transaction involving a corporate opportunity not so approved shall not by reason thereof result in any such breach of any fiduciary duty or duty of loyalty or failure to act in good

 

11


faith or in the best interests of the Corporation or derivation of any improper personal benefit, but shall be governed by the other provisions of this Article SEVENTH, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the By-Laws, the DGCL and other applicable law.

G. Notwithstanding anything in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary and in addition to any vote of the Board of Directors required by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, until the occurrence of the Operative Date, the affirmative vote of at least sixty-six and two thirds percent (66  2 / 3 %) of the votes entitled to be cast thereon shall be required to alter, amend or repeal, or adopt any provision inconsistent with, any provision of this Article SEVENTH.

H. For purposes of this Article SEVENTH, Article SIXTH, Article EIGHTH, Article NINTH and Article TENTH (subject to Section B(i) of Article TENTH) hereof

(i) “Affiliated Company” means in respect of IPC, any Person controlled by IPC (other than the Corporation or any Person controlled by the Corporation), and in respect of the Corporation, any Person controlled by the Corporation.

(ii) the “Corporation” shall mean the Corporation and all corporations, partnerships, joint ventures, limited liability companies, trusts, associations and other entities in which the Corporation owns (directly or indirectly) fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting stock, voting power, partnership interests or similar ownership interests; and

(iii) “IPC” “Irving Place Capital” or “IPC” means, collectively, (a) Irving Place Capital Management, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and any successor-in-interest thereto (b) JDH Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successor-in-interest thereto, (c) IPC AIV GP III Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company, (d) any investment partnership or investment entity that is controlled, managed or advised, directly or indirectly, by one or more of the Persons described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above, (e) any investment partnership initially formed for the benefit of employees of The Bear Stearns Companies Inc. and its subsidiaries that co-invested in some or all of the investments made by one or more of the Persons described in clause (d) above, and (f) any entity that has an economic interest in, or provides advisory, management, consulting, administrative or other services to, any of the Persons described in clause (d) and (e) above or to any Affiliated Company and is controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more of the Persons described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above.

(iv) “Operative Date” shall mean the first date on which IPC ceases to beneficially own shares entitled to thirty three and one-third percent (33  1 / 3 %) or more of the votes entitled to be cast by the then outstanding Common Stock.

ARTICLE EIGHTH:

A. In anticipation that the Corporation and IPC or any of its Affiliated Companies may enter into contracts or otherwise transact business with each other and that the Corporation may derive benefits therefrom, the provisions of this Article EIGHTH are set forth to regulate and define certain contractual relations and other business relations of the Corporation as they may involve IPC or any of its Affiliated Companies, and the powers, rights,

 

12


duties and liabilities of the Corporation in connection therewith. The provisions of this Article EIGHTH are in addition to, and not in limitation of, the provisions of the DGCL and the other provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Any contract or business relation which does not comply with the procedures set forth in this Article EIGHTH shall not by reason thereof be deemed void or voidable or result in any breach of any fiduciary duty or duty of loyalty or failure to act in good faith or in the best interests of the Corporation or derivation of any improper personal economic gain, but shall be governed by the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the By-Laws, the DGCL and other applicable law.

B. In the event that IPC or any of its Affiliated Companies enters into an agreement or transaction with the Corporation or any of its Affiliated Companies, a director or officer of the Corporation who is also a director, officer or employee of IPC shall (i) have fully satisfied and fulfilled the fiduciary duty of such director or officer to the Corporation and its stockholders with respect to such agreement or transaction, (ii) not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders with respect to such agreement or transactions; (iii) be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner it believed to be in, and not opposed to, the Corporation’s best interests; and (iv) not be deemed to (a) have breached its duties of loyalty to the Corporation and its stockholders and (b) derived an improper personal benefit therefrom, if:

(i) The agreement or transaction was approved, after being made aware of the material facts of the relationship between each of the Corporation or an Affiliated Company thereof and IPC or an Affiliated Company thereof and the material terms and facts of the agreement or transaction, by (a) an affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation who are not persons or entities with a material financial interest in the agreement or transaction (“Interested Persons”), even if such members do not constitute a quorum, (b) an affirmative vote of a majority of the members of a committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation consisting of members who are not Interested Persons or (c) one or more of the Corporation’s officers or employees who are not Interested Persons and who were authorized to approve such transaction by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or committee thereof in the manner set forth in (a) and (b) above;

(ii) The agreement or transaction was fair to the Corporation at the time the agreement or transaction was entered into by the Corporation; or

(iii) The agreement or transaction was approved by an affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock entitled to vote, excluding IPC, any Affiliated Company or Interested Person.

C. Directors of the Corporation who are also directors or officers of IPC may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract, agreement, arrangement or transaction. Common Stock owned by IPC may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of stockholders which authorizes the contract, agreement, arrangement or transaction.

D. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of capital stock of the Corporation will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article EIGHTH.

 

13


E. For purposes of this Article EIGHTH, any contract, agreement, arrangement or transaction with any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, association or other entity in which the Corporation owns (directly or indirectly) fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting stock, voting power, partnership interests or similar ownership interests, or with any officer or director thereof, shall be deemed to be a contract, agreement, arrangement or transaction with the Corporation.

F. Notwithstanding anything in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary and in addition to any vote of the Board of Directors required by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, until the occurrence of the Operative Date, the affirmative vote of at least sixty-six and two thirds percent (66  2 / 3 %) of the votes entitled to be cast thereon shall be required to alter, amend or repeal, or adopt any provision inconsistent with, any provision of this Article EIGHTH. Neither the alteration, amendment or repeal of this Article EIGHTH nor the adoption of any provision inconsistent with this Article EIGHTH shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article EIGHTH in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article EIGHTH, would accrue or arise, prior to such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption.

ARTICLE NINTH:

A. In anticipation that IPC will remain a stockholder of the Corporation and may have continued contractual, corporate and business relations with the Corporation, the provisions of this Article NINTH are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation as they may impact IPC and its legal and regulatory status.

B. The Corporation shall not, without the written consent of IPC, engage, directly or indirectly, in any act or activity which would result, either alone or after giving effect to the business, operations, properties, activities and legal and regulatory status of IPC and the Corporation, in: (i) IPC being required to file any notice, report or other document or make any registration with, obtain any approval, consent or authorization of or otherwise become subject to any statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, orders, decrees or other legal restrictions of any federal, state, local or foreign governmental, administrative or regulatory authority, agency or instrumentality (collectively, “ Applicable Law ”); or (ii) any director of the Corporation who is also a director or officer of IPC being ineligible to serve or prohibited from so serving as a director of the Corporation under or pursuant to any Applicable Law. IPC shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of the fact that IPC gives or withholds any consent for any reason in connection with this Article NINTH. No vote cast or other action taken by any person who is an officer, director or other representative of IPC which vote is cast or action is taken by such person in his or her capacity as a director of the Corporation shall constitute a consent of IPC for the purpose of this Article NINTH.

C. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article NINTH.

D. Notwithstanding anything in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary and in addition to any vote of the Board of Directors required by

 

14


this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, until the occurrence of the Operative Date, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two thirds percent (66  2 / 3 %) of the votes entitled to be cast thereon shall be required to alter, amend or repeal, or adopt any provision inconsistent with, any provision of this Article NINTH. Neither the alteration, amendment or repeal of this Article NINTH nor the adoption of any provision inconsistent with this Article NINTH shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article NINTH in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article NINTH, would accrue or arise, prior to such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption.

E. This Article NINTH shall become inoperative and of no effect six months after the Operative Date.

ARTICLE TENTH:

A. Prior to the Operative Date, the Corporation shall not, without the prior consent of IPC, permit any of the following to occur:

(i) any consolidation or merger of the Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Corporation with or into any Person or of any Person with or into the Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Corporation (other than a merger or consolidation with or into a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Corporation);

(ii) entry into or consummation of any sale, lease, exchange or other disposition or any acquisition (by way of merger or consolidation, acquisition of stock, other securities or assets, or otherwise) or investment, other than certain Permitted Investments, by the Corporation or any Subsidiary, other than transactions between the Corporation and its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries, or any series of related dispositions or acquisitions, except for those for which the Corporation has provided IPC at least 15 days prior written notice and which involve consideration not in excess of $10 million in fair market value, except (a) any disposition of cash equivalents or investment grade securities or obsolete or worn out equipment and (b) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(iii) any increase or decrease in the authorized capital stock of the Corporation or the creation of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation;

(iv) any issuance or sale by the Corporation or any Subsidiary of any shares of its respective capital stock or any options, warrants or rights to acquire such capital stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock or the adoption, or amendment by the Corporation or any Subsidiary of any equity incentive plan, except (a) the issuance of shares of capital stock by the Corporation or a Subsidiary to IPC, and (b) the issuance by the Corporation of capital stock pursuant to its equity incentive plans in the ordinary course of business not to exceed $10 million in fair market value per year;

(v) the amendment by the Corporation of Article SIXTH, SEVENTH, EIGHTH, NINTH, TENTH, TWELFTH and Article FOURTEENTH of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Article II, VIII and Article IX of the Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Corporation;

 

15


(vi) the declaration of dividends on any class or series of the capital stock of the Corporation;

(vii) the authorization of any class or series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation; or

(viii) any change in the number of directors on the Board of Directors, the establishment of any committee of the Board of Directors, the nomination of the members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof and the appointment of directors to newly created memberships and vacancies on the Board of Directors or any committees thereof.

B. Except as otherwise provided below, for purposes of this Article TENTH, IPC and Operative Date shall have the meanings set forth in Article SEVENTH. In addition, for purposes of this Article TENTH:

(i) “ Corporation ” shall mean the Corporation (and not any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, association or other entity);

(ii) “ Permitted Investments ” shall mean (i) any investment in IPC or any of its restricted subsidiaries; (ii) any investment in cash and cash equivalents or investment grade securities; (iii) investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment; and (iv) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices;

(iii) “ Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, association or other business entity and any trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof;

(iv) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean a subsidiary of the Corporation and shall include all corporations, partnerships, joint ventures, limited liability companies, associations and other entities (a) in which the Corporation owns (directly or indirectly) fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting stock, voting power, partnership interests or similar ownership interests, (b) of which the Corporation otherwise directly or indirectly controls or directs the policies or operations or (c) which would be considered subsidiaries of the Corporation within the meaning of Regulation S-K or Regulation S-X of the general rules and regulations under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; and

(v) “ Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” of the Corporation shall mean all Subsidiaries in which the Corporation owns (directly or indirectly) all of the outstanding voting stock, voting power, partnership interests or similar ownership interests, except for director’s qualifying shares in nominal amount.

C. Notwithstanding anything in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary and in addition to any vote of the Board of Directors required by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, until the occurrence of the Operative Date, the affirmative vote of at least sixty six and two-thirds percent (66  2 / 3 %) of the

 

16


votes entitled to be cast thereon shall be required to alter, amend or repeal, or adopt any provision inconsistent with, any provision of this Article TENTH. Neither the alteration, amendment or repeal of this Article TENTH nor the adoption of any provision inconsistent with this Article TENTH shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article TENTH in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article TENTH, would accrue or arise, prior to such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption.

ARTICLE ELEVENTH:

A. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, and the ability of the stockholders to consent in writing to the taking of any action is hereby specifically denied. However, so long as IPC continues to own shares entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. The Secretary of the Corporation shall file such consent or consents, or certify the tabulation of such consents and file such certificate, with the minutes of the meetings of the stockholders.

B. Unless otherwise required by law, Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by (x) IPC, until IPC no longer holds at least 33% of the shares of capital stock at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, by the delivery of a written request to the Secretary of the Corporation or (y) (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, or (ii) the President, (iii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iv) the Secretary, and shall be called by any such officer at the request in writing of (i) the Board of Directors or (ii) a committee of the Board of Directors that has been duly designated by the Board of Directors and whose powers and authority include the power to call such meetings. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. At a Special Meeting of Stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall be specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto).

ARTICLE TWELFTH:

The Corporation shall indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by law, as now or hereafter in effect, and such right to indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives; provided , however , that, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer (or his or her heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives) in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to

 

17


by the Board of Directors. The right to indemnification conferred by this Article TWELFTH shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending or otherwise participating in any proceeding in advance of its final disposition.

The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article TWELFTH to directors and officers of the Corporation.

The rights to indemnification and to the advance of expenses conferred in this Article TWELFTH shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the By-Laws of the Corporation, any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Any repeal or modification of this Article TWELFTH shall not adversely affect any rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE THIRTEENTH:

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the DGCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE FOURTEENTH:

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Corporation’s By-Laws. The affirmative vote of at least a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall be required to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Corporation’s By-Laws. The Corporation’s By-Laws also may be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors.

ARTICLE FIFTEENTH:

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation’s By-Laws or the DGCL, and all rights herein conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to such reservation; provided , however , that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (and in addition to any other vote that may be required by law), the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty six and two-thirds percent (66   2 / 3 %) of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors shall be required to amend, alter, change or repeal, or to adopt any provision as part of this Amended and Restated

 

18


Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with the purpose and intent of Articles FIFTH, ELEVENTH and TWELFTH of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or this Article FIFTEENTH.

ARTICLE SIXTEENTH:

The Corporation shall not to be governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL.

 

19


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed on its behalf this        day of                     , 2009.

 

VITAMIN SHOPPE, INC.
By:  

/s/

  Name:
  Title:

 

20

Exhibit 3.2

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS

OF

VITAMIN SHOPPE, INC.

(hereinafter called the “Corporation”)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office . The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware, 19808, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.

Section 2. Other Offices . The Corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Place of Meetings . Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of the stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication in the manner authorized by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”).

Section 2. Annual Meetings . The Annual Meeting of Stockholders for the election of directors shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. Any other proper business may be transacted at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Section 3. Special Meetings . Unless otherwise required by law or by the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and restated from time to time (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”), Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by (x) IPC, until the Operative Date by the delivery of a written request to the Secretary of the Corporation (y) (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, or (ii) the President, (iii) the Chief Executive Officer, (iv) the Secretary, and shall be called by any such officer at the request in writing of (i) the Board of Directors or (ii) a committee of the Board of Directors that has been duly designated by the Board of Directors and whose powers and authority include the power to call such meetings. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. At a Special Meeting of Stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall be specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto).


“IPC” means, collectively, (a) Irving Place Capital Management, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and any successor-in-interest thereto (b) JDH Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successor-in-interest thereto, (c) IPC AIV GP III Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company, (d) any investment partnership or investment entity that is controlled, managed or advised, directly or indirectly, by one or more of the Persons described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above, (e) any investment partnership initially formed for the benefit of employees of The Bear Stearns Companies Inc. and its subsidiaries that co-invested in some or all of the investments made by one or more of the Persons described in clause (d) above, and (f) any entity that has an economic interest in, or provides advisory, management, consulting, administrative or other services to, any of the Persons described in clause (d) and (e) above or to any Affiliated Company and is controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more of the Persons described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above.

“Affiliated Company” means in respect of IPC, any Person controlled by IPC (other than the Corporation or any Person controlled by the Corporation), and in respect of the Corporation, any Person controlled by the Corporation.”

“Operative Date” shall mean the first date on which IPC ceases to beneficially own shares entitled to thirty three and one-third percent (33  1 / 3 %) or more of the votes entitled to be cast by the then outstanding Common Stock.

“Person” shall mean an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization or other entity and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Section 4. Notice . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a Special Meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise required by law, written notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting.

Section 5. Nature of Business at Meetings of Stockholders . No business may be transacted at an Annual Meeting or Special Meeting of Stockholders, other than business that is either (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof), (b) otherwise properly brought before the Annual Meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof), or (c) otherwise properly brought before the Annual Meeting or Special Meeting by any stockholder of the Corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 5 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such Annual Meeting or Special Meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 5.

 

2


In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an Annual Meeting or Special Meeting by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation.

To be timely, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (a) in the case of an Annual Meeting, not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding Annual Meeting of Stockholders; provided , however , that in the event that the Annual Meeting is called for a date that is not within thirty (30) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the Annual Meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the Annual Meeting was made, whichever first occurs; and (b) in the case of a Special Meeting, not less than ninety (90) days prior to the date on which the Special Meeting is proposed to be held.

To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the Annual Meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, (ii) the name and record address of such stockholder, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder, (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such business and (v) a representation that such stockholder is a holder of record of the Corporation’s stock entitled to vote at the meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to bring such business before the meeting.

No business shall be conducted at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders, or Special Meeting of Stockholders, except business brought before the Annual Meeting or Special Meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5; provided , however , that, once business has been properly brought before the Annual Meeting or Special Meeting in accordance with such procedures, nothing in this Section 5 shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any stockholder of any such business. If the chairman of an Annual Meeting or Special Meeting determines that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairman shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.

Section 6. Nomination of Directors . Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation, except as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation with respect to the right of holders of preferred stock of the Corporation to nominate and elect a specified number of directors in certain circumstances. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at any Annual Meeting of Stockholders, or at any Special Meeting of Stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, (a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (b) by any stockholder of the Corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for

 

3


in this Section 6 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6.

In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation.

To be timely, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (a) in the case of an Annual Meeting, not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding Annual Meeting of Stockholders; provided , however , that in the event that the Annual Meeting is called for a date that is not within thirty (30) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the Annual Meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the Annual Meeting was made, whichever first occurs; and (b) in the case of a Special Meeting of Stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which notice of the date of the Special Meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the Special Meeting was made, whichever first occurs.

To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by the person and (iv) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice (i) the name and record address of such stockholder, (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder, (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder, (iv) a representation that such stockholder is a holder of record of the Corporation’s stock and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice and (v) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected.

No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 6. If the chairman of the

 

4


meeting determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairman shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded.

Section 7. Adjournments . Any meeting of the stockholders may be adjourned from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting in accordance with the requirements of Section 4 hereof shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting.

Section 8. Quorum . Unless otherwise required by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the Corporation’s capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in Section 5 hereof, until a quorum shall be present or represented.

Section 9. Voting . Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, or permitted by the rules of any stock exchange on which the Company’s shares are listed and traded, any question brought before any meeting of the stockholders, other than the election of directors, shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of votes of the Corporation’s capital stock represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on such question, voting as a single class. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to Section 13(a) of this Article II, each stockholder represented at a meeting of the stockholders shall be entitled to cast one (1) vote for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder. Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy as provided in Section 10 of this Article II. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a meeting of the stockholders, in such officer’s discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

Section 10. Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of the stockholders or, as provided herein to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted upon after three years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. Without limiting the manner in which a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, the following shall constitute a valid means by which a stockholder may grant such authority:

(i) A stockholder may execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy. Execution may be accomplished by the stockholder or such stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing such writing or causing such person’s signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means, including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature.

 

5


(ii) A stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder. If it is determined that such telegrams, cablegrams or other electronic transmissions are valid, the inspectors or, if there are no inspectors, such other persons making that determination shall specify the information on which they relied.

Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission authorizing another person or persons to act as proxy for a stockholder may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used; provided , however , that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

Section 11. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this Section 9 to the Corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded. A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this Section 9, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets

 

6


forth or is delivered with information from which the Corporation can determine (i) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxyholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation as provided above in this Section 11.

Section 12. List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

Section 13. Record Date .

(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the

 

7


resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

Section 14. Stock Ledger . The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 10 of this Article II or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of the stockholders.

Section 15. Conduct of Meetings . The Board of Directors of the Corporation may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of any meeting of the stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of the stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) the determination of when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted on at the meeting; (iii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iv) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the

 

8


chairman of the meeting shall determine; (v) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (vi) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.

Section 16. Inspectors of Election . In advance of any meeting of the stockholders, the Board of Directors, by resolution, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. One or more other persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, inspectors may be officers, employees or agents of the Corporation. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. The inspector shall have the duties prescribed by law and shall take charge of the polls and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by applicable law.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. Number and Election of Directors . The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than three nor more than fifteen members, the exact number of which shall be fixed from time to time by resolution adopted by an affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors. Except as provided in Section 2 of this Article III, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at each Annual Meeting of Stockholders and each director so elected shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting of Stockholders and until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders.

Section 2. Vacancies . Any vacancy on the Board of Directors that results from an increase in the number of directors may be filled by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, provided that a quorum is present, and any other vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors may be filled by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Any director elected to fill a vacancy not resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall have the same remaining term as that of his or her predecessor.

Section 3. Duties and Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

Section 4. Meetings . The Board of Directors and any committee thereof may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. Regular

 

9


meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors or such committee, respectively. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman, if there be one, the Chief Executive Officer, or by a majority of the directors then serving on the Board of Directors. Special meetings of any committee of the Board of Directors may be called by the chairman of such committee, if there be one, the Chief Executive Officer, or any director serving on such committee. Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director (or, in the case of a committee, to each member of such committee) either by mail not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone, telegram or electronic means on twenty-four (24) hours’ notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

Section 5. Organization . At each meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the chairman of such committee, as the case may be, or, in his or her absence or if there be none, a director chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall act as chairman. Except as provided below, the Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary at each meeting of the Board of Directors and of each committee thereof. In case the Secretary shall be absent from any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof, an Assistant Secretary shall perform the duties of secretary at such meeting; and in the absence from any such meeting of the Secretary and all the Assistant Secretaries, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the members of each committee of the Board of Directors may appoint any person to act as secretary of any meeting of such committee and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation may, but need not if such committee so elects, serve in such capacity.

Section 6. Resignations and Removals of Directors . Any director of the Corporation may resign from the Board of Directors or any committee thereof at any time, by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation and, in the case of a committee, to the chairman of such committee, if there be one. Such resignation shall take effect at the time therein specified or, if no time is specified, immediately; and, unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Except as otherwise required by applicable law and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of shares of preferred stock then outstanding, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority in voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors. Any director serving on a committee of the Board of Directors may be removed from such committee at any time by the Board of Directors.

Section 7. Quorum . Except as otherwise required by law, or the Certificate of Incorporation or the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or quotation system on which the Corporation’s securities are listed or quoted for trading, at all meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, a majority of the entire Board of Directors or a majority of the directors constituting such committee, as the case may be, shall constitute a quorum for the

 

10


transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors or committee members present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors or such committee, as applicable. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting of the time and place of the adjourned meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 8. Actions of the Board by Written Consent . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 9. Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 9 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 10. Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. Each member of a committee must meet the requirements for membership, if any, imposed by applicable law and the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or quotation system on which the securities of the Corporation are listed or quoted for trading. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee. Subject to the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or quotation system on which the securities of the Corporation are listed or quoted for trading, in the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another qualified member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any absent or disqualified member. Any committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article III, the resolution of the Board of Directors establishing any committee of the Board of Directors and/or the charter of any such committee may establish requirements or procedures relating to the governance and/or operation of such committee that are different from, or in addition to, those set forth in these By-Laws and, to the extent that there is any inconsistency between these By-Laws and any such resolution or charter, the terms of such resolution or charter shall be controlling.

 

11


Section 11. Compensation . The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary for service as director, payable in cash or securities. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for service as committee members.

Section 12. Interested Directors . No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because any such director’s or officer’s vote is counted for such purpose if: (i) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1. General . The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a Chief Executive Officer, President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, also may choose a Chairman of the Board of Directors (who must be a director) and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and other officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws. The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

Section 2. Election . The Board of Directors, at its first meeting held after each Annual Meeting of Stockholders (or action by written consent of stockholders in lieu of the Annual Meeting of Stockholders if permitted by the Certificate of Incorporation), shall elect the officers of the Corporation who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such

 

12


powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; and each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until such officer’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors. The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation . Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President or any other officer authorized to do so by the Board of Directors and any such officer may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and power incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

Section 4. Chairman of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may choose a Chairman of the Board of Directors (who must be a director). The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. Except where by law the signature of the President is required, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same power as the President to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which may be authorized by the Board of Directors. During the absence or disability of the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the President. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

Section 5. Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, have general supervision of the business and affairs of the Corporation and of its several officers and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer shall have the power to execute, by and on behalf of the Corporation, all deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except that the other officers of the Corporation may sign and execute documents when so authorized by these By-Laws, the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if there be none, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, provided the Chief Executive Officer is also a director, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. The Chief Executive Officer shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned to such officer by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

 

13


Section 6. President . The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, and the Chief Executive Officer, have general supervision of the business and affairs of the Corporation. The President shall have the power to execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except that the other officers of the Corporation may sign and execute documents when so authorized by these By-Laws, the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. In general, the President shall perform all duties incident to the office of President and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to the President by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, or the Chief Executive Officer. In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, provided the President is also a director, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. In the event of the inability or refusal of the Chief Executive Officer to act, the Board of Directors may designate the President to perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and, when so acting, the President shall all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 7. Vice Presidents . At the request of the Chief Executive Officer or the President or in the President’s absence or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act (and if there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors), the Vice President, or the Vice Presidents if there are more than one (in the order designated by the Board of Directors), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Each Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President from time to time may prescribe. If there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors, no Chief Executive Officer and no Vice President, the Board of Directors shall designate the officer of the Corporation who, in the absence of the President or in the event of the inability or refusal of the President to act, shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.

Section 8. Secretary . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings thereat in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall also perform like duties for committees of the Board of Directors when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall be. If the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to cause to be given notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and if there be no Assistant Secretary, then either the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President may choose another officer to cause such notice to be given. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the signature of any such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest to the affixing by such officer’s signature. The Secretary shall see that all books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.

 

14


Section 9. Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chief Executive Officer, the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of the Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Treasurer’s possession or under the Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.

Section 10. Assistant Secretaries . Assistant Secretaries, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Secretary, and in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Secretary, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Secretary.

Section 11. Assistant Treasurers . Assistant Treasurers, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Treasurer, and in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Treasurer. If required by the Board of Directors, an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of Assistant Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Assistant Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Assistant Treasurer’s possession or under the Assistant Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.

Section 12. Other Officers . Such other officers as the Board of Directors may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.

 

15


ARTICLE V

STOCK

Section 1. Form of Certificates . The shares of stock of the Corporation may but need not be represented by certificates. If shares are represented by certificates, the certificates shall be in such form as required by applicable law and as determined by the Board of Directors. Each certificate shall certify the number of shares owned by such holder in the Corporation and shall be signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or Vice-President and (ii) by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. If such a certificate is countersigned (i) by a transfer agent or an assistant transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee or (ii) by a registrar, other than the Corporation or its employee, the signature of any such Chairman of the Board of Directors, President, Vice-president, Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer, Secretary or Assistant secretary may be facsimiles. In case any officer or officers who have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation whether because of death, resignation or otherwise before such certificate or certificates have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the Corporation. All certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The Board of Directors may appoint a bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof to act as its transfer agent or registrar, or both in connection with the transfer of any class or series of securities of the Corporation. The Corporation, or its designated transfer agent or other agent, shall keep a book or set of books to be known as the stock transfer books of the Corporation, containing the name of each holder of record, together with such holder’s address and the number and class or series of shares held by such holder and the date of issue. When shares are represented by certificates, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to each holder to whom such shares have been issued or transferred, certificates representing the shares owned by such holder, and shares of stock of the Corporation shall only be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the Corporation or its designated transfer agent or other agent of the certificate or certificates for such shares endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, with such evidence of the authenticity of such endorsement, transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps. In that event, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate or certificates and record the transaction on its books. When shares are not represented by certificates, shares of stock of the Corporation shall only be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, with such evidence of the authenticity of such transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps, and within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of such shares, the Corporation shall send the holder to whom such shares have been issued or transferred a written statement of the information required by applicable law. Unless otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, By-Laws or any other instrument the rights and obligations of shareholders are identical, whether or not their shares are represented by certificates.

 

16


Section 2. Signatures . Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 3. Lost Certificates . The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

Section 4. Transfers . Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by applicable law and in these By-Laws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, properly endorsed for transfer and payment of all necessary transfer taxes; provided , however , that such surrender and endorsement or payment of taxes shall not be required in any case in which the officers of the Corporation shall determine to waive such requirement. Every certificate exchanged, returned or surrendered to the Corporation shall be marked “Cancelled,” with the date of cancellation, by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or the transfer agent thereof. No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred.

Section 5. Dividend Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 6. Record Owners . The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by law.

 

17


Section 7. Transfer and Registry Agents . The Corporation may from time to time maintain one or more transfer offices or agencies and registry offices or agencies at such place or places as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

NOTICES

Section 1. Notices . Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission if consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed to be revoked if (i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices by the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (ii) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided , however , that the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. Notice given by electronic transmission, as described above, shall be deemed given: (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network, together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. Notice to directors or committee members may be given personally or by telegram, telex, cable or by means of electronic transmission.

Section 2. Waivers of Notice . Whenever any notice is required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person or persons entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. Attendance of a person at a meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders or any regular or special meeting of the directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.

 

18


ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the requirements of the DGCL and the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors (or any action by written consent in lieu thereof in accordance with Section 8 of Article III hereof), and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for purchasing any of the shares of capital stock, warrants, rights, options, bonds, debentures, notes, scrip or other securities or evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

Section 2. Disbursements . All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Section 3. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Corporate Seal . The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 1. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation . Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed

 

19


to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 2. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation . Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 3. Authorization of Indemnification . Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (iv) by the stockholders. Such determination shall be made, with respect to former directors and officers, by any person or persons having the authority to act on the matter on behalf of the Corporation. To the extent, however, that a present or former director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

Section 4. Good Faith Defined . For purposes of any determination under Section 3 of this Article VIII, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the

 

20


Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful, if such person’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to such person by the officers of the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The provisions of this Section 4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be.

Section 5. Indemnification by a Court . Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

Section 6. Expenses Payable in Advance . Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a director or officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VIII. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Corporation deems appropriate.

Section 7. Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-Laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Section 1 and Section 2 of this Article VIII shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the

 

21


indemnification of any person who is not specified in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the DGCL, or otherwise.

Section 8. Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.

Section 9. Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. The term “another enterprise” as used in this Article VIII shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VIII.

Section 10. Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Section 11. Limitation on Indemnification . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VIII to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 5 of this Article VIII), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer (or his or her heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives) or advance expenses in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

22


Section 12. Indemnification of Employees and Agents . The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VIII to directors and officers of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

Section 1. Amendments . These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-Laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors; provided , however , that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws be contained in the notice of such meeting of the stockholders or Board of Directors, as the case may be. All such amendments must be approved by either the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon or by a majority of the entire Board of Directors then in office.

Section 2. Entire Board of Directors . As used in this Article IX and in these By-Laws generally, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

*            *            *

Adopted as of:                      , 2009

Last Amended as of:

 

23

EXHIBIT 4.4

 

COMMON STOCK      

COMMON STOCK

$0.01 PAR VALUE

   [Graphic]   

INCORPORATED UNDER THE

LAWS

OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

     

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN

DEFINITIONS

VITAMIN SHOPPE, INC.

THIS CERTIFIES THAT

IS THE OWNER OF

FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF VITAMIN SHOPPE, INC.

transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed.

This Certificate is not valid until countersigned by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. Witness the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

Dated:

[CORPORATE SEAL]

 

 

COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:

 

SECRETARY       TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
   BY   
CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD
AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
      AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

 

 


This Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests a statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM       as tenants in common    UNIF GIFT MIN ACT      

 

   Custodian   

 

TEN ENT       as tenants by the entireties          (Cust)       (Minor)
JT TEN       as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common          under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
              

 

               (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For Value Received,                                          hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

 

 

 

 

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

 

 

 

 

 

  Shares    
of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint  

 

  Attorney
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOTICE:THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

Signature(s) Guaranteed

 

 

 

THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 174d-15.

2

 

 

Exhibit 5.1

KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP

And Affiliated Partnerships

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022-4611

October 14, 2009

VS Holdings, Inc.

c/o Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc.

2101 91st Street

North Bergen, NJ 07047

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We are acting as special counsel to VS Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the proposed registration by the Company of shares of its Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), including shares of its Common Stock to cover over-allotments, if any, pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on July 23, 2009 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) (such Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented, is hereinafter referred to as the “Registration Statement”). The shares of Common Stock to be issued and sold by the Company pursuant to the Registration Statement are referred to herein as the “Firm Shares” and the shares of Common Stock to be sold by the selling stockholders identified in the Registration Statement are referred to herein as the “Secondary Shares.”

In that connection, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of this opinion, including (i) the Restated Articles of Incorporation (the “Restated Charter”) of the Company in the form filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware prior to the sale of the shares of Common Stock registered pursuant to the Registration Statement (the “Shares”); (ii) the By-laws (the “By-laws”) of the Company in the form filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement; (iii) the form of underwriting agreement attached as Exhibit 1.1 to the Registration Statement (the “Underwriting Agreement”); (iv) resolutions of the Board of Directors and stockholders of the Company (the “Resolutions”); (v) certain documents with respect to the


contemplated merger of VS Parent, Inc. into VS Holdings, Inc (the “Merger”)., and (vi) the Registration Statement.

For purposes of this opinion, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies and the authenticity of the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies. We have also assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, the genuineness of the signatures of persons signing all documents in connection with which this opinion is rendered and the due authorization, execution and delivery of all documents by the parties thereto. In rendering the opinion set forth below with respect to the Secondary Shares, we have assumed that the Company has received the entire amount of the consideration contemplated by the Resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company authorizing the issuance of the shares of Common Stock to be split in the stock-split contemplated by the Restated Charter. We relied upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Company and others as to factual matters.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing qualifications, assumptions and limitations and the further limitations set forth below, when (i) the Restated Charter is filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, (ii) the final Underwriting Agreement is duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto, (iii) the Merger has been consummated, and (iv) the Registration Statement becomes effective under the Act:

1. The Secondary Shares will be duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; and

2. When the Firm Shares are registered by the Company’s transfer agent and delivered against payment of the agreed consideration therefor, all in accordance with the Underwriting Agreement and the Resolutions, the Firm Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Our opinions expressed above are subject to the qualifications that we express no opinion as to the applicability of, compliance with, or effect of any laws except the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

This opinion is limited to the specific issues addressed herein, and no opinion may be inferred or implied beyond that expressly stated herein.

This opinion is furnished to you in connection with the filing of the Registration Statement.

Sincerely,

/ S / K IRKLAND  & E LLIS LLP

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

 

2

Exhibit 10.29

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [            ], 2009, by and between VS Holdings, Inc. and Vitamin Shoppe Industries, Inc. (collectively, the “ Company ”) (the “ Company ”) and [        ] (the “ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

A. It is reasonable, prudent and in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify persons serving as officers of the Company to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve as officers of the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified.

B. The Indemnitee was employed to serve as an officer of the Company.

C. To the extent permitted by law, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the certificate of incorporation of the Company and provisions of the bylaws or resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of the Indemnitee thereunder.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and the Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . As used in the foregoing Recitals and in this Agreement, the following terms will have those meanings set forth in this Section 1 unless the context dictates otherwise.

(a) “ Affiliate ” and “ Associate ” shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”), and the term “person” as used therein shall mean any person or entity.

(b) a “ Change of Control ” shall mean the happening after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) if any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provisions to either of the preceding), including any individual, entity or group agreeing to act together for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of securities (as defined in Rule l3d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of either (A) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “ Outstanding Company Common Stock ”), or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Outstanding Company Voting Power ”); provided , however , that for purposes of this subsection (i) any acquisition by (A) any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company or (B) any Sponsor shall not constitute a Change of Control; or


(ii) individuals who, as of the date of this Agreement, constitute the Board of Directors (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason not to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors; provided , however , that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board of Directors; and provided , further , that any change in the composition of the Board of Directors instituted or approved by the holder or holders, either directly or indirectly, of a majority of the Outstanding Company Voting Power on the date hereof shall not constitute a Change of Control; or

(iii) consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “ Business Combination ”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Power immediately prior to such Business Combination, or their respective Affiliates, beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries); or

(iv) approval by the shareholders of the Company of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(c) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was an officer of the Company or is or was serving in such capacity, at the request of the Company, of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(d) “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to, or otherwise involved in, the Proceeding for which indemnification is sought by the Indemnitee.

(e) “ Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, cost of any appeal bond, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs and printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding.

 

2


(f) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or the Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party, or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “ Independent Counsel ” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or the Indemnitee in an action to determine the Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(g) “ Proceeding ” includes any action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, administrative hearing or any other proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(h) “ Sponsor ” means Irving Place Capital Management, LP, IPC/Vitamin, LLC and their respective Affiliates and Associates.

Section 2. Indemnification (General) . The Company shall indemnify and advance Expenses to the Indemnitee as provided in this Agreement and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law in effect on the date hereof and to such greater extent as applicable law may thereafter from time to time permit. The rights of the Indemnitee provided under the preceding sentence shall include, but shall not be limited to, the rights set forth in other sections of this Agreement.

Section 3. Proceedings Other Than Proceeding by or in the Right of the Company . The Indemnitee shall be entitled to the right of indemnification provided in this Section 3 if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Under this Section 3, the Company will indemnify the Indemnitee against Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement (as and to the extent permitted hereunder) actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe this conduct was unlawful.

Section 4. Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . The Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 4 if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, party to or participant in any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which the Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company, or if applicable law prohibits such indemnification; provided , however , that if applicable law so permits, indemnification against Expenses shall nevertheless be made by the Company in such event if and to the extent that the court in which such Proceeding shall have been brought or is pending, shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, the Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such court shall deem proper.

 

3


Section 5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful .

(a) To the extent that the Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits, in any Proceeding, the Company will indemnify the Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If the Indemnitee is not wholly successful in defense of any Proceeding but is successful on the merits, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each such successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section 5(a) and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter. The provisions of this Section 5(a) are subject to Section 5(b) hereof.

(b) In no event shall the Indemnitee be entitled to indemnification under Section 5(a) hereof with respect to a claim, issue or matter to the extent (i) applicable law prohibits such indemnification, or (ii) an admission is made by the Indemnitee in writing to the Company or in such Proceeding or a determination is made in such Proceeding that the standard of conduct required for Indemnification under this Agreement has not been met with respect to such claim, issue or matter.

Section 6. Indemnification for Expenses as a Witness . Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, to the extent that the Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness (which includes depositions, interrogatories, document production, and similar demans or requests for information that may be relevant to a Proceeding) in any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

Section 7. Advancement of Expenses .

(a) The Company shall advance all reasonable Expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding within ten (10) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from the Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after the final disposition of such Proceeding; provided , however , that the person or persons or entity making the determination of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under Section 5 (the “ Reviewing Party ”) hereof has not determined that the Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. The Company shall accept any such undertaking without reference to the financial ability of the Indemnitee to make repayment and without regard to the prospect of whether the Indemnitee may ultimately be found to be entitled to indemnification under the provisions of this Agreement.

 

4


(b) The Company’s obligation to advance Expenses pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that the Indemnitee would not be permitted to be so indemnified under applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by the Indemnitee (who agrees to reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided , however , that if the Indemnitee has commenced or thereafter commences legal proceedings hereunder to secure a determination that the Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law, any determination made by the Reviewing Party to the contrary shall not be binding and the Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expenses advanced until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto. Any required reimbursement of Expenses by the Indemnitee shall be made by the Indemnitee to the Company within ten (10) days following the determination that the Indemnitee would not be entitled to indemnification.

Section 8. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that the Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

(b) Upon written request by the Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 8(a) hereof, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to the Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case:

(i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote or consent of Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum; or

(ii) by majority vote or consent of a committee of Disinterested Directors duly designated by the Board of Directors, even though less than a quorum (in which designation of the committee, the directors, whether or not Disinterested Directors, may participate); or

(iii) by Independent Counsel, as selected pursuant to Section 8(c) hereof, if there are no Disinterested Directors, or if the Disinterested Directors so direct, in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which opinion shall be delivered to the Indemnitee; or

(iv) by vote or consent of the holders of a majority of the Company’s common stock that are represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at a meeting called for such purpose.

 

5


(c) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 8(c). If a Change of Control has not occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board of Directors (including a vote of a majority of the Disinterested Directors if obtainable), and the Company shall give written notice to the Indemnitee advising him of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change of Control has occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Indemnitee (unless the Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board of Directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and approved by the Board of Directors (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). If (i) an Independent Counsel is to make the determination of entitlement pursuant to this Section 8, and (ii) within twenty (20) days after submission by the Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 8(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected, either the Company or the Indemnitee may petition the appropriate court of the State of Delaware or another court of competent jurisdiction (the “ Court ”) for the appointment of an Independent Counsel to be selected by the Court or by such other person as the Court shall designate. The fees and expenses incurred by the Independent Counsel in making any determination shall be borne solely by the Company regardless of the results of any determination and, if requested by the Independent Counsel, the Company shall give such Independent Counsel an appropriate written agreement with respect to the payment of the fees and expenses and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the Independent Counsel. Furthermore, the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses in connection with the procedures set forth in this Section 8(c) regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was appointed. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 10(a)(iii) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity.

Section 9. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

(a) In making a determination with respect to whether the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder, the Reviewing Party making such determination shall presume that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if the Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 8(a) hereof, and anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion, by clear and convincing evidence.

(b) Subject to the terms of Section 14.4 hereof, the termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of the Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the Company and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

(c) For purposes of any determination of good faith, the Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith, if the Indemnitee’s action is based on (i) the records or books of account of the Company, including financial statements, (ii) information supplied to the Indemnitee by the officers of the Company in the course of their duties, (iii) the advice of legal or financial counsel for the Company or the Board of Directors (or any committee thereof) or (iv)

 

6


information or records given or reports made by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by the Company or the Board of Directors (or any committee thereof). The provisions of this Section 9(c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed or found to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, officer, agent or employee of the Company shall not be imputed to the Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

Section 10. Remedies of the Indemnitee .

(a) In the event (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 8 hereof that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 7 hereof, (iii) the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 8(b) or Section 8(c) hereof and such determination shall not have been made and delivered in a written opinion within forty-five (45) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant hereto within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to seek an adjudication in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware of his entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, the Indemnitee, at his option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date on which the Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 10(a); provided , however , that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by the Indemnitee to enforce his rights hereunder.

(b) In the event that a determination is made that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 10 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and the Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 10, the Company shall have the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the Company shall be precluded from referring to or offering into evidence a determination made pursuant to Section 8 hereof that is adverse to the Indemnitee’s right to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be. If the Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 10, the Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances hereunder until a final determination is made with respect to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed).

(c) If a determination is made or deemed to have been made hereunder that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 10, absent (i) a

 

7


misstatement by the Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission by the Indemnitee of a material fact necessary to make the Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 10 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(e) In the event that the Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 10, seeks a judicial adjudication or an award in arbitration to enforce his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Company, and shall be indemnified by the Company against, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication or arbitration; provided , however , if the court or arbitrator rules that the Indemnitee had no reasonable basis to bring the claim, the Indemnitee is not entitled to recover any Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in the judicial adjudication or arbitration.

(f) Any judicial adjudication or arbitration determined under this Section 10 shall be final and binding on the parties.

Section 11. Non-Disclosure of Payments . Except as expressly required by the securities laws of the United States of America, neither party shall disclose any payments under this Agreement unless prior approval of the other party is obtained. If any payment information must be disclosed, the Company shall afford the Indemnitee an opportunity to review all such disclosures and, if requested, to explain in such statement any mitigating circumstances regarding the events to be reported.

Section 12. Duration of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue for so long as the Indemnitee may have any liability or potential liability by virtue of serving as an officer of the Company, including, without limitation, the final termination of all pending Proceedings in respect of which the Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any Proceeding commenced by the Indemnitee pursuant to Section 10 hereof relating thereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

Section 13. Maintenance of Insurance . The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain in effect during the entire period for which the Company is obligated to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement, one or more policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies to provide the officers of the Company with coverage for losses from wrongful acts and omissions and to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement. The Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the

 

8


coverage available for any such director or officer under such policy or policies. In all such insurance policies, the Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide the Indemnitee with the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s directors and officers.

Section 14. Miscellaneous .

Section 14.1 Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation .

(a) The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the certificate of incorporation, the bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or resolutions of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or any provision hereof shall be effective as to the Indemnitee with respect to any action taken or omitted by the Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

(b) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(c) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that the Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

Section 14.2 Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; (b) such provision or provisions will be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or enforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

Section 14.3 Exception to Right of Indemnification or Advancement of Expenses . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this Agreement with respect to any Proceeding, or any claim therein, brought or made by him against the Company except for any claim or Proceeding in respect of this Agreement and/or the Indemnitee’s rights hereunder.

 

9


Section 14.4 Settlement of Claims . The Company shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without the Company’s written consent. The Company will not unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed settlement. The Company shall furthermore not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement with regard to any judicial award if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action.

Section 14.5 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (whether by original, photocopy or facsimile signature), each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Only one such counterpart executed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

Section 14.6 Headings . The headings of the sections or paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

Section 14.7 Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

Section 14.8 Notice by Indemnitee . The Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder.

Section 14.9 Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and received for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (ii) mailed by U.S. certified or registered mail with postage prepaid by overnight courier: (a) if to the Company: 2101 91st Street, North Bergen, New Jersey 07047, Attention: General Counsel; and (b) if to any other party hereto, including the Indemnitee, to the address of such party set forth on the signature page hereof; or to such other address as may have been furnished by any party to the other(s), in accordance with this Section 14.9.

Section 14.10 Governing Law; Venue, Etc .

(a) THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE.

(b) ANY “ ACTION OR PROCEEDING ” (AS SUCH TERM IS DEFINED BELOW) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE FILED IN AND LITIGATED SOLELY BEFORE THE COURT OF CHANCERY LOCATED IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE AND EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT: (1) GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY ACCEPTS THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS AND VENUE THEREIN, AND WAIVES TO THE FULLEST

 

10


EXTENT PROVIDED BY LAW ANY DEFENSE OR OBJECTION TO SUCH JURISDICTION AND VENUE BASED UPON THE DOCTRINE OF “FORUM NON CONVENIENS”; AND (2) GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY DELIVERY OF CERTIFIED OR REGISTERED MAILING OF THE SUMMONS AND COMPLAINT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NOTICE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SECTION 15.1, THE TERM “ACTION OR PROCEEDING” IS DEFINED AS ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, SUITS, ACTIONS, HEARINGS, ARBITRATIONS OR OTHER SIMILAR PROCEEDINGS, INCLUDING APPEALS AND PETITIONS THEREFROM, WHETHER FORMAL OR INFORMAL, GOVERNMENTAL OR NON-GOVERNMENTAL, OR CIVIL OR CRIMINAL. THE FOREGOING CONSENT TO JURISDICTION SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE GENERAL CONSENT TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE STATE FOR ANY PURPOSE EXCEPT AS PROVIDED ABOVE, AND SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO CONFER RIGHTS ON ANY PERSON OTHER THAN THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT.

(c) The Company acknowledges that the Indemnitee may, as a result of the Company’s breach of its covenants and obligations under this Agreement, sustain immediate and long-term substantial and irreparable injury and damage, which cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated by damages at law. Consequently, the Company agrees that the Indemnitee shall be entitled, in the event of the Company’s breach or threatened breach of its covenants and obligations hereunder, to obtain equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction, including enforcement of each provision of this Agreement by specific performance and/or temporary, preliminary and/or permanent injunctions enforcing any of the Indemnitee’s rights, requiring performance by the Company, or enjoining any breach by the Company, all without proof of any actual damages that have been or may be caused by the Indemnitee by such breach or threatened breach and without the posting of bond or other security in connection therewith. The Company waives the claim or defense therein that the Indemnitee has an adequate remedy at law, and the Company shall not allege or otherwise assert the legal position that any such remedy at law exists. The Company agrees and acknowledges that: (i) the terms of this Section 15.1(c) are fair, reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Indemnitee; (ii) this waiver is a material inducement to the Indemnitee to enter into the transactions contemplated hereby; (iii) the Indemnitee relied upon this waiver in entering into this Agreement; and will continue to rely on this waiver in its future dealings with the Company. The Company warrants and represents that it has reviewed this provision with its legal counsel, and that it has knowingly and voluntarily waived its rights referenced in this Section 15.1(c) following consultation with such legal counsel.

Section 14.11 Usage of Pronouns . Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

[Signatures on Following Page]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

ATTEST:     VS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:         By:    
Name:         Name:  
Title:         Title:  
VITAMIN SHOPPE INDUSTRIES, INC.     INDEMNITEE:
By:         Name:    
Name:       Address:    
Title:          

Exhibit 10.30

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [            ], 2009, by and between VS Holdings, Inc. and Vitamin Shoppe Industries, Inc. (collectively, the “ Company ”) and [        ] (the “ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

A. It is reasonable, prudent and in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify persons serving as directors of the Company to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve as directors of the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified.

B. The Indemnitee was asked to serve on the board of directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”).

C. To the extent permitted by law, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the certificate of incorporation of the Company and provisions of the bylaws or resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of the Indemnitee thereunder.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and the Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . As used in the foregoing Recitals and in this Agreement, the following terms will have those meanings set forth in this Section 1 unless the context dictates otherwise.

(a) “ Affiliate ” and “ Associate ” shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”), and the term “person” as used therein shall mean any person or entity.

(b) a “ Change of Control ” shall mean the happening after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) if any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provisions to either of the preceding), including any individual, entity or group agreeing to act together for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of securities (as defined in Rule l3d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of either (A) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “ Outstanding Company Common Stock ”), or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Outstanding Company Voting Power ”); provided , however , that for purposes of this subsection (i) any acquisition by (A) any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company or (B) any Sponsor shall not constitute a Change of Control; or


(ii) individuals who, as of the date of this Agreement, constitute the Board of Directors (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason not to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors; provided , however , that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board of Directors; and provided , further , that any change in the composition of the Board of Directors instituted or approved by the holder or holders, either directly or indirectly, of a majority of the Outstanding Company Voting Power on the date hereof shall not constitute a Change of Control; or

(iii) consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “ Business Combination ”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Power immediately prior to such Business Combination, or their respective Affiliates, beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries); or

(iv) approval by the shareholders of the Company of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(c) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director of the Company or is or was serving in such capacity, at the request of the Company, of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(d) “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to, or otherwise involved in, the Proceeding for which indemnification is sought by the Indemnitee.

(e) “ Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, costs of any appeal bond, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs and printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding.

 

2


(f) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or the Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party, or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “ Independent Counsel ” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or the Indemnitee in an action to determine the Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(g) “ Proceeding ” includes any action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, administrative hearing or any other proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(h) “ Sponsor ” means Irving Place Capital Management, LP, IPC/Vitamin, LLC and their respective Affiliates and Associates.

Section 2. Indemnification (General) . The Company shall indemnify and advance Expenses to the Indemnitee as provided in this Agreement and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law in effect on the date hereof and to such greater extent as applicable law may thereafter from time to time permit. The rights of the Indemnitee provided under the preceding sentence shall include, but shall not be limited to, the rights set forth in other sections of this Agreement.

Section 3. Proceedings Other Than Proceeding by or in the Right of the Company . The Indemnitee shall be entitled to the right of indemnification provided in this Section 3 if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Under this Section 3, the Company will indemnify the Indemnitee against Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement (as and to the extent permitted hereunder) actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe this conduct was unlawful.

Section 4. Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . The Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 4 if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, party to or participant in any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which the Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company, or if applicable law prohibits such indemnification; provided , however , that if applicable law so permits, indemnification against Expenses shall nevertheless be made by the

 

3


Company in such event if and to the extent that the court in which such Proceeding shall have been brought or is pending, shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, the Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such court shall deem proper.

Section 5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful .

(a) To the extent that the Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits, in any Proceeding, the Company will indemnify the Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If the Indemnitee is not wholly successful in defense of any Proceeding but is successful on the merits, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each such successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section 5(a) and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter. The provisions of this Section 5(a) are subject to Section 5(b) hereof.

(b) In no event shall the Indemnitee be entitled to indemnification under Section 5(a) hereof with respect to a claim, issue or matter to the extent (i) applicable law prohibits such indemnification, or (ii) an admission is made by the Indemnitee in writing to the Company or in such Proceeding or a determination is made in such Proceeding that the standard of conduct required for Indemnification under this Agreement has not been met with respect to such claim, issue or matter.

Section 6. Indemnification for Expenses as a Witness . Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, to the extent that the Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness (which includes depositions, interrogatories, document production, and similar demands or requests for information that may be relevant to a Proceeding) in any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

Section 7. Advancement of Expenses .

(a) The Company shall advance all reasonable Expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding within ten (10) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from the Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after the final disposition of such Proceeding; provided , however , that the person or persons or entity making the determination of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under Section 5 (the “ Reviewing Party ”) hereof has not determined that the Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. The

 

4


Company shall accept any such undertaking without reference to the financial ability of the Indemnitee to make repayment and without regard to the prospect of whether the Indemnitee may ultimately be found to be entitled to indemnification under the provisions of this Agreement.

(b) The Company’s obligation to advance Expenses pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that the Indemnitee would not be permitted to be so indemnified under applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by the Indemnitee (who agrees to reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided , however , that if the Indemnitee has commenced or thereafter commences legal proceedings hereunder to secure a determination that the Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law, any determination made by the Reviewing Party to the contrary shall not be binding and the Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expenses advanced until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto. Any required reimbursement of Expenses by the Indemnitee shall be made by the Indemnitee to the Company within ten (10) days following the determination that the Indemnitee would not be entitled to indemnification.

Section 8. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that the Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

(b) Upon written request by the Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 8(a) hereof, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to the Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case:

(i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote or consent of Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum; or

(ii) by majority vote or consent of a committee of Disinterested Directors duly designated by the Board of Directors, even though less than a quorum (in which designation of the committee, the directors, whether or not Disinterested Directors, may participate); or

(iii) by Independent Counsel, as selected pursuant to Section 8(c) hereof, if there are no Disinterested Directors, or if the Disinterested Directors so direct, in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which opinion shall be delivered to the Indemnitee; or

(iv) by vote or consent of the holders of a majority of the Company’s common stock that are represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at a meeting called for such purpose.

 

5


(c) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 8(c). If a Change of Control has not occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board of Directors (including a vote of a majority of the Disinterested Directors if obtainable), and the Company shall give written notice to the Indemnitee advising him of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change of Control has occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Indemnitee (unless the Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board of Directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and approved by the Board of Directors (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). If (i) an Independent Counsel is to make the determination of entitlement pursuant to this Section 8, and (ii) within twenty (20) days after submission by the Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 8(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected, either the Company or the Indemnitee may petition the appropriate court of the State of Delaware or another court of competent jurisdiction (the “ Court ”) for the appointment of an Independent Counsel to be selected by the Court or by such other person as the Court shall designate. The fees and expenses incurred by the Independent Counsel in making any determination shall be borne solely by the Company regardless of the results of any determination and, if requested by the Independent Counsel, the Company shall give such Independent Counsel an appropriate written agreement with respect to the payment of the fees and expenses and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the Independent Counsel. Furthermore, the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses in connection with the procedures set forth in this Section 8(c) regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was appointed. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 10(a)(iii) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity.

Section 9. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

(a) In making a determination with respect to whether the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder, the Reviewing Party making such determination shall presume that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if the Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 8(a) hereof, and anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion, by clear and convincing evidence.

(b) Subject to the terms of Section 14.4 hereof, the termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of the Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the Company and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

(c) For purposes of any determination of good faith, the Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith, if the Indemnitee’s action is based on (i) the records or books of account of the Company, including financial statements, (ii) information supplied to the

 

6


Indemnitee by the officers of the Company in the course of their duties, (iii) the advice of legal or financial counsel for the Company or the Board of Directors (or any committee thereof) or (iv) information or records given or reports made by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by the Company or the Board of Directors (or any committee thereof). The provisions of this Section 9(c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed or found to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, officer, agent or employee of the Company shall not be imputed to the Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

Section 10. Remedies of the Indemnitee .

(a) In the event (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 8 hereof that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 7 hereof, (iii) the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 8(b) or Section 8(c) hereof and such determination shall not have been made and delivered in a written opinion within forty-five (45) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant hereto within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to seek an adjudication in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware of his entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, the Indemnitee, at his option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date on which the Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 10(a); provided , however , that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by the Indemnitee to enforce his rights hereunder.

(b) In the event that a determination is made that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 10 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and the Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 10, the Company shall have the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the Company shall be precluded from referring to or offering into evidence a determination made pursuant to Section 8 hereof that is adverse to the Indemnitee’s right to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be. If the Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 10, the Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances hereunder until a final determination is made with respect to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed).

 

7


(c) If a determination is made or deemed to have been made hereunder that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 10, absent (i) a misstatement by the Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission by the Indemnitee of a material fact necessary to make the Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 10 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(e) In the event that the Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 10, seeks a judicial adjudication or an award in arbitration to enforce his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Company, and shall be indemnified by the Company against, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication or arbitration; provided , however , if the court or arbitrator rules that the Indemnitee had no reasonable basis to bring the claim, the Indemnitee is not entitled to recover any Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in the judicial adjudication or arbitration.

(f) Any judicial adjudication or arbitration determined under this Section 10 shall be final and binding on the parties.

Section 11. Non-Disclosure of Payments . Except as expressly required by the securities laws of the United States of America, neither party shall disclose any payments under this Agreement unless prior approval of the other party is obtained. If any payment information must be disclosed, the Company shall afford the Indemnitee an opportunity to review all such disclosures and, if requested, to explain in such statement any mitigating circumstances regarding the events to be reported.

Section 12. Duration of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue for so long as the Indemnitee may have any liability or potential liability by virtue of serving as a director of the Company, including, without limitation, the final termination of all pending Proceedings in respect of which the Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any Proceeding commenced by the Indemnitee pursuant to Section 10 hereof relating thereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

Section 13. Maintenance of Insurance . The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain in effect during the entire period for which the Company is obligated to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement, one or more policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies to provide the directors of the Company with

 

8


coverage for losses from wrongful acts and omissions and to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement. The Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director or officer under such policy or policies. In all such insurance policies, the Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide the Indemnitee with the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s directors and officers.

Section 14. Miscellaneous .

Section 14.1 Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation .

(a) The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the certificate of incorporation, the bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or resolutions of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or any provision hereof shall be effective as to the Indemnitee with respect to any action taken or omitted by the Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

(b) The Company is the primary indemnitor, and any indemnification or advancement obligation of the Sponsor is secondary.

(c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights, provided, however, the Company waives, and releases the Sponsor from, any claims for contribution, subrogation, or any other recovery of any kind.

(d) The Company shall be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that the Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment from any Sponsor.

Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; (b) such provision or provisions will be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or enforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

Section 14.3 Exception to Right of Indemnification or Advancement of Expenses . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this Agreement with respect to any Proceeding, or any claim therein, brought or made by him against the Company except for any claim or Proceeding in respect of this Agreement and/or the Indemnitee’s rights hereunder.

 

9


Section 14.4 Settlement of Claims . The Company shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without the Company’s written consent. The Company will not unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed settlement. The Company shall furthermore not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement with regard to any judicial award if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action.

Section 14.5 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (whether by original, photocopy or facsimile signature), each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Only one such counterpart executed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

Section 14.6 Headings . The headings of the sections or paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

Section 14.7 Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

Section 14.8 Notice by Indemnitee . The Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder.

Section 14.9 Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and received for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (ii) mailed by U.S. certified or registered mail with postage prepaid by overnight courier: (a) if to the Company: 2101 91st Street, North Bergen, New Jersey 07047, Attention: General Counsel; and (b) if to any other party hereto, including the Indemnitee, to the address of such party set forth on the signature page hereof; or to such other address as may have been furnished by any party to the other(s), in accordance with this Section 14.9.

Section 14.10 Governing Law; Venue, Etc .

(a) THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE.

 

10


(b) ANY “ ACTION OR PROCEEDING ” (AS SUCH TERM IS DEFINED BELOW) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE FILED IN AND LITIGATED SOLELY BEFORE THE COURT OF CHANCERY LOCATED IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE AND EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT: (1) GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY ACCEPTS THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS AND VENUE THEREIN, AND WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PROVIDED BY LAW ANY DEFENSE OR OBJECTION TO SUCH JURISDICTION AND VENUE BASED UPON THE DOCTRINE OF “FORUM NON CONVENIENS”; AND (2) GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY DELIVERY OF CERTIFIED OR REGISTERED MAILING OF THE SUMMONS AND COMPLAINT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NOTICE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SECTION 15.1, THE TERM “ACTION OR PROCEEDING” IS DEFINED AS ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, SUITS, ACTIONS, HEARINGS, ARBITRATIONS OR OTHER SIMILAR PROCEEDINGS, INCLUDING APPEALS AND PETITIONS THEREFROM, WHETHER FORMAL OR INFORMAL, GOVERNMENTAL OR NON-GOVERNMENTAL, OR CIVIL OR CRIMINAL. THE FOREGOING CONSENT TO JURISDICTION SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE GENERAL CONSENT TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE STATE FOR ANY PURPOSE EXCEPT AS PROVIDED ABOVE, AND SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO CONFER RIGHTS ON ANY PERSON OTHER THAN THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT.

(c) The Company acknowledges that the Indemnitee may, as a result of the Company’s breach of its covenants and obligations under this Agreement, sustain immediate and long-term substantial and irreparable injury and damage, which cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated by damages at law. Consequently, the Company agrees that the Indemnitee shall be entitled, in the event of the Company’s breach or threatened breach of its covenants and obligations hereunder, to obtain equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction, including enforcement of each provision of this Agreement by specific performance and/or temporary, preliminary and/or permanent injunctions enforcing any of the Indemnitee’s rights, requiring performance by the Company, or enjoining any breach by the Company, all without proof of any actual damages that have been or may be caused by the Indemnitee by such breach or threatened breach and without the posting of bond or other security in connection therewith. The Company waives the claim or defense therein that the Indemnitee has an adequate remedy at law, and the Company shall not allege or otherwise assert the legal position that any such remedy at law exists. The Company agrees and acknowledges that: (i) the terms of this Section 15.1(c) are fair, reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Indemnitee; (ii) this waiver is a material inducement to the Indemnitee to enter into the transactions contemplated hereby; (iii) the Indemnitee relied upon this waiver in entering into this Agreement; and will continue to rely on this waiver in its future dealings with the Company. The Company warrants and represents that it has reviewed this provision with its legal counsel, and that it has knowingly and voluntarily waived its rights referenced in this Section 15.1(c) following consultation with such legal counsel.

Section 14.11 Usage of Pronouns . Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

[Signatures on Following Page]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

ATTEST:     VS Holdings, Inc.
By:         By:    
Name:         Name:  
Title:         Title:  
VITAMIN SHOPPE INDUSTRIES, INC.     INDEMNITEE:
By:         Name:    
Name:       Address:    
Title:          

Exhibit 10.31

[FORM OF]

VS HOLDINGS, INC.

SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENT

WHEREAS, each of the parties hereto is a party to that certain AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENT OF VS PARENT, INC. (the “Amended and Restated Securityholders Agreement ”) which was made as of June 12, 2006, by and among (i) VS Parent, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (“ Parent ”) (ii) IPC/Vitamin, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (f/k/a BSMB/Vitamin LLC) (“ IPC ”), (iii) F d G Capital Partners LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and VSI Investments LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (collectively, “ FdG ”), (iv) Blackstone Mezzanine Partners L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Blackstone Partners ”), (v) Blackstone Mezzanine Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Blackstone Holdings ” and together with Blackstone Partners, “ Blackstone ”), (vi) JP Morgan Partners Global Investors, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, JP Morgan Partners Global Investors A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, JP Morgan Partners Global Investors Cayman, L.P., a Cayman limited partnership, JP Morgan Partners Global Investors Cayman II, L.P., a Cayman limited partnership and JPMP Co-Invest (BHCA), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (collectively, the “ Other Mezzanine Purchaser ”), (vii) Antares Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Antares ”), (viii) Jeffrey Horowitz (“ Horowitz ”) and the other members of the Horowitz Group, (ix) Thomas Tolworthy (“ Tolworthy ” and, together with each member of the Horowitz Group and any other employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries who hold Securityholder Shares, the “ Management Holders ”) and (x) each of the other Persons listed on the Schedule of Investors attached thereto (the “ Schedule of Investors ”), as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof (the “ Other Holders ”). The IPC Holders, the F d G Holders, the Mezzanine Holders, the Antares Holders, the Management Holders and the Other Holders are collectively referred to as the “ Securityholders ” and individually as a “ Securityholder .” Capitalized terms used herein are defined in Section 11 ;

WHEREAS, the Amended and Restated Securityholders Agreement replaced that certain Securityholders Agreement (the “ Original Securityholders Agreement ”) of VS Holdings, Inc. ( “Holdings ”), dated as of November 27, 2002 (the “ Original Effective Date ”), by and among each of Holdings and the Securityholders;

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof Parent merged with and into Holdings, with Holdings surviving the merger (the “ Merger ”) pursuant to Section 251 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. At the effective time of the Merger (the “ Effective Time ”), by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the stockholders of Parent, each share of common stock and preferred stock of Parent issued and outstanding immediately prior to such Effective Time was converted into and become the right to receive approximately 1.8611 validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable share of common stock or preferred stock, as applicable, of Holdings with the substantially same rights and features as the common stock and preferred stock of Parent;

WHEREAS, in connection with the Merger, as of the date hereof Holdings issued replacement warrants (the “Warrants ”) to the holders of warrants of the Parent such that in exchange for the such Warrants such holders received Warrants to purchase securities of Holdings;


WHEREAS, in connection with the Merger, Holdings, by operation of law, assumed the obligations of Parent pursuant to the 2006 Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan of Parent and the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, and the award agreements issued thereunder;

WHEREAS, in order to reflect and implement the above events that have taken place since the execution of the Original Securityholders Agreement and the Amended and Restated Securityholders Agreement, and in order to maintain the agreements between the parties in relation to their capital stock ownership, the parties signatory hereto, which are sufficient to effectuate such amendments in accordance with Section 10 of the Amended and Restated Securityholders Agreement, wish to enter into this securityholders agreement to substitute Holdings for Parent as the “ Company ” in this Agreement and to make such other conforming changes as are set forth herein (the “ Agreement ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, as of October     , 2009, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:

1. Voting Agreement .

(a) Board of Directors . Each Securityholder hereby agrees that such Person shall vote, or cause to be voted, all voting securities of the Company over which such Person has the power to vote or direct the voting, and shall take all other reasonably necessary or desirable actions within such Person’s control (whether in such Person’s capacity as a stockholder, director, member of a board committee or officer of the Company or otherwise, and including, without limitation, attendance at meetings in person, via telephone or by proxy for purposes of obtaining a quorum and execution of written consents in lieu of meetings), and the Company shall take all reasonably necessary or desirable actions within its control (including, without limitation, calling special board and stockholder meetings), so that:

(i) the following individuals shall be elected to the Board and caused to be continued in office:

(A) three representatives designated by the IPC Majority Holders (the “ IPC Directors ”);

(B) Horowitz, for so long as Horowitz serves as an executive officer of the Company (including chairman);

(C) Tolworthy, for so long as Tolworthy serves as an executive officer of the Company; and

(D) two individuals possessing relevant industry or operational expertise designated by the IPC Majority Holders (and who are reasonably acceptable to Horowitz (so long as Horowitz is a director of the Company));

 

2


and for so long as the Board is a Classified Board, the IPC Directors shall be elected to serve as Class A Directors and the remaining directors shall be elected to serve as Class B Directors;

(ii) the IPC Directors shall comprise a majority of the directors of the board of directors of each of the Company’s Subsidiaries (each, a “ Sub Board ”);

(iii) the composition of any committee of the Board or any Sub Board shall not exceed three members and (1) unless otherwise waived by the IPC Majority Holders, shall include at least one or more IPC Directors with a majority of the voting power of the directors on such committee and (2) for so long as he is a director, shall include Horowitz, unless waived by him, or the Board or such Sub Board desires to exclude officers from such committee;

(iv) a representative to the Board or a Sub Board designated by any Securityholder pursuant to the terms of this Section 1 may be removed from the Board or such Sub Board (with or without cause) only in accordance with the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s bylaws and only upon such Securityholder’s (or such Securityholders’) written request; provided that, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to impair any rights that the Securityholders may have to remove any director for cause;

(v) in the event that any representative designated (or subject to approval) hereunder by any Securityholder (or Securityholders) ceases to serve as a member of the Board, a Sub Board or a committee during his or her term of office (whether due to resignation, removal or otherwise), the resulting vacancy on the Board or the Sub Board shall be filled by a representative designated (and approved) by the Securityholder(s) originally entitled to designate (or approve) such director pursuant to Section 1(a)(i) or Section 1(a)(vii) ;

(vi) if any party fails to designate a representative to fill a directorship pursuant to the terms of this Section 1 , neither the Board nor the Securityholders may elect, and the Securityholders shall not vote to elect, any person to fill such vacant directorship without the prior written consent of the Securityholder(s) originally entitled to designate (or approve) such director pursuant to Section 1(a)(i) or Section 1(a)(vii) ;

(vii) the size of the Board and, if the Board is then a Classified Board, the numbers of Class A Directors and Class B Directors shall be increased at the election of the IPC Majority Holders and the individuals designated by the IPC Majority Holders shall be elected to the Board and caused to be continued in office to fill the vacancies created thereby; and

(viii) the bylaws of the Company and of each of the Company’s Subsidiaries shall provide that, except as otherwise provided by law, no quorum shall

 

3


exist at any meeting of the Board or any Sub Board unless directors having a majority of the voting power of such board of directors (including, so long as the Board is a Classified Board, at least one Class A Director) are present at such meeting.

(b) The Company shall pay the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by each director in connection with attending the meetings of the Board, any Sub Board and any committee thereof.

(c) If, at any time prior to a Qualified Public Offering, Horowitz’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries is or has been terminated under Section 5(C) of the Horowitz Employment Agreement, then until the earlier of (i) the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering, and (ii) the date on which the Horowitz Group ceases to own at least 75% (based on his Original Cost) of the Horowitz Shares and at least 50% (based on his Original Cost) of the Common Stock issued to the Horowitz Group on the Original Effective Date, Horowitz shall have the right to attend meetings of the Board as a non-voting observer and to receive at the same time and in the same manner copies of all written materials (including copies of meeting minutes) given to directors in connection with such meetings (and if the Company proposes to act by written consent the Company shall provide Horowitz at the same time and in the same manner with copies of all written materials given to directors in connection with such action); provided , however , that the Company may exclude Horowitz from access to any material or meeting or portion thereof (other than quarterly and annual financial information provided to senior creditors of the Company for borrowed money) if the Company believes that such exclusion is necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege, to protect highly confidential proprietary information or for other similar reasons. Horowitz agrees to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a manner that is not adverse to the interests of the Company with respect to all information provided to him pursuant to this Section 1(c) . The rights set forth in this Section 1(c) are personal to Horowitz and may not be exercised by, or transferred to, any other Person.

(d) From and after the Original Effective Date until the earlier of (i) the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering, and (ii) the date on which the F d G Group ceases to own at least 5/7ths of the FdG Shares originally issued to the FdG Group (based on their Original Cost, but excluding for purposes of this calculation any Series A Preferred Stock Transferred in a Preferred Stock Sale pursuant to Section 4 ), then at all times prior to a Qualified Public Offering, F d G shall have the right, at its option, to receive copies of all written materials (including copies of meeting minutes) given to directors in connection with such meetings (and if the Company proposes to act by written consent the Company shall provide F d G with copies of all written materials given to directors in connection with such action); provided , however , that the Company may exclude FdG from access to any material (other than quarterly and annual financial information provided to senior creditors of the Company for borrowed money) if the Company believes that such exclusion is necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege, to protect highly confidential proprietary information or for other similar reasons. F d G agrees to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a manner that is not adverse to the interests of the Company with respect to all information provided to F d G pursuant to this Section 1(d) . The rights set forth in this Section 1(d) are personal to F d G and may not be exercised by, or transferred to, any other Person.

(e) [RESERVED] .

 

4


(f) Termination . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Section 1 of this Agreement shall terminate at such time as the IPC Group cease to own at least 25% of the Securityholder Shares held by the IPC Group as of the date hereof (determined by reference to their Original Cost).

2. Representations and Warranties . Each Securityholder represents and warrants to the Company and each other Securityholder that (a) immediately following the Original Effective Time, such Securityholder was the record owner of the number of Securityholder Shares set forth opposite such Effective Time such Securityholder is the record owner of the number of Securityholder Shares set forth opposite such Securityholder’s name on the Schedule of Current Investors attached hereto; (b) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Securityholder and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of such Securityholder, enforceable in accordance with its terms; and (c) such Securityholder has not granted and is not a party to any proxy, voting trust or other agreement which is inconsistent with, conflicts with or violates any provision of this Agreement. No holder of Securityholder Shares, in its capacity as such, shall grant any proxy or become party to any voting trust or other agreement which is inconsistent with, conflicts with or violates any provision of this Agreement, it being understood and agreed that nothing in this Agreement shall impair or otherwise affect the right of any holder of Mezzanine Debt Securities to vote or otherwise act in respect of such Mezzanine Debt Securities.

3. Restrictions on Transfer of Securityholder Shares .

(a) Transfer of Securityholder Shares .

(i) Subject to the following two sentences, no holder of Management Shares may Transfer any interest in such holder’s Management Shares other than (1) in connection with a Qualified Public Offering or (2) pursuant to Section 3(c) , Section 3(d) , Section 4 , or Section 5 (a “ Management Exempt Transfer ”). On and after the fifth anniversary of the Original Effective Date, or earlier if the transfer restrictions lapse in accordance with the following sentence, a holder of Management Shares may Transfer any interest in such holder’s Management Shares in a Management Exempt Transfer or in any Transfer that otherwise complies with the provisions of this Section 3 (including Section 3(b) hereof), provided that such holder (other than Tolworthy or a member of the Horowitz Group) first obtains the consent of IPC (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); and provided further that no member of the Horowitz Group or Tolworthy, respectively, Transfers any Management Shares to a person engaged in a Competitive Business or to a Distressed Fund. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if either (1) Horowitz’s or Tolworthy’s employment is or was terminated by the Company under Section 5(C) of the Horowitz Employment Agreement and the Tolworthy Employment Agreement, respectively, prior to the fifth anniversary of the Original Effective Date, or (2) if (A) either Horowitz or Tolworthy voluntarily resigns or resigned after the second anniversary of the Original Effective Date (but in the case of Horowitz, only if Tolworthy is still employed by the Company in an executive capacity and in the case of Tolworthy, only if Horowitz is still employed by the Company in an executive capacity (unless Horowitz is Chairman and holds no other executive title)) and (B) at the time of such resignation, the Company and its Subsidiaries are or were not in

 

5


default or at substantial risk of immediately thereafter being in default under any agreement or instrument evidencing, governing or relating to indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company or its Subsidiaries, then the transfer restrictions with respect to the Management Shares held by such terminated or resigning person and his Permitted Transferees set forth in the first sentence of this Section 3(a)(i) shall lapse immediately. If the transfer restrictions lapse as the result of an event specified in (1) or (2) of the preceding sentence and at such time the Company has not consummated a Qualified Public Offering, the Company shall (subject to the right of first offer in favor of the Company and IPC set forth in Section 3(b) ) use all commercially reasonable efforts to assist that Person in selling Management Shares in a private placement to an institutional investor that is a “qualified institutional buyer” under Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act and is otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Company, which institutional investor shall be required to enter into a confidentiality agreement with the Company on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Company. The Company’s efforts to assist in such a sale are limited to those activities reasonably necessary to allow the Transfer to comply with Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act and include, but are not limited to, providing financial and operating information and access to management and the Company’s records (subject to the confidentiality arrangements specified in the preceding sentence). No holder of Management Shares may pledge, hypothecate, grant a security interest in, or otherwise encumber such Management Shares except in favor of the Company to secure obligations to the Company.

(ii) Until the seventh anniversary of the Original Effective Date, no holder of any F d G Shares or Mezzanine Shares may Transfer any interest in such holder’s Securityholder Shares (other than (1) in connection with a Qualified Public Offering, or (2) pursuant to Section 3(c) , Section 3(d) , Section 4 or Section 5 ) unless (1) (x) if such holder desires to Transfer $2,500,000 or more of Securityholders Shares (based on their Original Cost) or (y) if such holder holds less than $2,500,000 of Securityholder Shares (based on their Original Cost), all Securityholder Shares held by such holder, such holder first obtains the consent of IPC (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) or (2) if such holder desires to Transfer less than $2,500,000 of Securityholder Shares (based on their Original Cost) and less than all Securityholder Shares held by such holder, such holder first obtains the consent of IPC (which may be given or withheld in the sole discretion of IPC), and in either case such holder otherwise complies with the provisions of this Section 3 .

(iii) [RESERVED] .

(iv) Until the seventh anniversary of the Original Effective Date, no holder of any Antares Shares may Transfer any interest in such holder’s Securityholder Shares other than (1) in connection with a Qualified Public Offering, or (2) pursuant to Section 3(c) , Section 3(d) , Section 4 or Section 5 , unless in either case such holder first obtains the consent of IPC (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

 

6


(b) Right of First Offer .

(i) Any holder of Securityholder Shares (a “ Transferring Holder ”) that proposes to Transfer Securityholder Shares (other than a Transfer of IPC Shares, a Transfer pursuant to Section 3(c) , Section 3(d) , Section 4 or Section 5 , or a Transfer by any Mezzanine Holder pursuant to Section 3(a)(iii)), shall deliver a written notice (an “ Offer Notice ”) (1) to the Company and (2) to IPC on behalf of the IPC Holders (for purposes of this Section 3(b) the IPC Holders are referred to as the “ Offerees ”) at least 30 days prior to making such Transfer (such 30-day period, the “ Election Period ”). The Offer Notice shall disclose in reasonable detail the proposed number and type of Securityholder Shares to be Transferred, the proposed terms and conditions of the Transfer and the identity of the prospective Transferee(s) (if known). The Company may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Securityholder Shares specified in the Offer Notice at the price and on the terms specified therein by delivering written notice of such election to the Transferring Holder and the Offerees as soon as practical but in any event within ten days after the delivery of the Offer Notice. If the Company has not elected to purchase all of the Securityholder Shares within such ten-day period, the Offerees may elect to purchase all of the Securityholder Shares specified in the Offer Notice which the Company has not elected to purchase at the price and on the terms specified therein by delivering written notice of such election to the Transferring Holder and to the Company as soon as practical but in any event within 25 days after delivery of the Offer Notice. Any Securityholder Shares not elected to be purchased by the end of such 25-day period shall be reoffered for the five-day period prior to the expiration of the Election Period by the Transferring Holder to the Company. If the Company or any Offerees have elected to purchase all of the Securityholder Shares from the Transferring Holder, the Transfer of such Securityholder Shares shall be consummated as soon as practical after the delivery of the election notice(s) to the Transferring Holder, but in any event within 30 days after the expiration of the Election Period.

(ii) If the Company and the Offerees have not elected to purchase all of the Securityholder Shares being offered, the Transferring Holder may, within 180 days after the expiration of the Election Period and subject to the other provisions of Section 3 , Transfer the Securityholder Shares to one or more third parties at a price no less than the price per share specified in the Offer Notice and on other terms that are not more favorable in the aggregate to the Transferees thereof than those that were offered to the Company and the Offerees in the Offer Notice unless the Transferring Holder shall first have delivered a second notice setting forth such more favorable terms (the “ Amended Offer Notice ”) to the Company and each Securityholder. If the Transferring Holder delivers an Amended Offer Notice, the Company and each Securityholder may elect to acquire all of the Securityholder Shares specified in the Amended Offer Notice by delivering written notice to the Transferring Holder not later than the later of (1) 30 days after delivery of the Offer Notice or (2) five Business Days after delivery of the Amended Offer Notice. Any Securityholder Shares not Transferred within such 180-day period must be reoffered to the Company and the Offerees pursuant to this Section 3(b) prior to any subsequent Transfer. The Offer Notice may specify whether the purchase price shall be payable solely in cash at the closing of the transaction or in installments over time.

 

7


(iii) The Company shall cooperate with a Transferring Holder in selling the Securityholder Shares in a private placement to an institutional investor that is a “qualified institutional buyer” under Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act to the extent that such prospective institutional investor is reasonably acceptable to the Company and enters into a confidentiality agreement with the Company on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Company. The Company’s obligation to cooperate in such a sale is limited to those activities reasonably necessary to allow the Transfer to comply with Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act and include, but are not limited to, providing financial and operating information and access to management and the Company’s records (subject to the confidentiality arrangements specified in the preceding sentence).

(c) Co-Sale Rights .

(i) Any IPC Holder (the “ Section 3(c) Transferring Securityholder ”) that proposes to Transfer any IPC Shares (other than in a Transfer of Excluded Securities, or a Transfer pursuant to Section 3(d) , Section 4 or Section 5 ) (1) within six months following the date Original Effective Date, IPC Shares (together with other IPC Shares Transferred under this Section 3(c)(i)(1) ) representing in excess of 15% of the Securityholder Shares held by to the IPC Group in the aggregate as of the date hereof (determined by reference to their Original Cost) or (2) at any time after six months following the Original Effective Date, any IPC Shares, shall deliver a written notice (the “ Sale Notice ”) shall deliver a written notice (the “ Sale Notice ”) to the Company and each other Securityholder (the “ Participation Securityholders ”) at least 30 days prior to making such Transfer, specifying in reasonable detail the identity of the prospective Transferee(s), the number and type of shares to be Transferred and the terms and conditions of the Transfer. Each Participation Securityholder may elect to participate in the contemplated Transfer at the same price per share and on the same terms and conditions by delivering written notice to the Section 3(c) Transferring Securityholder within 20 days after delivery of the Sale Notice, which notice shall become irrevocable after the expiration of such 20-day period and shall specify the number of Securityholder Shares that such Participation Securityholder desires to include in such proposed Transfer; provided that each Participation Securityholder shall be required, as a condition to being permitted to sell Securityholder Shares pursuant to this Section 3(c) , to elect to sell Securityholder Shares of the same type and class and in the same relative proportions (which proportions shall be determined on a share for share basis) as the Securityholder Shares being Transferred by the Section 3(c) Transferring Securityholder. If none of the Participation Securityholders gives such notice prior to the expiration of the 20-day period for giving such notice, then the Section 3(c) Transferring Securityholders may Transfer Securityholder Shares to any Person at a price no greater, and on other terms and conditions that are not more favorable in the aggregate to the Section 3(c) Transferring Securityholder than those set forth in the Sale Notice at any time within 180 days after expiration of such 20-day period for giving notice. Any such Securityholder Shares not Transferred by the Section 3(c) Transferring Securityholder during such 180-day period

 

8


shall again be subject to the provisions of this Section 3(c) upon subsequent Transfer. If any Participation Securityholders have elected to participate in such Transfer, the Participation Securityholders shall be entitled to sell in the contemplated Transfer, at the same price and on the same terms as the Section 3(c) Transferring Securityholder, a portion of the total number of each class of Securityholder Shares to be sold in the Transfer, to be calculated according to the following formula: Number of Securityholder Shares of such class that a participating Participation Securityholder may sell equals the total number of Securityholder Shares of such class to be sold in the Transfer, multiplied by a fraction (1) the numerator of which is the number of Securityholder Shares of such class owned by such Participation Securityholder, and (2) the denominator of which is the number of Securityholder Shares of such class owned, in the aggregate, by the Section 3(c) Transferring Securityholder and all participating Participation Securityholders.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Section 3(c) Transferring Securityholder shall not consummate the Transfer contemplated by the Sale Notice at a price greater or on other terms more favorable in the aggregate to it than those set forth in the Sale Notice (including, without limitation, as to price per share or form of consideration to be received) unless the Section 3(c) Transferring Securityholder shall first have delivered a second notice setting forth such more favorable terms (the “ Amended Sale Notice ”) to each Participation Securityholder who had not elected to participate in the contemplated Transfer. Each Participation Securityholder receiving an Amended Sale Notice may elect to participate in the contemplated Transfer on such amended terms by delivering written notice to the Section 3(c) Transferring Securityholder not later than the later of (1) 20 days after delivery of the Sale Notice or (2) five Business Days after delivery of the Amended Sale Notice.

(iii) No Section 3(c) Transferring Securityholder shall Transfer any of its Securityholder Shares to any prospective Transferee if such prospective Transferee(s) declines to allow the participation of the electing Participation Securityholders, unless the Section 3(c) Transferring Securityholder acquires from each electing Participation Securityholder the number of Securityholder Shares such electing Participation Securityholder would have been entitled to transfer to the prospective Transferee (or, if less, the number of Securityholder Shares that such Participation Securityholder requested to Transfer to such Transferee) for cash at the same price per share paid by the Transferee. If the Transfer pursuant to this Section 3(c) is actually consummated, each Securityholder Transferring Securityholder Shares pursuant to this Section 3(c) shall pay its own costs of any sale and a pro rata share (based on the relative consideration to be received in respect of the Securityholder Shares to be sold) of the expenses incurred by the Securityholders (to the extent such costs are incurred for the benefit of all Securityholders and are not otherwise paid by the Transferee). Each Securityholder Transferring Securityholder Shares pursuant to this Section 3(c) shall be obligated to make the same representations, warranties, covenants, and agreements and to join on a pro rata basis (based on the relative consideration to be received in respect of the Securityholder Shares to be sold) in any indemnification or other obligations that the Section 3(c) Transferring Securityholder agrees to provide in connection with such Transfer (other than any such obligations that relate specifically to a particular Securityholder such as indemnification with respect to representations and warranties given by a Securityholder regarding such Securityholder’s title to and ownership of such Securityholder’s Securityholder Shares).

 

9


(iv) No Securityholder Shares that have been Transferred in a Transfer pursuant to the provisions of Section 3(c) (“ Excluded Securities ”) shall be subject again to the restrictions set forth in this Section 3(c) , nor shall any Securityholder holding Excluded Securities be entitled to exercise any rights as a Participation Securityholder under this Section 3(c) with respect to such Excluded Securities, and no Excluded Securities held by a Securityholder shall be counted in determining the respective participation rights of the Section 3(c) Transferring Securityholder and the Participation Securityholders in a Transfer subject to Section 3(c) .

(d) Permitted Transfers . The restrictions set forth in this Section 3 shall not apply with respect to any Transfer of Securityholder Shares by any Securityholder (i) in the case of any Securityholder who is a natural person or a grantor retained annuity trust, pursuant to applicable laws of descent and distribution or to or among members of such Securityholder’s or grantor’s Family ( provided that in the case of a Transfer by a Management Holder to a member of his Family (other than a member of his Family that is also a Management Holder on the date of this Agreement), such Management Holder retains the right to vote and direct the disposition of such Securityholder Shares); (ii) (1) by any IPC Holder to any member of the IPC Group, (2) by any F d G Holder to any member of the FdG Group, (3) by any Blackstone Holder to any of the Blackstone Entities, (4) by any Mezzanine Holder to any of its Affiliates and (5) by any Antares Holder to any of its Affiliates (Transferees under (i) and (ii) are collectively referred to herein as “ Permitted Transferees ”), (iii) pursuant to Section 3(a)(iii) , Section 4 or Section 5, (iv) pursuant to a pledge of Management Shares to the Company to secure an obligation to the Company and any Transfer of such Management Shares to the Company in partial or complete satisfaction of such obligation, or (v) any Transfer of Management Shares in accordance with the provisions of any agreement or arrangement approved by the Board.

(e) Transferees Bound by Agreement . Prior to Transferring any Securityholder Shares (other than pursuant to a Public Sale or a Company Sale) to any Person, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, the transferring holders of Securityholder Shares shall cause the prospective transferee to be bound by this Agreement to the same extent as such transferring holders and to execute and deliver to the Company and the holders of Securityholder Shares a counterpart of this Agreement which evidences such agreement. The Company shall have the right to require, as a condition to any Transfer, receipt of an opinion of counsel, which opinion and counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such Transfer is not required to be registered under the Securities Act. In addition, any prospective Transferee of Management Shares held by Tolworthy shall deliver a written agreement (reasonably acceptable to the Company) of the prospective Transferee to be bound by the restrictions set forth in Section 4 of the Tolworthy Employment Agreement (to the extent such restrictions are applicable to the Management Shares being transferred).

(f) Transfers in Violation of Agreement . Any Transfer or attempted Transfer of any Securityholder Shares in violation of any provision of this Agreement shall be void, and the Company shall not register the Transfer of such Securityholder Shares on its books or treat any purported Transferee of such Securityholder Shares as the owner of such Securityholder Shares for any purpose.

 

10


(g) Termination of Restrictions . The restrictions on the Transfer of Securityholder Shares set forth in this Section 3 shall continue with respect to each Securityholder Share until the earliest of (i) in the case of any Securityholder Share, the date on which such Securityholder Share has been Transferred in a Public Sale, (ii) in the case of all Securityholder Shares, the consummation of a Company Sale, (iii) in the case of Securityholder Shares subject to the restrictions imposed under Section 3(a) or Section 3(b) , the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering, and (iv) in the case of Securityholder Shares subject to the restrictions imposed under Section 3(c) , the later of the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering and termination of Section 4 .

4. Take-Along Rights .

(a) If the IPC Majority Holders elect to consummate, or to cause the Company to consummate, a transaction constituting a Company Sale, or the IPC Majority Holders elect to consummate a transaction constituting a Preferred Stock Sale, then, in either case, the IPC Majority Holders shall notify the Company and the other Securityholders in writing at least 30 days prior to the consummation of such transaction of their election to exercise their rights under this Section 4 . If the IPC Majority Holders deliver such notice, then, subject to this Section 4(a) , the other Securityholders shall vote for, consent to, and raise no objections to the proposed transaction, and the Securityholders (including the IPC Holders) and the Company shall take all other actions necessary to cause the consummation of such Company Sale or Preferred Stock Sale on the terms proposed by the IPC Majority Holders. Without limiting the foregoing, (i) if the proposed Company Sale is structured as a sale of assets or a merger or consolidation, each Securityholder shall vote or cause to be voted all Securityholder Shares that such Securityholder holds or with respect to which such Securityholder has the power to direct the voting and which are entitled to vote on such transaction in favor of such transaction and shall waive any dissenter’s rights, appraisal rights or similar rights which such Securityholder may have in connection therewith, (ii) if the proposed Company Sale is structured as or involves a sale or redemption of Securityholder Shares, the Securityholders shall agree to sell their pro rata share of Securityholder Shares being sold in such Company Sale on the terms and conditions approved by and applicable to the IPC Majority Holders, and such Securityholders shall execute all documents reasonably required to effectuate such Company Sale and approved by the IPC Majority Holders in connection with such Company Sale, (iii) with respect to a Preferred Stock Sale, the Securityholders shall agree to sell their pro rata share of Series A Preferred Stock being sold or redeemed in such Preferred Stock Sale on the terms and conditions approved by the IPC Majority Holders, and such Securityholders shall execute all documents required to effectuate such Preferred Stock Sale and approved by, and applicable to, the IPC Majority Holders in connection with such Preferred Stock Sale; provided that as a condition to consummating the Preferred Stock Sale, the Certificate of Incorporation shall be amended to eliminate the rights of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock to elect the Class A Directors, (iv) each Demand Holder and Management Holder shall be obligated to provide the same representations, warranties, covenants and agreements that the IPC Majority Holders agree to provide in connection with such Company Sale or Preferred Stock Sale (except that each Securityholder shall be obligated to provide any such obligations that relate specifically to a particular Securityholder such as

 

11


representations and warranties given by a Securityholder regarding such Securityholder’s title to and ownership of such Securityholder’s Securityholder Shares), and (v) each Securityholder shall be obligated to join on a pro rata basis (based on the relative consideration to be received by each such Securityholder) in any indemnification or other obligations that the IPC Majority Holders agree to provide in connection with such Company Sale or Preferred Stock Sale (other than any such obligations that relate specifically to a particular Securityholder such as indemnification with respect to representations and warranties given by a Securityholder regarding such Securityholder’s title to and ownership of such Securityholder’s Securityholder Shares); provided that the indemnification obligation of each Securityholder shall not exceed the aggregate consideration to be received by such Securityholder.

(b) The obligations of the Securityholders with respect to the Company Sale are subject to the condition that upon the consummation of the Company Sale, all of the holders of a particular class or series of Securityholder Shares shall receive the same form and amount of consideration per share (including that received by the IPC Majority Holders) or if any holders of a particular class or series of Securityholder Shares are given an option as to the form and amount of consideration to be received, all holders of such class or series shall be given the same option (including that given to the IPC Majority Holders). The obligations of the Securityholders with respect to the Preferred Stock Sale are subject to the condition that upon the consummation of the Preferred Stock Sale, all of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall receive the same form and amount of consideration per share or if any holders of Series A Preferred Stock are given an option as to the form and amount of consideration to be received, all holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be given the same option. In addition, the Company shall have the right to require that all holders of then currently exercisable rights to acquire a particular class or series of Securityholder Shares shall be given an opportunity, at the Securityholder’s option, to either (i) exercise such rights prior to the consummation of the Company Sale and participate in such sale as holders of such Securityholder Shares or (ii) upon the consummation of the Company Sale, receive in exchange for such rights consideration equal to the amount determined by multiplying (1) the same amount of consideration per share or amount of Securityholder Shares received by the holders of such type and class of Securityholder Shares in connection with the Company Sale less the exercise price per share or amount of such rights to acquire such Securityholder Shares by (2) the number of shares or aggregate amount of Securityholder Shares represented by such rights.

(c) If a Company Sale or Preferred Stock Sale is consummated, then each Securityholder shall bear such Person’s pro rata share (based upon the relative amount of consideration received by such Securityholder) of the costs of any sale of Securityholder Shares pursuant to a Company Sale or a Preferred Stock Sale to the extent such costs are incurred for the benefit of all Securityholders and are not otherwise paid by the Company or the acquiring party. Costs incurred by or on behalf of a Securityholder for such Person’s sole benefit shall not be considered costs of the transaction hereunder. In the event that any transaction that the Company or a IPC Holder, as applicable, elects to consummate or cause to be consummated pursuant to this Section 4 is not consummated for any reason, the Company shall reimburse the IPC Holders for all actual and reasonable expenses paid or incurred by the IPC Holders in connection therewith.

 

12


(d) The rights granted in this Section 4 shall terminate on the later of the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering and the date on which the Securityholder Shares cease to represent at least 40% of all Common Stock including Common Stock Equivalents of the Company.

5. Registration Rights .

5A. Demand Registrations.

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 5 (including the restrictions set forth in Section 5A(d) ), each of the Requesting Holders shall have the right (the “ Demand Right ”) to request registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of the Registrable Securities held by such Requesting Holder(s) by delivering a written notice to the principal business office of the Company, which notice identifies the Requesting Holders and specifies the number of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration (the “ Registration Request ”). The Company shall give prompt written notice of such Registration Request (the “ Registration Notice ”) to all other holders of Registrable Securities and shall thereupon use its best efforts to effect the registration (a “ Demand Registration ”) under the Securities Act on any form available to the Company of:

(i) the Registrable Securities requested to be registered by the Requesting Holder and all other Registrable Securities which the Company has received a written request to register within 15 days after the Registration Notice is given;

(ii) any securities of the Company proposed to be included in such registration by the Company for its own account; and

(iii) any Common Stock of the Company proposed to be included in such registration by the holders of any registration rights granted other than pursuant to this Agreement (“ Other Registration Rights ”).

(b) A registration undertaken by the Company at the request of the Requesting Holder shall not count as a Demand Registration for purposes of Section 5A(d) :

(i) if, pursuant to the Demand Right, the Requesting Holders fail to register and sell at least 85% of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by them; or

(ii) if the Requesting Holders withdraw a Registration Request (1) upon the determination of the Board to postpone the filing or effectiveness of a Registration Statement pursuant to Section 5A(d) or (2) upon the recommendation of the managing underwriter of such offering due to discovery of a material adverse development regarding the Company or its Subsidiaries or general adverse economic or market conditions which, in such underwriter’s opinion and in either case, are reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect the price that could be obtained for such securities or the marketability thereof ( provided that the right of the Requesting Holders to withdraw a Registration Request pursuant to this clause (2) for general adverse economic or market conditions may be exercised only once for each Requesting Holder).

 

13


(c) If the sole or managing underwriter of a Demand Registration advises the Company in writing that in its opinion the number of Registrable Securities and other securities requested to be included exceeds the number of Registrable Securities and other securities which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the distribution of the securities being offered, the price that will be paid in such offering, or the marketability of such securities, then the Company shall include in such registration in the following order of priority:

(i) first, the greatest number of Registrable Securities proposed to be registered which in the opinion of such underwriters can be so sold, such amount to be allocated ratably among each Demand Holder based on the amount of Registrable Securities held by each such Demand Holder (or, if any Demand Holder does not request to include its ratable share, such excess shall be allocated ratably among those Requesting Holders requesting to include more than their allocable share);

(ii) second, after all of the Registrable Securities that the Demand Holders propose to register, the greatest number of Registrable Securities proposed to be registered by Securityholders (other than Demand Holders) which in the opinion of such underwriters can be so sold, such amount to be allocated ratably among such Securityholders based on the amount of Registrable Securities held by each such Securityholder (or, if any Securityholder does not request to include its ratable share, such excess shall be allocated ratably among those Securityholders requesting to include more than their allocable share);

(iii) third, after all Registrable Securities that the Demand Holders and Securityholders propose to register, the greatest number of securities proposed to be registered by Persons with Other Registration Rights which in the opinion of such underwriters can be so sold, such amount to be allocated ratably among the respective holders thereof based on the amount of securities held by each such holder (or, if any holder does not request to include its ratable share, such excess shall be allocated ratably among those holders requesting to include more than their allocable share); and

(iv) fourth, after all securities that the Demand Holders, Securityholders and the Persons with Other Registration Rights propose to register, the greatest number of securities proposed to be registered by the Company for its own account, which in the opinion of such underwriters can be so sold; provided , however , that the Company shall have the right (the “ Priority Right ”) to receive priority over all holders of Registrable Securities and Persons with Other Registration Rights (other than Requesting Holders) in any Demand Registration to be effected under this Section 5A with respect to securities that the Company proposes to include in such registration for its own account by giving written notice of its election to exercise such Priority Right to the Requesting Holders; and thereafter, priority will be as set forth in (i)-(iii) above.

(d) The Company shall be obligated to effect (i) a maximum of four Demand Registrations on Form S-1 or Form S-2 (or similar long-form registration forms) and an unlimited number of registrations on Form S-3 (or similar short-form registration forms) for the IPC Holders, (ii) a maximum of one Demand Registration for the Mezzanine Holders, (iii) a maximum of one Demand Registration for the F d G Holders, and (iv) a maximum of one Demand

 

14


Registration for the Horowitz Holders. Any Demand Registration requested must be for a firmly underwritten public offering (to be managed by an underwriter or underwriters of recognized national standing selected by the Requesting Holders and reasonably acceptable to the Company). The Company shall not be obligated to effect any Demand Registration within a period of six months after the effective date of any previous Registration Statement. The Company shall not be obligated to effect any Demand Registration if it reasonably believes that the aggregate sales price of all securities proposed to be included in such Demand Registration will not equal or exceed $5 million (or $2 million if such Demand Holder exercises its Demand Right with respect to all remaining Registrable Securities held by such Demand Holder) if such registration is effected on Form S-3 (or any successor form) or $20 million if such registration is effected on any other form. The Company shall not be obligated to effect the Demand Registration of the Mezzanine Holders, the F d G Holders or the Horowitz Holders, as the case may be, until the date that is one year following the consummation of the Company’s Qualified Public Offering. The rights of the Mezzanine Holders, the F d G Holders or the Horowitz Holders shall not be exercisable (i) prior to the first anniversary of a Qualified Public Offering and (ii) at any time when (1) the Blackstone Holders, the F d G Holders or the Horowitz Holders, as applicable, owns less than 2% of the Company’s Common Stock (on a fully-diluted basis taking into account all Common Stock Equivalents) and (2) the Registrable Securities held by the Blackstone Holders, the F d G Holders or the Horowitz Holders, as applicable, are saleable to the public pursuant to Rule 144, without regard to any volume limitations, adopted under the Securities Act. The Company may defer not more than two times for a period not to exceed 90 days in the aggregate during any 12-month period from each receipt of the request to file a Registration Statement for a Demand Registration if the Board in good faith determines that such Demand Registration might reasonably be expected to have a materially adverse effect on any proposal or plan by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any acquisition of assets (other than in the ordinary course of business) or any merger, consolidation, tender offer or other material transactions; provided that in such event, the Requesting Holders shall be entitled to withdraw such request and, if such request is withdrawn, such Demand Registration shall not count as a Demand Registration.

(e) In connection with any Demand Registration pursuant to this Section 5A , each party to this Agreement shall vote, or cause to be voted, all securities of the Company over which it has the power to vote or direct the voting to effect any stock split which, in the opinion of the sole or managing underwriter, is necessary to facilitate the effectiveness of such Demand Registration.

5B. Incidental Registration .

(a) At any time the Company proposes or is required to register any shares of Common Stock under the Securities Act (other than in connection with a business acquisition or combination or an employee benefit plan), whether in connection with a primary or secondary offering, the Company shall give written notice to each holder of Registrable Securities at least 20 days prior to the initial filing of such Registration Statement with the SEC of the Company’s intent to file such Registration Statement and of such holder’s rights under this Section 5B . Upon the written request of any holder of Registrable Securities made within 10 days after any such notice is given (which request shall specify the Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such holder), the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect the

 

15


registration (an “ Incidental Registration ”) under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register by the holders thereof; provided , however , that if, at any time after giving written notice of its intention to register any securities and prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement filed in connection with such Incidental Registration, the Company shall determine for any reason not to register or to delay registration of such securities, the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to each holder of Registrable Securities and, thereupon, (i) in the case of a determination not to register, the Company shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities under this Section 5B in connection with such registration (but not from its obligation to pay the expenses incurred in connection therewith), and (ii) in the case of a determination to delay registration, the Company shall be permitted to delay registering any Registrable Securities under this Section 5B during the period that the registration of such other securities is delayed.

(b) If the sole or managing underwriter of an Incidental Registration advises the Company in writing that in its opinion the number of Registrable Securities and other securities requested to be included exceeds the number of Registrable Securities and other securities which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the distribution of the securities being offered, the price that will be paid in such offering or the marketability of such securities, then the Company shall include in such Incidental Registration the Registrable Securities and other securities of the Company in the following order of priority:

(i) first, the greatest number of securities of the Company proposed to be included in such registration by the Company for its own account, which in the opinion of such underwriters can be so sold;

(ii) second, after all of the securities that the Company proposes to register, the greatest number of Registrable Securities proposed to be registered by Securityholders which in the opinion of such underwriters can be so sold, such amount to be allocated ratably among the Securityholders based on the amount of Registrable Securities held by each such Securityholder (or, if any Securityholder does not request to include its ratable share, such excess shall be allocated ratably among those Securityholders requesting to include more than their allocable share); and

(iii) third, after all securities that the Company and Securityholders propose to register, the greatest number of securities held by Persons with Other Registration Rights requested to be registered by the holders thereof which in the opinion of such underwriters can be so sold, such amount to be allocated ratably among the respective holders thereof based on the amount of securities held by each such holder (or, if any holder does not request to include its ratable share, such excess shall be allocated ratably among those holders requesting to include more than their allocable share).

5C. Holdback Agreements .

(a) Each holder of Securityholder Shares agrees not to effect any Public Sale of any Securityholder Shares or of any other equity securities of the Company, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such stock or securities, during the period

 

16


beginning seven days prior to, and ending 180 days after (or for such shorter period as to which the managing underwriter(s) may agree), the date of the underwriting agreement of each underwritten offering made pursuant to a Registration Statement other than Registrable Securities sold pursuant to such underwritten offering.

(b) The Company agrees not to effect any public sale or distribution of its equity securities (or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities) during the seven days prior to and during the 180-day period beginning on the effective date of any underwritten Demand Registration (or for such shorter period as to which the managing underwriter or underwriters may agree), except as part of such Demand Registration or in connection with any employee benefit or similar plan, any dividend reinvestment plan, or a business acquisition or combination and to use all reasonable efforts to cause each holder of at least 5% (on a fully-diluted basis) of its equity securities (or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities) which are or may be purchased from the Company at any time after the date of this Agreement (other than in a registered offering) to agree not to effect any sale or distribution of any such securities during such period (except as part of such underwritten offering, if otherwise permitted).

5D. Registration Procedures . In connection with the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall effect such registrations to permit the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company shall as expeditiously as possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement or Registration Statements on a form available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the holders thereof in accordance with the intended method of distribution thereof, and use its best efforts to cause each such Registration Statement to become effective;

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective for a period ending on the earlier of (i) 90 days from the effective date and (ii) such time as all of such securities have been disposed of in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof; cause the related prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provisions then in force) under the Securities Act; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder applicable to it with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement as so amended or in such prospectus as so supplemented;

(c) notify each holder of Registrable Securities promptly (but in any event within two Business Days), and confirm such notice in writing, (i) when a prospectus or any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to a Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (ii) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order (or threat of such issuance of a stop order) suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus, (iii) if at any time when a prospectus is required by the Securities Act to be delivered in connection with sales of Registrable Securities

 

17


the Company becomes aware that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in any agreement (including any underwriting agreement) contemplated by Section 5D(j) cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of a Registration Statement or any of the Registrable Securities for offer or sale in any jurisdiction, and (v) if the Company becomes aware of the happening of any event that makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or related prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement, prospectus or documents so that, in the case of such Registration Statement, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and that in the case of the prospectus, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(d) use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of a prospectus or suspending the qualification (or exemption from qualification) of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction, and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the withdrawal of any such order at the earliest possible moment;

(e) furnish, upon request, to each holder of Registrable Securities to be included in such Registration and the underwriter or underwriters, if any, without charge, one original copy and such number of conformed copies of the registration statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, and such number of copies of the prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus and each prospectus filed under Rule 424 under the Securities Act), any amendments or supplements thereto and any documents incorporated by reference therein, as such holder or underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities being sold by such holder (it being understood that the Company consents to the use of the prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by each holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement and the underwriter or underwriters, if any, in connection with the Public Offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto);

(f) if requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters or any holder of Registrable Securities to be included in such Registration in connection with any sale pursuant to a registration statement, promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information relating to such underwriting as the managing underwriter or underwriters or such holder reasonably requests to be included therein; and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after being notified of the matters incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

(g) in connection with any sale pursuant to a Registration, cooperate with the holders of Registrable Securities to be included in such Registration and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates

 

18


(not bearing any restrictive legends including, without limitation, those set forth in Section 8 ) representing securities to be sold under such Registration, and enable such securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or such holders may request;

(h) prior to any public offering of Registrable Securities, to use its best efforts to register or qualify, and cooperate with each holder of Registrable Securities, the underwriters (if any), the sales agents, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification (or exemption from such registration or qualification) of such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as any holder of Registrable Securities or the managing underwriters reasonably request in writing; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 5D(h) , (ii) subject itself to taxation in any jurisdiction or (iii) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

(i) upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 5D(c)(v) , as promptly as practicable prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference, or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities being sold thereunder, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(j) enter into an underwriting agreement in such form, scope and substance as is customary in underwritten offerings and take all such other actions as are reasonably requested by the managing or sole underwriter in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition of such Registrable Securities, and in such connection, (i) make such representations and warranties to the underwriters, with respect to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and the Registration Statement, prospectus and documents, if any, incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein, in each case, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings, and confirm the same if and when requested; (ii) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriters), addressed to the underwriters covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by underwriters; (iii) obtain “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any Subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement), addressed to each of the underwriters, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings; and (iv) if an underwriting agreement is entered into, the same shall contain indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable to the holders of Registrable Securities than those set forth in Section 5F (or such other provisions and procedures acceptable to holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities

 

19


covered by such Registration Statement and the managing underwriters or agents) with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section (and each of the foregoing shall be done at each closing under such underwriting agreement, or as and to the extent required thereunder);

(k) otherwise comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and make generally available to its stockholders an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any similar rule promulgated under the Securities Act) no later than the time prescribed under Regulation S-X (i) commencing at the end of any fiscal quarter in which Registrable Securities are sold to underwriters in a firm commitment or best efforts underwritten offering and (ii) if not sold to underwriters in such an offering, commencing on the first day of the first fiscal quarter of the Company after the effectiveness of a Registration Statement, which statements shall cover said 12-month periods; and

(l) (i) use its best efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on the principal securities exchange on which Common Stock is then listed (if any), if the listing of such Registrable Securities is then permitted under the rules of such exchange, or (ii) if no Common Stock is then so listed, use its best efforts to, either (as the Company may elect) (x) cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on a national securities exchange or (y) secure designation of all such Registrable Securities as a NASDAQ “national market system security” within the meaning of Rule 11Aa2-1 or, failing that, to secure NASDAQ authorization for such shares and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to arrange for at least two market makers to register as such with respect to such shares with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“ NASD ”).

The Company may require each holder of Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected to furnish to the Company such information regarding such holder and the distribution of such Registrable Securities as the Company may, from time to time, reasonably request in writing; provided that such information shall be used only in connection with such registration. The Company may exclude from such registration the Registrable Securities of any holder who unreasonably fails to furnish such information promptly after receiving such request. The Company shall permit any holder of Registrable Securities that, in its judgment, may be deemed to be an underwriter or controlling person of the Company, to participate in the preparation of the Registration Statement and to require the insertion therein of material, furnished to the Company in writing, which in the reasonable judgment of such holder and its counsel should be included. Each holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 5D(c)(ii) , 5D(c)(iv) or 5D(c)(v) , such holder shall forthwith discontinue disposition of such Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement or prospectus until such holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by this Section 5D , or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the applicable prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any amendments or supplements thereto.

5E. Registration Expenses .

(a) All reasonable fees and expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with this Agreement by the Company shall be borne by the Company, whether or not

 

20


any Registration Statement is filed or becomes effective, including all registration and filing fees, including fees with respect to filings required to be made with the NASD in connection with an underwritten offering and fees and expenses of compliance with state securities or “blue sky” laws, printing expenses, messenger, telephone and delivery expenses, fees and disbursements of custodians, fees and expenses of counsel for the Company, fees and expenses of all independent certified public accountants referred to in Section 5D(j) , underwriters’ fees and expenses (excluding discounts, commissions, or fees of underwriters, selling brokers, dealer managers or similar securities industry professionals relating to the distribution of the Registrable Securities), Securities Act liability insurance, if the Company so desires such insurance, internal expenses of the Company, the expense of any annual audit or interim review, the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the securities to be registered on any securities exchange, and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Company.

(b) In connection with any Demand Registration or Incidental Registration hereunder, the Company shall reimburse the holders of the Registrable Securities being registered in such registration for the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel (together with appropriate local counsel) chosen by the Securityholders holding at least a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration.

5F. Indemnification; Contribution .

(a) The Company shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, jointly and severally, without limitation as to time, indemnify, defend and hold harmless, to the full extent permitted by law, each holder of Registrable Securities, the partners, members, officers, directors, agents and employees of each of them, each Person who controls each such holder (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act), the partners, members, officers, directors, agents and employees of each such controlling person and any financial or investment adviser (each, a “ Covered Person ”), to the fullest extent lawful, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, actions or proceedings (whether commenced or threatened), costs (including, without limitation, costs of preparation and attorneys’ fees) and expenses (including expenses of investigation) (collectively, “ Losses ”), as incurred, arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement, prospectus or form of prospectus or in any amendment or supplements thereto or in any preliminary prospectus, or arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except to the extent that the same arise out of or are based upon information furnished in writing to the Company by such Covered Person or the related holder of Registrable Securities expressly for use therein or (ii) any violation by the Company of any federal, state or common law rule or regulation applicable to the Company and relating to action required of or inaction by the Company in connection with any such registration; provided that the Company shall not be liable to any Person who participates as an underwriter in the offering or sale of Registrable Securities or any other Person, if any, who controls such underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act to the extent that any such Losses arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any preliminary prospectus if (i) such Person failed to send or deliver a copy of the prospectus with or prior to the delivery of written confirmation of the sale by such Person

 

21


to the Person asserting the claim from which such Losses arise, (ii) the prospectus would have corrected such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or such omission or alleged omission, and (iii) the Company has complied with its obligations under Section 5D(c) . Each indemnity and reimbursement of costs and expenses shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Covered Person. If the Public Offering pursuant to any registration statement provided for under this Section 5 is made through underwriters, no action or failure to act on the part of such underwriters (whether or not such underwriter is an Affiliate of any holder of Registrable Securities) shall affect the obligations of the Company to indemnify any holder of Registrable Securities or any other Person pursuant to the preceding sentence. If the Public Offering pursuant to any registration statement provided for under this Article 5 is made through underwriters, the Company agrees to enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with such underwriters and the Company agrees to indemnify such underwriters, their officers, directors, employees and agents, if any, and each Person, if any, who controls such underwriters within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act to the same extent as provided in this Section 5F with respect to the indemnification of the holders of Registrable Securities; provided that the Company shall not be required to indemnify any such underwriter, or any officer, director or employee of such underwriter or any Person who controls such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, to the extent that the loss, claim, damage, liability (or proceedings in respect thereof) or expense for which indemnification is claimed results from such underwriter’s failure to send or give a copy of an amended or supplemented final prospectus to the Person asserting an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of Registrable Securities to such Person if such statement or omission was corrected in such amended or supplemented final prospectus prior to such written confirmation and the underwriter was provided with such amended or supplemented final prospectus.

(b) In connection with any Registration Statement in which a holder of Registrable Securities is participating, such holder, or an authorized officer of such holder, shall furnish to the Company in writing such information regarding such holder as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any Registration Statement or prospectus and agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify, defend and hold harmless to the full extent permitted by law, the Company, its directors, officers, agents and employees, each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act), and the partners, members, directors, officers, agents or employees of such controlling persons, from and against all Losses arising out of or based upon any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement, prospectus, or form of prospectus, or arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue or alleged untrue statement is contained in, or such omission or alleged omission is required to be contained in, any information regarding such holder so furnished in writing by such holder to the Company expressly for use in such Registration Statement or prospectus and that such statement or omission was relied upon by the Company in preparation of such Registration Statement, prospectus or form of prospectus; provided that such holder of Registrable Securities shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that the holder has furnished in writing to the Company within a reasonable period of time prior to the filing of any such Registration Statement or prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto information expressly for use in such

 

22


Registration Statement or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto which corrected or made not misleading, information previously furnished to the Company, and the Company failed to include such information therein. In no event shall the liability of any holder of Registrable Securities hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the proceeds (net of payment of all taxes and expenses incurred in connection therewith) received by such holder upon the sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such indemnified party.

(c) If any Person shall be entitled to indemnity hereunder (an “ Indemnified Party ”), such Indemnified Party shall give prompt notice to the party or parties from which such indemnity is sought (the “ Indemnifying Parties ”) of the commencement of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation or written threat thereof (a “ Proceeding ”) with respect to which such Indemnified Party seeks indemnification or contribution pursuant hereto; provided that the failure to so notify the Indemnifying Parties shall not relieve the Indemnifying Parties from any obligation or liability except to the extent that the Indemnifying Parties have been prejudiced by such failure. The Indemnifying Parties shall have the right, exercisable by giving written notice to an Indemnified Party promptly after the receipt of written notice from such Indemnified Party of such Proceeding, to assume, at the Indemnifying Parties’ expense, the defense of any such Proceeding, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party; provided that an Indemnified Party or parties (if more than one such Indemnified Party is named in any Proceeding) shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such Proceeding and to participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party or parties unless: (i) the Indemnifying Parties agree to pay such fees and expenses; (ii) the Indemnifying Parties fail promptly to assume the defense of such Proceeding or fail to employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party or parties; or (iii) the named parties to any such Proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both such Indemnified Party or parties and the Indemnifying Parties or an Affiliate of the Indemnifying Parties or such Indemnified Parties, and there may be one or more defenses available to such Indemnified Party or parties that are different from or additional to those available to the Indemnifying Parties, in which case, if such Indemnified Party or parties notifies the Indemnifying Parties in writing that it elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the Indemnifying Parties, the Indemnifying Parties shall not have the right to assume the defense thereof and such counsel shall be at the expense of the Indemnifying Parties, it being understood, however, that, unless there exists a conflict among Indemnified Parties, the Indemnifying Parties shall not, in connection with any one such Proceeding or separate but substantially similar or related Proceedings in the same jurisdiction, arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (together with appropriate local counsel) at any time for such Indemnified Party or parties. Whether or not such defense is assumed by the Indemnifying Parties, such Indemnifying Parties or Indemnified Party or parties shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made without its or their consent (but such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Parties shall not consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which (i) provides for other than monetary damages without the consent of the Indemnified Party or parties (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) or (ii) does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party or parties of a release, in form and substance satisfactory to the Indemnified Party or parties, from all liability in respect of such Proceeding for which such Indemnified Party would be entitled to indemnification hereunder.

 

23


(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 5F is unavailable to an Indemnified Party or is insufficient to hold such Indemnified Party harmless for any Losses in respect of which this Section 5F would otherwise apply by its terms, then each applicable Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall have an obligation to contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Losses, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party, on the one hand, and such Indemnified Party, on the other hand, in connection with the actions, statements or omissions that resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such Indemnifying Party, on the one hand, and Indemnified Party, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, has been taken by, or relates to information supplied by, such Indemnifying Party or Indemnified Party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent any such action, statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of any Losses shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses incurred by such party in connection with any Proceeding, to the extent such party would have been indemnified for such expenses if the indemnification provided for in Section 5F(a) or 5F(b) was available to such party. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5F(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 5F(d) . Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5F(d) , an Indemnifying Party that is a holder of Registrable Securities shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds received by such Indemnifying Party exceeds the amount of any damages that such Indemnifying Party has otherwise been required to pay by reasons of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

5G. Rules 144 and 144A . At all times after the Company effects its first Public Offering, the Company shall file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (or, if the Company is not required to file such reports, it shall, upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities, make publicly available other information so long as such information is necessary to permit sales under Rule 144A), and shall take such further action as any holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 and Rule 144A. Upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities, the Company shall deliver to such holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

5H. Underwritten Registrations . No holder of Registrable Securities may participate in any underwritten registration effected pursuant hereto unless such holder (a) agrees to sell such holder’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting

 

24


arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

5I. No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company has not and shall not enter into any agreement with respect to the Company’s securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of Registrable Securities in this Section 5 or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The Company represents and warrants that it is not a party to, or otherwise subject to, any other agreement granting registration rights to any other Person with respect to any Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents. Except as provided in this Agreement, the Company shall not grant Other Registration Rights to any Persons without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities.

5J. Additional Rights . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5 (including Section 5A(c) and Section 5B(b) ), the Company, at its sole option, may register, or cause to be registered, 80% of (a) the Warrants (or the Common Stock issuable upon exercise thereof) and (b) 2,952 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (or the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof) in a Qualified Public Offering prior to and in preference of all other capital stock of the Company.

6. Preemptive Rights .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary of the Company to, issue, sell or exchange, agree to issue, sell or exchange, or reserve or set aside for issuance, sale or exchange, any equity securities or rights, warrants, options, convertible securities, or exchangeable securities or indebtedness, or other rights, exercisable for or convertible or exchangeable into, directly or indirectly, capital stock or other equity securities of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company (collectively, the “ Preemptive Securities ”) to any Securityholder or to any Affiliate of any Securityholder ( provided that, for the purposes of this Section 6 , neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries shall be deemed an Affiliate of any Securityholder) unless the Company shall have first offered to sell to each Securityholder (each, a “ Preemptive Holder ”) such Preemptive Holder’s Pro Rata Share of the Preemptive Securities, at a price and on such other terms as shall have been specified by the Company in writing delivered to each such Preemptive Holder (the “ Preemptive Offer ”), which Preemptive Offer shall by its terms remain open and irrevocable for a period of at least 20 days from the date it is delivered by the Company (the “ Preemptive Offer Period ”). Each Preemptive Holder may elect to purchase all or any portion of such Preemptive Holder’s Pro Rata Share of the Preemptive Securities as specified in the Preemptive Offer at the price and on the terms specified therein by delivering written notice of such election to the Company as soon as practical but in any event within the Preemptive Offer Period.

(b) Each Preemptive Holder’s “ Pro Rata Share ” of Preemptive Securities shall be determined as follows: the total number of Preemptive Securities, multiplied by a fraction (A) the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock including Common Stock Equivalents on an as-converted basis (other than options issued under any stock option plan approved by the Board) then held by such Preemptive Holder, and (B) the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock including Common Stock Equivalents on an as-converted (other than options issued under any stock option plan approved by the Board) then held by all Preemptive Holders (including such Preemptive Holder).

 

25


(c) Upon the expiration of the Preemptive Offer Period, the Company (or any such Subsidiary) shall be entitled to sell such Preemptive Securities which the Preemptive Holders have not elected to purchase during the 180 days following such expiration at a price no less, and on other terms and conditions not more favorable to the purchasers thereof than those offered to the Preemptive Holders. Any Preemptive Securities to be sold by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any Securityholder or to any Affiliate of any Securityholder after such 180-day period must be reoffered to the Preemptive Holders pursuant to the terms of this Section 6 .

(d) The provisions of this Section 6 shall not apply to the following issuances of securities:

(i) securities issued to directors, employees or consultants (other than the IPC Group or any of their Affiliates) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to any agreement or arrangement approved by the Board;

(ii) securities issued as consideration in acquisitions or commercial borrowings or leasing;

(iii) securities issued upon conversion of Common Stock Equivalents or other convertible or exchangeable securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that are outstanding on the Original Effective Date or were not issued in violation of this Section 6 ; and

(iv) a subdivision of shares (including any stock dividend or stock split), any combination of shares (including any reverse stock split) or any recapitalization, reorganization or reclassification of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(e) The preemptive rights granted in this Section 6 shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering and a Company Sale.

(f) Nothing in this Section 6 shall be deemed to prevent IPC or any Affiliate of IPC (the “ Purchasing Holder ”) from purchasing for cash any Preemptive Securities without first complying with the provisions of Section 6(a) ; provided that in connection with such purchase, (i) the Company’s (or applicable Subsidiary’s) board of directors has determined in good faith (1) that the Company (or applicable Subsidiary) needs an immediate cash investment, (2) that no alternative financing on terms no less favorable to the Company (or applicable Subsidiary) in the aggregate than such purchase is available which is of a type that could be obtained without having to comply with Section 6(a) and (3) that the delay caused by compliance with the provisions of Section 6(a) in connection with such investment would be reasonably likely to cause severe and immediate harm to the Company (or applicable Subsidiary), (ii) the Company (or applicable Subsidiary) gives prompt notice to the other Preemptive Holders, which notice shall describe in reasonable detail the Preemptive Securities being purchased by the Purchasing Holder and the purchase price thereof and (iii) the Purchasing Holder and the Company (or applicable Subsidiary) take all steps necessary to enable the other Preemptive

 

26


Holders to effectively exercise their respective rights under Section 6(a) with respect to their purchase of a Pro Rata Share of the Preemptive Securities issued to the Purchasing Holder after such purchase by the Purchasing Holder.

7. Transactions With Affiliates . Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall enter into any transaction with any Affiliate of the Company other than on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than those which would be obtained in a comparable arms’ length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate. This Section 7 shall not apply to (a) transactions between the Company or its Subsidiaries and Affiliates of the Company related to the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, including (i) obtaining debt-financing from and paying related fees and expenses to Affiliates of IPC; and (ii) entering into, performing its obligations under and making payments as contemplated by the Advisory Services Agreement, (b) transactions between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and any employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that are approved by a majority of the Company’s directors, (c) the payment of reasonable directors’ fees (other than to the IPC Directors) and the provision of customary indemnification to directors and officers of the Company and its Subsidiaries, (d) any transaction between the Company and any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries or between any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries, (e) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business, (f) the Original Securityholders Agreement, the Amended and Restated Securityholders Agreement, this Agreement or any transaction contemplated thereby or hereby or any other agreement in effect on the Original Effective Date, that was entered into in connection with the merger referenced in the Amended and Restated Securityholders Agreement, to be entered into in connection with the Merger or any transaction contemplated thereby (to the extent such agreements have been disclosed to the Securityholders on or prior to the date of this Agreement), (g) the issuance of securities of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than any issuance in violation of Section 6), and compliance with the terms of any agreement or instrument evidencing, governing or relating to such securities, and (h) transactions approved by a majority of the Company’s directors in good faith (including a majority of the disinterested directors).

8. Legend . Each certificate evidencing Securityholder Shares and each certificate issued in exchange for or upon the Transfer of any Securityholder Shares (if such shares remain Securityholder Shares after such Transfer) shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ORIGINALLY ISSUED ON             ,         , HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION THEREUNDER. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS AND CONDITIONS ON TRANSFER, AS SET FORTH IN AN SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF OCTOBER         , 2009, BY AND

 

27


AMONG THE ISSUER OF SUCH SECURITIES (THE “ COMPANY ”) AND CERTAIN OF THE COMPANY’S STOCKHOLDERS, AS MAY BE AMENDED AND MODIFIED FROM TIME TO TIME. A COPY OF SUCH SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENT SHALL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE BY THE COMPANY TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST.”

The Company shall imprint such legend on certificates evidencing Securityholder Shares outstanding as of the date hereof. The legend set forth above shall be removed from the certificates evidencing any shares which cease to be Securityholder Shares in accordance with the definition of “Securityholder Shares” in Section 11 .

9. Consent of Spouse . If a Securityholder who is a natural person is married on the date of this Agreement, such Securityholder shall obtain from his or her spouse an executed spousal consent, evidencing the spouse’s acknowledgment of and consent to the existence and binding effect of all restrictions contained in this Agreement in the form of Exhibit A hereto (“ Consent of Spouse” ) and effective on the date hereof. Such consent shall not be deemed to confer or convey to the spouse any rights in the Securityholder’s securities that do not otherwise exist by operation of law or by agreement of the parties hereto. If a Securityholder should marry or remarry subsequent to the date of this Agreement, such Securityholder shall within thirty days thereafter obtain a Consent of Spouse from his or her new spouse.

10. Amendment and Waiver . Except as otherwise provided herein, no modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective against the Company or the Securityholders unless such modification, amendment or waiver is approved in writing by each of the Company and the holders of at least a majority of the Securityholder Shares constituting voting stock of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) without the written consent of Tolworthy, the Horowitz Majority Holders, the Mezzanine Majority Holders or the F d G Majority Holders, as applicable, such Securityholder’s applicable transfer rights and restrictions, preemptive rights, rights to receive information, right to be a director and serve on any committee of the Board (or to a Board observer right) and registration rights may not be amended or modified in a manner adverse to such Securityholder, (ii) if any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement would materially adversely affect the rights of a Securityholder in a manner disproportionate to the other Securityholders holding the same class of Securityholder Shares, then such amendment, modification or waiver shall also require the prior written consent of such Securityholder and (iii) no amendment that would increase the obligations of any Securityholder shall be effective against such Securityholder without its prior written consent. The failure of any party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect the right of such party thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.

11. Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this Section 11:

Advisory Services Agreement ” means that certain Advisory Services Agreement as of November 27, 2002 herewith by and among the Company, Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. and, IPC Manager II, LLC (f/k/a Bear Stearns Merchant Manager II, LLC), as in effect (or entered into) on the date hereof, without giving effect to any amendment or modification.

 

28


Affiliate ” of any Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person and any partner, member or equityholder of such Person, where “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Amended Offer Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b)(ii) .

Amended Sale Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(c) .

“Antares” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

“Antares Holder” means a holder of Antares Shares.

“Antares Shares” means (a) Securityholder Shares acquired by Antares, and (b) any Securityholder Shares issued with respect to the Securityholder Shares referred to in clause (a) above by way of any stock dividend, stock split or in connection with a subdivision or combination of shares, exercise, conversion, exchange, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization. Antares Shares shall continue to be Antares Shares in the hands of any Transferee (other than the Company, any member of the Blackstone Entities, any member of the IPC Group, any Other Mezzanine Purchaser, any member of the F d G Group, any Management Holder and any Transferee in a Public Sale).

Blackstone ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Blackstone Entities ” means Blackstone, any of its Affiliates, and each of their respective partners, members or equityholders. For the avoidance of doubt, “Blackstone Entities” includes (a) any investment fund sponsored by any Blackstone Entity, (b) any investment fund managed by employees of a Blackstone Entity and (c) the general partner or manager of any investment fund described in clause (a) or (b) above, and (d) each of the partners, members or equityholders of any Person described in clause (a), (b) or (c) above.

Blackstone Holder ” means a holder of Blackstone Shares.

Blackstone Holdings ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Blackstone Partners ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Blackstone Shares ” means (a) Securityholder Shares acquired by a member of the Blackstone Entities, and (b) any Securityholder Shares issued with respect to the Securityholder Shares referred to in clause (a) above by way of any stock dividend, stock split or in connection with a subdivision or combination of shares, exercise, conversion, exchange, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization. Blackstone Shares shall continue

 

29


to be Blackstone Shares in the hands of any Transferee (other than the Company, Antares, any member of the IPC Group, any member of the F d G Group, any Management Holder, any other Mezzanine Holder and any Transferee in a Public Sale).

Board ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Business Day ” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday in New York City.

Certificate of Incorporation ” means the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended from time to time.

“Class A Directors” has the meaning set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

“Class B Directors” has the meaning set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

Classified Board ” means that the Board is comprised of Class A Directors and Class B Directors pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation.

Common Stock ” means the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share.

Common Stock Equivalents ” means (without duplication with any Common Stock or other Common Stock Equivalents) rights, warrants, options, convertible securities, or exchangeable securities or indebtedness, or other rights, exercisable for or convertible or exchangeable into, directly or indirectly, Common Stock or securities exercisable for or convertible or exchangeable into Common Stock, whether at the time of issuance or upon the passage of time or the occurrence of some future event.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Company Sale ” means the consummation of a transaction, whether in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, with any Independent Third Party or group of Independent Third Parties pursuant to which such Person or Persons (a) acquire (whether by merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization, redemption, transfer or issuance of capital stock or otherwise) capital stock of the Company (or any surviving or resulting corporation) possessing the voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of the Company (or such surviving or resulting corporation) or (b) acquire assets constituting all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries (as determined on a consolidated basis).

Competitive Business ” means any Person that, directly or indirectly, manufactures, markets or distributes (through wholesale, retail or direct marketing channels including, but not limited to, mail order and internet distribution) (a) vitamins, minerals, nutritional supplements, herbal products, sports nutrition products, bodybuilding formulas or homeopathic remedies or (b) any other product category sold by the Company which represented four percent (4%) or more of the Company’s gross revenue in the month preceding a Transfer.

Consent of Spouse ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9 .

 

30


Covered Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5F(a) .

Demand Holder ” means each of the IPC Holders, Blackstone Holders, F d G Holders and the Horowitz Group for so long as each such Person has a Demand Right under Section 5 .

Demand Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5A(a) .

Demand Right ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5A(a) .

Directors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a) .

Distressed Fund ” means an investment fund that invests primarily (whether through equity or debt investments) in financially-distressed companies and companies in bankruptcy.

Effective Time ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Election Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) .

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

Excluded Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(c)(iv) .

Family ” means, with respect to any Securityholder that is a natural person, such Securityholder’s spouse, descendants (whether natural or adopted), parents and siblings and any trust, family limited partnership or other similar entity established solely for the benefit of such person or such person’s spouse, descendants, parents or siblings.

FdG ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

FdG Group ” means F d G, any of its Affiliates, and each of their respective partners, members or equityholders.

FdG Holder ” means a holder of F d G Shares.

FdG Majority Holders ” means the holders of at least a majority of the Common Stock and Common Stock Equivalents included in the F d G Shares.

FdG Shares ” means (a) Securityholder Shares acquired by a member of the F d G Group, and (b) any Securityholder Shares issued with respect to the Securityholder Shares referred to in clause (a) above by way of any stock dividend, stock split or in connection with a subdivision or combination of shares, exercise, conversion, exchange, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization. F d G Shares shall continue to be F d G Shares in the hands of any Transferee (other than the Company, Antares, any member of the Blackstone Entities, any Other Mezzanine Purchaser, any member of the IPC Group, any Management Holder and any the Company and assumed by parent under the Warrants Assignment and Assumption Agreement.

 

31


Horowitz ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

“Horowitz Employment Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Employment and Non Competition Agreement dated as of October 8, 2002 by and among Horowitz, IPC/VSI Acquisition, Inc. and the Company.

Horowitz Group ” means Horowitz, Helen Horowitz, Jeffrey Horowitz April 1996 GRAT and Helen Horowitz April 1996 GRAT.

“Horowitz Holder ” means a holder of Horowitz Shares.

Horowitz Majority Holders ” means the holders of at least a majority of the Common Stock and Common Stock Equivalents included in the Horowitz Shares.

Horowitz Shares ” means Securityholder Shares held by a member of the Horowitz Group.

“Incidental Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5B .

Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5F(c) .

Indemnifying Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5F(c) .

Independent Third Party ” means any Person who, immediately prior to the contemplated transaction, does not own in excess of 5% of the Company’s Common Stock on a fully-diluted basis (a “ 5% Owner ”), who is not controlling, controlled by or under common control with any such 5% Owner and who is not the spouse or descendent (by birth or adoption) of any such 5% Owner or a trust for the benefit of such 5% Owner or such other Persons.

IPC ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

IPC Directors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a) .

IPC Group ” means, collectively, (a) IPC, (b) Irving Place Capital Management, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and any successor-in-interest thereto (c) JDH Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successor-in-interest thereto, (d) IPC AIV GP III Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company, (e) any investment partnership or investment entity that is controlled, managed or advised, directly or indirectly, by one or more of the Persons described in clauses (b), (c) and (d) above, (f) any investment partnership initially formed for the benefit of employees of The Bear Stearns Companies Inc. and its subsidiaries that co-invested in some or all of the investments made by one or more of the Persons described in clause (e) above, (g) any entity that has an economic interest in, or provides advisory, management, consulting, administrative or other services to, any of the Persons described in clause (e) and (f) above or to any Person controlled by IPC (other than the Company or any Person controlled by the Company and is controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more of the Persons described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above and (h) each of the partners, members or equityholders of any Person described in clauses (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) or (g) above.

 

32


“IPC Holder ” means a holder of IPC Shares.

IPC Majority Holders ” means the holders of at least a majority of the Common Stock and Common Stock Equivalents included in the IPC Shares.

IPC Requesting Holders ” means the IPC Majority Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 5A(a) .

IPC Shares ” means (a) Securityholder Shares acquired by a member of the IPC Group, and (b) any Securityholder Shares issued with respect to the Securityholder Shares referred to in clause (a) above by way of any stock dividend, stock split or in connection with a subdivision or combination of shares, exercise, conversion, exchange, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization. IPC Shares shall continue to be IPC Shares in the hands of any Transferee (other than the Company or any Transferee in a Public Sale).

Law ” means any federal, state, local or foreign law, rule, or regulation.

Losses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5F(a) .

Management Exempt Transfer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(i) .

Management Holders ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Management Shares ” means Securityholder Shares held by Management Holders and their Permitted Transferees.

Merger ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Merger Agreement ” means that certain Merger Agreement, dated as of October 8, 2002, by and among the Company, BSMB/VSI Acquisition, Inc., Vitamin Shoppe Industries Inc. and the other parties thereto, as amended prior to the effective time of such merger.

Mezzanine Holders ” means the Blackstone Holders and the Other Mezzanine Holders.

Mezzanine Majority Holders ” means the holders of at least a majority of the Common Stock and Common Stock Equivalents included in the Mezzanine Shares.

Mezzanine Shares ” means the Blackstone Shares and the Other Mezzanine Purchaser Shares.

NASD ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5D(l) .

Offer Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) .

Offerees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) .

 

33


Original Cost ” means (a) with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, $1,000.00 per share, and (b) with respect to the Common Stock, $10.00 per share, as adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or any other subdivision or combination of shares effected with respect to the Common Stock on or after the date of this Agreement.

Other Holders ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Other Mezzanine Holder ” means a holder of Other Mezzanine Purchaser Shares.

Other Mezzanine Purchaser ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Other Mezzanine Purchaser Shares ” means (a) Securityholder Shares acquired by a Mezzanine Holder, and (b) any Securityholder Shares issued with respect to the Securityholder Shares referred to in clause (a) above by way of any stock dividend, stock split or in connection with a subdivision or combination of shares, exercise, conversion, exchange, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization. Other Mezzanine Purchaser Shares shall continue to be Other Mezzanine Purchaser Shares in the hands of any Transferee (other than the Company, Antares, any member of the IPC Group, any member of the F d G Group, any Management Holder and any Transferee in a Public Sale).

Other Registration Rights ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5A(a) .

Other Requesting Holders ” means the Mezzanine Majority Holders, the F d G Majority Holders or the Horowitz Majority Holders, as the case may be, requesting registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 5A(a) .

Participation Securityholders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(c) .

Permitted Transferee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(d) .

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization or other entity and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Preemptive Holder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6 .

Preemptive Offer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6 .

Preemptive Offer Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6 .

Preemptive Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6 .

Preferred Stock Sale ” means a Transfer of all of the issued and outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock to any Person (other than to the Company or a related person of the Company as defined by Section 351(g)(3)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or to the IPC Group or any of its Affiliates).

 

34


“Priority Right ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5A(c) .

Pro Rata Share ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6 .

Proceeding ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5F(c) .

Public Offering ” means any offering by the Company of its capital stock or equity securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; provided that a Public Offering shall not include an offering made in connection with a business acquisition or combination or an employee benefit plan.

Public Sale ” means any sale of Securityholder Shares pursuant to a Public Offering or a Rule 144 Sale.

Purchasing Holder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(f) .

Qualified Public Offering ” means an underwritten Public Offering of shares of Common Stock which results in aggregate gross proceeds to the Company and any selling stockholders of more than $80,000,000.

Registrable Securities ” means for any Securityholder (a) any shares of Common Stock held by such Securityholder and (b) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of all Common Stock Equivalents held by such Securityholder. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when they have been (i) Transferred in a Public Sale or (ii) otherwise Transferred and new certificates for them not bearing the legend set forth in Section 8 shall have been delivered by the Company and subsequent disposition of such securities shall not require registration or qualification of such securities under the Securities Act or such state securities or blue sky laws then in force. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to register any securities other than shares of its Common Stock.

Registration Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5A(a) .

Registration Request ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5A(a) .

Registration Statement ” means any registration statement of the Company filed with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Act (other than a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar or successor form), including the prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, all exhibits, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

Requesting Holder ” means the IPC Requesting Holders or an Other Requesting Holder, as applicable.

Rule 144 Sale ” means a sale of Securityholder Shares to the public through a broker, dealer or market-maker pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 (other than Rule 144 prior to a Public Offering) adopted under the Securities Act (or any successor rule or regulation).

 

35


Sale Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(c) .

Schedule of Current Investors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2 .

Schedule of Original Investors ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Section 3(c) Transferring Securityholder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(c) .

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Securityholder ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Securityholder Shares ” means (a) any capital stock of the Company (including without limitation any Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock) purchased or otherwise acquired by any Securityholder, and (b) any securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries directly or indirectly exercisable, convertible or exchangeable for, any of the securities described in clause (a) above; provided that the term “Securityholder Shares” shall not include options to acquire Common Stock issued pursuant to the Company’s stock option plan. As to any particular shares constituting Securityholder Shares, such shares shall cease to be Securityholder Shares when they have been acquired by the Company or sold pursuant to a Public Sale.

Series A Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share.

Sub Board ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a) .

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the limited liability company, partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control the managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

Tolworthy ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

36


Tolworthy Employment Agreement ” means the Fourth Amended and Restated Employment and Noncompetition Agreement dated as of September 4 2009, by and among Tolworthy, Parent, Holdings and Vitamin Shoppe Industries, Inc., as amended.

Transfer ” means any direct or indirect sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other disposition (whether with or without consideration and whether voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law) including any derivative transaction that has the effect of changing materially the economic benefits and risks of ownership (and “ Transferee, ” “ Transferor ” and any other derivation thereof shall have correlative meanings).

Transferring Holder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) .

Warrants ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

12. Information Rights . The Company shall afford each Securityholder reasonable access to its books of account, financial and other records, employees and auditors to the extent such access (i) is necessary to permit such Securityholder to determine any matter relating to its rights and obligations in connection with any audit, investigation, dispute or litigation or (ii) relates to any other reasonable business purpose; provided that any such access by such Securityholder shall not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. The preceding sentence is subject to the right of the Company to refuse to disclose or make available any information which the Company identifies to be proprietary or confidential.

13. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement in such jurisdiction or affect the validity, legality or enforceability of any provision in any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

14. Entire Agreement . Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, this Agreement embodies the complete agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

15. Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns and the Securityholders and any subsequent holders of Securityholder Shares and the respective permitted successors and assigns of each of them, so long as they hold Securityholder Shares; provided that Section 5F shall continue to apply with respect to any of the Securityholder Shares that were sold, assigned or transferred pursuant to the registration rights granted under Section 5.

 

37


16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

17. Remedies . The Company and the Securityholders shall be entitled to enforce their rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in their favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that the Company and any Securityholder may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction for specific performance or injunctive relief (without posting a bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent any violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

18. Termination . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Agreement shall automatically terminate and be of no further force and effect immediately after the consummation of a Company Sale, except that the provisions of Sections 5F , 10 , 14 , 15 , 17 , 19 , 20 and 21 shall survive the consummation of a Company Sale if a Demand Registration or Incidental Registration has occurred prior to such Company Sale.

19. Notices . Any notice provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be either personally delivered, or sent via facsimile or mailed first class mail (postage prepaid) or sent by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) to the Company at the address set forth below and to any other recipient at the address indicated on the schedules hereto and to any subsequent holder of Securityholder Shares subject to this Agreement at such address as indicated by the Company’s records, or at such address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Notices shall be deemed to have been given hereunder when delivered personally, when sent via facsimile (as evidenced by a printed confirmation) if sent prior to 5:00 p.m. (local time of recipient) on a Business Day or, if not, the next succeeding Business Day), three Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail and one Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier service. The Company’s address is:

VS Holdings, Inc.

c/o Vitamin Shoppe Industries, Inc.

2101 91 st Street

North Bergen, NJ 07047

Attention: James M. Sander

Fax:    201-868-0727

With copies, which shall not constitute notice, to :

Irving Place Capital

277 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10172

Attention: Richard L. Perkal and Douglas R. Korn

Fax:    212-551-4542

 

38


and

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Michael T. Edsall, Esq.

Tel.: 212-446-4928

Fax: 212-446-6460

20. Governing Law; Jurisdiction . The corporate law of the State of Delaware shall govern all issues and questions concerning the relative rights of the Company and its stockholders. All other issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and enforceability of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York. The parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of any State or Federal court sitting in New York, New York over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement. The parties hereby agree that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail addressed to any such party shall be effective service of process for any action, suit or proceeding brought against a party in any such court. The parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The parties hereto agree that a final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon any party and may be enforced in any other courts to whose jurisdiction any party is or may be subject, by suit upon such judgment.

21. Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED ON, ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, VERBAL OR WRITTEN STATEMENT OR ACTION OF ANY PARTY HERETO.

22. Business Days . If any time period for giving notice or taking action hereunder expires on a day which is not a Business Day, the time period shall automatically be extended to the Business Day immediately following such day.

23. Descriptive Headings; Construction . The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement. The parties to this Agreement have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. The word “including” shall mean including without limitation.

 

39


24. Rights of Securityholders . This Agreement affects the Securityholders only in their capacities as stockholders of the Company, or for purposes of Section 1, as a stockholder, director, member of a board or committee thereof, officer of the Company or otherwise.

[END OF PAGE]

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

40


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Securityholders Agreement on the day and year first above written.

 

VS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
IPC/VITAMIN, LLC
By:   IPC Manager II, LLC,
  its Manager
By:   JDH Management LLC,
  its Manager
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


EXHIBIT A

CONSENT OF SPOUSE

I,                                         , spouse of                                         , acknowledge that I have read the Securityholders Agreement, dated as of [            ] , 2009 to which this Consent is attached as Exhibit A (the “Agreement”) and that I know the contents of the Agreement. I am aware its provisions provide that certain rights are granted to certain other holders of capital stock of the Company upon the sale or other disposition of shares of Common Stock and Series A Preferred Stock of the Company (or any other capital stock of the Company) which my spouse owns including any interest I might have therein.

I hereby agree that my interest, if any, in the Common Stock and Series A Preferred Stock (or any other capital stock of the Company) owned by my spouse subject to the Agreement shall be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further understand and agree that any community property interest I may have in the Common Stock and Series A Preferred Stock (or any other capital stock of the Company) owned by my spouse shall be similarly bound by the Agreement.

I am aware that the legal, financial and related matters contained in the Agreement are complex and that I am free to seek independent professional guidance or counsel with respect to this Consent. I have either sought such guidance or counsel or determined after reviewing the Agreement carefully that I will waive such right.

Dated as of the      day of             , 2009.

 

 

(Signature)

 

(Print Name)

 

A-1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement No. 333-160756 on Form S-1 of our report dated March 18, 2009 (July 20, 2009 as to net income per share data described in Note 3) relating to the consolidated financial statements of VS Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109”, effective December 31, 2006), appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

October 12, 2009

Exhibit 99.1

VS H OLDINGS , I NC .

2101 91st Street

North Bergen, New Jersey 07047

I hereby accept, and consent to be designated as a director of VS Holdings, Inc. upon completion of your initial public offering, and agree to so serve. I understand that you will disclose in your Registration Statement on Form S-1 the information that I will be joining VS Holdings, Inc. as a director upon completion of your initial public offering.

 

   

October 9, 2009

     

/s/ Richard L. Markee

Date       Signature
     
      Richard L. Markee

Exhibit 99.2

VS H OLDINGS , I NC .

2101 91st Street

North Bergen, New Jersey 07047

I hereby accept, and consent to be designated as a director of VS Holdings, Inc. upon completion of your initial public offering, and agree to so serve. I understand that you will disclose in your Registration Statement on Form S-1 the information that I will be joining VS Holdings, Inc. as a director upon completion of your initial public offering.

 

   
October 9, 2009      

/s/ B. Michael Becker

Date       Signature
     
      B. Michael Becker

Exhibit 99.3

VS H OLDINGS , I NC .

2101 91st Street

North Bergen, New Jersey 07047

I hereby accept, and consent to be designated as a director of VS Holdings, Inc. upon completion of your initial public offering, and agree to so serve. I understand that you will disclose in your Registration Statement on Form S-1 the information that I will be joining VS Holdings, Inc. as a director upon completion of your initial public offering.

 

   
September 29, 2009      

/s/ Catherine E. Buggeln

Date       Signature
     
      Catherine E. Buggeln

Exhibit 99.4

VS H OLDINGS , I NC .

2101 91st Street

North Bergen, New Jersey 07047

I hereby accept, and consent to be designated as a director of VS Holdings, Inc. upon completion of your initial public offering, and agree to so serve. I understand that you will disclose in your Registration Statement on Form S-1 the information that I will be joining VS Holdings, Inc. as a director upon completion of your initial public offering.

 

   
October 9, 2009      

/s/ John H. Edmondson

Date       Signature
     
      John H. Edmondson

Exhibit 99.5

VS H OLDINGS , I NC .

2101 91st Street

North Bergen, New Jersey 07047

I hereby accept, and consent to be designated as a director of VS Holdings, Inc. upon completion of your initial public offering, and agree to so serve. I understand that you will disclose in your Registration Statement on Form S-1 the information that I will be joining VS Holdings, Inc. as a director upon completion of your initial public offering.

 

   
October 9, 2009      

/s/ David Edwab

Date       Signature
     
      David Edwab

Exhibit 99.6

VS H OLDINGS , I NC .

2101 91st Street

North Bergen, New Jersey 07047

I hereby accept, and consent to be designated as a director of VS Holdings, Inc. upon completion of your initial public offering, and agree to so serve. I understand that you will disclose in your Registration Statement on Form S-1 the information that I will be joining VS Holdings, Inc. as a director upon completion of your initial public offering.

 

   
October 9, 2009      

/s/ John D. Howard

Date       Signature
     
      John D. Howard

Exhibit 99.7

VS H OLDINGS , I NC .

2101 91st Street

North Bergen, New Jersey 07047

I hereby accept, and consent to be designated as a director of VS Holdings, Inc. upon completion of your initial public offering, and agree to so serve. I understand that you will disclose in your Registration Statement on Form S-1 the information that I will be joining VS Holdings, Inc. as a director upon completion of your initial public offering.

 

   
October 9, 2009      

/s/ Douglas R. Korn

Date       Signature
     
      Douglas R. Korn

Exhibit 99.8

VS H OLDINGS , I NC .

2101 91st Street

North Bergen, New Jersey 07047

I hereby accept, and consent to be designated as a director of VS Holdings, Inc. upon completion of your initial public offering, and agree to so serve. I understand that you will disclose in your Registration Statement on Form S-1 the information that I will be joining VS Holdings, Inc. as a director upon completion of your initial public offering.

 

   
October 9, 2009      

/s/ Beth M. Pritchard

Date       Signature
     
      Beth M. Pritchard

Exhibit 99.9

VS H OLDINGS , I NC .

2101 91st Street

North Bergen, New Jersey 07047

I hereby accept, and consent to be designated as a director of VS Holdings, Inc. upon completion of your initial public offering, and agree to so serve. I understand that you will disclose in your Registration Statement on Form S-1 the information that I will be joining VS Holdings, Inc. as a director upon completion of your initial public offering.

 

   
October 9, 2009      

/s/ Katherine Savitt-Lennon

Date       Signature
     
      Katherine Savitt-Lennon